The history of the Turkish Empire, from the year 1623, to the year 1677 Containing the reigns of the three last emperors, viz. Sultan Morat, or Amurat IV. Sultan Ibrahim, and Sultan Mahomet IV, his son, the thirteenth emperor, now reigning. By Sir Paul Rycaut, late consul of Smyrna.

THE HISTORY OF Sultan Mahomet IV. THE XIII. EMPEROUR OF THE TURKS, Beginning in the NINTH YEAR OF HIS REIGN.

The First BOOK.

Anno Christi, 1661. Hegeira, 1072.

IT was now the beginning of this Year, when the Earl of Winchelsea arrived at Constantinople, the first Embassadour sent abroad from His Majesty of Great Britain, Charles the Second, after his happy Re∣turn to the Glorious throne of his Ance∣stors, to Sultan Mahomet, the Thirteenth Em∣perour of the Turks; it being judged fit, that amongst other Alliances which were to be con∣tracted with Foreign Princes, and States, this of Turkey should not be omitted, but rather in the first place considered: In regard, that as the flourishing Estate and Prosperity of England's richess depends absolutely on her Foreign Trade, so on none more particularly than on that of Turkey, which consumes great quantities of her most staple and substantial Manufactures, and makes returns in whatsoever Employs, and gives Bread to the poor and industrious of the Nation.

But before we come to treat of the Successes of this Ambassador, and the various Transactions in the Turkish Affairs; we shall relate some ac∣cidents which befel us in our Voyage by Sea to Constantinople. The Earl of Winchelsea and his Lady, with a numerous Retinue being embark∣ed on the Plymouth Frigat, commanded by Sir Thomas Allen, and accompanied with a Catch and two Merchants Ships, the Prosperous and Smyrna Factor for Turkey, set sail from the Downs on the Twentieth of Octob. 1660. And proceeding with a favourable Gale, and fair Weather, until we were come to the heighth of the Norward Cape, or Cape Finisterre; we then contended with so severe a storm, that we were forced to bring our Ship under a main course, to fasten our Helm, and lye, and drive. In the Twenty nineth about Five in the Morning, our main Tack flew, which shook and strained our Mass so violently, that it was shivered in two places between Decks: The danger hereof might have proved of ill consequence, had the Mast gone by the Board; for in all probability it would have carried up our Decks, unfixed both our Pumps, and laid us open to the Sea; but the Providence of God, and the diligence of our

Seamen was such, that we soon struck our Top Mast, boared our main Yard, and so fished the Mast it self where it was defective, that with the help of our sore-Sail, and the benefit of bet∣ter Weather we safely arrived on the Thirty first in the Port of Lisbon.* 1.1 The Match being then in Treaty between Charles the Second our Dread Soveraign, and Catherine the Infanta of Portugal, now our gracious Queen; all the concernments of England were extreamly acceptable to the Court of Portugal; and particularly the Person of the Earl of Winchelsea, a Peer of England, qualified with the Character of Ambassadour Extraordi∣nary to the Ottomon Port. For at our first arri∣val there, I being then Secretary to the said Earl, was employed to carry a Letter to the King, which was received by the Councel of State then sitting: After the Letter had been read and con∣sidered, I was called in, and an answer given me by the Marquis de Nissa, and D. Gasper Faria de Sevarin then Secretary of State, to this purpose. That they were glad, so grateful an opportu∣nity presented, whereby they might Demon∣strate their warm and real affections towards the King of England, by serving his Ambassadour in so necessary a piece of Service as that which was required: That Orders were given to fur∣nish the Ship with a Mast, and what she wanted, out of the Kings Stores; and that both his Ex∣cellency and Lady, with all their Retinue should be welcomed a shore, with due regard to their Quality and Condition. The Day following his Excellency was complemented from the King, by a Maestro de Campo sent to him on Ship∣board; and being come ashoar, and lodged at the House of Mr. Maynard the English Consul, he was visited by D. Francisco de Melo, (who had besore, and was afterwards employed Ambassa∣dour into England) and by D. Antonio de Saousa and others. After Eight days his Excellency had Audience of the King, and the Queen Mo∣ther, and was received by both, with many de∣monstrations of a hearty desire to contract a firm Alliance with England. He was after∣wards invited by the Conde de Odemira Governour of the young King, and Chief Minister of Portu∣gal, to a Quinta, or Garden-house at Bellain: where were present the Duke of Calaval, the Visconde de Castel Blanco, and D. Francisco de Me∣lo; the entertainment was very splendid, with variety of Dishes, and Wine, corresponding ra∣ther with the inordinate Tables of English, than with the frugality, and temperate Diet of Spa∣niards. Our Ship being in this interim refitted, we returned aboard on the Twelsth of Novem∣ber; the Earl of Winchelsea being presented by the King, with several Hampers of sweet-Meats, Vessels of Wine, and other Provisions for his Voyage; and his lady by the Queen Mother, with a Jewel of considerable value, and with diverse boxes filled with Purses of persumed Leather, and Amber Comfits.

On the Thirteenth we set Sail, being design'd by Order of his Majesty for Algier,* 1.2 to settle a Peace with that unsetled People; where arriving on the Tewenty second day about Three a Clock in the Afternoon, we came to an Anchor about Two Miles distant from the Town, which we saluted with Twenty one Guns, but re∣ceived none again in answer thereunto; it being the custome of that People, not to acknowledge Civilities, but to repay injuries, and not requite benefits. We found that they had already be∣gun to break the Peace: Having brought in thi∣ther an English Ship, which lay between hope and fear of freedom, or seizure: So soon as we had dropt our Anchors, a Boat came from that Ship, acquainting us of the State of Algter, and how near Matters were to a Rupture with them; by this Boat my Lord Ambassadour sent a Letter to the Consul, appointing him to come aboard; who the next Day, being the Twenty third, ap∣peared accordingly; to whom his Excellency imparted the Instructions and Orders from his Majesty to renew the Peace on the former Ar∣ticles; and particularly to insert a Caution, That the Algerines should on no terms search our Ships, but that the Passengers, and goods there∣on, whether of English or Strangers, should be free and exempted from all seizure, and Pyracy whatsoever. I being appointed to assist the Con∣sul in this Treaty, accompanied him ashoar, and in the first place we applyed our selves to Rama∣dam Bullock-bashee, then the Chief of their Di∣van, and Head of their Government; whom we acquainted, that on the Ship in the road, was an Earl of England, sent Ambassadour by his Ma∣jesty our King to the Grand Signor; and in his way thither was appointed to touch at Algier, and to inform the Government of that place of the happy Restoration of his Majesty to the Throne of his Father, and to confirm the same Peace which was before concluded with usurped Powers, and so delivered him the Letters from his Majesty, which were superscribed in this manner:

To their Excellencies the Aga, Jiabashees, and rest of the Honourable Council of State and War, in the City and Kingdom of Algier.

Ramadam answered us, that he was well satis∣fied with the Proposal; that there was a Peace already with the English, and that they were Brothers; that the next Day was appointed for a general Divan of great and small, at which we might freely open our breasts, and declare whatsoever was committed to us by our King and his Ambassadour.

But for the better understanding of the State of Algier, at this time, we must observe, that for many years before, this government was com∣posed of a Divan, the Chief and Head whereof was a Pasha sent every Three years to preside there, and had so continued, until that some few Months before this time one Halil a poor Fellow, who had no better Estate than the Sixteenth part of a Vessel, but bold and desperate, complained one Day in open Divan against the Pasha, ac∣cusing him of many miscarriages, with which he so affected the Divan; that he rudely threw him from his Seat, drubbed him, trampled on him, and plucked the Hairs out of his Beard, which is the greatest mark of ignominy and contempt that any Person can offer to another; and ha∣ving committed him to Prison and Chains, he with the Divan took upon himself the unlimited Power of an Arbitrary Government: And thus for the space of Six or Eight Months this Mis∣creant tyrannized, and ruled without controul: Until an obscure and contemptible Moor, an ordinary Jerbin or Countryman, instigated (as was supposed) by the Aga, or General of the Souldiery, approaching near him in the Streets, under pretence of kissing his Vest,* 1.3 struck him with a long Knife between the Ribs; which bold∣ness of the Moor so astonished the Attendants which were about him, that none had power to lay hands on the Murderer, but suffered him to depart, and fly unpursued: Of this wound Halil dyed in Two days, in which time be no∣minated Ramadam his Kinsman to be the most Proper, and fit Person to succed him in the Go∣vernment;

and this recommendation so prevailed on the Divan, that he was elected for their Chief: A Person of a most sordid, and Mercenary Soul, immersed in Covetousness, and Gluttony, guided by his Lust and Interest, unless some times restrained by the Authority of the Divan, and the fear of popular Insurrection.

This Ramadam according to his Promise be∣fore recited, summon'd us the day following, being the Twenty-fourth to the Divan;* 1.4 which consists in all of Twenty-four Bulluck-bashees, who are Offi∣cers of the Souldiery, each commanding Twenty-four Souldiers under him,* 1.5 Twenty-four Jia∣bashees, and Eighteen Ancients or grave Seniors: Though for that present, there appeared no more than Forty-five, the others being at Sea, or abroad; Ramadam was placed in the Chair, or in a Seat at the upper end, and the Aga sate by him, the others stood on their feet, and put themselves into Two Files, or Ranks; and then Ramadam began with a loud Voice to cry, The English are come to treat a Peace with you, and have brought Letters from their King, and from their Ambassadour now aboard going for Con∣stantinople; which very words every one distinct∣ly pronounced, and repeated them, carrying the Voice from the lower to the upper end; I fan∣cied, that it was after the manner of our repeat∣ing Syllogisms in disputations, that so no mi∣stake might be, and that the Respondent might have time to consider and weigh the argument. Then Ramadam demanded, whether they were pleased to enter into Treaty with the English; which words being repeated as before, and an∣swered in the Affirmative, the Letters were read in the Turkish Translation; with the Ar∣ticles of Peace proposed, which were as follow∣eth:

• I. THat the English shall be obliged to protect all Passengers belonging to Algier, aboard their Ships, to the utmost of their power, against any of their Enemies. And in like manner all forreign Passengers, Merchants and others, their goods, and Estates embarked, and laden on English Ships, shall pass free, and be protected from the Ships of Algier, and be suffered to pass with∣out molestation.
• II. No Shipwrack of English on the coast of Algier, shall become prize, nor their goods forfeited, nor their men made Slaves, but the People of Algier shall do their best endeavour to save both them and their goods.
• III. That neither the Consul, nor other Englishman, shall be obliged to satisfie the Debts of another Englishman, unless he hath been bound, or become Security for him.
• IV. That no Englishman in matter of dif¦ference shall be subject to any Judgment, but that of the Divan.
• V. That the English in differences amongst themselves shall be subject to no determination, but to that of the English Consul.
• VI. That either side are to furnish men of War with all necessiries their Ports afford, at the Market rates, without paying custom.
• VII. If any grievance happen, neither par∣ty shall break the Peace until satisfaction be denied.

These Articles being read, were all approved except the first; for they declared, that they would have a Liberty to search our Ships, and take out the Goods and Persons of Strangers; for that otherwise, we having this priviledge, might carry away the Trade of the whole World in our Shipping; and that French, Spaniards, Italians, Dutch, and all other Nations, had no need of other protection and safeguard for their Persons and Goods, than to put them under the English colours: And that then their men of War might rove the Seas to no purpose, their City become poor, and their Souldiers starve, when they re∣turned home. We on the other side, being sen∣sible how prejudicial and dishonourable such an Article as this would be, and how ruinous to our Navigation, and having his Majesties Command to the contrary, absolutely refused to assent, or agree thereunto. Whilst we were thus arguing, a great fat Turk appeared with two young men his Slaves, one a Frenchman, and the other a Dutch∣man, requesting Ramadam to recommend him to us for passage to Smyrna; and having performed his request to him by kissing his Hand, Ramadan made it his request to us in behalf of that his Kinsman, recommending him to our care and protection, and conjuring us thereunto, by that Sacred league of Peace that was between us: We readily as∣sented thereunto, and at the same time took hold of the Example to represent the reasonableness of that Article on which we insisted. For shall we (said we) protect your People, and will you re∣quire, and impose it upon us as a matter Just and Sacred? And shall not the greatness of our King have a Liberty to dispence the like Pri∣viledge to other Nations, his Neighbours, and Allies, governed by Kings and Princes, who are Christian, and of his Kindred, and near Relations? But neither this, nor any other argument was Reason, or Sence to them; nor did they care to answer it by other arguments, than that of their own disadvantage thereby; and that if they as∣sented thereunto, their Ships might better rot in the Mould, than to venture them out at Sea with expectation of booty. They told us also stories of English Ships which had delivered some Algerines to their Enemies; and one particularly, who had sold a Hundred Turks to the Venetians. In answer hereunto, we assured them, that upon complaints and proofs made hereof to our King; his Justice was such, as that he would not suffer a piece of such Treachery to escape unpunished. And as to that argument, which they urg'd, that in this Case none would be employed be∣sides English ships; we largely represented the ne∣cessity of employing French, and Dutch, and the Ships of other Nations. But these People being Deaf and Blind to any Reason, but that which agrees with their interest, we concluded nothing; for after a long and loud discourse, and repeti∣tion of the same things over and over again, we at length told them, that it was not in our Commissi∣on to conclude on these terms; but that we should inform the Lord Ambassadour of their desires, and resolution, and that we would return the next Day with his peremptory Answer; not but we knew, that the Instructions from his Majesty extended not so far; but that we might have oc∣casion to leave matters, as it were in suspense, and part fairly from them, at the present. For

as to my own particular, I did not like to re∣main with such Company, not knowing how far the perfidiousness of that People might transport them to a Barbarity against the Laws of Reason and Nations.

The wind blew all this day so hard at West, that our Ship drove, and a great Sea went; so that there was some difficulty for me to get aboard; howso∣ever in regard it was necessary to render his Ex∣cellency an account of the proceedings of that Day, I eased the Pinnace of all Provisions, and unnecessary Company, and so by God's Provi∣dence got safe, though wet, aboard that Evening. I did not fail immediately to render an account most exactly, how every thing passed, to the Lord Ambassadour, letting him know, what fruit was to be expected by a farther Treaty with this People. Wherefore it was thought fit rather to keep the business in suspence, than to come to an open rupture with them; and rather than to use long discourse to them, or perswasi∣ons to little purpose, to write them this short Letter, the superscription of which was to Ramadam their Governour in Chief, and to the rest of the Divan.

WE are sorry that there should be still one diffe∣rence in our Treaty,* 2.1 relating to the search of Ships, and delivering up Merchants Forreigners, and Strangers goods. This is an Article which the King my Master did not think you would have insisted Usurpers, and his Subjects, and therefore did not impower me to conclude with you in it. Howsoever, I shall acquaint the King my Master of your earnest Desires, and Resolves in this Business, and doubt not, but what is Just and Reasonable, will be assented unto. Wherefore in the mean time we must desire you, whilst his Royal assent is expecting to your pro∣posals, that the Peace may continue on the same Terms that it now stands. Let your Friend and Kinsman come aboard, (as is desired) and he shall be welcome, and we shall protect him to the utter∣most of our power. And on this Promise and word of ours, you may rely on, as of a Christian, and a true Englishman. Our desire also farther is, that the Lord Obryan may remain in the Consuls House until such time as his Ransom comes. And so we wish, that a hearty and long Peace may be continued between the two Nations. Given aboard the Ply∣mouth Frigat, November 25. 1660.

Winchelsea.

Upon delivery of this Letter, it was conclu∣ded, that the former Articles should stand in force; only that difference about searching our Ships should remain in suspence, and be specified, as not fully agreed on: Howsoever they would search our Ships, and it should not be accounted a breach of our Capitulations, until the King should intimate his dislike thereof. And that when Notice should come from his Majesty to Algier, that he approved not thereof, then it should be lawful for both sides to break into Acts of Hostility. This moderate course we thought to be less prejudicial to us for the present, than an open, and sudden War: For by this means we gained the releasement of two small English Ships which their Men carried in thither, and had time to give notice to our Merchants in all Ports and places, of the true state of our busi∣ness with Algier.

On the Twenty-seventh of November, we de∣parted from the bay of Algier with a prosperous, and steddy Gale, steering N.E. and N.N.E. for Messina, from whence we intended to dispatch Let∣ters unto all places, rendring advices to his Ma∣jesty, and the Merchants, of the State and Condi∣tion of our Affairs, and Negotiation at Algier: And whilst we pleasantly sail'd with a prosperous wind, on a sudden a cry was made of Fire, in the Ship, which astonished us all with a great amazement. For the Cooper it seems, going into the Steward's Room to stave a Cask which formerly had some Brandy in it, by chance a Snuff of the Candle fell in at the bung, which put the whole Vessel into a Flame: But the same Man immedi∣ately stopping the Bung, soon smothered the Fire, and therewith extinguish'd thatand our fears. As to other Matters,* 2.2 our Voyage to Messina was speedy and happy, for we arrived there on the Second of December.

Some Days passed before we could get pra∣tick; for having touched at Algier, a place al∣ways suspected for the Plague, great scruple was made of admitting us to free converse in the Town: Until the Lord Ambassadour gave un∣der his Hand and Seal an assurance of the Health of our Ship; on confidence of which we received Pratick, and the Palace called Paradise, where commonly the Vice-Kings are lodged, was ap∣pointed to receive his Excellency and his Reti∣nue, and the Furniture thereof ordered by D. Francisco de la Villa Padierna, a Spaniard, who was Stratago, which is as much Commander in chief of all the Castles and Forts in and about Messina. So soon as his Excellency landed, this Stratago made him a Visit, and at his departure left his Guard with him in a Complement, but in the mean time the Jurati, who were six in num∣ber, chose (as I think) every year, or every third year by the Citizens for Government of the City, were wanting in the like civility towards our Am∣bassador; four of which are chosen out of the Burgers, and two out of the Gentry, for they took no notice of him, nor sent him any message until the hour that he was about to depart, when his Excellency refused to receive their visits, ex∣cusing his neglect of attendance to matters of Ceremony, at a time when business urged his departure: whence this omission on the Jurats side proceeded, may in probability be deriv'd from the antipathy they have to the Spaniards and their Government, always running contrary to that, un∣to which they find the Spanish Ministers most in∣clined. During our abode at this place his Excel∣lency having returned his Visit to the Stratago, accompanied with D. Joseppe de Luna a Cavalier of Maltha, and having wrote a Letter to the Conde de Ayala then Vice-King of Sicily, residing at Palermo, he gave advices unto all places of the doubtful state of our affairs with Algiers, that so Ships might be cautious of that people, and how they adventured themselves abroad without Con∣voy; and having compleated these Dispatches, we again returned aboard on the ninth of this Month; when the Stratago, abounding in all points of civility, sent an honourable present of all sorts of fresh provisions aboard Ship, and soon after came himself in person to bid Farewel to his Excellency. At his coming aboard we gave him nine Guns, and at his going off fifteen, and so soon as our Anchors were away, and our Fore∣top-Sail filled, we bid adieu to the Town with twenty one Guns more, which they returned by firing all the Guns of the five Castles, under command of that Stratago, which is an honour they seldom pay to any other, than the Genera∣lissimo of Spain, the Vice-King, and the Popes Admiral.

We had so fair a Wind, and so prosperous a passage, that we arrived at Smyrna on the 14th of

December, where we found the Prosperous and Smyrna Factor, the Merchants Ships which we had lost in the Storm,* 2.3 happily arrived. Here we remained for some days to order and settle seve∣ral affairs according to Instructions given by the Turky Company. And on the sixth of January, being Sunday and Twelfth-day, we returned a∣board to prosecute this Ultimate stage of our Voyage to Constantinople; our Frigat the Plymouth Anchored near the Town within the very Port of Smyrna, from whence sailing with a fresh Easterly Wind from the shore, we were carried without the Port, and out of command of the Castle; where the wind failing, and being whol∣ly calm, we Anchored until the next morning, when with a gentle gale at South-East we proceed∣ded forward, and being as high as Cape Caraborno, towards night the Wind came about to the N.E. with so strong a Gale, that with some difficulty we weathered the Cape, and making over for the Island of Mytilene, and bringing our Ship under a main course, we intended to pass the night under the shel••er of that Isle: All this night the wind so increased one hour more than an∣other, that in the morning it was grown to a perfect storm, and the Sea into a breach; the sky was so black, and thick, and the Sun so red, and louring, as signified the continuance of it; and the spray of the Sea was so forcibly carried by the wind over the Ship, that Masts, Yards, and Decks were querned with a white Salt. This extremity of weather made us think of some Port, or Harbour, wherein to secure our Ship. The Island of Ipsera lying S. B. W. about eight Leagues from Mytilene, was judged by our Ma∣ster to be the most convenient and safe place, wherein we might spend the fury of this storm; wherefore putting before it with our Foresail, and our Mainsail in the Brailes,* 2.4 the wind was so forcible, that it carried away our Foresail like Paper from the Yard; and bringing another in the place thereof, it had the misfortune to be soul of the slook of our Anchor, and so became as unserviceable as the former: being thus de∣prived of the benefit of our commanding Sails, we set our Spritsail, and Main-course, and so steered in between the two Isles of Ipsera the greater; and the less. Being shot with∣in, and keeping as near aluff as we could to the shore, we on a sudden struck upon a Rock, which astonished us all with a strange amaze∣ment; the Ship fetched five Sallies, or Seeles upon it with such violence, that we expected to sink immediately into the deep; and indeed if we consider the forcibleness of the wind, the tur∣gency of the Sea, and the weight of our burden, having four hundred persons aboard, and sixty Guns mounted, it will appear little less than a Miracle, that the Ship brake not into more pie∣ces than our numbers were aboard. I stood then by the Mate, when he fathomed our depth of water by the Lead and Li••••; and we had then seventeen foot and a half by the side, but the Ship drawing eighteen foot, we began to fear a total ruin, and shipwrack, and with cast-up eyes, and stretched out arms, thought now of no other than of our last and ultimate Port. But in the midst of this horrid consternation and distress, it pleased God, who was our best Pilot, and gui∣ded us to the edg of the Rock, to bring us clear of it; when we soon espied some of our sheathing to swim upon the Sea; and running down to the Well of our Pumps, we perceived a great in∣crease of water, but not so much but that Pum∣ping once every half hour, we kept our Ship in a condition of safety. Being thus by Gods Provi∣dence come to a convenient place of Anchorage, being well furnished with ground-Tackle we rode for two days in a stress of wind, with two Anchors a head, of which our sheet-Anchor was one, and with our Top-masts and Yards struck. Afterwards the wind abating something of its late fierceness, though continuing in the same quarter, we had opportunities to go ashore and to make some Provisions of Wine, of which that Island yields an admirable sort, and as rich as any in the Archipelago, though the people are as poor, or rather more miserable than their Neighbours. In three or four days, by the ••ullage and weeds which the Leak had sucked in, the wa∣ter began to stop, and our Ship became so per∣fectly tight, that our Captain judged it not ne∣cessary to enquire, when we arrived at Constanti∣nople, into the damage which we had received from the Rock; and the Ship afterwards by Gods Providence arriving safe in the River of Thames, was brought into the Dock at Woolidg, where upon search was discovered a great piece of the Rock, as big as a mans head, struck into the bilge of the Ship, and so firmly fixed, as if it had been riveted within; which seemed so strange a thing, that hte Shipwrights before they would take it from thence, first thought fit to acquaint the King thereof; who was pleased in person to go and see it; which appearing a strange, and almost a miraculous accident, His Majesty com∣manded it to be taken out, and (as I am infor∣med) it is kept in his Closet. And now for the better description of this Rock, and for the a∣voiding of it, Seamen may observe, and take no∣tice of it in this manner.

The shallow water,* 2.5 or the Rock whereon we struck, bore N. N. W. ½ N. from the place where we anchored on the North of Great Ipsera, and lyes about half a mile from the shore. The mark is, the falling away of the South end of the first gray-cliff which a gall upon the foot of the high hill, on which is a house, there is also a white sand by the gray cliff; the longest way of the Rock is N. W. and S. E. and the length not longer than the Ship; the water in the shallowest part thereof is about thirteen or fourteen foot, with a Northerly wind; and seventeen foot or more in the deepest which is the place where we struck; yet as the people of the Island report, it hath six foot more with a Southerly wind; so that it is not strange, that our Master, though he had fre∣quented this place with the Venetian Fleet, should not have knowledg of it, for such a depth of water is seldom noted in Waggoners for a place of danger.

There is also another Rock near the Town a∣bout half a mile distant from the shore, bearing N. B. E. of the Point, the neat fluff point E. N. E. the Northermost point of little Ipsera N. W. B. N. the Southermost point of little Ipsera S. W. ½ W. the Southernly point of Great Ipsera S. E. 1 S. upon it, there is not above four foot water.

We rode here until the 14th day when be∣tween one and two in the morning, the wind sprang out of the W.S.W. with an easie gale, with which we weighed our Anchors, and put to Sea; the next morning early being the 15th day, we were up with the Island of Tenedos, and towards Noon we entered the Hellespont with a fresh gale, which was necessary to stem the strength of the current; and about three a Clock we passed the Castles of Sestos and Abydos; from whence came off a boat with a Druggerman, and Janizaries, bringing Letters from Sir Thomas Bendish, then Ambassador at Constantinople, congratulating the Arrival of his Excellency, and soon returned

again ashoar to carry the news of our entrance within the Castles.

On the Seventeenth Day about Noon, being just Three months since the Lord Ambassador with his Family embarked, we came to an An∣chor near the Seven Towers, from whence we gave notice to St. Thomas Bendysh of our near ap∣proach; and having given Two hours space for to carry the intelligence, we weighed our An∣chors, and stood in for the Port of Constantinople: At this time, a Bostangee, one belonging to the Grand Signior's Garden, came aboard, sent by the Bo∣stangee-bashee or Head of the Gardeners, to dis∣cover, and know what Ship it was of such Equi∣page, and greatness; advising us also, that the Grand Signior was seated in a Chiosk or Summer∣house on the corner Wall of the Seraglio. Having thus our Anchor aboard with a fresh and favou∣rablegale, our Flags and Ensigns displayed, and a Streamer at every Yard-arm, our Guns and Wast-clothes out; and being near the Wall of the Seraglio, the same Bostangee came again aboard, acquainting us, that it was the Grand Signior's pleasure, that we should rejoyce with Guns, (which was his expression;) the Ship having her Sails swelled out with a gentle Gale, and the swiftness of her motion retarded by the current, gave the Turks an opportunity to take a full prospect of her, the decks being full of men; we fired Sixty one Guns, as we passed,* 2.6 and with that order, that the Vessel could never appear with better advantage, had she been described by the Hand of the most skilful Painter: And thus we came to an Anchor on Toppennau side, where Sir Thomas Bendysh came immediately aboard to congratulate the safe arrival of this new Ambas∣sador: And now here it may be enquired, whe∣ther the Seraglio returned any answer to this sa∣lute by those Guns which lye under the Garden∣wall, of which most, or all are dismounted: I answer, not; for this having been the first Man of War, or first Royal ship, that ever carried up an English Ambassador to Constantinople; it having been the custom formerly to have them tran∣sported thither on some goodly Merchant-ship laden with the rich Commodities of our Coun∣try, a return of Guns was never demanded, or expected; and perhaps it was a matter not then thought of; which if it had, and been required, it is probable, in that conjuncture (if ever) it would have been granted; both because old Ku∣perlee the Father, then governed, who was a great friend to the English, and Enemy to the French, whose Ambassador was then under restraint, would have in meer opposition and hatred to them, bestowed those honours on our Nation, which at another time could not have been ex∣torted for a great Sum of Money; and so much I collect from the very words of Kuperlee, who af∣ter our Lord Ambassador had made his En∣trance in a more splendid manner than usual, as we shall understand by the sequel, he demanded of our Chief Druggerman, how the French resent∣ed this treatment? He answered, not well, but with an envious Eye, as he supposed; let them burst with malice, replied the Vizier. Of late years since the glory and greatness of France, their Ambassadors have been always transported up to Constantinople in the Kings Ships. Monsieur la Haye the younger came on Man of War of the Kings, and a Fireship; Monseur de Nointel, with Two men of War and a Fireship; and now lately Monsieur de Guilleragues with no less an Equipage than the former. All which before they entered Constantinople, made a stop about the Seven Towers, capitulating first to have a re-salute from the Seraglio, before they would pass their Complement to that place; which being de∣nied, as a thing never practised; the French Men of War have of late passed with silence, without giving, or receiving a salute: Howsoever, as things stand now, I should scarce advise, that English Men of War should insist upon the like, for we having once done it, a custom may be pre∣tended; and that may give a beginning to such a dispute which a new Ambassador ought stu∣diously to avoid, the present circumstances of France not suiting exactly with the sole Interest of Trade which is exercised by England.

Against the next Day, being the Eighteenth,* 2.7 things were provided for the entrance of his Ex∣cellency; and indeed with that state and hand∣some Equipage, that neither any Embassador from England, nor yet from the Emperor, pas∣sed with greater Splendor and Honour than this: For when his Excellency first descended from the Ship into his Boat, the Ship fired Fifty one Guns, so leisurely, that they so continued, until he set his Foot on the shoar; where mount∣ing on Horse-back covered with a rich Velvet Foot-cloth, the whole Equipage marched in this Order, on Horse-back also;

• First, The Vayvod of Galata, and his Men.
• 2. The Captain of the Janisaries with his Ja∣nisaries.
• 3. The Chaous-bashee with his Chaouses.
• 4. The English Trumpeters.
• 5. The English Horsemen, Merchants of Con∣stantinople, and those of Smyrna, which came to attend his Excellency by order of the Factory, being in number Six, with their Servants.
• 6. The Embassadors, Druggermen and Ja∣nisaries.
• 7. His Excellency with St. Thomas Bendysh, at∣tended with their Pages and Footmen.
• 8. The Secretary and Gentlemen.
• 9. The Countess of Winchelsea in her Coach, and Three other Coaches following with her Women, covered with Red-cloth, made after the fashion of Waggons, lying on the carriages un∣hung.
• 10. Which were followed by some Officers, and Reformadoes of the Ship. Such an appear∣ance as this being Extraordinary, the Streets were crouded with People, and all Windows filled with Spectators; and that which made the passage more uneasy, was the Rabble scrambling for Five Sol-pieces, of which sort of Money, 500 were by Order of the Lord Ambassador scattered amongst the People, who regarded not the dan∣ger of being trampled under foot, whilst they had the Silver in their Eye.

His Excellency being thus lodged at his House at Pera, he was immediately saluted from the Em∣perors Resident by his Secretary; and soon after by Signor Padavino Secretary to their Excellen∣cies Balarino and Capello, of whom we shall here∣after have occasion to name, being those who negotiated the Affairs of the Venetian Republick. And the next Day following, the like Comple∣ment was passed from the French Ambassador, and the Dutch Agent.

Three days after, the Grand Signior sent a Pre∣sent to his Excellency of Ten Sheep, Fifty Hens,* 2.8 a Hundred Loaves of Bread, Twenty Sugar∣loaves, Twenty Wax-candles, Ten whereof were white, and Ten yellow. This we mention particularly, because it was a Gift anciently be∣stowed in the times of the first Ambassadors; and though it had not been of late years pra∣ctised, yet being found in the Old Registers, the custom was again revived, because the Turks

were in an humour to gratifie, and shew all the Honour they could to the English Ambassa∣dor.

On the Twenty eighth of this Month of Janu∣ary, his Excellency had his first Audience of the Great Vizier;* 2.9 and being attended thither, ad met by the Turkish Officers on Constantinople side, (in the same manner, as when he first landed) he was conducted to the Viziers Palace; and be∣ing held up under the Arm by Two of his Gen∣tlemen (that being the fashion of great men amongst the Turks) he was introduced to the Presence of the Vizier; who being aged and de∣crepit, was sitting on Cushions in a little Room with a Fire, and his Feet covered, several Pa∣shaws, Pages, and other Officers standing by him. His Excellency and Sir Thomas Bendysh were seated on Two Velvet stools; where first the Earl of Winchelsea having presented the King's Letters to the Vizier wrote in Parchment, and put into a Bag of Cloth of Gold; Sir Thomas Bendysh began to inform the Vizier, that this was that honourable Person, of whom he had for∣merly acquainted him, was coming to reside for Ambassador in his place: That he was of that Nobility, and relation to our King, that had not his Majesty intended highly, and in an extraor∣dinary manner to Honour, and oblige the Grand Signior, he would not have exposed his Kinsman, and a Person extraordinary, to the hazard of a Voyage so long and dangerous as this. Then the Earl of Winchelsea-began to speak, and relate the happy restauration of the King his Master to the Throne of his Ancestors; extolling his Power, Greatness and Clemency in pardoning all, but such, who were engaged in the Blood of his Father. That in his passage to Constanti∣nople, he had by Command of the King touched at Algier, endeavouring to renew the former Articles of Peace, and release an English Lord (meaning the Lord Obryan) taken Captive by them contrary to the Articles of Peace, but without success, not being able to reduce them to any Terms of Reason, or Justice: And enlarging in his Complements with assurances of the friend∣ship which the King his Master desired to con∣serve, and maintain with the Grand Signior, as a token thereof, he acquainted him, that he was the first Ambassador sent abroad by his Master, since his happy return, before he had designed, or appointed any to Christian Princes. The Vizier readily answered: That it was but Reason it should be so; since the Grand Signior was an Emperor, and they but Kings; and he the greatest, and most Sove∣raign Potentate of the World: And that as to the Business of Algier, he would take care of it, and do him Justice. This having passed, Two China dishes with Sherbet were brought forth, and given to the Two Ambassadors, and Two larger bowles of the same to their Attendants: Then the Pre∣sent was brought forth, and laid before the Vizier, consisting of Twenty Vests; Four of them were of fine English Cloth of several colours; Four of several coloured Velvets; Fourof several flowred Stuffs with Gold and Silver; Four of watred Tabbies, and Four of Sattins: In recompence hereof both the Ambassadors were vested, with Six others, which Vests are of no great matter of use, or value, more than that they are evidences and badges of the Vizier's favour. After this his Excellency with Sir Thomas Bendysh arose, and de∣parted, wearing these Vests, until they were passed without the Gates of the Viziers Palace, and then they delivered them to be carried by their Servants, as the others did; and so his Ex∣cellency returned to his House at Pera, with an appearance of a fair Correspondency, and with assurances that the Capitulations and friend∣ship should be maintained, and conserved with a strict and inviolate Faith.

The day of giving pay to the Janisaries draw∣ing near, the Ambassador's Audience with the Grand Signior was deferred until that time, for with that occasion the Court would appear in the most solemn manner, and the attendance of the Soldiery would render all things more great and powerful: In the mean time the Grand Sig∣nior often took a view from his Seraglio, of the Plymouth Frigat, and frequently rowed round her in a Boat; and some say, he once came In∣cognito aboard to see her; at length he was so pleased with her, that he fancied her to be a very proper Vessel to carry Soldiers and Ammuni∣tion for Candia; but proposing his Thoughts and intentions to the Vizier, he was disswaded from the demand, or constraint of the Ship, being ad∣monished, that this was a matter unpracticable, and uncivil towards a Prince, who on confidence of Amity and Alliance with him, had adventu∣red his Ship within his Port.

The Twenty sixth day of February,* 2.10 being Pay-day of the Janisaries, the Lord Ambassador had Audience of the Grand Signior, which was per∣formed in this manner. His Excellency, with Sir Thomas Bendysh, departing from his House, with his retinue on Horse-back, by break of day in the Morning, was met on Constantinople side by the Chaous-Bashee, and his Chaouses, and by them conducted to the Seraglio. We rode through the first Court which was very spacious, and then we alighted from our Horses, and walked through another Court leading to the Divan, or place of Judicature; at the upper end of which the Great Vizier was seated; on his right Hand sate Five Viziers of the Bench, of which the Captain-Pa∣sha, or Admiral of the Seas, was one; on the left were the Two Kadileschers or Chief Justices, one of Anatolia, and the other of Romelia, and by them the Tefterdar Pasha or Lord Treasurer, with Three other Pasha's: The floar of the Divan was covered with Carpets, and on them a richer covering of Bags of Money, for payment of the Janisaries. The Two Ambassadors with about Six or Seven of their retinue (amongst which I was one) being admitted in, and placed at the lower end, their Excellencies approached toward the Vizier, and were seated near unto him on Two stools co∣vered with Crimson Velvet, and some Discourse and Complement having passed between them, they retired to another part of the Room, that they might give way to Business. In the mean time the payment of the Soldiers went forward, every Churbagee, or Captain, taking from the heaps, the Pay of his Soldiers, and laying the Bags on their Shoulders, made up to the Vi∣zier, and having kissed the Hem of his Vest on his Knees, he retired with great Humility and hast from him, passing away with his side towards him, it being very unseemly amongst them to turn their backs to Personages of that Dignity.

The Payment being over, Three small Tables were brought in; the first of which was covered with a silver Voyder, at which the Two Ambas∣sadors sate with the chief Ministers; but the Great Vizier by reason of his Age and Weakness retired into another Room. The other Two Tables were covered with a mixed Mettal, which served in the place of a Table-Cloth, at which the others sate: We had no Knives, Forks, nor Plate; but only Wooden Spoons were laid for us, which was sufficient in that manner of eating, for their Meats are most boyled, and conveniently received by the Spoon; or are so well roasted, that they are easily parted with the Fingers. The

dishes were served in by one at a time, but so fast, that we had scarce tasted of one, before it was snatched away to make place for another; and I think there might be about Twenty several changes, in this manner; at the end of all, to con∣clude our Feast, a great Bowl of Sherbet was brought in, and we drank of it, as large draughts as we pleased. Being risen from the Table, Eighteen Coftans, or Vests, being the usual num∣ber given to the English Ambassadour, with one extraordinary in favour to the New Ambassador, were brought forth, and bestowed; and in the mean time, the Present from our King to the Grand Signior, provided at the expence of the Turky Company, consisting of Fifty Vests, viz. Ten of Velvet, Ten of Sattin, Ten of Cloth of Gold, Ten of Tabbies, and Ten of fine English Cloth, were brought forth and displayed in the open Court by Fifty men which carried them, and Four English Mastiffs, which were more ac∣ceptable to this Grand Signoir than all the rest. The whole body of Janisaries then payed, con∣sisting of about Five thousand, were drawn up in a body, and ranged on one side of the Court∣yard; amongst them there was that silence, that the least whisper, noise, or motion was not heard; and as their Janisar Aga, and other Commanders passed, the bowings they made in salute were so regular, and at the same time, as may well testify the exactness of their Discipline, and ad∣mirable obedience, which hath in a great measure contributed towards their Conquests and Enlarge∣ment of their Empire.

Being thus Vested, and ranked in Order, the Great Vizier entered into the Presence of the Grand Signior; and then Two Capugi-bashes or Chief of the Porters of the Gate, with long Silver Staves, took the New Ambassador under each Arm to conduct him to the Chamber of Au∣dience; those permitted to accompany him were Sir Thomas Bendysh, the Earl of Winchelsea's Bro∣ther, Sir Thomas Allen Captain of the Plymouth Frigat, the Interpreter, and my self, who then being Secretary, carried the Credential Letters made up in a Purse of Cloth of Gold. We gent∣ly knocked at the first Gate, which was imme∣diately set wide open to us, in the Porch where∣of Forty white Eunuchs attended, clothed in Vests of Sattin, and Cloth of Gold of divers co∣lours, and stood with their Hands before them with marvellous silence, and modesty. Coming near to the Presence-door, where the Kapi-Aga or Chief of the white Eunuchs attended, we made a pause in the Porch, and trod very softly, so as not to disturb with the least motion, the greatness of that Majesty; and so profound was the silence, that nothing was heard besides the murmurings of a Fountain adjoining hereunto. Just at the entrance of the Chamber, hung a gilded Ball studded with divers precious Stones, the Floar was covered with Crimson Velvet; em∣broidered with Golden-wyre. The Grand Sig∣nior himself sate in a Throne raised a small heigth from the ground, supported with Four Pillars plated with Gold; from the top hung several gilded Balls twined with Masses of Pearl; the Cushions he sate upon, and those also that lay by, were richly embroidered, and beset with Jewels, and on his right hand stood the Great Vizier. And having made a considerable stop at the Door, the Two Capugibashees, who held his Excel∣lence under each Arm, brought him to the mid∣dle of the Room, and laying their Hands upon his Head, made him bow, until he touched the Carpets with his forehead; and then raising him again, they retired backward with him, un∣to the farthest part of the Room; and in like man∣ner they took all the others singly and in order, placing them behind the Ambassadors. The Creden∣tial Letters from our King were then presented, and appointed that they should be delivered to the hands of the Reis-Efendi, or Secretary of State.

Then the Druggerman or Interpreter, by Or∣der of the Lord Ambassador, read a Paper in the Turkish Language to this Effect.

First, Declaring how the King of Great Bri∣tain our Soveraign Lord and Master, was restored to the Throne of his Ancestors without War, or any Conditions: And the great Clemency of His Majesty in pardoning all, but those who had a hand in the Murder of his Father.

Secondly, Recommending the Merchants and their Interest to the continuance of his usual Fa∣vour and Protection.

Thirdly, Begging the freedom of all English Slaves, as a particular Testimony of Favour, and Grace to this New Ambassador.

These Ceremonies being performed, and the Paper read, we immediately departed, passing to our Horses by the same way which we came: And being mounted, we drew up a little out of the passage to see the Soldiers march by us, which indeed appeared to be a very flourishing Militia of young Men, robust, and well clothed; many of them running with Bags of Money on their Shoulders, and all of them chearful, and glad of the charge they carried with them; after them followed their Commanders exceedingly well mounted: And last of all came the Great Vizier attended with many Pashaes, and a goodly Equipage: And then his Excellency, with Sir Tho∣mas Bendysh, and attendance, proceeded forwards, and returned to their home. After this Two visits were made: Namely, to the Captain-Pasha or Admiral of the Seas, and the other to the Mustee; at the first, Six Vests were presented; and at the latter, Five; and both were perform∣ed, and accepted with such mutual kindness, that never did the Turkish Ministers cast more serene countenances on the Trade and Concernments of England, than on this conjuncture.

And thus the Earl of Winchelsea being very suc∣cessfully, and with fignal Demonstrations of Ho∣nour, and a good correspondence, seated in the usual residence of Ambassadors, the Grand Signior, as a particular Note and mark of his favour pre∣sented him with Three English Slaves, and re∣turned a kind and friendly answer to his Maje∣sties Letters, by Sir Thomas Bendysh, who embark∣ed on the Plimouth Frigat, and departed the Ele∣venth of March. And thus having given the Rea∣der a Relation of the State of the English concern∣ments in Turky: Let us view and consider the Condition of the Turkish Affairs amongst themselves.

At the arrival of this Ambassador, the im∣portant affairs of this vast and still growing Em∣pire, were governed by the Great Vizier Ku∣perlee; a Person decrepit and infirm in body, by reason of his great Age, but of a solid and subtle judgment; by Nature cruel, and by Years fro∣ward; which disposition was singularly well fit∣ted to do service to his Master, against the im∣petuous storms of the Faction of those times, in which the Pashaws, and Chiefs of the Soldiery (as often it happens in Empires, whose Body is grown too vast to be ruled by a weak Head) became rich and powerful, and by the long Va∣cations of Peace, insolent and wanton; for as then the Wars with Venice were carried on faintly, only by sending forth an Armata of Gallies in the Spring; and the preparations became rather ac∣customary, returning with the Year, and made

for exercise of the Arsenal, and amusement of the People, than designed with any probable expe∣ctation of success or Victory, proportionable to that Treasure and Trouble which maintained them. So that to encounter so many difficul∣ties, and predominancy of Ambition and Avarice, the Prince himself being young, the Fortune of his Empire had more than urgent necessity of such a rough and cruel disposition as was found in Kuperlee; who so seasonably made use of it, to the destruction of all such, who might either endanger his Prince, or himself; that in two or three Years time he became Master of the Lives and Estates of the Grand Mutiniers; confisca∣ting their richess and fortunes to the use and se∣curity of his Master; having in his time put to Death thirty six thousand persons, whom he proscribed in several Countries, and privately strangled in the City, by vertue of his absolute and uncontroulable Authority, without giving the Offenders liberty of Processes, or Pleas for their Lives, or the solemnity of Scaffolds, or ap∣plause of a Funeral Oration at the Gallows, whereby to win the affections and compassions of the vulgar, but went through with his bloody and tragical business, without noise, or rumour, or knowledge almost of the Souldiery, or the people; whilst the great Personages, whose ra∣pine and pride had contracted them envy and hatred from their inferiours, stood confused and amased, not having power to rebel, nor San∣ctuary to fly unto.

Such is the effect of an absolute, and arbitrary power, which is Master of times and affairs, and rather fits and squares Enterprizes to Counsels, than Counsels to Enterprizes. Reges Hercule non liberi solum impedimentis omnibus, sed Domini re∣rum, temporun{que} trahunt Consiliis cuncta, non se∣quuntur. Liv. lib. 9. The Grand Signior in the mean time applauded the diligence and circum∣spection of his Minister; and though yet trem∣bling with the memory of late sollevations a∣mongst the Janizaries; yet being young, and active, addicted himself wholly to the delight of Hunting, and to follow the Chace of fearful, and flying Beasts; whilst his Vizier so closely fol∣low'd his game of Bloud, that he left no Person con∣siderable in the Empire, who was not a Creature made by, or depending on him; unless the Ka∣hyabei, or Lieutenant General of the Janizaries; Mortaza Pasha of Babylon, now called by the Turks Bagdat, and the Pasha of Magnasia; Men, whose bravery, and generous Justice, or else their Guards, or Fortune, had only seated beyond the reach and Sword of this Tyrant. This was then the State of the Turkish Affairs amongst them∣selves; As to Foreign, and Christian Princes; the Emperor, the King of England, the French King, and the States of Holland, had their Em∣bassadors and Residents at the Ottoman Court, with whom as yet passed a fair and amicable cor∣respondence, excepting with the French; whose Embassadour had then lately obtained his release from Imprisonment, to which he was confined contrary to the Law of Nations, and the Custom of the wisest, and most generous People of for∣mer Ages; and compelled to return into France; an Agent being there setled by the Merchants, to Negotiate their Affairs; the occasions and grounds whereof we have at large signified in another place: which unlawful treatment of a Person Sa∣cred, none will much admire, who considers the humour of supream Ministers that judge them∣selves under no restraint or limits of Law, either Civil, or National.

This Embassador from France was call'd Mon∣sieur le Haye, the Father, a Person excellently well qualifi'd, having with success pass'd in that ca∣pacity for the space of 25 years until some misun∣derstandings passing between him, and this Tyran∣nical Vizier, he suffered many indignities from him, which being added to the extream torment of the Stone, under which he laboured, made him wil∣ling on any terms to return to his own Countrey.

The Venetians notwithstanding the War, had two Ministers there resident; the Eccellentissimo Capello, Procurator of St. Mark, a right worthy and noble Person; and Signior Ballarino, a Person vigilant, and subtle, who omitted no opportuni∣ties to advance his own Fortunes, and with that the benefit of his Republick. The Emperors Re∣sident, called Simon Renninghen, a Person sincere, free, and open hearted, agreeable to the Nature of the Germans; had for some Years, tho with some difficulty, continued the Peace, or rather matters from breaking out into an open War; the Incursions on the Frontiers, and other accidents, always administring occasions of discontent, and complaints to both parties.

But that the Series of this History may be con∣tinud with an even Thread,* 2.11 and clear light to the Reader, we must cast back our Eyes to the Year 1657. when the Ambition of George Ragotzki, Prince of Transilvania, began New troubles in his own Principality, and laid the Foundation of a future War between the Emperor and the Turks. For now Poland was so wearied with the incessant Wars of Muscovy (the inveterate Enemy of the that Crown) with the frequent Rebellions of the Cos∣sacks, and the invasion of the Swedes, whom the traiterous Vice-Chancellour, and his Adherents, had invited to the spoils of their own Countrey; that King Casimirus was reduced to the ultimate extremity of his Affairs; the publick Exchequer, and private Treasuries were exhausted, the Vil∣lages dispeopled, the Fields uncultivated, Traf∣fick and Commerce ceased; nothing but Wars, Robberies, and Confusion filled the Diurnals with News, and the hearts of the Inhabitants with Sor∣row and Calamities: Wherefore Casimer King of Poland, vexed on all sides, and not knowing where or how to apply a remedy, dispatched his Great Chancellor Albertus Pravesmoski, in Qua∣lity of Embassador, to demand assistance from Ra∣gotzki, promising in recompence thereof, to adopt his Son to succeed him in that Kingdom. No Message could arrive more grateful to ambi∣tious Ragotzki, who by so desired a proffer, seem∣ed to arrive to the Zenith of his Proseperity; which like the Land of Promise, being only shewed to his Father in a long Prospective, seemed now as it were, by Inheritance, to devolve upon his Son; in order unto which, many days of Treaty and Conferences were held between Ragotzki, and the Polish Ministers;* 2.12 but Ragotzki insisting on certain particulars, which were not in the Power of the King or his Commissioners to grant without the approbation of a Diet, the Treaty was dissolved, and Ragotzki remained displeased, and angry; pretending himself to have been deluded and slighted, resolved to avenge the Affront, and by his Arms gain to himself the Crown of that King∣dom; so that raising a strong Army, and join∣ing himself in a Confederate League with Sweden, he invaded Poland, wasting all the Frontiers with Fire and Sword. The Ottoman Port growing jealous of the successes of these Affairs, and not so much of the Advance of Ragotzki, as of the grow∣ing greatness of the Swedes, with whom unwilling∣ly they would be Borderers, issued an express Command. That without contradiction or delay, he should immediately give stop to his March, and return with his Army into Transilvania. And though the Emperor of Germany, and the Krim

Tartar declared their dislike of his proceedings, threatning to invade his Principality at home, un∣less he retracted himself, and desisted from this enterprize; yet Ragotski having his understand∣ing blinded with Ambition, and the lust of Rule and Government, stopped his ears to the menaces of his Enemies, and the counsel of his Friends. This Ragotski enjoyed a State most happy, large, fertile, and populous, in Power inferior to few, superior to many; so that he might have passed peaceably and honourably with all, could his great spirit have bowed to, and complied with his Potent Neighbours.* 2.13 For on the one side the Puis∣sant power of the Turk threatned him, to whom the least Ombrages of displeasure administer oc∣casion of War; On the side of Hungary the Em∣perour over-awed him: On the side of Valachia, and Moldavia he lay open to the incursion of the Tartars. So that a man might rationally expect, That this Prince should have esteemed it honour enough to have conserved his own without ren∣dring himself obnoxious to the jealousie and su∣spicion of his Neighbours. But his great spirit was so enamoured of a Crown, and so bewitched with the hopes of obtaining it, that nothing seem∣ed difficult or improbable to the acquisition of his longing desires, which were the occasion of all those calamities and miseries in Hungary, which afterwards ensued.

In contemplation of all which foreseen evils, his Caesarean Majesty sent a Message to the Otto∣man Port, declaring against the temerity and audaciousness of Ragotski; who in the mean time subdued the Fort of Bristia, invaded with Fire and Sword the Province of Russia, plundered Po∣dolia, and advanced as far as Camonitz, a For∣tress strong by Art and Nature; and joining af∣terwards with the Swedes, assisted them in the subjection of Cracovia. About this time the Empe∣rour Ferdinand the third began to send succours into Poland, and to protest against the proceed∣ings of Ragotski, but being surprized by sickness, soon after passed to a better life; which for some time, giving a stop to the assistance of Poland, was interpreted by Ragotski, as a happy Omen of his good Fortune.

But how vain and deceitful are humane hopes, whose foundations are Ambition and Violence! For Leopold succeeding in the place of his Father to Hungary, and the Empire, immediately pro∣secuted the design in favour of Poland, and in the first place besieging Turone, one of the chief Cities of Prussia, taken by the Swedes, forced it to a Surrender. The King of Denmark also growing jealous of the encreasing greatness of the Swedes, nourished by ancient grudges, and National Emulations, took up Arms in defence of Poland, and being at first, flush of Money, gave constant pay and large donatives to merce∣nary Soldiers, which encreased his Army, draw∣ing great numbers from the Swedish Colours; so that being stoutly recruited, he entered into the Enemies Countries, possessed himself of the im∣portant Fort of Olme in Norway; overthrew the Swedish Army at Vorgast, and obtained a victory over their Fleet in the Baltick Sea. The Poles also themselves, who at first revolted from their Prince, and favoured the Swedish proceedings, perceiv∣ing the Wind change, and become contrary to that Party, began to abandon the interest they professed, and by degrees to return to the due o∣bedience of their King. Zerneski also the Gene∣ral, and Lubomiski the Great Chancellour of Poland met the Swedish Forces near Cracovia, where giving them Battel, discomfited the whole Army, killed fourteen thousand upon the place, took all the Cannon and Baggage, and won that day a most signal Victory.

Ragotski perceiving the face of things thus changed, and being by Command of the Otto∣man Port abandoned by his Moldavian and Wala∣chian Forces, began to turn his face towards Tran∣silvania, where now he wished himself and Army lodged in safety. But being overtaken by Gene∣ral Zerneski near the Mountains of Transilvania, he was, tho unwillingly, engaged to sight, and was with that fury assaulted by the Polish Horse, that tho according to his usual Bravery, he charg∣ed in Person at the head of his Troops, yet he was not able to withstand a violence so disadvan∣tageous in number, but that his men being 〈◊〉〈◊〉 put into disorder, then to a Retreat, and then to open flight, his whole Army was deseated, many of them perished by the Sword, others flying through the Woods and Mountains, died with sa∣mine;* 2.14 and he himself obliged to buy a shameful Peace, engaging by Word and Oath to the pay∣ment of a great summ of Money, was permitted with a mean Retinue to return into his own Coun∣try. Nor did these misfortunes end here; but the Tartars commanded by the Turks, in revenge and chastisement of Ragotski's Enterprize with∣out their consent, entered into his Principality with considerable Bodies of Horse, against whose sudden Invasion, an Army under the Conduct of his General Kemenius could not be so soon colle∣cted and disciplined, as to be able to resist that fury of Tartars, who at their pleasure burned the Towns and Villages, and carried away mul∣titudes of people of both Sexes, and all Ages for Captives into their own Country, amongst which some were of Quality and Condition. Amidst which troubles came Letters from the Ottoman Port, directed to the Nobles of Transilvania,* 2.15 de∣claring Ragotski a Rebel, and commanding that according to the Laws and Priviledges of that Principality, they should proceed to the Election of a new Prince, and in case of refusal, all the ruins and calamities were threatned, which they might justly expect in punishment of their disobe∣dience from a severe and angry Emperor.

Ragotski being well informed what was design∣ing against him at the Ottoman Port; and know∣ing that his power was not able to oppose so much puissance, resolved to give way to neces∣sity,* 2.16 and voluntarily depose himself, before he should be engaged thereunto by the Imperial Decree; so that he calmly receded from his Prin∣cipality, hoping that his humility and submissi∣on might procure his pardon at the Court. The Nobility of Transilvania being as well desirous to evidence their affection to their old Prince, as their obedience to the Grand Signior, did imme∣diately appoint a day for Election, but with Pro∣viso, that a general Petition should be made in behalf of Ragotski, that he might be again resto∣red unto ancient Grace and Favour with the Port, who in the mean time swore to live peaceably in a quiet and private condition, without making di∣sturbance, or innovation in the Government, and that when this Grace should accordingly be ob∣tained, then that the new Prince should recede, and suffer things to return to their former and pristine Estate. For which purpose there was choice made of one Francis Redeius,* 2.17 a Person of a peace∣able and gentle temper, who would easily conde∣scend to the terms agreed, and as willingly re∣sign up his Government again, as he unwillingly received it. But though Ragotski had renounced, promised, swore, and in appearance seemed to re∣cede from his Government, and surrender all at the irresistible Decree of a superior power; yet

his high Spirit, and working Brain could not dis∣lodg that Ambition of his Heart, which at first privately countermined and enervated the Power of the new elected Prince; but afterwards his towering Thoughts swelled too big to be suppres∣sed under the cover of Dissimulation, yielded just Reason to the Ottoman Port to suspect his designs; who not being ignorant of what was past, dis∣patched Orders to the Pasha of Buda to de∣mand the strong Fort of Jancua for Caution and Security of the good Behaviour of the Transilva∣nians.

Ragotzki seeing himself thus discovered,* 2.18 un∣masked himself openly, and threw away his Vi∣zard, and with a vigorous Force and Courage reassumed the Rights and Standard of his Princi∣pality, forcing Redeius not only to relinquish his Power, but to swear never again to usurp it, tho enforced upon him by the Authority of the Turks.

These Extravagancies so exasperated the minds of the Turks, that whereas before they began to entertain tender thoughts towards Transilvania, they now meditated its entire Ruin and Con∣quest; and so laying aside Arguments and Trea∣ties, they made Levies of Horse and Foot both in Europe and Asia. Ragotzki foreseeing how unable he was to resist a Force so unequal as the puissance of the Ottoman Empire, without the succor of Foreign Force, resolved, like the Prodigal Son, to throw himself into the compas∣sionate Arms of the Emperor, as his Father, earnestly supplicating, That whereas before, his disorderly and disobedient Life had rather meri∣ted Punishment than Favour; yet in this Cause, wherein the Interest of Christendom was concern∣ed, he would compassionate the common Good of the Christian Church, rather than chastise his particular Misdemeanours. With this mes∣sage Michel Mesces, his Chancellor, being dis∣patched, was graciously received by the Emperor, and readily assured of powerful Aid and Prote∣ction.

Ragotzki elevated with this courteous Treat∣ment and Promises, had his whole mind enflamed with hopes and desire of Revenge; so that as∣sembling such Forces as he could, he entered boldly into the Field against the Pasha of Buda, who with a considerable Army, was ordered to March before, and enter the Confines of Transil∣vania, and there unite with the Pasha of Temis∣war.

In the Transaction of all these Passages, July was well entered, when both Armies met in open Field; and tho the Forces of the Transilvanians were much inferior to those of the Turk, yet Ra∣gotzki full of his wonted Courage and Heat, so vigorously assailed the Enemy, that he quickly broke and disordered their Ranks, put them to flight, and killed three thousand upon the place. But little did this advantage benefit poor Transil∣vania, for the Great Vizier soon after following with the gross of his Army, consisting of little less than an 100. thousand Men, provided accor∣dingly with Artillery, and all other Military Ammunition; seconded by the Tartars, and assi∣sted by the Moldavians and Valachians, and a Rout of other barbarous Nations; laid Seige to the strong Fortress of Janoua;* 2.19 of which and of several others, in a short time he rendered himself Ma∣ster, laying waste and desolate all the Countries round with Fire and Sword. The Nobles of Transilvania sensible of these imminent and ap∣proaching Mischiefs, dispeeded three Persons of considerable Quality amongst them, in an Embas∣sy to the Vizier; viz. Francis Daniel, John Lues, and Acatius Berclay, who greatly laboured by their Oratory to perswade the Vizier, that they were in no wise consenting to the disobedience of their Prince, but did always readily submit to the Ottoman Servitude; imploring his Clemency and Commiseration of their distressed and ruined State. The Vizier inclining his Ear to their Peti∣tion, stopped the Progress of his Arms, but in∣creased their Tribute to such an excessive rate, that the burden of it became insupportable, and appointed Berclay, one of the Embassadors,* 2.20 to be Prince; taking thereby from the People, the free Priviledg of Election; Commanding them to accept him without farther Dispute or Repugnan∣cy. It is uncertain whether Berclay designed the Principality to himself by any instance he made to the Turks, or whether his Election proceeded meerly from the Vizier himself; yet this is cer∣tain, that returning home, Berclay applied him∣self to establish his own Dominion, and to dis∣appoint the designs of his Predecessor, and his party.

The Turks being satisfied with this Submission, with the Subjection of several places of Impor∣tance, with deposing of Ragotzki, and establish∣ment of a new Prince, began to disband a great part of their Forces; and the Great Vizier, with the remainder, returned towards Constantinople; supposing the Fire of this War to be totally extin∣guished.

In this condition of Repose, matters continued for about the space of two Years, when Ragotz∣ki impatient of his losses, and of the exchange of his publick State to a private Condition, invete∣rate in his hate towards his Rival and Competi∣tor, resolved to tempt Fortune once more, and make his ultimate Assay, either to establish him∣self in his Principality, or at least to render him∣self equal with other mortal Princes in the Grave; and so relying with much Confidence on the zea∣lous Affection of his Subjects, and the promise of powerful Adherents,* 2.21 he once again justled him∣self into the Government, by the Expulsion of his Rival; whom he could not behold with other than with an emulous and unpleasing Eye. Berclay perceiving himself thus ensnared, neglected, and persecuted by all Parties, represented these Inno∣vations to the Ottoman Port, with the most ag∣gravating Circumstances imaginable; beseeching them to afford him aid, and vindicate their own Honour in maintenance of him, whom they had constituted a Prince, and was a Creature formed by their own favour. The Turks immediately touched with the Sense hereof, Issued out Orders to Ciddi Ahmet, the new Pasha of Buda; Com∣manded him without delay, to gather what Forces he could to interrupt the designs of Tran∣silvania; and to put matters unto a stand, until a greater Army could second him, under the Com∣mand of Ali Pasha, appointed General for this Expedition. The Pasha of Buda readily obeyed, and assembling what Forces he could in Hungary, and joining with the Pasha of Temiswar, passed the Danube, and with a very considerable Army entered Transivania. Ragotzki undaunted at the near approach of his Enemy, boldly entered the Field with his Forces, and joined Battel with them in the Month of May, 1660. between the Cities of Clausenburg, and Giulia Alba. At first the Christians endeavoured to have intercepted the Enemies passage, by some Ambuscado or Strata∣gem of War; but the Turks still advancing, were at length met by the Van-guard of the Chri∣stians; to assistance of which several Bodies fol∣lowing one after the other, it became a general Engagement of both Armies; in which Battel,

Ragotzki gave his usual proofs of Valour; de∣claring by his Actions, that he was resolved to dye, or to Triumph. But being at length wound∣ed in four parts of his Body, and his Army over∣powered with Numbers, he was forced to yield the Fortune of the Day to the Turks; leaving 8. pieces of Cannon, and his Standard in their hands; and the greatest part of his Army being either killed or taken, he himself with a few of his Attendants, recovered Varadin; where after 18.* 2.22 Days distemper of his Wounds, he expired his unquiet and troubled Soul. This was the end of that vain Icarus, who attempted to fly with feigned Wings and borrowed Feathers; this is the fate of ambitious Spirits, whom Pride elevates and exhales like a Vapour, unto that height, until it dissolves them into Showers, or precipitates them into the abyss of all Confusion.* 2.23 This George Ragotz∣ki was of a tall and well proportioned Stature, black Hair, and a frisled Beard: his Eyes quick and lively, of an active Body, and healthy Constitution: his Spirit was high and great, which betrayed him to Extravagancies: his Comport∣ment was generous and courteous towards all, which rendered him exceedingly beloved and esteemed by his Nobility: he was free in his Speech, and eloquent in his Expressions, prudent in his Counsels and Enterprizes: had not the quick∣ness and vivacity of his Soul made him something rash and violent in his Attempts: he was of the Protestant Religion, leaving behind him a Widow, and a Son of hopeful and happy endowments.

After the Death of Ragotzki, it might well be expected that these Storms of War should be di∣spersed, and that Transilvania should at length enjoy the Sun-shine, and calmer Weather of Peace and Repose. But Ali Pasha, General of the Tur∣kish Camp, being by this time arrived the Con∣fines with his powerful Army, resolved not to re∣turn empty or in vain, without advantaging the Ottoman Interest, and making some Satisfaction towards the Expence and Trouble of so great an Army. Wherefore taking pretence against Va∣radin, for receiving Ragotzki after his Defeat, abetting his party, and following his Interest, de∣signed to summon that important Fortress to sur∣render, which is fituated at the foot of those Mountains which open a Passage into Transilvania.

The Inhabitants of Varadin terrified at the ap∣proach of this formidable Enemy,* 2.24 dispatched a Messenger to the Emperor, imploring with most effectual Arguments his Sacred Protection and powerful Assistance against the common Ene∣my to Christendom, representing to his Cesare∣an Majesty, how that the Turks in their Capitu∣lations with him, had agreed to Build or Erect no new Fort on those Frontiers: and whereas it was the same thing to force and usurp a Fortress already made, as to form a new one; the taking of Varadin was to be esteemed a real Violation of the Articles of Peace. That his Majesty would be pleased to reflect on the fatal Consequences which the loses of Varadin might prove to Hunga∣ry as well as Transilvania; being that Gate, which obstructed, cuts off all Intercourse between them and Germany. These Considerations with seve∣ral others, were exceeding prevalent in the Impe∣rial Council; so that it was resolved, that Gene∣ral Souches should prepare his Army, and put all things in readiness to afford the Assistance which was desired; supposing that with the German Regiments, and Hungarian Forces, might be formed an Army of about 25. thousand fighting men. But in regard in those Instructions given to Souches, there was a Clause, that he should be care∣ful not to engage his Forces in any attempt, where the event might be doubtful, he assembled the principal Persons of that Country, and the Militia, to consult whether succor and relief might be given to Varadin, without hazarding the Army in a doubtful and a dangerous Adventure: in consideration of which point, a true Compu∣tation being made of all the Imperial Forces, they were found much inferior to that calculate which was made of them at Vienna; For that since Tockai, Zatmar, Kalo, and other places be∣longing to the State of Ragotzki, had been Gari∣soned by German Soldiers, there remained not of them above 4000. effective Men; the Hungarian Forces which were supposed to have consisted of 2000. Men, could not form 600.; the Haiducks which were computed to be 6000. Men, did not appear in the Person of one; being all dispersed and retired to their own homes.* 2.25 The additional Forces from the Princes of the Empire were as un∣certain, as the Expectation of them long and te∣dious; for tho the Imperial Forces united are of puissance sufficient to bid Battel, and Defiance to the numerous Troops of the Ottoman Power; yet in regard the Union of that Body depends on the Assembly of Diets, Treaties, and long De∣bates, which are subject to time and delays, caused by different Factions, (which are impossible to be avoided amongst different States) whose Disuni∣ons, Competitions, Emulations and Pretences, always in such meetings abound, and prejudice the common cause and benefit of the Empire; the raising of such a formidable Army, becomes a matter always of time and difficulty. Howsoe∣ver the Emperor, whose Hereditary and Elective Possessions bordering on the Confines of the Enemy, is necessarily engaged to be the standing Bulwark of the rest, and a Bank against the In∣undation of barbarous Nations; whilst other Princes whose Dominions are more Remote and Secure, apprehend not the Premures and Storms that the Emperor sustains, and is enforced to ex∣pel with the loss and diminution of his own People, and impoverishment of his peculiar Treasure: To these Considerations, which rendered these pious Intentions towards Varadin almost im∣possible, there wanted Money, which is the Si∣news of War, and the Soul of all Enterprizes: And that which farther retarded those Succors and Prosecution of the design in hand, was the depar∣ture o His Cesarean Majesty from his Court at Vienna, on occasion of a Progress as far as Trieste, to take Homage of his Provinces of Stiria, Carin∣thia and Cragno; which was an Action much against the Counsel and Advice of the Arch-Duke Leopold his Uncle; who foresaw how great disor∣ders would ensue by the Emperors absence, in this Conjuncture, from his Imperial Court. Upon which Considerations, Count Souches sent a true List of all his Forces, with an account of the strength of his Enemy; remonstrating that it was impossible to convey Forces into Varadin, without hazarding a Battel with Ali Pasha, which would prove an absolute Breach of the Peace; which in this Conjuncture, and want of Preparation, was neither honourable, nor safe for the Empire.

In the mean time Ali Pasha proceeded and encamped with his Army before Varadin,* 2.26 break∣ing first Ground the 4th of July, 1660. and be∣ginning a formal Siege, he soon begirt the Town, and continually labouring in making Trenches, Batteries and Approaches, they arri∣ved in a few days to the Counterscrap of the Wall. But the better to describe the Siege and Assaults on this famous City, it will be necessary first to explain the Condition and Scituation of the place.

Varadin therefore is seated in a Plain, on the Banks of the River Chryse; to the East it is envi∣roned with such craggy and rough Mountains, as render it almost on that side unaccessible; to the South the Town extended it self most; to the North it is washed with the River, over which some small, yet fruitful, Hills raise themselves; it is encompassed with a Wall filled with Earth, after the fashion of Modern Fortifications, and strengthened with five main Bulwarks, and a very deep Ditch filled with the River Water: It was well provided both of Victuals and Ammunition, and armed with Ordnance both great and small, as was sufficient to have repulsed a puissant Enemy, & have sustain'd a long & strait Siege. But the Gari∣son within consisted only of 850 Soldiers, an inconsi∣derable number, both in respect of the Circuit of the Fortress, & of that gross Army which encompass'd it.

The Enemy being now, as it is said before, un∣der the Counterscarp of the Wall, they perceived that the Ditch was so deep, and filled with Wa∣ter, that though their great Guns had made open Breaches in the Walls, yet there was no possibi∣lity to storm them, or bring the Soldiery to scaling Ladders, or handy blows. The besieged also made such continued Sallies, with success and slaughter of the Enemy, that after Three and Twenty days of vain labour to few the Ditch, Ali Pasha was at length almost resolved to have raised his Siege, and given over the Enterprize; upon which whilst he considered and ruminated (as ill Fortune would have it) a certain Maid, which formerly had been a servant to the Governour of the Garison, then a Captive in the Turkish Camp, having observed how on occasion the Citizens used to empty and drain the Ditch, revealed the secret to the Turks, hoping thereby not only to purchase her Liberty,* 2.27 but with that also a Sum of Money for price of her Treachery; so that dis∣covering where another Ditch was to be opened, the course of the Water was soon diverted, and the Walls of the Town laid dry and open to the Assailants. As this happened without, so another accident within, equally dangerous, befel the Be∣sieged; for one day an Officer of the Ammunition going into the Stores with a lighted Candle, by chance dropped a spark of fire from his Lanthorn into the Powder, which taking fire, blew up the Powder, Granadoes, Fire-works, and all other military Stores, with the neighbouring houses, and above a hundred men; which loss alone was sufficient to have dejected the minds of frail men; yet they so valiantly bore up their courages, that they seemed not in the least abated, but rather animated with the height of anger and despair. The Turks having now free access to the Walls, undermined some small Forts, which they blew up, and thereby made so great a Breach, that with facility hoping to gain the Town, if they made use of the occasion, they poured in such multi∣tudes of People as the Besieged were scarce able to withstand; and the Turkish Soldiery being al∣so weary of their sufferings, and irksomness of their tedious leagure, resolved now or never to put an end to their labours; so that advancing with their open Breasts to the top of the Battle∣ments, without fear either of Cannon, or Musket∣shot, they entered within the Walls, and planted the Turkish Banners on the Works; but being af∣terwards received by a resolute Company of the Defendants, they were again thrown from the Walls, and tumbled back into the Ditch with an incredible Slaughter. It is impossible here to de∣scribe the anger, the courage, the despair which was apparent in the faces of the Besieged, enfla∣med by the love of their own country, and ha∣tred of the Turks; so that three or four sustained sometimes the Assault of a Troop; and a small number united, opposed a whole Sangiack of the Enemy. The Women also forgetting the imbe∣cillity of their Sex, renewing in themselves the Courage and Vigour of the Ancient Amazons, exposed themselves without fear upon the Walls, throwing scalding Water, Stones, burning Pitch, and whatsoever came next to hand, upon the Assai∣lants; whom they so valiantly repulsed from the rising of the Sun till twelve at Noon, that after much slaughter on both sides, the Turks growing faint, retreated, and took breath a while within their Trenches. And now the Soldiery consi∣dering the Obstinacy of the Christians, began to mutiny, and resolving not to cast away their lives in vain, motioned to raise the Siege, and be gone; which when the General opposed, they threat∣ned to sacrifice his Life to the Ghosts of their de∣parted Brethren. But see, how many times the Devil ruines the fortune of the Christians! for whilst they were in this deliberation to depart, behold, a certain, Thracian one of the Garison Soldiers, advis'd the Turks that there were not above Three hundred found Men remaining in the whole Garison,* 2.28 that they were now reduced to their ulti∣mate Crisis; so that if they appear'd only before them, and would but terrifie them with another assault, the Town was their own, without the least doubt of Surrender. This advice retarded the hasty depar∣ture of the Camp; instead of which they again mu∣ster'd themselves before the Walls, and prepar'd to assault the Breach, resolving to put all to a se∣cond extremity. The Christians within percei∣ving the resolution of their Enemy, and being sen∣sible how much they were infeebled by the last Convulsion, and loss of blood, and as yet sore of their wounds, immediately spread a white Flag of Treaty, which was as readily accepted by the Turks, and all Articles agreed on the 17th.* 2.29 of August, and on the 20th. the Garison marched freely out with Colours flying, and Drums beat∣ing, with liberty to go wheresoever they pleased, without hurt or injury; which Conditions were fully and faithfully performed and maintained.

Varadin being thus yielded,* 2.30 afforded matter of discourse, of discontent, of fear, and apprehen∣sions at Vienna; some argued, That it was but common and natural Reason, when our Neigh∣bours house is on fire, to look to our own; others blamed the flow and phlegmatick proceedings of the German Ministers, who in such urgent emer∣gencies as these, could fit as unconcerned, as Spectators at a Theatre, who regard nothing, which way the prize is carried; and in short, the whole Christian World stood Admirers of this sot∣tishness, esteeming either those Borderers asto∣nished and struck into a stupid timidity, or moved by principles of Policy, which none be∣sides themselves either understood, or penetrated. Only Count Nicholas Serini, a Prince who had a fair and Soveraign Inheritance in those parts,* 2.31 Commander of Croatia, and the Confines under his Cesarean Majesty, a most mortal and in∣veterate Enemy of the Turks, could not endure their insults, bravadoes and daily encroachments, but watching his occasion of advantage, when Canisia was almost destroyed by a dreadful fire, and thereby their Ammunition, and Provision for the most part consumed, he gathered what Forces he could possible, and made use of the op∣portunity to lay Siege unto it, not doubting but in that Conjuncture, and miserable Calamity of all things, to promote the Interest of his Master, and the common cause of Christendom; which as soon as he had done, he wrote a Letter to the Em∣peror,

acquainting him that God had opened him a Gate and Path to his Interest, and to a just re∣venge of the Ottoman perfidiousness: Who having violated their Faith, and the mutual Peace in ta∣king Varadin, would be justly and gloriously re∣compensed by the loss of Canisia; which being now, as it were by miracle, put into his hands, it were a neglect of the Divine Providence not to improve with advantage an opportunity so cheer∣ful and so promising: to which, besides other ar∣guments, he added, That if his Cesarean Maje∣sty should not think fit to concur herein with as∣sistance of his Imperial States, yet at least he would be pleased not to interdict him from the Glory of that design, in which he questioned not but to succeed, and in a short time to render not only to his Majesty, but also to the whole Chri∣stian World, proofs of his Valour, and a good account of his Enterprize. Howsoever, the Empe∣ror's Council seriously considering that Serini's State could not be engaged with the Turk with∣out involving his Interest;* 2.32 and that the Princes of the Empire, though when assaulted, would willingly contribute their Forces in the defensive part, yet would be backward to be the Aggres∣sors, and engage their States in an offensive and provoking War, did therefore not only deny to second, or abet his designs with Military suc∣cours, but positively commanded him to retire, and desist from his resolution against Canisia; with which Answer, the Zeal and Spirit of Serini was so inflamed, that throwing in passion his Cemiter on the Ground, he raised his well-formed Seige, and retired to his proper Residence at Chiacaturno.

The loss also of Varadin moved the Transilva∣nians to consult their safety in this extremity of their Affairs,* 2.33 which now amidst these dangers and storms which threatned them, appeared in a de∣sperate and languishing Condition, unless reme∣died by a desperate Cure, and the resolves of some wise and valiant Counsel. Wherefore in the first place, they concluded to depose Acatius Barclay, the Favourite of the Turks; and in his stead they constituted John Chiminianus, or Ke∣menius, the late General of Ragotski's Army.* 2.34 In the next place, they made their Addresses and Ap∣plications to the Emperor for assistance, suppli∣cating, as Ragotski, and those of Varadin had done before, the powerful protection, and sacred Patronage of the Imperial Eagles, alledging those Arguments of common safety, and mutual inte∣rest, which apparent reason suggested, and which were the present Subject and Theme of all the Courts in Christendom. To this Demand the Emperor assented, promising readily his assistance, but with Proviso, that for his security, the Cities of Zechelhid, Chowar, Julia, and other places, should receive Garisons of German Soldiers. The Transilvanians willingly accepted the Propositions, so that soon after those places were supplied with German Garisons. But as yet no effectual Forces came from the Emperor, nay rather the German Councils seemed willing to perswade the Turks, that there was no design, but to maintain the an∣cient, friendly and amicable Correspondence; to which end it is said confidently, that the Prince Gonzaga,* 2.35 wrote to the Pasha of Buda, That those Garisons sent to possess certain places of Transilvania, were only in appearance, and not to create Dissentions between the Austrian Court, and the Ottoman Prince; which Letters Ali Pasha sent to the Transilvanians, with design, that dis∣covering unto them an evident reason to distrust the Emperor, they should wholly resign them∣selves to the good will and disposition of the Port. But notwithstanding, these verbal assurances pre∣vailed not so much with the Turks on one side, as the German Garisons administred jealousie on the other: So that the Vizier raged furiously against the Emperor, for encouraging Kemenius, who had treacherously murdered his two innocent Brothers in his Rebellion against Barclay, the only true and lawful Possessor. Nor did the Turks only vent their anger and disdain in words, but also by the sad and calamitous effects of War; passing without farther parly into the Emperors Dominions in Hungary,* 2.36 where they put all to fire and sword. Count Serini perceiving evident∣ly hereby that the War was broken forth, and that it was not longer time to stand at a gaze, and not make necessary Provisions for defence; about the beginning of June, he laid the foundations of a Fortress on the Banks of the River Muer, within the Dominions of the Turks, about a League distant from Canisia, and in memory of his Fami∣ly and Name called it Serinswar, a place conve∣nient to assault, and offend the Enemy, and to fix the Bulwark, or Redoubt, of the Province of Sti∣ria, which work was laid with that secresie, and executed with such expedition, that it was almost finished before it was known, or notice taken thereof by the Turks; but so soon as it was disco∣vered, and the News arrived at Constantinople, the old-Vizier Kuperlee stormed with rage, and in his height of passion, signed a Command for strangling the Pasha of Canisia, for not timely preventing the Erection of that Fort in its begin∣ning. In like manner this work was an occasion of disgust at Vienna; for though the Turks were the first who had broken the Peace, and given just cause to the Christians to provide all cautions imaginable for their safety; Yet I know not why, nor wherefore, there wanted not certain persons in the Court either emulous of Serini's Glory, or zealous of the Emperors Interest, who interpreted the activeness, and forward heat of this Count to be like fire to enflame the Fuel of Controversie between the two Empires;* 2.37 yet certainly we can∣not but meritoriously applaud the Heroick Spirit of this Prince, who was provident of his Countries safety, watchful of the Enemies Motion, soon touched with the sense of the Mahometan infide∣lity, and in fine, a zealous Champion of the Christian Cause. But now, with what Salve or Balsome soever the Italian, or Spanish Chirurgi∣ons of Politick Government, imagined to obduct a callous over the smarts or wounds of these dif∣fering States; the Breaches grew every day too wide to be drawn up, or cemented by artificial compliances, or verbal lenitives;* 2.38 for now the succours promised by the Emperor were arrived in Transilvania, under the Command of Count Montecuculi, and joining with the Forces of Keme∣nius, formed such a numerous, and well compo∣sed Army, as was judged not only sufficient to contend for the interest of the Christian Cause, but also for the entire decision of the Worlds Do∣minion: So that both Generals with an unani∣mous consent, confident of Victory, agreed, not to expect the approach of Ali Pasha, but boldly to meet and provoke him to Battel.

Ali the Turkish General perceiving the strength and resolution of the Christians, thought it pru∣dence for a while to detract from Engagement, and temper the usual mettle of the Ottoman fury with cooler Counsels of advantage, which delays and opportunities of time would administer: for observing that the Transilvanians were divided into Factions, he humoured the dissenting party,* 2.39 by constituting Michael Apafi their Prince; a person in the flower and strength of his Age, of great parts and abilities; and one who violently

affected the Principality, having but lately pur∣chased his freedom from slavery. In this manner Apafi passing from his Prison and Chains, to the glory and trouble of a Throne, poor Transilvania remained divided, and taking Arms against her self, went daily working and contriving her own ruine. This hath always been the Master-piece of the Turkish Policy, and this disunion amongst Christians hath availed the Ottoman Interest more than their Swords, and confirmed their obstinacy in Religion with a Miracle, as if the division of Christian Princes (which in late Ages have frustra∣ted the holy designs against this common Enemy) had been an effect of their Prayers, and a Conces∣sion of Divine Providence to their daily Petitions. So now the Transilvanians being divided, great numbers of them revolted from Kemenius to Apafi,* 2.40 which not only weakned, but discouraged the Christian Army with fear and confusion; amidst of which, Ali Pasha took his time to assault them, not far from Cladiopolis; and being assisted by the advantagious conjuncture of the present opportu∣nity, so wholly discomfited them, that he killed and took 50000 persons, which was the Issue of the present union, and the exclusion of Kemenius, who was now forced to abandon Transilvania, and seek his refuge in Hungary.

Howsoever Kemenius could not here rest satisfi∣ed, but revolving in his mind certain ways to re∣cover his Principality, obtained from Montecu∣culi some German Troops; with which, and with his own scattered Forces, which at length he had collected into a Body, he resolved to try his For∣tune once more with the Turks; and joining Bat∣tel with them, not far from Presburg, he fought with a resolution becoming the desperateness of his design; either that day to Die, or to Triumph. The Fortune of that days conflict remained a long time doubtful; so equal they seemed on both sides to be in their Courage, in their Force, and in their Conduct, until at length the advan∣tage of the Turks number prevailing, Kemenius was forced to a disorderly retreat,* 2.41 and afterwards to a confused flight; in which, being by one of his own Soldiers knocked from his Horse was trampled un∣der foot, & the greatest part of his People remain'd a Sacrifice to the enraged Weapons of the Turks.

Apafi's party being greatly encouraged with this success, joining with a body of the Turks, laid Siege to Claudiopolis,* 2.42 the Court of the Tran∣silvanian Princes, now Garisoned by German Sol∣diers, and Governed by David Retani, a right valiant and trusty Soldier, who omitting nothing which might conduce to the defence and mainte∣nance of the Town, either by his care or valour, made many successful Sallies upon the Enemy, and tired and wearied them out in their Siege; until at length General Schenidau then in Hungary, gathering what force he could, which were not above 6000 Men, marched with all haste possible to the relief of Claudiopolis; the report of whose approach arriving the Turkish Camp before his Person, or Army, and the common rumour and fear augmenting much their number; the Turks were so terrifyed hereat, that in haste and disorder they forsook their Siege after three Months continu∣ance; leaving great quantities of Victuals behind for want of Carriages, and Beasts of burden. Sche∣nidau having gained this success and honour with so much facility, he reinforced the Garison, and returned with Triumph home;* 2.43 carrying with him great Booties of Cattle and other spoils of the Enemy. The defence of this place was account∣ed almost miraculous; for besides that the For∣tifications were after the Ancient Model, it was unprovided of Cannon and other warlike Ammu∣nition; and therefore we are not to pass by the Governour Retani without due Commendations; whose valiant and generous spirit, with courage equal to his diligence, knew how to fortify and to defend his Walls; For out of the Town Bells he founded his Artillery; he daily wearied the Enemy with Sallies, surprised one of their Batteries, which most annoyed the City; composed the Muti∣nies of the Citizens within; and in short, against the Opinion of all, he defended and maintained it in the possession and right of the Emperor.

Claudiopolis being thus relieved, the Turks sto∣mached inwardly the disgrace, and yet thought it prudence for the present to dissemble; and therefore upon some addresses made for Peace from Transilvania, and certain Propositions tender∣ed by the German Resident; the Vizier coumer∣feited his inclinations thereunto so far, that he prohibited all farther Acts of Hostility upon the Frontiers.

Notwithstanding which, the rumour at this time running, of a Combination of all Christen∣dom against the Turk, with Men or Money,* 2.44 for∣warded by the endeavours of the Pope, and the contrivances of Venice, encreased the former jea∣lousy, and caused the Skirmishes on the Fron∣tiers to be more hot and frequent: And the Vi∣zier being froward and cholerick, and by nature jealous; matters had immediately proceeded to an open rupture, had not the German Pesident, by his Moderation and Prudence, represented af∣fairs in the smoothest guise of Peace, and de∣layed the War rather than composed it; so that this whole Summer was spent in disputes, mes∣sages, and debates on both sides.

The Vizier designing this War in his Eye, and desirous to comply with the vagrant humour of his Master,* 2.45 who was weary of his Seraglio at Con∣stantinople, resolved to transfer the Turkish Court to Adrianople, so that toward the end of June they entered their Tents without the City. But before they could dispose their affairs for to de∣part, the Plague, which is the Epidemical Disease of this Country, and the common distemper of the Summer Season, began to break forth and dif∣fuse it self through all parts of the City; that in a short time the Keys of many Houses were brought to the Grand Signior for want of Pretenders and Heirs surviving to possess them: In greater Houses of Pasha's and others, where have been a Hun∣dred and fifty persons, scarce five have remained alive for burial of the others; what the fury of that Mortality might be, was best conjectured by the daily account was kept of the Corps carried out of the City, by the Gate only of Adrianople,* 2.46 which for some Weeks amounted (I speak mo∣derately) to Twelve or thirteen hundred a Day; it being observed amongst the Turks, when above a Thousand in a Day are carried forth Dead by that Gate, that then Prayers are to be made to Almighty God to withdraw that heavy judgment. At which time the Greek and Armenian Patriarchs are likewise desired to offer up their Devotions, and intercede with God for mitigation of the Pesti∣lence; and the same Day in a Field called Ok∣maidan, do all assemble, though divided apart, to pray against the common Calamity, it not seeming vain to them, that every one should call upon his God. Nor did the Plague rage only in the City, but the Ships and Turks Saykes were in∣fected in parts remote on the Black Sea, and the Propontis, so that above a Hundred Sail were re∣ported to be lodged at several Ports for want of Seamen to navigate them home. The Camp also where the Grand Signior, and Vizier remain∣ed, was not exempted from this common

Contagion, for the necessary intercourse between that and the City communicated the evil equal unto both, strowing the ways with dead Bodies, in that manner as represented a passage conduct∣ing to a Coemetery, or Charnel-house, rather than to a Martial Camp or Court of a Great Em∣peror. This mortality hastned the Grand Signior with his Army and Attendances into a better Air, the Vizier was to follow a few days after, but be∣fore his departure he setled and constituted his Son Chimacam, or Governour of Constantinople. Things in this confusion and haste not being well provided for, the Grand Signiors reception at A∣drianople caused him to prolong his Journey by taking a compass round by the Castles at the mouth of the Hellespont, and from thence went to Dimotochum, where having lingered out eight or ten days more, he made a solemn entrance into Adrianople, which will for some years fol∣lowing be discoursed in this History as the Seat of the Ottoman Empire.

The time of this great Mortality was no sea∣son for us to move in business or action, we and all other Christians avoiding common conversati∣on, every one consulting his particular safety. Howsoever two businesses brought our Lord Am∣bassador to Town from his Country Retirement. One was to obtain justice from the Vizier, on two miscreant Turks who had committed a Robbery on his Page and Steward, as they were drinking at a Fountain near a place called Bauchasarai, a Village inhabited by Greeks; the Steward by the swiftness of his Horse escaped, but the Page being sickly and weak fell into their hands, and was grievously wounded by them.* 2.47 Complaints hereof being made to the Grand Vizier, he seemed much concerned at the evil treatment of the Ambassa∣dors servants; and therefore sent the Nayp of the Kadi of Galata to take notice, and write down the Wounds which the Page had received; and at the same time dispatched Officers into all parts adjacent, to take the Thieves, and to examine, and torment the people in places where it might be suspected only that they were harboured, and that nothing should be neglected in order to this discovery. It is incredible with what diligence, se∣verity, and violence this command was executed, the people in the Villages where they had lodged or been, or but passed through, were all seized; and the men examined under the Cudgel, with Drubs on their feet; the men, women, and chil∣dren of Baucha-sarai were carried, and some of them in Chains, to our Ambassadors House at Pera; and all the Countries round were so ill treated, that their common safety was concerned in the taking of these Thieves, and the allarum was by this time so far spread, that it was more pressing and urgent than our Hue-and-Cry; in short, one of the Thieves was taken, and he discovered the abode of his Companion, and both were brought to our Ambassadors House, and there put into the Stocks, laden with Chains, and guarded by the Turkish Officers. The next day they were carried before the Stambol-Efendi, or Recorder of Constantinople, they confessed the fact, and Hoget or Sentence passed upon them, which by Law could reach no farther than to the Gallies; but being brought before the Vizier, he had a mind to stretch the Law, and their necks to a farther ex∣tent, and so without other demur calling the Hang man, ordered him to put Ropes about their necks, and to carry them to the Lord Ambassador, following his directions for their execution; and so accordingly one was hanged by the Fountain, and the other on a Tree at the entrance into the Vil∣lage of Bauche-sarai. This Exemplary justice raised the reverence, and fear of the Country∣people towards our Ambassador unto that degree, that during the time of the Earl of Winchilsea, no∣thing of this nature ever passed again, but on the contrary, the Paisants, and the people in the Countries round, honoured and feared him like one of their Pasha's, or great men.

The other business was of a different nature re∣lating to the Emin, or Customer of Aleppo, who being dismissed of his Employment was now come to Constantinople; before his departure from Aleppo, he had demanded of our Merchants there 16000 Dollars for Arrears of Custom due to him, on Silk and other Goods; his pretence was false and unjust, howsoever it being usual for Turks upon every demand to gain an advantage, the matter was compounded with the Sum of 2500 Dol∣lars, and so the Customer departed with an ap∣pearance of perfect satisfactation; notwithstand∣ing which coming to Constantinople he renewed his pretensions again, and by the favour of the Reis-Efendi or Secretary of State, so proceeded in his business, that the Lord Ambassador was for∣ced to make a second composition with 2000 Dollars.

The Grand Signior and Vizier, as we said be∣fore, being now at Adrianople, the Viziers Deputy, called by the name of the Caimacam, governed Constantinople, to whom our Ambassador, accor∣ding to custom made a visit, presenting him with eight Vests.

Likewise in absence of the Vizier, it being usual for the Ambassador to make a Visit to the Bostan∣gee-Bashee, or Head of the Gardiners; his Excel∣lency passed that Complement on him, and pre∣sented him with four Vests. This person though entitled Head-Gardiner, is yet of great power, making a considerable figure at Court; for he not only commands all the Gardiners belonging to the many Seraglio's of the Grand Signior, which are very considerable in number, but his Jurisdi∣ction reaches all along the Bosphorus, and com∣mands the Villages, Woods and Countries at a far distance, so that he may in English be com∣par'd to the chief Ranger.

It was now towards the Winter,* 2.48 when this Vi∣zier Kuperlee, finding himself mature with Age, and ready to fall like Autumn Fruit, sent for his Son from Constantinople to bear a share with him in the Burden of the Empire. This he did with the consent of the Grand Signior, for he alledged, that being now feeble and decayed, he could not make his personal Addresses as formerly, nor at∣tend at the Court to render his Majesty an ac∣count of his Affairs; and therefore had need of so trusty a Messenger as his Son, to carry his ad∣vices and directions, and faithfully to communi∣cate what he should encharge to his Relation; all others being on some consideration or other suspected, and at least Enemies to him, or to the Grand Signior. the Sultan accepting the pro∣position and the Person, had often occasions of discourse and familiarity with the Son, called Ahmet, who deported himself with that faith and prudence in the management of all his Affairs, that the old Vizier had no great difficulty to pro∣cure a Grant of succession for him in that Office: For though there were many obstacles therein, as the abhorrency of the Turkish Policy from all he∣reditary succession in places of trust; and the Youth of his Person, not exceeding thirty two years of Age, and some emulous, powerful, and ancient Competitors, who hated the Father;* 2.49 Yet the old Fox had so ingratiated himself with his Master, for (to speak truly) he had been the only instrument that had preserved him and his

Empire from falling into as many Divisions as there are Pashalicks, or Governments, that the Grand Signior gave credit to him as to an infallible Oracle,* 2.50 assuring him that before any other, who might either pretend Merit, Age, or Precedency, his Son should be preferred to the Succession. The old Man acknowledged the favour with all humi∣lity and thankfulness, declaring, that he had now served his Majesty faithfully for the space of five years, a longer proportion than commonly Vi∣ziers had managed that Office, in such tem∣pestuous and distracted times, who either for their own offences, or want of Providence, or good Conduct, have made shipwrack of their own lives, and the Charge they pi∣loted: But he had lived in the worst of times, when the spirits of men with discontent were en∣flamed round about him, and threatned the ruine of their Prince and Empire; and yet had reduced things to composure, and to the obedience of the Ottoman Yoke, that now he that was the Sultan might incline his Head to rest with security, and enjoy his pastimes and pleasures, without being interrupted by those Conspiracies, which destroy∣ed his Father, and endangered him in his years of Infancy. And because the continuance of his Se∣curity and Glory depended on the execution of certain Maximes, which he had framed to himself, he was chalking out to his Son such undoubted Rules and Doctrines of Government, as would certainly tend to the glory and prosperity of the Empire, being abundantly satisfied that his Son was faithful, prudent, and active. But three things he particularly recommended to his Ma∣jesty.

• 1. Never to give Ear to the Counsels and Ad∣vices of Women.* 2.51
• 2. To amass what Treasure he could possi∣ble into his Coffers, though with Oppres∣sion, and impoverishment of his Peo∣ple.
• 3. To be continually on Horse-back, and keep his Armies in constant Action.

On the 19th of October,* 2.52 Kuperlee having ended his days, whose Disease was Old Age, and a Gan∣grene in his Legs, his Son by Hattesheriff, or the Grand Signior's Patent under his hand, taking the Seal, was constituted Vizier in the place of his Fa∣ther, to the admiration and disappointment of the graver Seniors, who were discontented, not only to perceive themselves neglected, but that person also to supplant them, who was judged uncapa∣ble of the Office, according to the Canon, and ancient Precedents of this Government.

The Body of Kuperlee was transported to Con∣stantinople, where in his life time he had erected a very stately and magnificent Structure, and his Monument over the Grave, or Vault, where he designed to be interred. In his life time he had filled it with Corn, which daily was distributed to the poor, and being emptied after his death, re∣ceived his Corps, over which a small Mosch was endowed with Oyl for Lamps, and maintenance of certain Talismans and Softaes, to make Prayers and Offerings for his Soul.

The Father being thus interred,* 2.53 Ahmet his Son began to contrive his own establishment, and to settle his Greatness on the foundation of his Fa∣thers Rules of Policy, from whom not to degene∣rate in cruelty of Nature, or leave his Legacies unpaid to those he had proscribed, he in the first place sacrificed the Blood of the Pasha of Mag∣nasia to his Fathers Ghost, with some other petty attendences; so that the World perceived that they had changed the Vizier, but not his tyranny, or at least the same spirit of the Father seemed to be renewed, transmitted again into the Person of the Son. But more difficult it was to obtain the like success against Mortaza, the Pasha of Babylon, and the Kayab-begh, or Lieutenant General of the Janisaries, who were long before (as we have said) marked out for destruction by his Father. For the first was the most powerful Pasha of all Asia, vigilant, and active, and had done and merited great rewards from his Master, and par∣ticularly in decoying, and cutting off the Head of the Grand Rebel Asan Pasha, who dared the Sul∣tan at the Gates of his Seraglio; but understand∣ing the ill will of the House of Kuperlee against him, stood always on his Guard, lodging with∣out the Wall of the City, and under the prote∣ction of his Arms and Souldiers, who were great∣ly affected to the generosity of his Person; so that, though many attempts were made upon him, and that Officers, or Executioners came from the Court, openly tendring from the Sultan the Present of a Sword, and Vest of Sables, the usual Signals of the Ottomon Grace, but privately bringing a Bowstring, or a Halter; yet they were all entertained at a distance, and returned again with the same dissimulation they had used in their feigned Addresses. In like manner the Kayah∣begh, an ancient, prudent, and experienced Com∣mander, beloved by the Soldiery, and secured by the Priviledge of his Office, (for a Kayah-begh cannot be cut off during his Command, without infringement of the honour and order of the Ja∣nisaries) preserved still his Station, and Com∣mand in despight of the Viziers hate and endea∣vours. But what could not be done by meer vir∣tue of the absolute Power, was effected under the appearance of honour and favour of the Sul∣tan, who by his Royal Commission, having made him Pasha of Damascus, he was at the same instant deprived of his Military Power and Priviledge, and lay now naked and exposed to the Arbitrary Pleasure and will of ••s Adversary. Nor could his prayers or tears incline the Grand Signiors mind to reverse his Order, who, together with the Vizier, rather inforced it with the specious pretext of Favour and Grace for his former me∣rits, and with commendation of his Abilitles agree∣able to the importance of so considerable a Go∣vernment, encreased the just suspicion of Solyman,* 2.54 (for so the Kayah-begh was called.) not being ig∣norant of the Turkish Proverb, A Kayah-begh is like a Fish in the Water, which out of its Element immediately dies. Howsoever,* 2.55 ut finis omnium cum dominante, grates agit, he acknowledges the fa∣vour of his Master, and gave thanks for it, ac∣cording to the Duty of a good Subject, who ought to acquiesce in the sentence of his Prince, which, though never so full of severity, ought to be be∣lieved, and called Clemency. The Vizier now hasted Solyman Pasha to depart with all expedi∣tion, not allowing him above Four or Five days time to make preparation for so long a Journey, which otherwise he would have prolonged, as one, like the rest of Mankind, desirous to protract the thread of Life, imagining that in his journey, at some distance, where his Death might be most obscure, and least noted, the Edict of the Grand Signior might overtake him, and find a Grave for him in some solitary Desert, or unfre∣quented Mountain. Wherefore he made one Day an Address to the Vizier, under pretence of taking his last farewel, and freely ac∣quainted him with his apprehension and his

fears, desiring that he would deal as frankly with him, in letting him know the utmost of his Fate, for that now he was in his hand, and was so good a Proficient in the Mahometan Religion, as to op∣pose nothing which was his Destiny, or inconsi∣stent with the Decree of the Sultan. The Vizier reverencing the Years, and pitying the Conditi∣on of so worthy a Commander, abased solely by his Power, bid him be of good cheer, assuring him of his Life, so long as he acted nothing con∣trary unto his, which he confirmed by Vows, and all imaginable Protestations, encouraging him to proceed forward to his Government with those cheerful Words and Assurances, that Soly∣man Pasha taking his farewel with more ease of mind, and confidence of Life, departed Adria∣nople in three days after his designment to the new Office:* 2.56 But not many days Journey had he advanced into Asia, before the Grand Signiors and Viziers Commands overtook him, altering his design for Damascus, and instead thereof or∣dered him a Pilgrimage unto Mecha, and exile into the remote and desert parts of Arabia, until he should be thought worthy to be recalled by that power which banished him. In like manner some few days after, the Mufti being on a Fri∣day seated in his place, in the Mosch of Sultan Se∣lim (a very noble and famous Fabrick) and atten∣ding there the Grand Signiors entrance, that he might begin his Prayers, was unexpectedly whis∣pered in the Ear, that he should retire and give place to another Mufti; which immediately he obeyed, and in four hours departed Adriano∣ple, being banished to Gallipoli, for his Friendship (as was supposed) to Solyman Pasha, and for not passing the Fetfa for his Death, according to the will and desire of the Grand Signior.

During the Transaction of these affairs in divers parts, the Wars against the Venetians were carri∣ed on faintly; the Gallies had no other design, or employment, than to transport recruits of Men and Ammunition to Canea, that so the Turks might rather keep the ground that they had gained in that Island, than add thereunto by new Conquests, until such time as that being freed from other Wars, they might have leisure and opportunity to attend unto that alone. Accor∣dingly the Captain Pasha set forth at the usual Season from Constantinople; and arrived at Scio with twenty three Gallies, besides his own called the Bastard-Gally, or Admiral; the advice of which, coming to the Captain-General of the Ve∣netians, he hastned thither with all his Fleet to be∣siege him in the Port: but this seeming after some days a tedious work, and what might lose too much time; he resolved to depart from thence, and so leaving a sufficient Guard before the Port, he set Sail with two Galleasses, thirteen light Gal∣lies, and seven Auxiliaries for the Coast of Rhodes; where his Brigantines advised, that the remainder of the Turkish Fleet were Anchored, and were taking aboard two thousand Soldiers for reinforcing Canea; but before the Venetians could arrive, intelligence was given them by the way, that the Turks were loosed from Rhodes, and were Anchored under the Island of Patmos; wherefore altering their course, they steered for Nio, and there watering their Vessels, sailed near to Nixia, where the Van-guard discovered five and thirty Gallies of the Enemy, which had made prize of a Tartana laden with Provisions design∣ed for the Venetian Fleet, and having taken out her lading, had set her on fire. The Venetians ha∣ving their Enemy in their Eye, gave them chase until the Evening, when the Night coming on, put an end to the pursuit: but keeping their course towards Candia, they had sight again of them the next Morning, and coming nearer, the Turkish Admiral put forth his Flag of Defiance, as if he intended to come to a Battel; but the Wind blowing hard, and the Sea increasing, both Fleets were separated until the Morning; when the Venetians discovered certain of the Enemies Gallies to Leeward of Milo, where bearing down before the Wind upon them, five of them ran a∣shore; one was sunk, and four were taken by the Venetian and Maltese Gallies, three of which fighting with great Courage and Valour, killed divers brave Cavaliers of one and the other Coun∣try. The men which ran the Gallies ashore at Milo, did it with design to secure themselves in that small Fort which the Turks possessed in that Island; but they were not able to withstand the valour of the Venetians, who having first recover∣ed the Cannon of the Gallies which were ran a∣shore, with their rigging, and what else was use∣ful, they set the Hulls on Fire; and immediate∣ly entering the Port, the Captain-General land∣ed two hundred select men, and veterane Soldi∣ers to besiege the Fortress, giving Orders to one Manolacchi Macchiotti, who was well acquainted with the Turkish Language, to summon them to a Treaty, the which they readily accepted, and were received to quarter at discretion of the Ge∣neral; the next Morning they were brought down to the Sea-Coast to the number of about nine hundred, amongst which there was a Jani∣zar-Aga, a Bey of Rhodes, and three of Constan∣tinople, besides Captains, and other persons of condition and quality. These Prisoners being divided into several Gallies and Ships, the Ve∣netians departed, and cruising about the Coast of Candia, to hinder the importation of all succours, they encountered with Antonio Priuli, with a good Squadron of Vessels under his Command.

THE HISTORY OF Sultan Mahomet IV. THE XIII. EMPEROUR OF THE TURKS.

The Second BOOK.

Anno Christi, 1662. Hegeira, 1073.

AT the beginning of this Year the People of Algier sent Messengers and Presents to the Grand signiors Court, then at Adrianople, com∣plaining against the Actions His Majesties Fleet, under the Com∣mand of the Earl of Sandwich, had done against their Town and Castles, pretending those Forts to be the Grand Signiors, and the Affront offered to him, as willing to interest him in thier Quarrels and Piracies. And that thier Addresses might be more graciously received, they brought with them certain Presents, which tho in former time swere Yearly, were now only as their Affairs required, and on this occasion were doubled: for besides their Presents to the Ministers and Officers of State; they brought to the Grand Signior a Ship made in Silver, beset with Emrods, Rubies, and other Stones; fourteen young and hansom Boys, and a neger Eunuch for the Seraglio. But the Earl of Winchelsea, His Majesties Embassador there Resident, being then at Court, had so well prepossessed the Vizier with the Ground and Rea∣sons for the War, that the complaints of Algier were judged in no wise touching the Ottoman In∣terest, or the breach of Peace, any Impeach∣ment of the good Correspondence and Friend∣ship which then intervened between the King of England and the Grand Signior. But their Pre∣sumption to search English Ships, and take out Strangers Goods, was objected as an Argument of their Disobedience and Rebellion, contrary to the Grand Signiors Capitulations, which also was aggravated by their ill Treatment of the Grand Signiors Pasha, whom they had beaten, imprisoned, and cast out of all Power and Authority; which severe Reprehensions so terrified and discouraged them, that they not only desisted from their Pre∣tensions against the English, but began to fear, lest the Power and Interest of the Ambassador at Court, should contrive some mischief to their own Persons.

Soon after this the Vizier esteeming it necessary towards his better establishment to gratifie the City of Constantinople,* 2.57 and the Grandees of the Empire, by the Grand Signiors return to his Im∣perial Seat, prevailed with him, (as a matter wholly necessary) to adorn and comfort that place by his Presence; for now he began to de∣clare a kind of abhorrency to it, in regard the memory of those Rebellions which were nourish∣ed in that place, to the Destruction of his Father, and to the great hazard and narrow escape after¦wards of himself, had taken that Impression on his Fancy, that the Chamber of the Seraglio ap∣peared melancholly and dismal, and the Walks of his Garden solitary, and the noise of the Rooks and Daws amongst his Trees, were like the croak∣ings of Ravens or unlucky Birds. Howsoever the Vizier had so far entered into his Affection and Esteem, that his Perswasions were stronger than his own absolute Dominion; and prevailed so with him against the force of his own Fancy, that about the Equinoctial he began his Journey

towards Constantinople, to the great Joy and Sa∣tisfaction of his People: But by the way lingring out his time in Hunting and other Pastimes of the Woods and Fields; it was the 30th of March be∣fore he made his Entry, for never was Prince so great a Nimrod, so unwearied a Huntsman as this; never was he at quiet, but continually in the Fields on Horseback, rising sometimes at Mid∣night, to ride up the Mountains, that he might more early discover the Sun in the Morning; by which extravagant course of Life, he wearied out his Court and Attendants, who began to be∣lieve the amorous humour of the Father more supportable, than the wandring Vagaries, and restless Spirit of the Son.* 2.58 But not only were his Huntings tedious to his Court, but troublesome and expensive to the whole Country, which were all summoned in wheresoever he came, and some∣times thirty or forty thousand men appointed to beat the Woods for three or four days, carrying before them the compass of a days Journey about, inclosing all the Game and wild Beasts within that Circuit, which on the day of the Hunt, the Grand Signior kills and destroys with Dogs, Guns, or any other way, with abundance of noise and confusion; which Pastime, tho lawful in it self, and commendable enough in so great a Prince, yet the frequent use of it, was a burden and an oppression to his People, whilst in the Winter they passed many cold Nights in the Woods, and being unused to that hardship, many of them paid for their Emperors Pastime with their own lives.

The Grand Signior being now at Constantinople,* 2.59 the Vizier judged not himself so well fixed in his Government, but that through the Malice of his powerful Enemies, who were familiar to the Grand Signiors Ear, he was then in danger to be shaken; the principal of which was Kuzlir Aga, or chief Eunuch of the Women of the Seraglio, who by means of the Valede, or Queen Mother, was ill-affected to him, being both inclined to prefer some Favourites of their own, for the Diminuti∣tion and Eclipse of the Viziers Power, one where∣of was the Tefterdar Pasha, or Lord Treasurer, placed in Office against the Viziers Approbation, which the Vizier understanding, made short Work with him, depriving him of his Office, commanded him in a few hours to quit Constanti∣nople.

But the Queen Mother, and Kuzlir Aga resent∣ting this Affront to their Favourie, resolved to even scores in a piece of the like Nature: Where∣fore they obtained for the Viziers Kahya, or Steward, the Pashalick of Darbiquier, a rich and honourable Government, not for any disaffe∣ction or hatred they had unto him, but only to deprive the Vizier of the Counsel and Assistance of so knowing and faithful a Servant; for he was a Person, who by his own Estate and Friends had raised the House of Kuperlee, having in the time of his Poverty and Meanness lent him that Sum of Money, which gave him the first Rise to his Richess and Authority; for Re∣compence and Interest of which, old Kuperlee made him his Steward, and shared to him his Honours and Prosperity; in which deporting himself towards all People with the same modesty and evenness of Temper which he used in his for∣mer Condition, he procured no Enemies to his own Person, and such as hated the Interest he served, only wishing him disobliged from it, so as to be able to dispense their Malice on the Vi∣zier, without concerning him in his Masters ruin. This consideration moved the angry Lady, and the envious Eunuch to vex their Adversary by the removal of his most faithful Creature and Ser∣vant.

Mahomet Kahya now Pasha of Darbiquier, after a reasonable and convenient time allowed him for his Preparations, being very rich, set for∣ward towards his Government, with a very noble and numerous Retinue, having amongst the rest five hundred Persons young, well mounted, and well armed; which notwithstanding were not so strong, but before they were advanced many days Journey into Asia,* 2.60 were encoun∣tred by a greater force of bold and desperate Robbers, who engaging with him, killed two hundred of his People on the place, rifled his Baggage, and constrained the Pasha himself to fly to the next City. This strange and audacious Robbery produced many Commands and Orders for Seizure and Suppression of Theives in the lesser Asia. And because the custom is, that something must be done in Compliance with the Imperial Commands, many poor innocent Men were taken in the Fields and Mountains, and per∣haps without any other Crime against them, than that they were not masters of a thousand Aspers to bribe the Officers, were for want thereof sent as Thieves to the Port, where with∣out further Conviction or Tryal they were exe∣cuted.

The Vizier being thus weakned by the remo∣val of his faithfullest Friend, his Condition was given over as desperate by the generality of the World, and several appearances of Troubles arising from the Eastern and Western parts, gave occasion to the Queen Mother, and her Party, to disparage his Abilities in the esteem of the Sul∣tan: Wherefore they exhorted him to imitate the Example of his Renowned Predecessors, who made use of their Viziers only to ease them from the troublesom part of their Government, but did not entirely throw off the Knowledg and Pri∣vity of the important Transactions and State Af∣fairs in the whole Empire. This Lesson awaken∣ed the Grand Signior a little, so that he declined some days his Sports abroad, and Exercise on Horse-back, and instead thereof passed much of his time in a Chiosk, or Garden-house on the Wall of the Seraglio, just opposite to the Viziers Gate, where his chief Business and Concernment was to observe such as went in, or came out; and when at any time he espied those enter, re∣markable for their Attendance, or difference of Habit, he would send to know of the Vizier, what occasion drew those People thither, what their Business was, and the like, by which he gave himself that Satisfaction as to believe that he had now found the true way of inspecting his Affairs, and taking care of his Empire.* 2.61 The Vizier was not insensible from whence this humour of the Gr. Signior proceeded, nor ignorant what ill Consequences such petty matters might produce; wherefore he resolved, if possible, to reconcile the favour and good will of the Valede, or Queen Mother, but all his Addresses (it seems) were returned fruitless; so difficult was it to appease the Malice of a feminine Spirit; and this malice She so ill concealed, that it was often said by Turks of Quality and Judgment, That the Great Viziers Mother, who entertained a Familiarity with Spirits, as they believed, had by their En∣chantments procured the Office of Vizier for her Husband and Son successively, and prevailed still to preserve her Son in the favour of his Master, yet could not by force of Magick get Power or Do∣minion over the Valede; No Spells, it seems, had virtue enough to qualifie the Spirit of that angry Juno. Some hereupon judged, that the Vizier

might have thoughts to make Resignation of his Office, and to content himself with some Pasha∣lick of a higher and more eminent Degree; but Apprehensions and Jealousies of their Dangers, and his own natural Ambition, soon stifled those Considerations, resolving to continue his Charge in Opposition to all the Difficulties and Dangers he might encounter. And perhaps he gave him∣self the same Counsel which the Vitellian Soldiers did to their General.* 2.62 Nihil atrocius eventurum, quam in quod sponte ruant, moriendum victis, mo∣riendum deditis; id solum referre, no vissimum Spi∣ritum, per ludibrium & contumelias effandant, an per Virtutem. Men who must dye, whether they yield or are conquered by force, have the same Fate; all the difference is, that the one dies with Valour and Reputation, the other with Re∣proach and Cowardice. But to execute this stout Counsel with Prudence and Wisdom, he con∣ceived it necessary, if possible, to reconcile the sincere Friendship of Samozade, the Reis Effendi, or Chief Secretary of State, a Person the best practised of any, in the Affairs and Nogotiations of the Ottoman Empire, and one much in the Esteem and Favour of the Queen Mother, and in order thereunto treats him with more Famili∣arity and Condescension than was ordinary, or by many judged agreeable to the Greatness of a Grand Vizier; for always when he came into his Presence, he arose up, calling him secretly Fa∣ther, Tutor and Companion, in supporting the Burden of the weighty Government, and such other Compellations, as the Grand Signior vouchsafed only to the Vizier: for tho this Reis Effendi was of the greatest Abilities, and this present Vizier the most youthful and unexperi∣enced of later Times, yet it may be accounted one special mark and token of his Prudence, in knowing how to elect so useful a Friend, and of his Policy in procuring his sincere faithful∣ness towards him, and making him really his own. To which end he conversed much with him, com∣municated all his thoughts, freely demanded his advice, received his private Entertainments, and in fine, was wanting in no points of affable Cour∣tesy and Compliance, whereby he might create him his own, contenting for some time himself with the name of Vizier, tho the other as one, who best knew how to manage it, enjoyed the Power.

The Chief Officers of the Seraglio,* 2.63 instigated by the Queen Mother to diminish something the Power of the Vizier, put often the Grand Signior in mind, as a matter agreeable to his Dignity, to have a regard to his Government, which caused him more frequently than his humour served, to betake himself to his Choisk over a∣gainst the Viziers Gate, to make his usual Ob∣servations; and perceiving some Christians to enter the Court with red Calpacks or Caps, and yellow Shooes (prohibited to Christians by or∣ders of inferior Magistrates, but never until now thought worthy the Imperal Observance) imme∣diately called for the Subashee or Constable of Constantinople, and from the Window command∣ed him with great Fury to enter the Viziers Court, and such Christians as he should find there with yellow Shooes and red Caps he should first beat, and then send uncovered and barefooted home. The Subashee armed with a Power in this matter as high as the Viziers, entered the House without Complement or Licence, and encountring first the Kapikahya's or Agents of Moldavia and Valachia negotiating the Affairs of their Prince and Coun∣try, he rudely layed them down, and without Respect to their Persons or Office, beat them on the Feet, tore off their red Stockins and Caps, and sent them home with their Heads and Feet bare, derided by the People,* 2.64 and lamenting the Affliction of that Tyranny to which they were subjected. This inhumane Treatment of Persons in a manner sacred, was seconded by publick Proclamations, strictly prohibiting all Christians from wearing red Caps, yellow Shooes, scarlet Vests, and the like; and Janizaries from the use of Hanjars or Daggers, and silk Turbants, upon pain of Death; which Order was so strictly en∣joyned, that the Corners of every Street were furnished with Officers to observe, and punish such as were found to offend. The Grand Signi∣or Rimself judged also the Execution of this Or∣der of that importance, as to deserve his own proper Care and Inspection; wherefore walking abroad, as his manner was, in disguise, with his Executione at hand, encountred in the Streets an unfortunate Bridegroom, an Armenian, who that day, on priviledge of his Espousals, had ad∣ventured to dress himself with yellow leathern Soks: nothing was, or could have time to be pleaded in his behalf, before the fatal Blow was struck, which sent him to his Grave instead of his Nupital Bed. This fury continued some few days with much rigour, and strict observation, but afterwards growing cold again, all care was neglected, happening herein, as commonly it doth in all things, which have no other foundation than humour and fancy.

But this inspection into petty matters did not so much disturb the thoughts of the Vizier, as did the power and greatness of Mortaza the Pasha of Babylon, by the Turks called Bagdat, a person of an undaunted Courage, and greate Conduct, whom he had hitherto suffered to live, contra∣ry to the true knowledge of his interest, and the Rules his Father had left him: wherefore he resolved to renew his design and attempts against his Life, one I remember was in December of the past Year, when in our Journey to Adrianople, we met a Messenger on the way, who amongst other Discourses informed us, that he was then going to Bablyon for confirmation of Mortaza, and as a testimony of the G. Signiors favour and good will towards him, he carried him a Sword, and a Vest of Sables: we immediatly, and that truly, guessed for what Present the Sword was sent; for in some Months after the Chaous-bashee, or chief of the Pursuivants, returned without delivery of his Present.* 2.65 For the wise Mortaza was so justly Jealous, that he would not so much as admit him to his Presence, but returned him again with his Sword and Sables for those who were more easy and credulous, and who believe to dye by Com∣mand of the Sultan to be Martyrdom, and the only Crown of all their Merits and Deserts: and knowing that he could not long subsist in Oppo∣sition to so great an Enemy; he contracted an Al∣liance by Marriage with a Daughter of one of the Gordean, or Curdean Princes, and in Dowry had one of the strongest Forts of those Mountains delivered into his hands.

The Vizier finding himself thus foiled in his oc∣cult Artifices, began publickly to profess his En∣mity; and therefore in the first place perswaded the Grand Signior, that the long continuance of Mortaza in that Government, beyond the usual term, so Opulent and Powerful, and of a Spirit so Ambitions and Rebellious, could not but prove dangerous to himself, and in time give him Con∣fidence of Competition for the whole Empire; which hazard to prevent with most prudence and advantage, (there being a present occasion of good Soldiers for relief of Candia) Mortaza and

his Complices could not be better bestowed than upon that Employment. The Grand Signior readily consented to his Counsel, being naturally very apprehensive of Danger, and in his place constituted the Aga, or General of the Janizaries, posting him away with all speed-possible to his Government; who did not run so fast in his Journey, but that the advices of the coming of a new Pasha, arrived timely the Ears of Mortaza, who judging it an unequal match to contend with the whole Empire, gave way to his Successor, but withal, kept himself so on his Guard, that his Adversary could not reach his Head, and send it as the first-fruits and Tribute of his new Of∣fice. For yielding up his command as in an ho∣nourable manner of Retreat, he gave out, that with his Army (reported to consist of Forty thousand Men) he was on his March to Can∣dia, but soon after his design was disco∣vered to be otherwise; for believing his own Force unable to contend with his Masters, he re∣tired with his richess, and some of those most faith∣ful to him, unto his Fort on the Mountains, and to the Protection and Country of the King of the Curdi, whose Daughter he had Married, and re∣mained in Epectation of time and opportunity, to take his revenge on the Vizier, hoping that with time this storm would blow over, and that the Beams of his Princes Favour would again shine upon him.* 2.66 These Curdi are called by some Wri∣ters Cordiaei, from whence the Province had the name of Gordiene, bordering on Assyria, the King∣dom once of Zabienus, who siding with Lucullus against Tigranes King of Armenia, was by Tigra∣nes murdered with his Wife and Children. These People inhabit the Mountain Amanus, dividing Syria from Cilicia, which by reason of the diffi∣cult access thereunto, was never yet subjected to the Ottoman Yoke; they are said in former times to have worshipped a black Dog, and dare not speak ill of the Devil, not for love, but fear. But some report, that have lately been amongst them, that they have left off that hellish Supersti∣tion, and embrace a certain sort of Religion mix∣ed with Christianity and Turcism; but yet without Baptism or Circumcision. In brief, they are a bad sort of gross People at the best, contenting them∣selves with little Religion, addicted to Blood and Robberies. These Curdi or Gordeenes, being a peo∣ple retired, keep within their Mountains, are shy in their Conversation and Discourse, and afford us little subject, or opportunity of knowing with any Satisfaction, their Religion or Manners; but from such of our Country-men, as have lately entertained Society with them, we have this ac∣count. They are seated on those Mountains, as we have said before, which of old are called Cor∣diaei or Gordiai, beginning near Aleppo, but run∣ning out as far as Persia; they make shew of the Turkish Religion for fear, but have in reality ano∣ther of their own, which permits them to eat Swines Flesh, and drink Wine, as the Druses and Kalbeenes; Bacon being esteemed by them a particular Cordial, or Restorative for the Sick. The chief Country and City of those near Aleppo, is called Jeumee, where they have a Convent of twelve Priests with a Superior over them, and ano∣ther of the like sort near Mosul or Nineveth. The two Chiefs of these Monasteries meet at fixed times to consult for the good of the Com∣mon-weal. Their Devotions are private in a Cave; they tell us of but one Book, which contains both their Law and their Rituals; being asked what they thought of our Saviour, they answer∣ed, he was their Breath, and their Soul; at the name of Mahomet they Spit, and with Nicode∣mus his Circumspection and Assurance of Secrecy, they declared, themselves and Christians the same, which they would make appear so soon as they were delivered from their fear of Bondage to the Turk. They say that they worship God, and will not curse the Devil, to which no Force or Power can compel them partly, perhaps because they have heard of our Saviours Precept, Bless, and Curse not, but rather, because they hold, that the Devil and his Followers shall one day be resto∣red to their former seats of Blessedness and Digni∣ty. When their Priests are together, and Wine brought in amongst them, the Superior makes a sign for Silence, and afterwards a short Admoni∣tion, that Wine is the Blood of God. I have heard that a Capuchin Fryer was once invited a∣mongst them, with Promise to give him a sight of their Book of Rituals, and being come to Jeumee, was detained a day or two in a Cave, on pretence that the other Superior of Mosul was then amongst them, who being a severe Person, if he knew of his being there, would certainly put him to Death, as one who came to alter their Religi∣on; upon which Suspicion the Capuchin forgetting his Curiosity, fled for safety, with all speed pos∣sible. Their Priests are said to be Grave, wearing black throughout; their Garments plaited or quilted; the Vestures of the Commonalty are a∣greeable to Mountainiers, whose Natures are Rough and Boisterous, addicted to Blood and Rob∣bery, the common Vice of those People. I have heard, that the Son of a Gourdeene Widow being killed by some of that Country, She assembled her nearest Kindred, and required them to bring her the Windpipe of the Murderer, which when they had done, She together with her Friends, eat in it Revenge. In fine, their Religion may have some small Reliques of Christianity, but mixt with the dregs of other Religions. 'Tis possible they may be of the Manichee Race. Their Opi∣nion of the Devils Restoration, was once held in part by Origen: that of Wine (that it is the Blood of God) was the Heathenish conceit of the Egyp∣tian Priests. Their whole Nation, if well united, may compose an Army of thirty or forty thousand Men.

But to return to our purpose. The news of the Flight of Mortaza to this Ignoble Prince, troubled the Grand Signior, who still retained some Impressions of kindness to his Person, re∣membring his Generosity, Valour, and former Deserts, the memory of which was encreased also by the Friends of Mortaza, who wanted not in the Court to represent them with some Compas∣sion, arguing that his flight was not of Contuma∣cy or Contempt to his Masters Protection, but an effect of natural Preservation; which worked so far on the Grand Signior, that he immediately sent for the Vizier to enquire of him the State and Condition of Mortaza. The Vizier to defend himself, and make good what before he had counselled his Master, aggravated his Adversa∣ry's Crimes, and his Disobedience and Flight to an inconsiderable King; with which, and some other light Excuses and Perswasions, that the re∣moval of such a Person was agreeable to the pre∣sent State of Affairs, and conducing to his own Se∣curity, easily pacified the Mind and Affections of the Grand Signior; but no sooner was he return∣ed to his House, but advice was given him, that the Emaum of Mortaza, or his Priest or Chaplain, was then at Constantinople, whom the Vizier im∣mediatly sent for, and without any Plea or Indict∣ment, struck off his Head, and threw his Body in∣to to the Sea, on pretence that he was sent thither, as a Spy for his Master, and to give Intelligence, and a

beginning to Rebellion: These were his colours and allegations for his deserved Death; for Go∣vernours though never so wicked and so absolute, and that have no need to render any other cause to the World of their actions, than their own will, yet esteem it necessary to act under the specious guise of justice, and in the good opinion of the multitude. The Aga of Babylon encountred the same Fortune; for Mortaza giving place, he thought it fit for himself to do the like; resolving for Constantinople, but being intercepted in his Journey by the new Pasha, his Head was struck off, and his Journey shortned.

But that which again renewed the trouble and fears of the Vizier, was a report that the late Kahya-begh degraded at Adrianople, was secretly returned to the City, and lived concealed, giving such Orders to the Janizaries as tended to Mutiny and Insurrection, and that the pretences and re∣ports of his being gone to Damascus, and thence in his holy Pilgrimage to Mecha, were but all false stories to conceal his Residence at Constanti∣nople. This set the Vizier all on fire, and made him tremble with the thoughts of it; wherefore search was made for him day and night, but not found; for in reality he as gone on his designed Journey, only it was the misfortune of his Kahya, or Steward, as before it was of Mortaza's Emaum, to fall into the Viziers hands, who being beaten to confess where his Master was, died afterwards of the blows.

But notwithstanding that Mortaza was fled, yet the Vizier laid not aside his fears and thoughts concerning him, not knowing how soon he might be recalled home, and seated in his place; of which various Examples are extant in Turkish History; and therefore he sent orders to Mahomet Pasha, his late Kahya, now Pasha of Darbiquier, as Ge∣neral (with the knowledge and consent of the Grand Signior) and to the Pashaws of Aleppo, Erzirum and others near adjacent, to prepare and assemble what Force was necessary to con∣strain the King of the Curdi, to surrender Morta∣za into their hands: But whilst these matters were in agitation, some unexpected troubles in Georgia diverted their Arms, and held them for some time in suspense, not knowing what the issue might be. The Original and Ground thereof was this:* 2.67 After Sultan Solyman had taken Erzirum, it was agreed in the Capitulations between the Turks and Per∣sians, that of the seven Provinces of Georgia (an∣ciently called Iberia, but now as supposed to have received the Denomination from St. George, the Cappadocian Martyr, there had in great esteem and reverence) three should be tributaries to the Turk, and three to the Persian, all govern'd by Achic-bash as head and supream Prince, to whom the Seventh should also be subjested, without ac∣knowledgment to either; in payment of which Tribute, they continued most willingly, lest for default thereof, the importation of Salt, of which their Provinces afford none, should I be hindred either from the Turkish, or Persian Dominion. And now it happened that Achic-bash dying, his Wife married again, who to gratifie her new Lover, was contented to have the eyes of her Son put out, who was the lawful Heir to the Govern∣ment. This Fact was so hainously received by the Princes of the three Provinces under the Per∣sian, that with common consent, they elected one to succeed Achic-bash, and extorted the power out of the hands of the Amorous Traitor. The Princes of the three Provinces under the Turk alarm'd hereat, made insurrection, resolving rather than any Foreigner, to set up one of the Kindred of Achic-bash, which the Persian Provinces better understanding, approved likewise, and for confirmation, and maintenance of their choice, assembled an Army of Threescore thousand men. The Pashaws tending towards Curdi, were surprized in their March with the news of these disturbances in Georgia, and not rightly apprehending the causes of these sud∣den commotions, gave an arrest to the pro∣gress of their Arms, inclining towards the parts of Georgia, to be in a readiness to suppress all designs against the Ottoman Dominions, so that the thoughts of War against the Curdi was for some time laid aside. The news of these troubles did also alarm the Port, with which also came a report, That six hundred Tents of the Kuzilba∣shees (which are the best sort of Persian Horsemen) were pitched nigh the Confines of the Grand Sig∣niors Territories; so that Orders were dispatched to the aforesaid Pashaws to watch the motion and issue of those Affairs, but those storms blowing over by the establishment of Achic-bash, the Turkish Forces proceeded on their first design against Mor∣taza, marching to the pass of the Country of the Curdi, which is very steep, asperous and rough. The whole Kingdom being, as it were, one Mountain of dangerous and difficult access, hath hitherto preserved the Inhabitants from the Ottomon Sub∣jection. The entrance thereunto being strong by Nature, is also fortified with several Castles, the chief of which, possessed by Mortaza, is called Zizri, and the People there abouts Zezidi. The Turkish Army being arrived at this pass, Mahomet, the Pasha of Darbiquier, appointed General, as we have said before, ordered five hundred of his se∣lect men to enter within the pass, which the Curdi perceiving, with little opposition, put to flight, being so commanded by the General; the unad∣vised Curdi eagerly pursuing the enemy, left the pass naked, and undefended, supposing their whole victory and success to consist in the Rout of those few: Whereupon the Turkish Army wisely possessed the pass, and got between the Curdi,* 2.68 and their place of Retreat, and laying the Siege to the Castle, required them either to surrender them∣selves, or else Mortaza and his Complices into their hands.

The Curdi perceiving themselves thus hardly beset, and in a manner defrauded, their Garison which possessed the pass without the Confines, the Enemy gotten possession of the Gate which open∣ed to their Country, their Castles besieged, and in danger to be gained, and an inlet made to an In∣undation by their Enemies, caused them to re∣quest a three days truce for Consultation, which being granted, they began to consider, whether it were better to hazard the welfare of their Coun∣try in a dangerous War, of which the Turks having already compassed the passage, had made half the Conquest; or to surrender up Mortaza to his own King, one in whom they had no part, no interest, nor relation. The latter Counsel was most generally pleasing; wherefore they seized Mortaza, promising at first to conduct him through the Mountains to the Persians; but afterwards be∣ing on Horse-back, and about a Mile distant from the Camp, they bound his hands behind him, and with his Steward, the Master of his Horse, and a Page, delivered him into the hands of the Turks,* 2.69 who immediately str••ck off their heads, and sent them to Constantinople, where for three or four days they lay before the Door of the Divan, with Inscriptions on them whose they were, and afterwards were thrown into the Sea.

And thus ended this famous Mortaza, who had in like cases, by order of this Viziers Father, been an active Executioner of other Pashaws, and now included in the same Fate, by means of the Son, being proscribed (as we have said before) by Testament, and the most likely of any Pasha in the Empire to stand in competition for the Office of Vizier.

The Vizier upon this success began to shew a more cheerful Countenance than formerly, suspecting less of danger upon removal of so suspicious an Enemy. And truly it was now hard to say where in the whole Empire was a generous, bold, or ambitious spirit remaining, who had Reputation and Authority enough to attempt a priority, such havock was made by this Viziers Father of all hopeful and daring dispositions, and such an Addition made to the slaughter by this man in present Office, that whether mens spirits were vanquished, and cow∣ed with former Examples, or that the Age really afforded not such Heroes, it is hard to say: None now appearing other than obse∣quious to this Vizier, and to fear, and court him.

The Vizier having thus successfully contrived his Establishment, and security at home, had time to confirm it by his Wars abroad, well judging that foreign Wars allay Civil Dissenti∣ons, and the Prosperity thereof doth both pro∣duce reputation and terrour of his Person amongst his Enemies, as well as reconcile affections, and increase Authority amongst his subjects at home. Wherefore he meditated on a War against the Em∣peror, and was glad to embrace the occasion from the late Disturbances made in Transilvania by Kemenius, as we have related in the former Year. But yet like a crafty Politician, who looketh one way, and steers another; so the Vizier, that he might the better lull the Germans into a sleep, and apprehensions of se∣curity, he dissembled his inclinations to Peace, and to hearken to such propositions as were ten∣dered him by the German Resident, namely, that the Fort of Serini should be demolished; being built against the intention, and without the knowledge or consent of his Imperial Master; that the Garisons of Zechelhid, Coloswar, and other places should be removed, with other over∣tures, and the fairest Propositions imaginable, which might give the Turks satisfaction, and by some means or other reconcile the differences, if possible.* 2.70 To which counsel the Emperor was the rather inclinable, in regard that a Treaty at that time was on foot between the French King, and the Duke of Lorain for Alsatia, and that the re∣sult might prove prejudicial to the Empire, should he at the same time be engaged in a War against the Turk, whilst as dangerous a friend as the other was an Enemy, crept easily into a suspected Neighbourhood. But the other Christian Princes, especially Rome, and the Allies, engaged in the Venetian Quarrel, perceiving the Emperor to de∣tract from his resolutions of War, upon this su∣spicion, endeavoured to clear him from all jea∣lousie in reference to the French designs, and for better evidence thereof, had their own engage∣ments seconded by Protestations from that King, not only not to molest the Empire during this War, but to afford him considerable aid and assi∣stance both in Men, and Money. These Nego∣tiations and incitements to a War, encouraged the Emperor, and the German Princes in that manner, that whilst the Turks expected the re∣turn of the Currier from Vienna, as it were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 an Oliver Branch of Peace, and Confirma∣tion of all Articles, which before were esteemed to be concluded, and agreed; the Scene was wholly changed, and the Letters contained new demands and propositions, and in fine, made all doubtful and unsatisfactory. The Turks penetrating rightly into this Affair, pressed hard to have a speedy Peace, or War; wherefore the Reis Effen∣di, or Secretary of State, did at a private Conference with the German Minister in name of the G. Sig∣nior, and in few words declare, That three months were allotted to demolish the Fort built by the Count Serini, and for coming of an extraordinary Ambassador to confirm the Articles: Notwith∣standing which, the Grand Signior unmindful of the time, and of the Conditions he had given, and prefixed for Peace, ordered the Vizier im∣mediately to prepare for the War, declaring that he would in Person accompany him in part of his March, and remove his Court to Adrianople; for this being a Country, champian, and plain, full of Game of all sorts, so drew the heart and de∣light of the Grand Signior, that his Seraglio at Constantinople seemed as a Cage, or Prison, in re∣spect of those desired Plains of Thrace: His Wo∣men were no pastime or recreation to him, in whos Apartments he spent little time: For this excessive humour in Hunting made him daily to press the Vizier to depart for Adrianople, not that he had so real a desire to the War, as he had to his Game; which gave occasion to that ordinary Saying amongst the Turks, That the Grand Sig∣nior had left some Hares behind him at Adrianople, and would return to seek them. At length the Vizier not longer able to resist his importunity without his displeasure, summon'd a Council of all the Viziers of the Bench, where also the Janisar Aga was present, to consult concerning the time of their departure, at which they unanimously con∣cluded, that for divers Reasons, it was most ne∣cessary to defer this expedition until the next Spring. First, Because that three months time were already given to the Emperor for sending his Extraordinary Ambassador. Secondly,* 2.71 Be∣cause in so short a time, Provisions could not be sent into those Parts for relief of the Camp. Thirdly, Because the Souldiers which were abroad could not have timely notice to repair to their Colours. Fourthly, Be∣cause many Souldiers had begun to rebuild their houses destroyed by the late Fires, which by the Spring they might see finished. And lastly, That the Summer being now almost spent, was not so fit for action, as the Spring, which gives new life and blood to men, as well as sap and moisture unto Vegetables. These Reasons being repre∣sented with all humility to the Grand Signior, he seemed to rest satisfied, and his heat of vi∣siting Adrianople for the present allayed. And in the mean time, that the design against Ger∣many might be the more covertly carried, it was given out that the preparations were intended against the Venetian Territories in Dalmatia, (viz.) Zara, Sebenico, and Cataro, and Pro∣clamation was made that all Souldiers should prepare themselves for the Wars against the next Spring. In which Interim no accident interve∣ning which might bring matters to an accom∣modation and better understanding, the daily Skirmishes on the Frontiers made the Contro∣versie every day more difficult to be reconciled, and the breach the wider. The Count Se∣rini also proceeded in finishing the Fortifica∣tion he had lately raised near Canisia; and the other Commanders of the Cesarean Ar∣my seeing the great progress of the Turks in Transilvania, secured Claudiopolis, Somoswar,

Sechilhid, Clewar, alias Coloswar, and Betlem, with some other Towns and Fortresses. The Turks on the other side,* 2.72 under the Command of Ali Pasha, penetrate into the very Center of Transilvania, and conceiving a jealousie of War from the passages before mentioned, lost no time to take their advantages, so that the Pasha of Varadin not contenting himself with that Coun∣try, and limits formerly prescribed for mainte∣nance of his Fortress, adjoined to his Jurisdicti∣on what Villages and Towns he thought fit, the whilst the poor Prince Michael Apafi, though made by the Turks, durst not lift a hand, or interpose the least Obstacle or Impediment to his quiet pro∣gress, or peaceable possession, which so harrassed the People of the Country, and wrought that misery and destruction therein, that the Prince, deprived of his power in Government, and disa∣bled by oppression to pay his Annual Tribute, had no hopes of redress, but from the assistance of Divine Providence, governing the hearts of Chri∣stians and Turks to compassionate the misery of his Country. Wherefore he craved the assistance of the Emperor, and of the King of Poland, ac∣quainting other Christian Princes more remote of the sad estate of the Christian Cause; he sent also his Ambassadors to the Port with most submissive Letters to the Vizier, complaining against the Pa∣sha of Varadin, and craving his Commands for retirement of his Army, within their due and an∣cient bounds. Letters were also directed to the Publick Representatives of Christian Princes re∣siding at Constantinople, one of which was direct∣ed to the Earl of Winchelsea, his Majesties Ambas∣sador, which being that which may conduce to the more full understanding of the present deplo∣rable Condition of Transilvania, I thought fit to be here mentioned.

Excellentissime Domine, & Amice observandissime,

AFflictiones Regni Transilvaniae quibus per complures annos justo Dei Judicio casti∣gatur,* 3.1 toti Orbi Christiano manifestae sunt, nec possumus non fateri, inter duos Potentissimos Monarchas adeo indies hoc Regnum coangustari, ut nisi extraordinaria Dei clementia aliquod subsequatur levamen, vix, immo ne vix qui∣dem, diu duraturum credamus. Sed ut ad rem proximius collimemus. Potentissimus Im∣perator per Legatos Regni, & nostros nunc reduces Clementissimum suum patrocinium pol∣licetur, interim autem Passa Varadinensis non contentus Villis ac Pagis ad dictam Arcem per∣tinentibus, usque ad meditullium plane Tran∣silvaniae, metu Mortis, integras ad deditio∣nem cogit Regiones, quae nunquam eidem Arci applicatae fuerant, nec possible est Principatum Transilvaniae iis ademptis, ulterius persistere, Tributum{que} annuum persolvere posse. Qua de re tam Potentissimum Imperatorem quam Su∣premum Vezirium denuo requirere cogimur, ve∣stram quocirca Excellentissimam Dominationem confidenter rogamus, eo quo convenientius pu∣taverit modo continuo nostro Oratori opitulari, ea{que} qua pollet Authoritate Causam promovere, ne gravetur rem non saltem Transilvaniae, ve∣rum quoque Christianitati perutilem factura, nos{que} ad vincula amicitiae arctissime devinctura, cui felicem vitam precamur, & manemus indu∣bitati.

Datum in Castris ad Pagum Koczard positis die 26 Sep∣tembris, An. Dom. 1662.

Excellentissimae Dominationis vestrae Amicus Benevolus, Michael Apafi.

In English thus.

Most Excellent Lord, and most worthy Friend,

THe Miseries of Transilvania, with which for many years, by the just Judgment of God, we have been afflicted, are manifest to all the Christian World; nor can we but confess, how between two most Potent Monarchs, our Principality is so daily straitned, that unless through the extraordinary Mercy of God, we obtain some relief, we believe not our selves longer able to subsist. But to come nearer to our Business. The Most Potent Empe∣ror, by his own Ambassadors, and ours now lately returned, hath promised us his most Gracious Protection; yet notwithstanding, the Pasha of Varadin not content with the Towns and Villages appropriated unto his Castle, hath entered into the very middle of Transilvania, and hath compelled, for fear of death, those Provinces entirely to yield themselves, which never before were belonging to his Fortresses, which being taken away, it is impossible for the Princi∣pality of Transilvania longer to subsist, and pay its annual Tribute; wherefore we are constrained again to beseech the most Potent Emperor, and the Supream Vizier, as also we confidently desire your Excel∣lency, in that manner which your Excel∣lency judges most convenient, to be assi∣stant to our Agent, and with your Au∣thority to countenance our Cause, in which your Excelleney will not only per∣form a matter beneficial to Transilvania, but to all Christendom, and oblige us for ever with the Bonds of friendship; and praying for all happiness of Life and Pro∣sperity to your Excellency, we remain your undoubted Friend.

Given in our Camp at the Village Koczard the five and twenti∣eth day of September, 1662.

Your Excellencies Loving Friend, Michael Apafi.

This Letter was received by His Majesties Ambassador with that humanity as was agreeable to his Noble Nature; and with that sense of the Christian Cause as became a Religious Minister of the Faith's Defender, and an Answer returned thereunto full of affectionate Piety and Compas∣sion. But it was feared that the time was elap∣sed, and the Disease proceeded too far to admit a gentle Cure; for it could not probably be ex∣pected, that the Vizier should, upon fair words or perswasions, or by the force of passionate and Rhetorical expressions, be induced to let slip the

fair opportunity of an intire and total subjection of Transilvania. And the truth is, herein lay the ground of the great Quarral between these two Emperors; for ever since the Defeat of Chimianus (or as the Transilvanians call him Kemenius) the Turk swallowing in his thoughts the intire subje∣ction of that Country, designed to reduce it to the Government of a Pasha, rather than of a Chri∣stian Prince, though elected at the Ottomon Port; and in order thereunto, advanced beyond the Li∣mits of the ancient bounds, and pitched his Camp in the very Bowels of the Country. These pro∣ceedings giving matter of jealousie to all the Cap∣tains of the bordering Christians; the Count Serini first hastned the finishing of his fort, as much as was possible; and next, according to his exam∣ple, the Imperialists in all parts of the Borders for∣tified their Towns and Castles, and reinforced their Garisons; which was answered by the Turks in the like preparations. And thus mutual fears and jealousies effected that ill Correspon∣dence, in which the State of Affairs then remain∣ed.

And since Transilvania is the present Scene of Action, it will not be much from our purpose to digress a little in declaring the state of that mise∣rable Principality, and by what ways and means the Turks encreased their Tribute, and encroach∣ed on their Liberties; the which Relation I re∣ceived from one of the Transilvanian Agents, to this effect.

In the time of Sultan Solyman,* 4.1 Transilvania was governed by her own Laws, and her natural Prince, paying then only Thirty Thousand Dol∣lars of yearly Tribute. After which Ali Pasha taking Varadin on the Frontiers, had some part of the Country alloted him for maintenance of his Garison, and at that time solemnly swore, That beyond those Limits allotted to Varadin, the Turks should not farther enter into Transilvania, but that Oath being little regarded, they have since that time possessed themselves of six Provinces, (viz.) Bichar, Doboka, Halnock, Colos, in which is Clau∣diopolis, and of the best part of Zarand. Nor were the Turks satisfied herewith, but in the year 1658. the Vizier Kuperlee entered Transilvania, and by force of Arms took the strong Town of Janova, and demanded the Surrender of Lugas and Karansebes into his hands. Nor could the allegations of the Oath of Sultan Solyman, or of Ali Pasha, or any other perswasions or submissi∣on induce him to moderate any part of his severe demands, until first having miserably destroyed the whole Country, and satiated himself with blood, he was contented, upon the sad and humble supplication of the ambassador from that Prince, to withdraw his Army out of Transilva∣nia, on condition that Fifty thousand Dollars of yearly Tribute should be added to the former Thirty thousand, and that Lugas and Karansebes should be wholly abandoned by the native Inha∣bitants, and deliverd into possession of the Turk: And as a mark of his absolute Dominion over that Country, he forced one Achacius Barcley, em∣ployed before as Ambassador to him, to take on him the Government, threatning that if he ac∣cepted not of the Charge, he would invest a Car∣ter in the Principality: Notwithstanding all this Treatment; and though the Transilvanians com∣ply'd with all the propositions offered them by the Turk, yet not long after the Tartar Han passed twice through the Country, miserably harrassing, spoiling, and killing, or making Cap∣tives all he met, whose departure also from this Country was purchased with a considerable Sum of Money. And this was the state of the misery of Transilvania, when the troubles raised by Ra∣gotzki and Kemenius added to the other discon∣tents, and administred farther occasion to the en∣suing War.

But whilst the thoughts of the Ottoman Court were intent on their preparation for the next years War in Hungary, advice came that the Turkish Fleet, consisting of Seventeen Ships, and Thirty seven Saiques, lately departed from Con∣stantinople bound for Alexandria in Aegypt, and convoyed by six Gallies, which met them at Scio, very rich with Money, and other goods, (whose returns are yearly for the most part made in Su∣gar, Coffee, Rice, and other Commodities) were encountred near Rhodes by the Venetian Ar∣mata, and such ruine and prize made of them,* 4.2 that of the Threescore Sail, Twenty eight Saiques, & 4 Ships were sunk and taken: (viz.) 18 Saiques taken, & 10 burnt, 3 Ships taken, and one burnt, and thereon Two hundred and seventy Slaves, among which there were of note, Arnout Asan Aga, Eunuch of the Seraglio, Mahomet Aga, Bas∣cut Agasey of Grand Cairo, and Emin Reis, Cap∣tain of a Ship. When this news arrived, I hap∣pened to be at the Viziers Court, and perceived a strange disturbance and alteration in the faces of all then present; but more particularly the Grand Signior seemed to be heated with fury, and pre∣sent resolution of revenge; so that he had almost forgotten his designs against the Emperor; and quitting his pastime in Hunting, he began to talk of transporting his Arms into Dalmatia, and there∣upon sent Orders to one Beco a Begh of the Mo∣rea to cause a survey of the High-ways, Passages, and Bridges towards Dalmatia, as if he had in∣tended immediately to march, and either to de∣fer his Hungarian War, or wage both at the same time. But his graver, and more sober Council mo∣derated his heat with Reason, knowing that the de∣signs of Princes, though never so absolute, must be subject to times and seasons, until their Pow∣ers can extend to Omnipotency, which never yet could exceed the abilities of a mortal man, though some have affected Divine Honours, and by Flatterers have been ranked after death in the number of the Gods. The Venetians lost Seventy men only, or thereabouts, and amongst them Giacomo Semitecolo, a noble Venetian, with other Braves and Souldiers of Fortune. The Turks hor∣ribly touched with this loss and disgrace, espe∣cially the Grand Signior, who had an Interest in the Caravana, had a mind to vent some of their fury on Signior Ballarino, the Venetian Minister to the Port, like those (as we say) who can∣not beat the Horse, will beat the Saddle; so that they intended to imprison him again in some dark Cell, or obscure retirement, of which, or of some other rigor Signior Ballarino was so sensible, that he wrote this ensuing Letter to the Senator Nico∣lo Contarini, which may serve to explain the anguish and sorrowful apprehensions of his Soul.

IF my Mind were capable of Comfort, I could not in the midst of so much anguish enter∣tain a more efficacious Motive thereunto, than those obliging Expressions which your Excel∣lency uses towards me, who like a Terrestrial Deity is pleased to protect me. But alas, I am too much overwhelmed with Grief to disco∣ver any Subject which may cause me to dry my Tears. I find no shelter against that Storm which I foresaw. Nor is it sufficient for me to discover the Tempest before it arrives: It is

not sufficient in this darkness to lose my Sleep, disturb my Quiet, tire my Body, debilitate my Health by a slender Diet, whilst tossed in the Bosom of an inexorable Element, I am denied the enjoyment of a ray of Light. I hold the Helm of the Ship as direct as I can, but the adverse Waves of my Fortune drive me into the midst of those Storms where I ap∣prehend the greatest Dangers: I am here in the midst of the Sea, which is the Nest of Extravagancies, the grand belief of unthought of Accidents, the spacious Theatre of Trage∣dies, a fierce Giant, a horrible Monster, who with gentle Opiates endeavonrs to lull asleep, and lead those to Destruction who have too great a confidence in their own Strength. I reproach my self for not having been able to make it sufficiently understood, how one stroke of adverse Fortune is capable to put all into Danger, who are imbarked in the same Ves∣sel; And as little able am I to inculcate into the minds of Men, that whilst the Waves of the vast Sea are smooth and calm, the nearer is the raging of the Waters, and the fury of a Tempest. It was therefore necessary that there should have been some more skilful Pilot than my self to conduct this Vessel. I was long since acquainted with my Imperfections, and therefore called aloud for the assistance of an abler Pilot, to direct me in this tempestu∣ous Region; but since I was not heard, I glo∣ried at least to be alone in this Gulf, that be∣ing swallowed up by a final Ruin, my Martyr∣dom may be a means to save the rest. Rains and Lightnings do not affright me, but rather serve to quench that fire of Disdain which I conceive against my self, for not knowing how to perform better, and serve to enlighten me daily to find out that Compass or Cart which may direct me to a course or path of Security. I fear Thunders and Tempests, because the violence of one, and the hardness of the other is able to render a cold Sweat mixed with Blood altogether unprofitable. This miserable School, tho of eleven Tears continuance, con∣strains me to study the Disposition of the Stars, the Signs in the Air, the Ebbings and Flowings of the Waters, concealed Rocks, the Dangers of a long Voyage, and the necessity of recover∣ing a Port. I have studied indeed, but I fear I have not well learned this profound Discipline; for where there is the greatest ur∣gency, there I have gathered the least Fruit; for since the Aspect of the Spheres are become more inauspicious, I am doubtful that I shall see the Ship beaten with swelling Surges, and being full of Water, it will be so far from being eased by those opportune Remedies which I bring, that it will rather be encreased by my Tears. God grant by his miraculous Pro∣vidence, the Tranquillity which we desire, and which by humune means will be difficult to ob∣tain. I had not the understanding to take Opportunity by the Foretop when She present∣ed her self unto me with gentle and benign Appearance, showing me the means to save this floating Vessel, and spare our insidious rewards. For this Reason my dejected, but not conquered mind, makes my very Bowels feel an unusual anguish of an over-troubled Estate. May it please the Divine pity, that these my Afflictions may prove the Off-spring of my own vileness, but not the means of my Ruin. I trust therein, I confess, and yet frail hope, amidst this Gulf of Sin, induces me to expect doubtful Successes; Yet certainly I will endeavour to avoid a shipwrack on those Rocks of Despair; And so imploring the Patronage of your Excellency here on Earth, I confirm my self.

From Pera of Constantinople the 19 of December, 1662.

This Letter seems to be wrote in the stile of a despairing Person; yet if it be well considered, the meaning is no other than what the Issue of Affairs some years afterwards did evidence; and his In∣tentions were no other than to describe the ill na∣ture of the Turkish Ministers, and their obstinacy of continuing a War, until they had wearied out the Venetians into an Humour of surrendring the whole Island of Candia unto them. I had the Honour to be well acquainted with the Person of Signior Ballarino, and I always esteemed him in his external Behaviour accomplished with the Excesses of Italian Civility; he was endued with great fluency of Language, both in Discourse and Writing; he was Jealous, Acute and Wary; and in short, was a proper Minister for that Re∣publick, well practiced and versed in the manner of Treaty with the Turkish Court. He at first was sent from Venice to Constantinople in quality of Secretary to the Excellentissimo Capello, Pro∣curator of St. Mark, a Person eminent for his Office, and the several great employments which he had exercised in that State; he was sincere, and of a generous Soul; his comely Looks, and grave Habit spoke him to be a Gentleman, and a Senator. In short, he was so well estemeed of at Venice, that he was thought worthy to be imployed in this Embassy to the Grand Signior, which is commonly granted to Persons after they have run through all Services of the Commonwealth, as a Consummation of their Honours and Richess. This Gentleman then had the misfortune to be invested in this Honour in the worst of Times, when the War was broke forth, and being there∣by exposed to their cruelty, he was put into Pri∣son, where passing for some time a Life of Sor∣row and Sadness, he fell into a Melancholly, which represented all things to him in the black∣est manner; so that, I know not why his fancy suggested to him, that he was not only miserable in his Imprisonment and Restraint amongst the Turks, but that he was fallen also into disgrace, and displeasure of his Prince at home. I will not say that Signior Ballarino did nourish the Opera∣tion of this black humour in him; but I have heard that he did not administer that comfort to him, as might serve to dispel the thickness of that Vapour which obscured the generous temper of his Soul. In short, he gave such way to this melancholly, that he laid violent hands upon himself (as we have said before); but afterwards by the Care of his Friends and Servants, being cured of his wounds, he lived some years after, by his Sorrows and Repentance for it, to give Satis∣faction to God and the World. Howsoever, the Senate being informed thereof, and judging this Act to be the effect of a violent Phrensy, appoint∣ed

Ballarino to take on himself the intire manage∣ment of Affairs, reserving only the Title and Ho∣nour to Signior Capello. Ballarino now manage∣ing all Affairs, Capello looked on himself as neg∣lected and laid aside, howsoever comported his Condition with Submission and Gentleness, never openly resenting the Honours of Ballarino, or to see him preferred before himself; Howsoever, se∣cretly nourishing an inward Discontent, his ro∣bustious Nature, upwards of eighty years of Age, was forced to give way to its final Dissolution; and falling Sick, he sent to the Earl of Winchelsea, then Ambassador for his Majesty at Constantinople, to acquaint him of his Distemper, desiring him to send me, who was then his Secretary, unto him. At these Summons I was easily perswaded to go, having always had his Person in great Reverence; and being come to his Bed-side, he raised himself upon his Pillows, and embracing me in his Arms, I fancied my self to receive the Benediction of one of the Ancient Patriarchs. He began with a weak Voice to say to me, Sir, I am near my end, ex∣pecting every Minute to render up my last Breath, and therefore as a dying man, I desire of your Master, the Ambassador, that so soon as I am dead, he would be pleased to deliver this poor Carcass of mine from under the covering of this accursed Roof. For Answer whereunto I did not stand to expostulate the Reasons with him, well knowing the cause of his discontent; but that I would communicate his desires to my Lord Am∣bassador, and speedily return with my Answer to him. Accordingly I departed from him, and quickly brought from my Lord a Promise to en∣deavour his utmost to comply with his request; at which he seemed to be much satisfied, and commanded his Servants then present, especially one called Sig. Tomaso Gobbato, his great confident, to be Witnesses thereof. The next day he expired his last Breath, and the day following his Body being embalmed, his bowels were buried, and the Funeral Rites performed with such order and decency as was seemly in a Country where he lived rather like a Prisoner than an Ambassador. All things being thus prepared, the Earl of Win∣chelsea, according to the Will of the Deceased, sent for his Body, already embalmed, which was immediately without opposition or scruple sent to his house; where it remained for some months, in expectation of a conveyance for Ve∣nice. At length a Dutch ship, being bound from Constantinople thither, it was designed that the Body should be thereon imbarked; but I know not for what reason, the Customer refused to suffer it to pass; though it may well and rational∣ly be conjectured, That Ballarino, who was sen∣sibly touched to have the care of the Body of his Master, his Countryman and Colleague taken from him, did with Presents prevail with the Customer to put difficulties in the way which he supposed might vex those who were thought worthy of this employment. This opposition being made, and not to be overcome without much Money, it was contrived that the Ship departing should attend the Corps at Tenedos, which was without the command of the Castles; and the body being divided from the Legs, was packed up in a But of Cavear, and so sent down by a boat with Licence of the Customer, as a parcel of Goods and Mer∣chandice; and so safely arriving aboard, the Corps were separated from their adjuncts; and being laid decently in a Coffin, covered with a Pall of black Velvet, with Scutcheons, and other orna∣ments appertaining to the Funerals of such great Personages, it arrived safely at Venice, where it was interred with the usual ceremonies, in the Tomb of the Ancestors of that Ancient Fa∣mily.

But the heads and thoughts of these Governours were not so employed in their preparations of War, but that the Vizier could lend an ear to the suggestions of some malicious Pharisees, who, un∣der pretence of Religion, informed him, That the Christian Churches, burnt down in Constanti∣nople and Galata by those dreadful Fires in the year 1660, were again re-edified against his com∣mand, and the Law of the Turks, which allows the reparation of Churches, and continuance of such which were found standing when Mohometanism was introduced; but not to erect new, or re∣build what are either by time, fire, or other ac∣cidents fallen to ruine. And being farther informed,* 5.1 that though those Churches were restored under the notion of Dwellings, or Ware-houses, yet se∣cretly served for Celebration of Divine Service, and thereby his Decrees and Edicts were frustrated and disappointed: Wherefore, furiously transport∣ed with a Mahometan Zeal, commanded immediate∣ly that the Authors of those Buildings should be imprisoned, the Churches themselves levelled to the Foundation, and the ground whereon they stood confiscated to the Grand Signior. This action, though naturally agreeable to the disposition of the Vizier, who was a perfect Turk,* 5.2 zealous in execu∣tion of all points of the Mahometan Law, being e∣ducated after the severest sort of Professors, and one of those whom they called Softaes; yet he was chiefly prompted unto this, and to a greater abhor∣rency of Christianity, by one Vanni Effendi, a Shegh, or Preacher, one who was as inveterate and mali∣cious to the Christian Religion, as any Enthusiast or Fanatick is to the Rites of our Church and Religi∣on. And thus we may see how troublesom Hy∣pocrisie and Puritanism are in all places where they gain a Superiority; for this Preacher not con∣tented only to ruine the Christian Churches, but perswaded the Vizier that the terrible Fires in Con∣stantinople and Galata in the year 1660, and the last years unparallel'd Pestilence, and the incon∣siderable advance of the Turks on the Christians for some years, were so many parts of Divine Judgments thrown on the Mussulmen or Believers, in vengeance of their too much Licence given to the Christian Religion, permitting Wine to be sold within the Walls of Constantinople, which polluted the Imperial City, & ensnared the faithful by tem∣ptation to what was unlawful: Wherefore a com∣mand was issued, That no Wine should be hence∣forth sold within the Walls of the City. And it was farther intended, that Greeks & Armenians, & all other Christians, who had Dwellings or Possessions with∣in the Walls of the City, should within Forty days sell those habitations, and depart; which other∣wise should be confiscated to the Grand Signior; but God who supports the Faithful in Tryals of Persecution, moderated this Decree, and reserved still this Church in the midst of Infidels; not suf∣fering this City to lose the Name nor Religion of that holy Emperor, who both erected, and christ∣ned it; as also to preserve most of the Churches, which though again uncovered, yet were redeem∣ed for Money from the possession of the Turks. Nor was the Mohometan Zeal satisfied in Demolish∣ment of the Churches themselves, unless it vented part of its fury against the poor Workmen, which for their hire and days Wages erected them; such as Greek Labourers, Masons, and Carpen∣ters, who were all beaten and imprisoned. But it happening at that time that the Queen Mother building a sumptuous Mosch, and having occasion of many Labourers and Artists to forward so vast a Work, sent to the Maimarbashee (who is

the Master work-man, or Cape, over all such who are employed in Building) to sup∣ply such a number of Carpenters, Masons, and others, as were convenient to carry on that Fabrick with expedition; who readily replyed, That he would provide all that was possible, but could not promise a sufficient number, unless those Greeks were set at liberty, who were im∣prisoned by the Grand Vizier for building the Christian Churches; which answer being reported again to the Queen Mother, she interceded with the Vizier in their behalf, who being glad of any occasion to gratifie to great a Lady, immediately released them, without any fine or reward, which he designed to obtain for their li∣berty. Howsoever the Vizier not well brook∣ing such an indignity (as he supposed) put upon him by so mean a Slave, as the Maimarba∣shee, dealt with some of the imprisoned Labou∣rers to accuse him, as the Author and Licenser of building the Christian Churches. The Greeks easily enough perswaded to please so great a Per∣sonage, accused him accordingly, whose Evi∣dence, though nor passable against a Turk by the Mahometan Law, yet served the Viziers revenge for the present, who immediately commanded his head to be struck off,* 5.3 and his Estate confis∣cated; which was reported to consist of Two thousand Purses of Money, every Purse import∣ing Five hundred Dollars, then found actually in his House, which, if true, is a strange Wealth for so ordinary a Person. But by this, and by many other instances, we may perceive that there is no People in the World more covetous and desirous to amass Wealth than the Turks, nor none more uncertain to enjoy it.

About this time the French Merchants in the Le∣vant, having advised his most Christian Majesty that the Turks were sensible that the affront to the Person of Monsieur la Haye, his Ambassador, was contrary to the Law of Nations, and such an injury as could not but provoke the Choler of so puis∣sant a Prince to a just revenge; and knowing that his Majesty being powerful at Sea, was able to extend his Arms to the utmost Confines of his Empire, whilst the interposition of other Coun∣tries limited the Turks march by Land, and their ignorance and inability in Marine Affairs rendred them uncapable to arrive those Banks of France, which the Sea washes: These Considerations the French Merchants having perswaded the King to be the thoughts of the Grand Signior, and that he desired the continuance of the Peace and Traf∣fick with France, and as an evidence of his re∣morse and displeasure for the injury to Monsieur la Haye, the Father, his Majesty was contented in satisfaction thereof to redress this injurious transgression of the Law of Nations, by some ex∣traordinary marks of favour and honour to the Person of Monsieur la Haye the Son; that so ex∣ceeding the usual method and rule of Ceremony towards this Ambassador at his arrival, the World might be convinced of the real affection, and hearty desire the Grand Signior had to renew his Peace, and preserve his Commerce with France. This is supposed to be what the Mer∣chants of Marseille and Lyons, governed by the Interest of their Trade, suggested to their King, to induce him to send an Ambassador to Constantinople; for at this time Monsieur Roboli, a Merchant,* 5.4 remained only as Consul or Agent for the Affairs of Commerce. Things thus repre∣sented at the French Court, the King dispatched away two Gentlemen to Constantinople with Let∣ters to the Grand Signior and Vizier, and one to the Sieur Roboli, the Agent, declaring that if the Turk would make amends for the last Affront done to the Ambassador, by some signal notes of Ho∣nour in the abused Person of Monsieur la Haye, the Son, he would then condescend to confirm the Ancient League and Amity. The Letters translated out of the French Tongue, were as followeth.

To Our Dear and Well Beloved le Sieur Roboli, Agent for Our Affairs at Constantinople.

By the King.

Dear, and Well Beloved,

THe Inclination We have to continue that Amity with the Emperor of the Turks, which hath remained so long between Ʋs, and Our Empires, and maintain the ancient Alli∣ances, hath caused Ʋs to write to Him, and his Great Vizier, to know the Entertainment and Reception that they will give to the Sieur de la Haye, the Son, in satisfaction of the violence exercised before on his own Person, and the Person of the Sieur de la Haye, the Father, our Ambassador, against the Law of Nations. We write to You this Letter, to give you Or∣der to conduct and present before the Vizier, the Secretaries du Pressoir, and Fontain, which We have sent to carry him our Di∣spatches, and return with the Answers, which you shall solicite without loss of time, the which you shall bring your self, in case they be not agreeable to that resolution we have taken not to receive any satisfaction, but in the Person of the said Sieur de la Haye, the Son, which is due to Ʋs, for that Insolency and Affront which hath been done them. Willing also not∣withstanding, that before you depart, you as∣semble the French Merchants in Constantino∣ple together, that they may chuse amongst them∣selves one for their Chief; but if the Answers be such as We have cause to expect, We ap∣prove that you remain in the Station where you are, in Quality of Our Agent, until the arrival of the said Monsieur de la Haye, and that you send them by the said Secretaries du Pressoir, and Fontain, of which you shall not fail, for so is Our Pleasure.

Given at Paris the Twentieth of January, 1662.

Signed, LOUIS. De Lomenie.

The King of France his Letter to the Great Vizier.

To the Most Illustrious and Magni∣nificent Lord, the Chief Vizier of the Sublime Port of the Grand Signior.

Most Illustrious and Magnificent Lord;

Although the Indignity offered to the Per∣son of the Sieur de le Haye Venteley, Our Ambassador, and to his Son, which We have designed to the same Charge, have touched Ʋs as far as becomes a victorious Prince, who holds the first rank over Christian Kings, and who hath under his Power one of the most warlike Nations of the World; Notwithstand∣ing after being informed, that the disgrace which the said Gentlemen have incurred, hath proceeded rather from malice, and the ill Of∣fices of some Persons, who have endeavoured to disturb, by this ill Treatment of them, the good Correspondence which hath been between Ʋs, than from any design on the Grand Sig∣niors part to offend Ʋs; and that on the con∣trary, there continues in His will an intention to maintain the Ancient Friendship which re∣mains between Our Estates and People after so many Ages. We being not desirous to estrange Our selves, shall send an Embassador in ordinary to his high Port, and having cast our Eyes up∣on the said Sieur de la Haye, the Son, We are much inclined to dispatch him for this employ∣ment; but as We desire to be assur'd of the good re∣ception that shall be made him, We give You ad∣vice of Our intentions by this Letter; that ac∣cording to the desire You have testified of the con∣tinuance of Our friendship, and Our Ancient Al∣liances with His Highness, shall pray God to have You, Most Illustrious and Magnificent Lord, in His holy and worthy Protection.

Written at Paris the twelfth day of January, 1662.

LOUIS. De Lomenie.

The King of France his Letter to the Grand Signior.

To the most High, most Excellent, most Puissant, most Magnani∣mous, and Invincible Prince, the Great Emperor of the Mussul∣mans, Sultan Mahomet, in whom all Honour and Virtue abound. Our most dear and perfect Friend.

MOst High, most Excellent, most Puissant, most Magnanimous, and Invincible Prince, the Grand Signior, Emperor of the Mussulmans, Sultan Mahomet, in whom all Honour and Vertue abound. Our most dear and perfect Friend. May God encrease Your Greatness and Majesty with a happy end. We have not known how to impute the ill usage, which hath been offered to the Person of the Sieur de la Haye, our Ambassador, and to his Son, designed by Ʋs to the same employment, to any causes and motions in Your Highness, but rather to the Instigation of some People which would trouble that good Correspondence, which hath been so long established between Ʋs, and our Empires. And as we have cause to be∣lieve that Your Highness desires much to con∣tinue this friendship and good understanding, upon what hath been wrote Ʋs on Your Part; and to concur with You herein, we desire much likewise to continue to maintain an Ambassa∣dor at Your High Port, in place of the said Sieur de la Haye. And since We have none of Our People that is more intelligent than the Sieur de la Haye, the Son, in what concerns the Affairs and Functions of this Embassy; We have elected him for this employment, to which we We shall willingly dispatch him, if We may be assured of the good usage and kind reception which shall be given him. This is that which We expect from Your Highness, reserving a more particular information to be sent by the Sieur de la Haye, the Son, of the good Correspondence which We desire always to have and maintain with You. And hereupon We pray God, That You may be most High, &c. as above, in his Holy and Worthy Protection.

Written at Paris the twelfth day of January, 1662.

Your true and perfect Friend, LOƲIS. De Lomenie.

The Viziers Answer to the fore∣going Letters.

TO the most Glorious amongst the Sublime Christian Princes, chosen amongst the Great and Sublime of the Religion of the Mes∣siah, Mediator of the Affairs of all the Na∣zarene Nation, Lord of Majesty and Reputa∣tion, Master of Greatness and Power, Louis Emperor of France, the end of whose days be happy. The Salutations which respect Friend∣ship, and are desired from Love and Affecti∣on, being premised. Your Majesty shall know that the Letter which was sent to Your Friend, by the Honourable du Pressoir and Fountain hath been delivered me by the Sieur Roboli, Agent and Attorney of the Embassy, at the High and Imperial Port; the Contents where∣of We have apprehended to be as Your Ma∣jesty gives to understanstand, touching the in∣tire

Amity and good Correspondence. Certain∣ly Your Majesty knows; that the Augmenta∣tion, and daily Encrease of that Amity, pro∣ceeds from the protection and honourable Ob∣servance of Conditions and Capitulations be∣tween both Parties. By the Grace of the Most High GOD, the Sublime and Imperial Port of the most Happy, most Puissant, most Vala∣rous, most Magnificent, and most Strong Em∣peror, Support of the Mussulmans, My Lord, whose Arms God prosper with double Force, is always open for our Friends, and others, with∣out any Obstacle, as all the World knows, and particularly for Your Majesty, Who is our Friend, and hath been long in Amity with the most Serene Ottoman Family, whom God esta∣blish until the day of the Ballance. It being a most certain Truth, that there hath happened neither on one side or other any Action contrary to the promised Faith.

And now, since Your Majesty desires for a new Ornament of the Ancient and Good Corre∣spondence, and to the end that the Agreement and Conditions thereof be honoured as they ought, that the considerable Person amongst the Nobles of the Court of Your Majesty, the Sieur Denys de la Haye, Son of the late Am∣bassador, a Subject of Reputation, Your Gen∣tleman of Credit, whose Days may they con∣clude in happiness, be sent to reside at this Happy and Imperial Port, for Your Majesty, according to the ancient custom; to the end that the Intention of Your Majesty may be per∣formed, We have exposed it at the High Throne of the thrice Happy, most Mysterious, and most Great Emperor, My Lord, Who with an Imperial regard of courteous Demonstration, hath accepted the said Demand with willingness, and therefore in signification of his Pleasure, We write You this Our present and friendly Letter; and if it please God, according to the ancient Custom, when the said Embassador shall arrive at this High Port with the Let∣ters of Friendship from four Majesty, he shall be honoured on the Imperial part, and entertain∣ed according to the ordinary custom, the Imperial Capitulation shall be renewed, the Ornament of Affection on one side and the other shall be con∣firmed; and for an efficacious Confirmation of a good Peace between both Emperors, an Imperi∣al Letter shall be sent to Your Majesty, whose health be happy and prosperous.

From the Imperial City of Constantinople.

The Poor Hamet Pasha.

In Answer to the Kings Letters,* 9.1 the Grand Signior made no reply, but only by his Vizier, by reason that in all the Ancient Turkish Registers and Archives, there was no example found, that the Grand Signior ever wrote to any King; who had not an Ambassador actually resident at his Port. But this Negotiation about a French Am∣bassador took not effect, until some time after, in which other Letters and Messages intervened, as will appear by the following Sequel of this Hi∣story.

It was now towards the beginning of Winter, when the Season of the Year compelled the Turkish Fleet of Gallies to return according to custom,* 9.2 to the Port of Constantinople. The whole Sum∣mer before, they had for the most part passed in some Harbour or Creek amongst the Greek Islands, having afforded nothing of Convoy or succour to∣wards the safe Conduct of the Fleet of Grand Cairo, but suffered them to fall into the hands of the Enemy, as before mentioned, and indeed for several years the Marine Affairs of the Turks have always gone decaying in Fame and Force; and the preparations of the Armata every Spring, have been of Form and Course, rather than with hopes of success correspondent to the expence. In their return home, near Constanti∣nople they encountred a fierce storm, so that three Gallies were cast away at Ponte Piccolo, (by the Turks called Cucuccheckmage, about four Leagues distant from Constantinople.) Howsoever the Wea∣ther clearing, the remainder of the Fleet got into Port, entring with Joy, with Vollies of great and small Shot, with Streamers flying, Pipes sounding, and all other sorts of their Country Musick, bringing with great Ostenta∣tion a small Flyboat, which had been a ••••or∣nese Man of War, taken by them as she was cruising singly in the Arches of Pelago; which was brought in with so much Ceremony used in toaing her into Port, decking her with Streamers and Pendants, with such signs of Vi∣ctory and Triumph, as if they had led Cap∣tive the whole Venetian Armata.* 9.3 But I must not omit the relation of what besel one of the Beghs Gallies, designed, with the rest, to ren∣dezvous at Constantinople, whilst she loitered amongst small Isles in the Gulf of Nicomedia. It was a Gally, the Commander of which had newly received as the Portion of his Wite, being a Young man lately married. who entertained great thoughts of raising his Fortunes by the spoils and prize he was to make. At these sles several of the Officers, and* 9.4 Levents went on shore; where whilst they entertained them∣selves with Wine and merriment; the Slaves made an insurrection in the Gally, seized the Captain, cut off his Head, and threw his Body into the Sea; and so becoming Masters of the Vessel, weighed Anchor, and set sail. Those on the shore admiring at the unexpected depar∣ture of the Gally, accompanied her with their Eyes and wonder as far as they could perceive her in sight, but observing her to steer a dif∣ferent course from the Port, to which they were designed, suspected much of the truth of what had succeeded; wherefore taking their Boat im∣mediately, they ha••tned to Constantinople to give advice of what had passed, that (if possible) Orders might timely arrive the Castles on the Hellespont, which might obstruct their farther passage. But alas! the poor Slaves were so dis∣mayed with their own action, and so tran∣sported with a slavish fear and apprehension of what might succed, should their escape not be effected; that they knew not what course to steer: All things seemed to contradict their li∣berty, the Wind proved contrary, their Spirits dejected, their understandings void of counsel and contrivance; so that wand••ing three or four days in the Propentis, at last ran their Gally ashoar on the Asian side, near Palermo, from whence they were brought back to Constanti∣nople, and there, by sentence of the Captain Pa∣sha, fourteen of them had their Legs and Arms broken, and so suffered to die in that torture, and afterwards their Bodies were thrown into

the Sea, to the terrour of all other Slaves, who prefer a miserable Life at the Oar, before the torments of some hours in dying.

Though the Turks have their Affairs but ill ma∣naged at Sea, and their success accordingly for∣tunate; yet their preparation for Land services are more expedite, and executed with that se∣cresy and speed, that oftentimes Armies are brought into the Field, before it is so much as rumoured by common Mouths that any designs are in agitation: For though it was now Win∣ter, yet the design against Germany went for∣ward, Forces were daily sent to the Frontiers, Cannot, and Ammunition for War, transported by way of the black Sea, and the Danube. Or∣ders issued out to the Princes of Moldavia and Valachia to repair their Wharfs and Keys along the River,* 9.5 for the more convenient landing of Men and Ammunition, and to rebuild their Bridges for the more commodious passage of the Tartars; that Horses should be provided against the next Spring, for drawing all Carriages of Ammunition, and Provisions; their Magazines stored with quantities of Bread, and Rice, their Fields well stocked with Sheep, and other Cat∣tel, and that no necessaries be wanting which concern the victualling, or sustenance of a Camp. The Tartars were appointed to have in a readi∣ness a Hundred thousand Horsemen, to make In∣cursions on the Frontiers; likewise the Pashaws of Darbiquier, Aleppo, Caramania, and Anatolia received their orders; and seven and twenty Let∣ters, accompanied with as many Vests, after the Turkish manner, were sent to as many Pashaws of the Empire, to dispose the strength of their Coun∣tries in a Warlike posture, so as to march when the Grand Signiors Commands should re∣quire them to attend his designs: And that the occasion of the War might appear the more justifiable, it was resolved, That no Acts of Hostility, or other Breaches of Peace should be pretended, than the Fort built by the Count Se∣rini, being a matter really against the Articles of the last Peace; the Demolishment whereof, the Ottomon Force intended to make the princi∣pal end of their first Enterprize, in which if they encountred any opposition from the Emperor, the Cause of their War would be then the more plausible; for as yet the Emperour had not fully declared his approbation of that Work, raised by Serini, as agreeable to his Assent, or Plea∣sure. On the other side with no less caution and labour did the Christians endeavour to se∣cure their Frontiers, by raising their Militia, and reinforcing their Garisons, and especially to per∣fect the new Fort near Canisia, which, as it was thought so considerable, as to countervail the inconveniencies and miseries of a War, so the Turk thought it neither honourable, nor secure, until he had seen it razed, and levelled with the ground.

All things thus growing black and stormy round about,* 9.6 that nothing seemed less probable, and it may be said, less possible, than an accommo∣dation; behold, on a sudden, an Accident fell out at Rome, from whence this War with the Turks received its life and heat, which becalmed much of the fury and storm on the Christian Con∣fines, and inclined matters in Germany towards propositions of Peace, fearing that Italy, who had begotten this War, was not able (as things stood) to contribute towards its maintenance and support. The occasion was this. It happen∣ed that in the streets of Rome the French Ambas∣sadours Coach was assaulted by the Corsi Natves of the Islle of Corsica, which are of the Popes Guard, the Page killed at the Boot of the Coach, and the Ambassadors Lady wounded; whether this barbarous act was designed against the Per∣son of the Ambassador by any Persons of Emi∣nency, or malice of the People, is little to the purpose I have now in hand; only the King took this Affront so heinously, that for the pre∣sent no acknowledgments or satisfaction the Pope could make, could allay his just resent∣ment, or any thing be imagined possible to ex∣piate this indignity, besides a VVar. This News of this Division between the Son, and the spiritu∣al Father, filled all the Ministers of Constanti∣nople with much Joy, and with subject of Laugh∣ter, and expectation of the Event, judging now that their daily Prayers for the Discord of the Christian Princes amongst themselves, were heard and granted, since they had so far a∣vailed, as to disunite the very Oeconomy of Christendom. And now they imagined that this difference would have a forcible influence on their Affairs in Hungary, and either incline the Emperor speedily to a Peace, or otherwise to undertake a War on disadvantageous terms. Things had an issue accordingly, for in a few Weeks after, advice came by Post from Ali Pa∣sha, then at Temiswar, that is Salam-Chaous, cal∣led Chusaein, who had long since been sent to Vienna, with more distinct Demands of what the Turks proposed, and being supposed, through his long stay, to be detained a Prisoner,* 9.7 was again returned, and with him had brought the Baron of Goez, as Internuncio, sent to Ali Pasha, to receive a more particular Imformation of the Turks propositions, for that the Emperor pretended, he was not as yet throughly satisfied therein. And thus matters, beyond all expecta∣tion, began to incline to an agreement, in re∣gard that Rome being now in danger her self, not by the Turks, but by the Christians, held her self uncapable to administer that Fuel to the Fire of War which she had promised; so that the League treated there beginning to fail, the Em∣peror grew faint, and the Princes cold, in their Preparations, wishing some Course could be ef∣fected, which might bring matters to an accom∣modation. Such were the Discourses and imagi∣nations of the Turks; in which condition we leave the state of Affairs until the beginning of the next year; and in the mean time it may not be from our purpose, nor tedious to the Reader, to record what befel this year most remarkable to the English Nation, and their Trade in Turky, which also may be beneficial, by instruction of past examples, to such who shall for the future be concerned in the Traffick and Business of the Levant.

What Remarkable accidents befel the ENGLISH Nation, and their Trade this Year in TURKEY.

THE Messengers from Algier, as before related, having promised better Obedience for the future to the Commands of the Grand Signior, obtained a new Pasha for their City, and Country thereunto belonging; who before his departure, was enjoyned by the Grand Signior to dispose Affairs with the Earl of Win∣chelsea, his Majesties Ambassador at Constantinople, as might demonstrate his dispositions towards a Peace, and his desire that the Algerines should do the like, and accept of that Clause in the Articles,

prohibiting the search of English Ships, either for their own or Strangers Goods. The place ap∣pointed for the meeting between the Embassa∣dor and the Pasha, was a certain Chiosk, or Garden house, belonging to an Eunuch, the Aga of a Seraglio at Pera; where both parties being met, the Pasha declared that the Grand Signiors desires were, That a Peace should be concluded on the Ancient Capitulations, and that by him these Orders were to be carried unto Algier, from whence he was advised, that the Algerines were ready to accept those Articles, if one of his Ma∣jesties Ships singly appeared about the Treaty; so that the World might not esteem their conde∣scension to proceed from Force and Compulsion. Hereof Advices being sent into England, a Peace ensued in some Months after; but what faith these Infidels kept will be related in the Sequel of this Story; the Memory of which is engraven with the Point of a Diamond, and the Losses which ensued thereupon to the Exchange at Lon∣don, deserve a particular Treatise, which in the mean time many Families retain in a sad remem∣brance.

In May, Advice was brought to the Lord Am∣bassador, how that the Ann, a Frigat of his Ma∣jesties Royal Navy, commanded by Captain Jonas Pool, which had convoyed the general Ships to Symrna, in her passage homewards stopped at the Morea, and came to an Anchor near a place in that Country, called the Black Mountain, com∣modious to Wood and Water in; to which end were landed threescore men, armed with Swords and Firelocks; these made havock of the Woods on all sides, loading their Boats away as fast as they could, and not only so, but set great Frees on Fire which in that dry Season of the Year dispersed it self far and wide; which being seen at a distance in the Night, alarmed the People of the Country, so that the Begh; or Governor came down with some Force to discover the matter, supposing that some Malteses, or Vene∣tians might be landed. At the approach of this Body of Turks, our Men quitted the Woods, and shifted away as fast as they could to their Boats, of which Thirty eight escaped, the rest falling short were intercepted by the Turks, and Eleven of them were killed, and Eleven taken Captives; and of the Turks, two Aga's, and Two or Three others had the fortune to fall by some Musket∣shot from our men, whilst in this confusion they endeavoured to defend themselves. On the news hereof, our Lord Ambassador represented the whole matter to the Vizier, declaring, That it was lawful according to our Capitulations, to take refreshments, and supply our wants in any part of the Grand Signiors Dominions; and that therefore he demanded Justice on the Begh of the Morea, and restitution of the Captives. But the Vizier understanding that some Turks were killed in the skirmish, lent not so ready an ear to these Complaints; howsoever, to be acquitted of the Ambassadors solicitations, referred the business to the Examination and Justice of the Captain Pa∣sha: But it falling out that at that time the Consul and Merchants at Smyrna had an un∣happy difference with the Captain Pasha, (which shall in the next place be related) was the Cause that all Applications to his Fa∣vour and Justice were suspended, and a slow progress made towards obtaining the liberty of those poor unfortunate men. Howsoever, some months after it happened that the Begh of the Morea being removed from that Government, and coming to Constantinople with his whole Estate, brought with him the Eleven Englishmen, which he had taken, and offered them to sale unto the Ambassador, who considering that they were Englishmen, and such as had been enslaved in actual Service of their King, he esteemed him∣self obliged both in Charity and Honour to re∣deem them. But the Case appeared too foul to demand their Liberty by strength of the Capitu∣lations; for besides that, the cutting Wood in places inhabited without permission, is a Rob∣bery and a Crime in its self, not to be maintained by the Law of Nations, the killing of a principal Aga, and wounding others, might sufficiently warrant the Turks, without any Breach of Peace, to detain these men as lawful Captives: Where∣fore the Lord Ambassador deeming it unseemly, that those who had served in his Majesties Navy should be condemned to the Turkish Gallies, dis∣bursed Fourteen hundred Lion Dollars, which was demanded for them, which was afterwards repay'd him by his Majesty; and having cloathed, and provided them with necessaries for their Voyage, conveyed them with the first occasions into England.

The difference between the English Nation, and the Captain Pasha which impeded the Liberty, for some time, of these Captives, had its Origi∣nal at Smyrna, where some English Merchants making Collation one Evening in a Garden were assaulted and beaten by certain drunken* 9.8 Le∣vents, belonging to a Gally then in Port, in whose Company was a Portuguez Slave. The News hereof flying to the Frank Street, put all the Neighbourhood into an uproar, so that divers People with such Weapons as came next to hand, in a fury went in pursuit of the Levents, and un∣happily meeting one, drew him into the English Consuls house, where they treated him with such blows as abated much of the heat and fumes of his Wine; during which disturbance and confusion, the Portuguez Slave found an op∣portunity to make his escape. The Consul knowing it some advantage in Turky to complain first, sent to the Kadi, giving him to understand the ill usage of Four of his Merchants (whose names he gave in writing) by the unruly Levents, whilst they innocently, and without injury to any, divertised themselves in a Garden; to which, for the present, little more was given in answer, than that on a farther examination of the Busi∣ness, the Conful should receive Justice In the mean time the Turk, who had been beaten in the Consuls House, resolved not to leave the Gate till he had received satisfaction for his blows; and the others that were his Comrades demand∣ed their Slave from the English, which was lost, by whose means and assistance (as they pretend) he had made his Escape. The matter came now to high Demands on both sides, which the Kadi, either not being desirous, or not of sufficient Au∣thority to compound, the Gally departed with∣out any agreement, and the complaint was car∣ried by the Turks to the Captain Pasha, who then being with his Fleet at Mytiline, with little other thoughts or business, was glad of this oc∣casion to get Money, and therefore suddenly re∣turned the Gally again, with Orders to bring before him the Four Merchants, whose names he particularized, to make answer to their ac∣cusation of having beaten his Levents, and con∣trived the escape of the slave. The Consul and Merchants being affrighted by this Message, and Command of so great a Personage, endeavoured with Money to accommodate the Business, by force of which it was at length taken up, costing in all the summ of Two thousand seven hundred Dollars, or thereabouts. The which passage

may serve for an example to such as live in Turky, that all troubles of this nature are best compound∣ed for at first; for at the beginning nothing more was demanded than the price of the Slave, & of the broken pate of the Levent: But being suffered to come under the Cognizance of powerful and co∣verous Tyrants; as there is no fahtoming their unsatiable desires, so there is no prospect into what inconvenient dangers such Affairs will involve, and entagle themselves.

As Turky hath been seldom or never without having false Money currant, so the best sort of Silver hath been so clipped by the Jews, Arme∣nians, Merchants, and others; that the Dollar was brought at Constantinople to six Drams, and at Smyrna to seven, which made great confusion in the Trade of these Countries. Wherefore the Vizier as he had already given proof and testi∣mony to the World of his strict observance, and adherence to the Mahometan Law, so he was de∣sirous to appear highly careful and sensible of the Publick Interest: And therefore as the most neces∣sary work, he began with the Dollars of six Drams, proclaiming that they should no longer pass in payments,* 9.9 and that those in whose hands they were found, delivering them into the Mint, should receive a•• 80 in return of every such Dol∣lar, by which means the Mint would ad∣vance a Fourth on every Dollar, esteem∣ing every Dram worth Fourteen Aspers, and that for the present no Dollar being currant under seven Drams, it might afterwards be brought to Lyons, and Dollars of nine Drams; which regu∣lation, though at first grievous to some particular persons, would afterwards redound to the com∣mon advanrage and benefit of Trade. To for∣ward which Design the Grand Signior, and Queen Mother sent all their Dollars of six Drams to be new coined into Aspers at the Mint, so likewise did the Vizier, intending to be very strict in pro∣hibition of that Money. But a while after it hap∣pened that the Treasurer of the Viziers Steward having occasion to pay Monies, either for his own or his Masters account, forced some Bags of Six Drams on those to whom payment was to be made; the Receivers denied to accept them; but he being a powerful man, and very urgent, forced the Mony upon them, with which laden, as they had received them, they went directly to the Vizier, acquainting him that they were desirous to obey his Commands, as to the six Dram Dol∣lars, but his Stewards Treasurer had forced on them that sort of Money, which if it was his plea∣sure that they should still pass, they were con∣tented to receive; if not, they desired him to give Command for their payment in other Mo∣ney. The Vizier being highly enraged, that the first Violation of his Commands should begin in his own Family, immediately ordered, without farther proof or process, that the Offenders Head should be struck off, and his body thrown into the Sea; which Sentence was executed in the same hour for example and terror of others, and to expiate the crime, and take away the scandal from the Fountain of Justice, whose streams can never be esteemed to run clear when the source is corrupted. In like manner the Overseer of the Mint was strangled, and Emir Pasha, formerly Pasha of Grand Cairo, was banished to the Isle of Lemnos, for making the Coin of Aspers 5 per Cent. worse than their true value.

The Merchants at Aleppo, being far from the Court,* 9.10 are more subject to troublesom Avanias than others, who are nearer to the Head or Fountain, from whence Justice should pro∣seed as may appear by many examples, and particularly by an accident which fell out there this year. For it happened, that a Jani∣sary which served the English Nation, riding abroad with some of the Merchants, for want of heed, or the unruliness of his Horse, chanced to hurt a Youth playing in the streets. Whereup∣on the Merchants, and the Janisary, not to suf∣fer this business to come within the knowledge of the Cities Officers, immediately for some Money quieted the complaints, and stopped the farther demands of the Father; and to make the busi∣ness more secure, caused the Father to make Ho∣get before the Kadi, that he was well satisfied, and remained without farther pretence, either on the Merchant, or the Janisary, for the hurt which his Child had received. But the Pasha, who had for a long time attentively watched an opportunity to extort Money from the English, was resolved not to let pass this fair occasion; and therefore sent to demand from the Consul those Merchants, which he called Accessories to this mischief, and the Assassinates of a Mussulman. The Consul appearing in Person before the Pasha, denied to deliver up the Merchants, being guilt∣less of any crime; and that for hurt to the Child, the Father had received full satisfaction from the Janisary, and given a discharge before the Kadi. Howsoever this reason would not pacifie the Pa∣sha, who could acknowledge no other argu∣ment available than a Sum of Money; and therefore in prosecution of his design produced Ten false Witnesses, that the Child was dead of its hurt, and that English men had done the mis∣chief. The Consul had now no other answer than a flat denial; for the Pasha had forced by threats the Hoget from the Janisary, and persist∣ing with constancy in defence of his Merchants, the Pasha confined him for an hours time in a Chamber of his House, and beat, and imprisoned his Druggerman. The Consul afterwards re∣turned home; and perceiving a difference be∣tween the Pasha and the Mufti, purchased the favour of the Mufti on his side, and procured from him an Hoget of the several proceedings in this business, which was dispatched away with all expedition to Constantinople, that a redress of this injury might be obtained from the Superiour Power. Whilst the Lord Ambassador in due manner resented this breach of Capitulations, and prepared to make his complaints to the Vizier, it happened that certain Christians of Aleppo, from whom the Pasha had forced 18000 Dollars by unjust extortion, were then at Court solliciting the restauration of their right. The Ambassador judging this a convenient and opportune prepa∣ration to prepossess the mind of the Vizier with a true apprehension of the injustice of this Pasha, encouraged and pricked forward these abused and oppressed Christians in their complaints; and the next day presented his Memorial to the Vi∣zier, containing all the particulars of the late pas∣sages at Aleppo; Which with the other Crimes alledged the Day before, so moved the mind of the Vizier, that he promised the Ambassador to send a Kapugibashee of the Grand Signior to en∣quire into the Truth of these Allegations; and that he might be satisfied of his real intentions to do him justice, he advised him to send a Mes∣senger in company with this Officer, who might witness the reality of his proceedings. The Ka∣pugibashee being in this manner dispatched, and arriving at Aleppo, made the Pasha refund the Money he had unjustly taken from the poor op∣pressed Christians of that Country; in which good action my Lord Ambasador had been an useful instrument, having encouraged the Agents

of those Christians at Constantinople,counselled them what Course to take, and introduced them by his Chief Interpreter to the Presence of the Vizier, for which he received the thanks of the Greek and Armenian Patriarchs, who gratefully acknowledged to the English Consul at Aleppo, how much they were engaged to the charity and favour of the English ambassador: But whilst all mens eyes were in expectation what farther pro∣ceedings were designed against the Pasha in fa∣vour of the English, the Officer denied to have received any instructions therein, and so return∣ed to Constantinople without taking notice of the English Concernment. The Ambassador judging himself herein slighted, sent to the Viziers Kahya to know the mystery of this neglect; for the Vi∣zier and himself having pawned his word and promises to do him justice against the Pasha of Aleppo, it seemed strange that his assurances should vanish into nothing; and that he so mean∣ly esteemed his Quality and Office, as to dispa∣rage it with so much disrepute and contempt as must necessarily befal him, should this Pasha escape without exemplary punishment; for then the World might with reason believe his Appli∣cations of no prevalency, and his Merchants fear the insufficiency of his protection. To which the Kahya answered, That it was true, that the Ka∣pugibashee was not instructed in the Concern∣ments of the English, in regard a more solemn and eminent piece of Justice was designed for the Ambassador, than any that could be performed by the Kapugibashee, and that in twenty or thirty days at farthest, the Pasha should be de∣prived of his Office. The next day following the Kahya advised that the Hattesheriff, or Im∣perial Command for deposing of the Pasha, was signed, and that old Mahomet Pasha of Darbiquier was constituted in his place; which News was highly pleasing to the Lord Ambassador, in re∣gard he had been an ancient Friend to the Eng∣lish, under whom he presaged to our Nation at Aleppo all security and contentment.* 9.11 By which Story it is observable, That though the Supream Officers amongst the Turks are willing to satisfie Christian Ambassadors resident with them, in the Care they have of their Welfare, and main∣tenance of their Capitulations; yet are not desi∣rous to publish to their own People the punish∣ment of their Grand Officers, at the instigation or for the concernment of a Christian: And that tho the Turks are apprehended amongst us for a People of great Morality, and singleness in their Dealings; yet it is observable in this, as well as in o∣ther their actions, that they have double Tongues and Faces, and know how to act with as fine a Thread, and plausible pretences, as are accustoma∣ry in the most politick and refined Courts of Italy.

Anno Christi 1663. Hegeira 1074.

THE Baron of Goez, which at the end of the last Year arrived at Buda with several o∣vertures of Peace, had so far proceeded in his Treaty with Ali Pasha of Buda, that all Articles seemed almost concluded, and scarce any diffi∣culty to remain, unless the Surrender of Zekel∣hyd on the Confines of Hungary; which also was afterwards accommodated by Agreement, That the City should be resigned into the hands of the Prince of Transilvania, as the most equal Con∣dition between the Emperor and the Turk. So that, matters thus seeming to be composed, all People talked of Peace with Germany, and that the force and miseries of Wars were to be turned upon Dalmatia: And though the Turks had no design less in their thoughts than this, or any in∣tentions towards a Peace, as will be proved by the Sequel; howsoever, the German Ministers, as men credulous of what they desire, gave the Peace for certainly concluded, in which conceit the Turks so humoured and indulged their fancy, that they perswaded Prince Portia, the Chief Mi∣nister of State to the Emperor, in that manner of the reality of their intentions, that he neg∣lected the necessary Provisions and Preparations of War, And though he was often advised by the Resident at the Ottomon Port, that all these Demonstrations of Peace were only Artifices of the Turk, to delude the Emperors Council;* 9.12 yet so tenacious was he of this Opinion, that though it be but common reason, and the vulgar Rule of Policy for a Prince to arm, and suspect his Neigh∣bour, who puts himself into a Warklike posture; yet this Great Personage, though in other things profoundly wise, and circumspect, was so de∣luded, that he replyed to the Residents Advices to this effect, That it was the Office of a prudent and experienced Minister to discover with dili∣gence the resolution of the Cabinet Councils of Princes, and not to give ear or credit to what is the common Voice or vogue of the Vulgar.

The Spring drawing near, the Vizier prepared all things for action, nominating and appointing such, who in his absence were to supply the Of∣fices of State: Ishmael Pasha, then Pasha of Bu∣da, was designed for Chimacam, or Governour of Constantinople, and Mustapha Pasha, Captain Pasha, Brother in Law to the Grand Vizier by Marriage of his Sister (and now the present Vi∣zier) was made Chimacam at Adrianople, near the Person of the Grand Signior. All other pre∣parations for War went forwards, Thirty pieces of Cannon from Scutari, and fifty from the Sera∣glio, most of a vast bigness and weight, which had served in the taking of Babylon, with great store of Ammunition and Provisions of War, were transported up the Danube to Belgrade, and the Princes of Moldavia, and Valachia, had now Commands sent them to quicken their diligence in making their preparations of War, and in providing Sheep, Beef, Rice, and all sorts of Victuals for supply of the Camp; and general Proclamation was made in all places, That all Soldiers, who received on Asper of pay from the Gr. Signior, were to prepare themselves for the War.

About the middle of February the Horse Tail was set forth at the Viziers Gate; (which is the usual signal of the Camps motion within the space of a Month) so that none may excuse him∣self from the War for want of due and timely intimation. And though the time for departure nearly approached, yet the Grand Signior was so impatient, that he would scarce expect until the Equinoctial,* 9.13 which was the Term formerly appointed and published for this expedition; re∣solving sometimes to proceed before, and leave the Vizier to follow him, letting fall words of∣ten, That such as loved and honoured him would keep him company. But this hasty resolution, and eager desire of his Journey, the Vizier, Multi, and others of his Counsellours, did mode∣rate, perswading him to a little longer patience: to which, though with some difficulty, he assen∣ted; yet he could not forbear from his Horses back, and constant exercises abroad, nor could he be induced to take one Nights repose longer in his great Seraglio at Constantinople, but lodged at Daout Pasha, a small Palace about four miles distant from Constantinople. Which ex∣travagant manner of living most People at∣tributed

to his wandring humour, and delights in hunting, riding, and such like exercises, ha∣ving his sole pleasure in the Woods and Fields: But others, who judged with better Foundation, did conceive, That the Grand Signiors choice of other places of Residence rather than his Im∣perial Seraglio, proceeded not so much from his own unsetled humour, and course of living, as from an apprehension of some Designs, and mu∣tinous Treasons of the Janisaries against him: For to speak the truth, since the death of Ku∣perlee, the Militia began again to be corrupted; and if we may believe the opinion of the most principal Turks, the Vizier undertook this War to employ the busie spirits of the Soldiery, which began to grow resty and insolent through idleness, and by that means secure his own life, and establish his Condition and Fortune.

The Equinoctial being come, the Grand Sig∣nior would not have one days longer patience; for though the Season was wet and rainny, yet the Tents were pitched; and though the Wind was so violent and forcible as overturned almost the whole Camp, yet no difficulties and incon∣veniencies of Weather could give one hour of intermission to the Sultans desires: Wherefore on the Ninth of this Month,* 9.14 the Grand Signior departed from Constantinople, attended with his Court, his principal Officers of State, and with what part of his Army was then a in readiness to march. The magnificence of the show they made, was according to the usual Solemnity, yet worthy the sight of a Stranger, and perhaps not incurious to the Reader in its Relation.

First,* 9.15 marched with a singular Gravity, the several and distinct Orders of Civil and Military Officers in their proper Habits and Caparisons, the Santones in their wild dress followed by the Emirs, or such as are of the Kindred of their false Prophet; the Great Vizier and Musti rode in rank together, the Vizier on the left hand, the most honourable place amongst the Soldiery, being the side to which the Sword is girt, as the right is of greatest esteem amongst such as are of the Law, being that hand which guides the Pen: The Trappings of the Viziers Horse were plared with Gold, and before him were carried three Horse-tails, called in Turkish (Tugh,) and behind him came about Three hundred and fifty Pages, all Young men well mounted, and armed with Jacks and Coats of Male: Next followed the Mi∣nions of the Court, or Seraglio, (viz.) the Paicks with Caps of beaten Gold, and embroidered Coats, the Solacks with Feathers, armed with Bows and Arrows; these two last are of the highest degree of Lacqueys, which more nearly attend the Person of the Grand Signior; these were fol∣lowed by Nine led Horses of the Grand Signior, richly adorned with precious Stones, and Buck∣lers all covered with Jewels of an unknown value. Immediately before the Person of the Grand Sig∣nior was led a Camel carrying the Alcoran in a Chest covered with cloth of gold: The Gr. Signior himself was clothed in a Vest of cloth of gold lined with a Sable incomparably black, held up from the sides of his Horse by four Pages; his Person was followed with great numbers of Eunuchs, and Pages with long red Caps wrought with Gold about the head, carrying Lances and Mails, with two Locks, one on each side of their Head, which are worn by such only as are of the Royal Cham∣ber: After these crowded great numbers of Ser∣vants, with the chief Comp. of Saphees, com∣manded by the Selictor Aga, in number about 1800. And in this manner and order they marched to their Tents.

The Tents were raised on a small Hill, as may be judged about Four Miles distant from Con∣stantinople, and about Two Thousand in num∣ber ranged at that time without order, only the Grand Signior's seemed to be in the midst, and to over-top all the rest, well worthy observation, costing (as was reported) One hundred and eighty thousand Dollars,* 9.16 richly embroidered in the inside with Gold, and supported by Pillars plated with Gold. Within the* 9.17 Walls of this Tent (as I may so call them) were all sorts of Offices belonging to the Seraglio, all Retire∣ments and Apartments for the Pages, Chioskes or Summer-houses for pleasure; and though I could not get admittance to view the innermost Rooms and Chambers, yet by the outward and more common places of resort, I could make a guess at the richess and greatness of the rest being sum∣ptuous beyond comparison of any in use amongst the Christian Princes. On the right hand hereof was pithced the Grand Viziers Tent, exceedingly rich and lofty; and had I not seen that of the Sultans before it, I should have judged it the best that my eyes had seen. The ostentation and magnificence of this Empire being evidenced in nothing more than in the richess of their Pavilions, sumptuous beyond the fixed Palaces of Princes, erected with Marble and Mortar.

On the Sixteenth of this Month the Aga of the Janisaries first raised his Tents,* 9.18 and began his march; the next day followed the Grand Signior, Vizier, and other Officers, and Spahees. At which time all Asia was full of Soldiers flocking from all parts of the East, as from Aleppo, Da∣mascus, Arabia, Erzirum, and Babylon: So that for a long time Boats and Barks were continually imployed to ferry the Souldiery from Scutari in∣to Europe: And the High-ways, Villages, and all parts of the Road towards Adrianople were filled with Soldiers, as if all Asia had issued out to devour and inhabit the German Possessions. And for greater expedition in the march of the Army, Proclamation was made of a general Rendezvous at Sophia at the* 9.19 Biram, then within Three weeks time, where they designed to soil their Horse, and refresh themselves before they fell in earnest to their business. But before the Grand Vizier departed from Adrianople to pro∣secute a War in Hungary against the Emperor, he called Signior Ballarino to his presence, as if he would treat with him of matters tending to an adjustment with Venice; when at the same time he had 20000 men in a readiness at Scutari to march into Dalmatia, and to joyn with other Forces in Bosna and Croatia; but this dissimula∣tion and appearance of Treaty served only to discover on what Terms a Peace might be ob∣tained, in case Affairs in Hungary should be so pressing as to require an application solely of Arms to that Country.

Not only had Signior Ballarino Affairs of pub∣lick trouble, but likewise something touched him of private concernment in his own Family; where the Turks, I know not upon what infor∣mation coming to fearch, found in his House two figures, one of a man, and the other of a woman made of Linen cloth, stuffed with Wool and Cot∣ton; the which were interpreted by the Turks to be Images of Sorcery and Inchantment; one re∣presenting the Grand Signior, and the other his Mother, were designed in a secret manner, by thrusting Needles and Pins into those parts, where the Heart and Liver is, to cause those whom they represent to dye with macerations and consum∣ptions, according to the Inchantment of Me∣dea. In jecur urget acus. And this suspicion

was augmented by the reports of the Neighbour∣hood, who hearing the Priest often recite his Litany, and sing Evening-song, avouched that they constantly over-heard the Charms muttered in such forms as are used by Magicians and Sor∣cerers: Wherefore designing to take the Priest, who was the Father Provincial of St. Francis, and punish him for his Witchcraft, the good man fair∣ly fled, and kept himself out of harms way, un∣til Signior Ballarino could quiet the minds of the Turks by some Art, which he more forcibly pra∣ctised upon them by a stronger charm of Money and Presents than that which was the subject of their complaint.

In the mean time all fears and dangers of Can∣dia vanished, because the Turks bent their For∣ces and chief of their strength against their Ene∣mies at Land: To provide against which, the Senate of Venice sent into Dalmatia the Baron Spaar for General, with many other Officers un∣der him, namely the Marquess Maculani, Count Ettore Albano, Carlo Martinengo, and Roverelli, Count of Caudes, the Cavallier Grimaldi, Echen∣felt, and others. Into Friuli, Francisco Morosini was dispatched in quality of Proveditor General with supream Power and Authority, and in this manner all matters were as well pro∣vided and secured by Land, as they were by Sea.

The Biram chanced to happen out this Year towards the end of April, by which time the Vi∣zier, and most of his Army, assembled according to Proclamation at Sophia; where having conti∣nued some time, and consulted well in what manner to put their designs in execution, they proceeded in their March towards Buda, and the Confines of Hungary; but in the way the Vizier was encountred by a Messenger from the Em∣peror, offering all reasonable Propositions of Peace, if possibly a stop might be given to the farther progress of that vast and formidable Ar∣my. All matter, were proposed which probably might give satisfaction; the Fort of Count Serini (the grand Eye-sore of the Turks) was proffered to be demolished, with other Conditions which before the March of the Army were never pro∣posed or demanded. But the Vizier gave little ear to these fair Overtures, but proceeded for∣wards in his Demands, as he did in his March: Requiring now, not the demolishment of the Fort, but the Surrender of it entirely with all the Strength, Artillery, and Ammunition into the hands of the Grand Signior. Had this condition been granted, it is probable the desires and pre∣tensions of the Turks would not have stopped here, but have risen, as the spirits of their Ene∣mies had condescended, and exceeded all the hopes and advantage which they imagined pro∣bable and feasible to be obtained by the War. Wherefore this Message proving fruitless, the Bringer of it was permitted Licence to return in∣to Germany: But the Resident was refused dis∣mission, being detained in the Turkish Camp, as an Instrument to mediate a Peace, when both sides should grow weary of the War.

About this time the Tartars were greatly in∣fested by the Cossacks, who were then very for∣midable and strong,* 9.20 approaching near the City of Osac, the Key and chief Fortress of Tartary, under the Commann of a Fisherman of the Boristhenes, who having had great successes, and collected a considerable sum of Money, became a dangerous Enemy: By Sea also they commanded absolutely, roving uncontrouled, having a Fleet of Saykes and Gallies near an hundred and fifty Sail, against whom the Tartar Han or King of Tartary craved of the Grand Signior forty sail of Gallies that year to oppose them. But this Force of the Cossacks was soon abated; for it pleased God, that passing out of the Palus Moeotis through the narrow pas∣sage of Colchos into the Black Sea, the best part of this Fleet suffered shipwrack; with which they were so dismayed, that the twelve sail of Gallies (which was the whole Force the Turks could spare this year for that Sea) gave a check to the remainder, and forced them again to the Banks of the Boristhenes. The rest of the Turkish Fleet, consisting, together with the Beys Gallies, in all but of thirty Sail, departed from Constantinople, with design rather to make some appearance of a Fleet, and a noise amongst their own people, and collect the Contribu∣tions of the Isles in the Archipelago, than out of hopes of effecting any thing against the Venetians; and so it succeeded; for this Fleet remained the whole Summer at Mytilene, not daring to appear abroad for fear of the Enemy.

Though the Tartars were so hardly beset by the Cossacks, yet their danger at home was not a suf∣ficient excuse to disingage them from their assi∣stance in the War of Hungary. For the Vizier marching towards the Frontiers, sent one Mes∣senger after the other to hasten the Tartar Han with all speed possible to the Wars. But the Tar∣tars seeming not so willing, or so ready as the Turks expected, more positive commands, and se∣vere threats, were dispatched than before, that laying aside all excuses or delays, they should with all the Force of their Country attend in this present War against the Emperor,* 9.21 or otherwise the Tartar Han was to be deprived of his Govern∣ment, and his Son constituted in his place. These severe menaces reduced the Tartar to great straits; fearful he was to displease the Sultan, not knowing what ill consequences might proceed from thence; but more apprehen∣sive he was of the approaches of the Cos∣sacks, and of the displeasure of his own People, who were resolved to see this fire of War extin∣guished in their own homes, before they would attend the designs, or satisfie the Lusts of a stranger Prince. In this Dilemma the Tartar Han finding himself, made use of fair words and pro∣mises, ingaging his word. That after the harvest was past, no obstacle should prevent his com∣pliance with the Sultans expectations; for at pre∣sent it was impossible, in regard that should their People at this season be diverted from gathering the harvest, the Corn and Fruit would remain on the ground, and so occasion a Famine and destruction of their Country. And herein the Tartar had some reason; for these People go not to the Wars, as other Nations, who leave a suffi∣cient number behind to cultivate their Country, and perform all other Offices and Imployments in a Common-wealth: But these making their chief livelihood and subsistence on the prey and robberies they make on their Neighbours;* 9.22 as many as resolve to eat Bread and live, who are men not old or impotent, able to bear Arms, betake them∣selves to their Horse and Bow; so that when their Army is abroad, their Towns and Villages are only inhabited, and defended by their Women. But the Turk whose desires are never satisfied with reasons, or withstood by words, or with any thing besides the execution of his Commands, dispatched another Message more full of threats and resolution than formerly,* 9.23 carried by the Em∣brahor, or Master of the G. Signiors Horse, mena∣cing nothing but Fire, and Sword, and Destructi∣on to the Han and his Country, if he longer de∣layed to perform his Duty. But by this time

the Harvest being almost gathered, and their fears against the Cossacks partly extinguish∣ed, the Tartar promised with all expedition an Army of Seventy Thousand men,* 9.24 un∣der the Conduct of the Prince his eldest Son, who whilst they were putting themselves in order, and assembling for the War; reports were murmured, as if the Turks were in a Treaty of Peace with the Emperoor, and matters in a fair likelihood of composure: At this news the common Souldiers amongst the Tartars were not a little startled, fearing that they who are free Booters, and have no other pay than their pur∣chase, should by such a Treaty be forced to re∣turn empty; and therefore before they would proceed, sent to advise the Sultan of these their fears; supplicating him, that if he should think fit to conclude a Peace, and so oblige them to return into their own Country, that he would not take it amiss, if upon their march home, they should make themselves good upon his Subjects of Mol∣davia and Valachia, whose persons and Estates they resolved to carry with them, as a just prey and recompence for their loss of time and labour. The Sultan who sets a small value on the Lives and Estates of his Christian Subjects, judged this Proposition but reasonable, so long as upon these terms he might obtain the benefit of the Tartars assistance, who are the best Horse to forage, de∣stroy, and make desolate a Country.

The Story of Asan Aga the Mosayp or Favourite, and other instances of the uncertainty of the Turkish Richess, and Glory

THE Great Vizier being by this time ar∣rived on the Frontiers with a very consi∣derable Army; the G. Signior at Adriano∣ple continued his usual pleasures in Hunting, Ri∣ding, throwing of the Gerit or Dart, and in other pastimes and sports of this nature; at which time casting his Eves upon one Asan Aga, a sprightly youth of his Seraglio, a Polonian by Nation, to be more forward and active than any of his Court, took an affection to him, so sudden and violent, as might be judged neither well founded, nor long durable; for the Grand Signior having heard, that there were examples amongst the Emperors his Predecessors, not only in the ab∣sence, but in the presence also of the Vizier, of maintaining and constituting a Favourite, in Turkish called Mosayp, did own publickly the Election of this person for his Friend and Com∣panion; so that this Minion was on a sudden so highly ingratiated in the favour of his Prince, that he always rode equal with him; Cloathed as rich, and mounted as well. as the Sultan himself, as if he had been his Coadjutor, or Companion in the Empire. The Queen Mother, the Kuzlier Aga, and other rich Eunuchs of the Seraglio, the Chi∣macams of Adrianople, and Constantinople, with all the Great Officers and principal Ministers, were commanded to make Presenr of Money, Jewels, and other Sacrifices, to this rising Sun; whom now every one so courted and adored, that he became the only talk and admiration of the whole Town; no other discourse there was but of Asan Chelabei, Asan the fine accomplisht Gentleman, Asan the only Creature of Fortune, and Idol of the whole World. This high and sudden promotion of this Youth, greatly displeased the Queen Mother, Kuzlier Aga, who had Creatures of their own to perfer, and by their means became the Envy and Emulation of the whole Court, so that there wanted not such who posted the news to the Vi∣zier, as him, on whom the growing greatness of Asan might have the most dangerous reflection: But the Vizier duly considering, that the deep impressions this Youth had made in the affections of his Master, were not to be removed by plain dealing, but by some more occult Artifice and dissimulation, took occasion to write to the Grand Signior, in favour of Asan Aga, extolling the pru∣dence of his choice of so compleat and hopeful a Youth for his Favourite; but that it was pity, so pregnant parts as those with which Asan was en∣dued, fit to promote his Masters Service and In∣terest, should be Encloistred, and Buried in the softness and delights of his Seraglio; and therefore his Counsel was, to have him preferred to some government, and degree of a Pasha, to which his Abilities and Education, in the Nursery and Dis∣cipline of the Court, had abundantly accomplish∣ed him. Pessimum genus inimicorum, laudantes.* 9.25 Nor were the Queen Mother, and Kuzlier Aga, all this time wanting in their contrivance to un∣dermine him, but not with a design spun with so fine a Thread, prosessing themselves openly his Adversaries: For which Courtly Policy, the Vi∣zier only received a check, and some few verbal reproofs, for intermedling with what so nearly concerned his Masters Fancy and Affection: But the Kuzlier Aga, was by one word from Asan (whom he had discovered to be his Enemy) deprived of his Office,* 9.26 and had therewith lost his Life, had not the Queen Mother pow∣erfully interceded for him, and gained an ex∣change of his punishment from death to ba∣nishment in Grand Cairo in Aegypt. The Baltagibashee also (who is the Captain of that part of the Grand Signiors Guard,* 9.27 who car∣ry Hatchers, and are empyloyed in cutting Wood for the use of the Seraglio) being discovered to be a Confederate in the same Plot against the Favourite, was condemned to the same punishment, and immediately both of them dispeeded away to the place, where they were to spend the remainder of their days. Grand Cairo hath always been the place of Banishment for unfortunate Courtiers, or rather of such who have with much greatness, plenty, and contentment sometimes enjoyed the Fruit of their great Richess, gained in the Sun∣shine and summer of their Princes favour. To this City also was this Kuzlier Aga exiled, who in the enjoyment of his Office for several years, had amassed a most vast Wealth, incredible to be spoken, and much to be wondred, that a Negro, whose hue and person is contemptible amongst all, whom God hath created of a Colour diffe∣rent from those who partake more of Light, and are of nearer similitude with the Sun, and Nature of an Angel; one whose Original was a Slave, and his price never above a Hundred Pieces of Eight, should be loaded with such Goods of Fortune, and enriched with the Treasury of a Prince: His Retinue consisted of about 900 Horse, (besides Ca∣mels, and Mules for his Baggage) amongst which a Hundred were led Horses, worth Seven or eight hundred Dollars a Horse, and that he might still seem to live by his Princes Bounty, a thousand Aspers a day was to be his constant pay, to be issued out of the G. Signiors Revenue in Egypt; by which we may in part calculate the greatness of this Empire, when so vast Richess is ac∣counted but a reasonable proportion for so vile and

mean a Slave: Howsoever the Grand Signiors Treasury suffers little hereby, for this wealth and pomp is but lent him to keep, and look on; he is uncapable to make a Testamen, or constitute an Heir; the Grand Signior himself succeeding to all the Estate he hath given him, and the im∣provement of it. This Negro being proceeded as far as to Constantinople, had his Companion the Balragibushee, recalled from him with design to be put to Death, but afterwards by mediation of some powerful Friends, who took advantage of the gentle and benign humour of the Sultan, his pardon was obtained, and he preferred to a small* 9.28 Pashalick in the lesser Asia. Howsoever the Eunuch proceeded in his Journey to Grand Cairo, where being arrived, after three Days, was by the Imperial Command stript of all his wealth and greatness, which amounted unto Two Millions of Dollars, to be restored again to their first Master, who uses to lend his Slaves such gaieties and Ornaments, only to afford the World occasion to see and admire the vastness of his Wealth, and contemplate the vanity and unconstancy of Richess and Worldly glory. This poor Negro thus devested of all, returned to his primary condition of a Slave, in which he was born, and for many years had lived, and was now banished, forsaken, and disconsolate in the upper Egypt; whither going scarce with sufficient to preserve him from Famine and Beggery, the Beyes of Egypt, out of compassion, bestowed on him an Alms of twelve Purses, being Eight Thousand four hundred Dollars, according to the Account of Cairo, now the only support and sustenance of his Life.

This Victory gained over these great Perso∣nages, and foyl given to the Queen Mother her self, was not carried by this young Favourite with that prudent equality of mind as was de∣cent; but being puffed up with pride and glory, adventured to a judgment and censure of the deepest matters of State, which touched not a little the jealousie and scorn of the Great Vizier, who therefore wrote to all those grave Sages, to whose Counsel he conceived the Sultan gave any ear or credit; representing with extraordinary passion and fervency the dangers he apprehended might befal his Master, and his Empire, whilst both were subject to the unexperienced Counsels of Asan, a Youth both in years and knowledge. That it was much to the disparagement of the Supream Office of Vizier whilst was with Thousands of Turks on the Frontiers contending for the Glory and Enlargement of the Ottoman Dominions, subjected to millions of dangers and labours; to be supplanted by a Boy, fit only for an attendants in his Masters Chamber; and to have the privacy of the Emperors State Counsels and policy rifled by a Youth, whose years had not fitted him for the knowledge and continence of an ordinary Secret. These reasonable Com∣plaints of the Vizier's were by some of his wise Friends, whose Age and Gravity had produced something of Reverence towards their Persons, not without hazard and fear communicated unto the Sultan, the violence of whose Love being with time moderated and abated, he began to consi∣der the reasonableness of this Discourse, and so on a sudden, to the great admiration of all, cast off his Favourite, creating him a Kapugibashee, or chief Porter, with a hundred and fifty Aspers a day Sallary.

The Ruine of Samozade, the Reis Effendi, or Chief Secretary of State to the Great Vizier.

AND since we have related a Story which partly represents the unconstancy and ty∣ranny of the Turkish Greatness, it may yet please the Reader, should we add another, tho' a little out of its due order, not less remarkable, and worthy of Record, than the former.

When Newhausel was besieged, called by the Turks and Hungarians, Oyar, and divers attempts made on it in vain; Samozade the Reis Effendi, with less caution and wisdom than he did usually practise in other matters, wrote a Letter to the Chief Eunuch of the Women, then in the Serag∣lio at Adrianople, to this effect. That if the Grand Signior desired to have that Fortress taken that was then besieged, he should chuse a more able Captain for his Army than the present Vi∣zier, a Person who had only been educated in a Tekeh, or Colledge, and studied in the specu∣lations of Law, and not in the Oda's of the Ja∣nisaries, or Customes and Exercises of the Camp: And therefore if his Majesty thought fit to chuse another General, he could not cast his eyes on any more able and deserving than Ibrahim Pasha his Son in Law, a Person qualified for the Office of Vizier, being skilful in all points both of War and Peace. This Eunuch being the person that had succeeded to the former lately exiled, ha∣ving received this Letter, immediately without farther Art or Prologue, read it to the Grand Signior, at which though at first he was startled, yet not as yet weary of the Vizier, but ftill con∣serving a kindness and esteem for him, took the Letter from the Eunuch, and sent it to the Vizier, permitting him to inflict what punishment he judged most agreeable to his own preservation and vindication of honour. The Vizier, having received this Letter, seemed not in the least to be surprized with the perfidiousness of Samozade, but in a cool temper recollecting all the Applica∣tions and Addresses (which we have mentioned before) at his first entrance into this Supream Office, and judging from thence, that he was not a Person capable of friendship, or a steadiness to his Interest, sent for him, and for Ibrahim Pa∣sha his Son in Law to his presence, and first ha∣ving upbraided his Treachery, and want of Inte∣grity, in return to all the Caresses and Endea∣vours he had used to win his Faith, caused both their heads to be struck off by the Executio∣ner.

This Samozade was one of the most wise and best practised Secretaries of State that ever served the Ottoman Empire, and one whom our English much lamented, being perfectly acquainted with the particulars of our Capitulations, and Constituti∣on of our Trade; and had not his extraordinary Covetousness blemished his other moral Vertues, he might have been esteemed a man rare, and a Minister not unworthy the greatest Monarch of the World. The Richess he had collected du∣ring the time of his State-Negotiations were in∣credible and immense, for he spared and lost no opportunity of gains, which rendred him the more liable and obnoxious to the stroke of Justice. His Goods were now seised on for service of the Sultan, his Master, as justly confiscated for Trea∣son; his Estate was found to amount unto three Millions of Pieces of Eight in ready Money; he had sixteen hundred Camels, four Hundred

Mules, Six hundred Horses of the best sort, be∣sides ordinary Horses of service proportionable to those of value. In his Chests and Stores were found Four thousand Girdles, or Sashes, of the best sort of Silver, never worn; Seven and twen∣ty pounds weight of Pearl, three hundred Dag∣gers (or Turkish Hanjars) most set with Dia∣monds and Rubies, besides Ninety Sable Vests, each whereof might be vauled at a Thousand Dollars; his Swords and rich Furniture were without number, or account, with a Cart-Load of the best and finest China; over and above all this, remained to his Son a Revenue of about Ten pounds Sterling a day, who being condemned to the torture to confess the hidden Riches of his Father, at his first examination discovered One hundred and twenty five thousand Zaichins of Venetian Gold.

Of an Avania brought upon the Dutch Nation.

BEfore we proceed on with the Relation of the War in Hungary, where we for a time shall leave the Great Vizier, it will not be from our purpose to digress a little in recounting certain in∣termediate Accidents, which had reference to our own and the Dutch Nations Interest at the Ottoman Court. And first I shall begin with the Dutch, to whom a considerable trouble and misfortune be∣sel, by means of a Ship of their called the Em∣peror Octaviano, which designing to lade Turks Goods at Alexandria for Constantinople, had her Licence and Dispatches obtained by means of the Holland Resident, the Sieur Warnero. This Ship being accordingly laden at Alexandria, whereon also the Grand Signior himself had Thirty thou∣sand Dollars Interest, and being ready to depart, was near the Port surprized by the Venetian, and Maltese Corsairs, and so taken. This News was posted over land from Grand Cairo, and the Car∣go sent of the Goods, importing Fourscore and four thousand Dollars, which in the Month of June arrived at Constantinople. The persons in∣terested in this loss being many, in the nature of a Tumult applied themselves to the Grand Sig∣nior, and demanded sentence against the Dutch Resident for reparation, alledging that he had recommended the Ship, and Com∣mander, who had combined with the Cor∣sairs to surprize him, and that the Resident had engaged for the faithfulness of the Captain, who had betrayed their Goods, not endeavouring to defend himself so much as by the shot of one Musket. The Grand Signior being likewise con∣cerned herein himself, was easily perswaded to grant his Order and Sentence, That the loss of all should concern the Dutch Resident, and his Nation, requiring the Chimacam of Constantinople to summon the Resident, and intimate his plea∣sure therein, exacting a time limited for the pay∣ment. The Resident being called to several Au∣diences thereupon, denied to have had any hand in the employment of this Ship on the this Voy∣age, and that their Capitulations, to which the Grand Signior had sworn, acquitted him from being responsible for the misdemeanors of any of his Nation, for whose fidelity and good behavi∣vour he had never personally engaged, and thereupon positively refused to make him∣self liable for payment of this Money, to which he was neither obliged by the Law of Nations, nor his own private Act. Notwith∣standing which, the Turks sentenced the Resident to be liable to make satisfaction, in regard that when the Ship was first freighted, he appeared before the Chimacam at Constantinople, and being asked whether the Commander of this Ship was an honest man, and one who might be intrusted with such a concernment of the Turks; his Answer was, That he believed he might, and that he was always esteemed faithful and honest to his Trust: which in the Turkish Law amount∣ing to as much as if he had said, he would be∣come his security, the Grand Signior confirmed the former sentence against the Resident, and with haste and fury dispatched a Kapugibashee to bring his Person to Adrianople; where being arrived, and continuing as yet constant to his first Answer, was committed to custody of the Chaousbashee, or Chief of the Pursuivants, where they gave him time until after the Feast of the little Biram, to consult his own good and security of his Nation within the Turkish Dominions. The Feast was no sooner ended, but the Grand Sig∣nior sent immediately to know his untimate re∣solution, declaring, That if he continued still obstinate against his Power, he had commanded that he should be committed to that Dungeon which had some few years before been the Lodging of other Christian Ministers. The Re∣sident terrified at the thoughts of such an Impri∣sonment, declined from his former constancy, ingaging to pay the Money in an Hundred and five days time, for no longer would be granted; so violent and unreasonable the Turks were in their demands, against the Law of Nations, the particular Capitulations, and the common reason and justice of the World. This Money was for the most part taken up by the Dutch Na∣tion in Turky at Interest, and afterwards the debt extinguished by Money lent them by the States, sor payment of which a particular Imposition was granted on all Goods brought from Turky, until the Debt to them was cleared, with an Interest of one per cent. for the year. By which it may be observed, how little are esteemed the Persons of Christian Representatives in the Turkish Court; who having proved with what tameness some Princes have taken the affronts offered to the Per∣son of their Ambassador in former times, and now observing with what patience the States of Hol∣land have sustained the like insolence and injury in their Resident, they may possibly profess their Function sacred, but yet in matters of their own interest will never be induced to vouchsafe them that respect or just treatment which is due to them.

In what state the Affairs of England, in reference to the Turkish Court, stood about this time with Algier, and other Parts of Barbary.

IN the preceding year we declared how a Peace was concluded between England and Algier: For better confirmation whereof, and se∣curity of our Merchants Estates in the Levant, upon occasion of a future breach, it was judged necessary by His Majesties Council, That the re∣spective Articles last made and concluded with Algier, Tunis, and Tripoli, should be distinctly

described and ratified by the Grand Signior, with this Clause at the Conclusion of each, viz.

That in case the foregoing Articles were not kept by these his Subjects respectively, but should con∣trary to the meaning thereof through Piracy be broken, that then it should be lawful for the King of England to chastise those People by his own Arms and Force, without Impeachment or Breach of that good Peace and Amity which Intervenes between His Majesty of Great Britain and the Ottoman Emperor:

And this was sup∣posed might always be a Plea in defence of the English Nation in Turky, when at any time His Majesty provoked by the Injuries of those faithless and piratical Nations, should take due Revenge upon them, not only on the Seas, but also on the Land, subverting those very Cities and Fortresses, which are the Nests of Piracies, and the common Chastisement and Gaols of Christendom. When these Articles came to the hands of His Majesties Ambassador the Earl of Winchelsea, with Orders to have them ratified and subscribed in the manner foregoing, the Turkish Court was then at Adrianople, to which place on this occasion the Lord Ambassador made a Journey from his usual Residence at Constan∣tinople; and having acquainted the Chimacam with the whole matter, and the Propositions rightly apprehended by him, they were offered, and the next day communicated in behalf of the Ambassador to the Grand Signior, who readily promised compliance with His Majesties desires, ordering the Articles and Conclusion of them, to be ingrossed and prepared for the Imperial Assent. Howsoever some considerable time ran on before they were delivered out, in regard that being matters of State relating to War and Peace, they could not be fully granted without Privity and Knowledg of the Grand Vizier, who was the supreme Counsellor, and therefore we were forced to attend thirty five days before an Express could go and return from the Frontiers with the Answer expected, which was as easily granted by the Vizier, as before it was entertain∣ed by the Grand Signior. On August 5. the Con∣firmation of the several aforesaid Articles were consigned unto my self in presence of our Lord Ambassador by the hands of the Chimacam, being my self designed in Person to deliver them; for which Service a Frigat of His Majesties Navy at∣tended at Smyrna: so that very Evening I depart∣ed, and arrived at Smyrna: the 15th of August.

In my Journy from Adrianople to Smyrna, omit∣ting the Geography of the Countries, and the pleasent view I had from the top of a Mountain between Malagra and Gallipoli, from whence I could survey all the Hellespont, and at the same time take a prospect of the Propontick and Ionian Seas, I shall only relate two passages which be∣fel me in this Journey, not unpleasant to be re∣membred.

The first was at a small Village called Ishecle, at the foot of the Mountain Ida, not far from the Ancient Iroy, now named by the Turks Kauzdog, which signifies the Mountain of Geese; the Peo∣ple that inhabit here, are of a rude Disposition, great Thieves, and of a wild and savage Nature; at my entry thereupon I was advised by those that were with me, that it was necessary to take Mules to carry my Baggage through the Moun∣tains, and to press the People to convoy me to the next Government by Virtue of a Command the Grand Signior had granted me for the secu∣rity of my Travels; so that arriving at this place by break of day, I went directly with all my Attendance, being about eighteen or nineteen Horse, to the Kadi's House, where knocking hard at the Door, a Servant looked out at the Win∣dow, and spying so great a company, wholly affrighted, ran to his Master, and awakening him with such dreadful news, he had scarce any Soul or Life remaining to render an Answer; for he was one of those, who three times a day was used to take his Dose of Opium, which gave him a strange kind of Intoxication or Drunkenness; during the Operation of which, men have their Spirits violently moved and agitated, that after∣wards it leaves them so wearied and languid, that in the morning when they first awake, they remain like dead Stocks, their Members are be∣numbed, and can scarce turn from one side to the other. In this conidtion the News of new Guests surprized this Kadi, when wholly feeble he called to his Servant to reach him his Box of Opium, of which when he had taken his usual Propotion, and that it began to work, his Life returned a∣gain to him and he began immediately to reco∣ver, so that he had Courage to open his Gates and receive us in: when he had read the Com∣mand, and found no hurt in it, the Man was tran∣sported with Joy and Opium, and was so kind, chearful, and of a good humour, that I could not but admire at the change; he told me, that he lived in a barbarous Country, and was sorced to use that for Divertisement and as a Remedy of his melancholly hours. I easily perceived the effect it had upon him, for he seemed to me like a Bed∣lam; in which humour he called all his Neigh∣bours about him, and after a wise Consultation, they provided me with two Mules, and five Men on foot with rusty Muskets without Powder or Shot, to guide and guard me through the Moun∣tains. I had not travelled two Miles before all my Guard were stollen aside, and taking advan∣tage of the Woods and Mountains, were fled from me, so that I found my self with no other than my own People, in an unbeaten Path, and a way unfrequented; the man excepted who drove the Mules, who for sake of his Beasts was obliged to a farther attendance. We travelled in this manner through the Mountains about four hours, when near a Village called Suratnee, we met one of the Principal men on Horse-back, carrying a flead Mutton behind him, which upon Exami∣nation we discovered to be carried for a Bribe to the Kadi of Isheclee, that so he would be his Friend, and favour him in his Cause: And further upon inquiry, finding that our Entertainment was likely to be mean at Suratnee, we forced the Gentleman to return with us, and to sell us his Mutton at the market-price, and so for that time we disappointed our Kadi of his Fee or Reward: and being upon the rise of a Hill descending to Suratnee, so that the People could see us at a distance, they like true Sons of Kauz-dog for∣sook their Habitations, and fled, which we per∣ceiving posted after them, and catched two of their men, whom we brought under Shart, (or the Country-mans Oath, which they account very sacred, and will by no means break) to be true and faithful to us, to serve, and not leave us for so long time as we should remain in their Village, and accordingly these men were not only serviceable, but diligent: so soon as they discovered me to be one who would pay justly for what I took, and was not a Turkish Aga, or Servant of Great men who harrass the People, and take their Service and Meat on account of free Quarter, the whole Village returned again from their places of Refuge amidst the Woods, so that I neither wanted Provisions nor Atten∣dance.

Another passage happened unto me of better Civility and Entertainment in the Plains of Per∣gamus, where not many Miles from that Ancient City. I arrived about six a Clock in the Evening at certain Tents or Cots of Shepherds, being on∣ly Hurdles covered with Hair-cloth, lined within with a sort of loose Felt, a sufficient defence against the Sun and Rain; the Turks call these People Euruchs, and are Shepherds who with their Wives, Children and Cattel, Live and Inha∣bit, where they most delight, or like the Shepherds of Ancient days, remove their dwellings to those Places where they find most plenty of Water and Pasture. Amongst these Cors so soon as I alight∣ed from my Horse, I was received and saluted by the Aga or Chief, with great Humanity and Kindness; for so soon as he understood who I was, and that I was imploied in publick Affairs, he presently places me under some neighbouring Trces, and called for Carpets and Cushions to sit on, which were more Fine and Rich, than agreed with the outward appearance of Men wholly unaccustomed to a City-life. After some Dis∣course had with me, which I remember to have been very Courteous and Inquisitive of my Condi∣tion and Business, he provided Provender for our Horses, and in a short time ordered Bread and Eggs to be brought for to stay my Stomach, supposing that hard Travels had sharpened my Appetite. About an hour after that, he invited all my Company, and then we fed very plenti∣fully of several Dishes, which the good Hous∣wives had dressed within the Precincts of their poor Tents; whilst the Shepherds had in the Field killed a lat Kid, and were then roasting it whole at the suel of a Tree which they had fell'd; this Roast-meat they cut into quarters, and with Bread and Salt put it into a Linen-cloth, deliver∣ing it to one of my Servants for our Breakfast the next morning. Having thus well refreshed my self with the Charity of these good Shepherds, I arose with the Moon about eleven a Clock at Night; but before my Departure, I demanded what I had to pay; to which the generous Shep∣herd replied, That my Acceptance was a suffici∣ent Payment, for that all Men were obliged to be Civil and Hospitable to Men who travelled the World like me for publick Service; and withal desired me to speak well, wheresoever I came, of such poor Men who led their Lives in the Fields, who were instructed in these Principles, viz. to hurt none, and to be humane and helpful to all Mankind.

In a few days after my Arrival at Smyrna, I imbarked on the Bonaventure Frigat, Command∣ed by Capt. Berkeley, afterwards Sir William Berke∣ley, and shaping our course first for Tripoli in Barbary,* 9.29 we came to Anchor before the Town the 29; and immediately going ashore, we were conducted to the Presence of the Pasha of that Country, whom I acquainted with the occasion of this Address, delivering into his hands two Copies of the late Treaty of Peace, one confirmed by the Hand and Seal of His Majesty our Gracious So∣veraign, and the other of the Sultan; both which he received with singular Respect and Re∣verence, promising to maintain the Peace sacred and inviolable; and so being dismissed fairly from him, we speedily repaired on Board, and setting Sail again that Night with a prosperous Gale, we anchored in the Bay of Tunis on the second of September;* 9.30 and the next day being landed, we in the first place made our Addresses to the Dey, who bears the Office of Prince or Governor in chief, tho in the Arabian Language the word signifies as much as Uncle, to whom I tendred the Confirmations of Peace in the same form and manner as before at Tripoli: the Dey received them with Respect and Honour, promising to continue the Peace; that part which was from our King, he received himself; but that which was from the Grand Signior he advised me to deliver to the Pasha; for coming from his Master, it might more nearly concern him than any other; the Pasha having seen and read, the Hattesheriff returned it again to the Dey to be placed amongst the Records and Registers of the Divan, and so making a Visit to all the great Men in Power, giving them notice of our Business, that so none might take Exceptions, or judg themselves neg∣lected for want of Addresses; we the same Night departed from Tunis, and proceeded forward in our Voyage to Algier. But before we arrive there, I have time to acquaint the Reader of the Pestilential Fever which then affected our whole Ship. When we departed from Smyrna, we had fourteen Sick of the Autumnal Distemper, but be∣fore ten Days, we had ninety five out of a hun∣dred and sixty Men, which lay Sick on their Beds and Hamocks; and we seared so general a Weak∣ness, that we should not have had Strength suffi∣cient to have Sailed our Ship; for I think there was scarce any amongst us in perfect Health. But God shewed his Strength in our Weakness, so that in ten Days, having buried nine of our Men, he was pleased with the change of our Climate, to renew our Health, and in Answer to our Prayers, as it were by a Miracle, to restore us to all the Health, and Strength, and Comfort, that we could desire.

At Algier, that Den of Thieves, and Harbour of Faithless Men, and all Impiety, we arrived the 10th of September, where immediately with assistance of the Consul, we designed to tender the Confirmations of the Peace unto the Divan, then the supreme and Absolute Power. But whilst we imagined the Peace firm, and improbable that those Articles which were concluded and agreed but the last Year, should so easily and soone be forgotten; we found the Scene of Affairs greatly altered, and fears of an unexpected Rup∣ture; for the Ships of Algier roving in the Seas, had lately sent in nine small English Vessels with∣out a Pass from the Duke of York, for want of which, they pretended by a new Agreement they ought to be prize; of which, six by means of the Consul being released, three only remained under Detention at our Arrival; when immediately we applied our selves to Shaban Aga, a Spanish Renegado, then Cape or Chief of their confused Divan; to him we first disclosed the import of our Message, and shewed the Confirmations of our Peace subscribed by the King of England, and the Grand Signior. After he had read them, a Divan was called, and the Confirmations openly published; at which time it was assented and agreed, that the Articles ought to be maintained, and the Peace continued; but to have this esta∣blished by firm Authority, it was farther referred to the Great Divan, which is a Grand Assembly of the People, who usually meet together every Saturday of the Week. In the mean time, ha∣ving had an Acquaintance formerly with the Pa∣sha of this Place, sent hither by the Grand Signi∣or, we were desirous to make him a Visit, the better to discover in what nature they Honour and own the Ottoman Port; but before we could be admitted to his Presence, we were obliged to demand License of the Divan, which they granted with some unwillingness, and with the caution of two or three Witnesses of our Discourse. We were scarce welcomed into the Room, and the usu∣al

Salutations passed, before we were interrupted by the Officers, and not suffered to proceed; so little esteem they made of the Pasha, to whom not∣witstanding they allowed twelve thousand Dol∣lars a Year for his Maintenance, so as to carry the fair and specious outside at the Ottoman Court, of receiving a Pasha from thence; but were so far from permitting him to intermeddle in the Government that they confined him like a Priso∣ner not suffering him to stir Abroad without Per∣mission and Consent of the Divan, and that ve∣ry seldom, tho he often pleaded his Health was much impaired by his Restraint, and craved Enlargement, rather for necessity than his Pleasure.

The Day of the great Divans Assembly being come, the Confirmations of the Peace was again read, and well approved, and so laid up in the Repository of their Writings; and promise made us for Releasement of our Ships. But let us now observe the levity and unsteadiness of this popu∣lar Government; for being the day following appointed to receive our dispatches,* 9.31 and discharge of the three Ships; there arose unexpectedly at the Divan, certain Scruples and Jealousies amongst them, which immediately quashed all our Nego∣tiations, and instead of confirming the Peace, produced a War. For the Divan being met, they were afraid to release the Ships, lest the Sol∣diers who had sent them in, being then abroad, should call them to question for it at their re∣turn; and not to release them, might be an oc∣casion of a War; which not succeeding accord∣ing to their desire, the causers thereof might be called into question, and punished for it; of which still remained the fresh memory of late Examples. In this Dilemma of their Affairs, they resolved to make the Act herein, to be of general and publick Assent; and to that end they Assembled a Grand Divan, calling the Captains of Ships and Gallies, then in Fort, unto their Council; who without Hesitation, or questioning other Matters, decla∣red, that the three English Ships were lawful Prize; and that it was no longer requisite to maintain the second Article of freeing Strangers Goods on English Vessels; it neither being the design nor interest of Algier, to benefit all Chri∣stendom by their Peace with England: this Sen∣tence was followed by the whole Rabble of the Divan, with cry and noise; to which the wiser sort, notwithstanding our Plea, and Reasons to the contrary, which lasted for full two hours, were forced to condescend, and concur in the same Vote. Howsoever by Importunity, and some∣thing of the force of Reason, which in the most blind and obscure minds of Men, hath something of forcible Violence; we obtained the release of the three Ships, upon discharge of the Strangers Goods, and payment of their Freight. But the second Article of Peace, forbidding the search of English Ships for Strangers Estates, or their Persons, was declared null, and no longer to be maintained; nor the Peace likewise, unless His Majesty would accept it upon that Con∣dition, to which end, they wrote this following Letter.

The Letter of the Government of Algier to His Majesty.

GReat and Christian Prince, King of Eng∣land. After Health and Peace, &c. Since we have made Peace with You, unto this day there have no Injuries nor Damages been offered by Ʋs. Your Ships that have been as Prizes, for Your sake we have let free, not offering them the least Injury, nor diminishing any thing from them in the least, until such time as Your Consul gave Ʋs Counter-passes, that what Ships were found with them, to be let free, and those that are without them, to be brought in: And we have found divers without them, which for Friendship sake which is between Ʋs, We have let go free. Now from henceforth, if that we find any of our Enemies Goods or Men in Your Ships, we shall take the Goods and Men, paying the Freight to their Port. And we shall desire you, as soon as you shall receive this our Letter, that you will send your answer hereunto, for we shall think it long until we receive it from You; and for the future, what Ships shall be brought in without a Pass-port, we shall take them, and detain them here, until such time as we have an answer from You; which pray send without delay. The end of the Month Sefar, 1074. which was then in the Month of Septem∣ber, 1633.

In this manner a second War broke forth in the space of two Years, by which a Person may judg of the inconstancy and unsteady humour of this People; who but three days before, gave us all the evidence of fair Correspondence and Friend∣ship; and it is probable, that when they entered the Divan, they came not with Resolutions or Thoughts of War; however accidents and occa∣sional Discourses each with other, following the cry and humour of some rude Savage Person, which leads the rest, carried all things with Vio∣lence towards a Breach: So that by what preced∣ed, and from these following Reasons, it may be concluded impossible to maintain a firm and last∣ing Peace with this People.

First, Because these People are composed of the worst Sort or Scum of the Turks, and worst of Christians, which are Renegadoes, who have renounced God and their Country, and a Ge∣neration of People who have no Religion, nor Honour; Peace cannot be longer expected or maintained, than fear or interest enjoins them to compliance.

Secondly, The Government of Algier being popular, and in the hands of a vile Commonal∣ty, who are ignorant Persons, guided by no Rules or Principales; unsteady in all their Coun∣cils, not resolving or consulting any thing be∣fore they enter the Divan, do commonly fol∣low that Resolution, which they perceive to be carried on with the greatest noise; and therefore are a People not capable of Peace or Friend∣ship.

Thirdly, This irrational Commonalty is over∣awed by a heady Soldiery, who are only then affrighted into a Peace, whilst a stronger force compels them into good Manners. But when that Power and Punishment is withdrawn, they again harden their hearts like Pharaoh, and then when the Temptation of rich Merchant-men presents it self, their natural Inclination to Piracy returns, and their Covetousness again prevails, an then they curse the Peace, and the makers of it, and without remorse break their Articles, and their Faith, having neither Honour nor Con∣science to restrain them. Wherefore unless the

Heads of the chief Causers of the War he given in satisfaction, or Money paid for the expence, and Hostages given for security of it, it can never be expected that a lasting Peace should be maintain∣ed with this People; the Proof of which, hath been made appear by the sequel of affairs, and by those Wars which have ensued since this time. And now let us return to the Wars in Hungary, and become Spectators of those Transactions, which were then the general Concernment of the Eastern and Western World.

The Proceedings of the War in HUNGARY.

WE lest the Grand Vizier on his March to∣wards the parts of Hungary, with an Ar∣my, as computed, to consist of Eighty Thousand fighting men, and of about Seventy Thousand designed for Pioniers and other necessary services of the Army. In this march the Vizier out of design to slacken the warlike Preparations of the Christians,* 9.32 and to discover the inclinations of the Emperor to Peace, desired a Treaty, that if possible, matters might be reduced to terms of ac∣commodation. The Resident of Germany, was then in the Army, but he, not being impowered singly for any such Treaty, the Baron of Goez, then with Ali Pasha at Temeswar, was sent for, and being arrived, were both called into the Viziers Tent at Belgrade, to whom it was proposed, That in Case the Emperor desired a Peace, he should resign into the hands and possession of the Sultan Zekelhyd, Zatmar, Clausenburg, alias Colosvar, with the late built Fort of Count Serini, without which, no Sacrifice could appease the anger, and give a stop to the progress of the Ottomon Arms. Whilst these Propositions by Post were dispatched to Vienna, the Vizier proceeded in his Journey to Strigonium, now called Gran, to which placer, af∣ter sixteen Days time, the Messenger returned with an Answer from the Emperor, which showed an inclination towards an acceptance of Peace on the terms proposed, but with instructions to his Ministers to moderate by their discreet manage∣ment (what was possible) the rigour of the de∣mands. For by reason of the disaffection of the Hungarians, whom the Emperor had lately dis∣gusted by demolishing several of their Churches, and discountenancing the Protestant Religion which they professed; and by reason of the Phlegm of the Princes of Germany, whom diffe∣rent interests made slow and unactive in their preparations against the common Enemy; the Emperor was wholly unprovided to oppose the viloence of this over-flowing Torrent, and be∣came an unequal match for the Ottoman Force. The Turks perceiving that the Germans began to condescend, and yield to any conditions, which might purchase their quiet,* 9.33 started a farther de∣mand of Fifty thousand Florins of Yearly Tribute, and two Millions of Crowns for expence of the War, to be paid by the Emperor to the Sultan. These proud and unexped Proposals startled not a little the Baron of Goez, who readily made an∣swer, that he clearly perceived now, that there were no intentions to a Peace, since the Vizier was pleased to make the matter so difficult and impossible, for that it were as easy to bring Hea∣ven and Earth to meet, as his Master to meet the G Signior in the Concession of this particular. These extravagant demands a wakened the Impe∣rial Court, who now observing the Turks without their Vizard, to march hastily to surprize them, vigorously roused themselves to make that con∣venient provision and defence by War, which the straitness of time permitted them: So that in the first place they Assembled a Diet at Ratisbonne, where it was resolved to raise four Armies, the first for the Guard and defence of Moravia and Silesia, under the Command of Count Susa, a Native of Rochel. The second under the Com∣mand of Count Raimond Monteculi, for safety of Raab, Newhausel, and Komorra, and the Frontiers of Hungary. The third under Command of Count Nicholas Serini for defence of Croatia. The fourth composed solely of Hungarians, command∣ed by the Palatine of that Country, which they reported to consist of Thirty thousand fighting men. Fifthly, It was ordered that all Garisons should be well provided of Victuals and Ammu∣nition; and that the Inhabitants of Vienna should take into every House a provision for a years maintenance, and such as were not able at their own Cost, were to abandon their Dwellings. And in the mean time the Villages round about were demolished, to the great amazement and confu∣sion of the People.

The Turks now bearing in their thoughts no∣thing but War, began to design and chalk out the best order and method for its prosecution. The principal places then in eye of the Vizier, were Raab, and Komorra, Fortresses of considerable strength, maintained and defended by Souldiers of known prowess and conduct, and provided equally with all sorts of Ammunition and Provi∣sions, agreeable to such considerable Bulwarks and Walls, not only of the German Empire but (I may say) of all Christendom Raab. called by the Ita∣lians,* 9.34 Javarin, and by the Turk, Yanick, is scituated in a plain, level, and Champion Country; the Town it self very regular and compact, the Fortifications most exact according to the new model. and much improved in its strength since the recovery of it from the hands of the Turk, by whom it was once taken, in the year 1594. it hath its name from the River Rab, on which it is seated just on the meeting of the Danube.* 9.35 Komorra is a stronger Fortress, erected in an Island of the River Da∣nube, called after the same name, which hath often been attempted by the Turks, but with ill success; at both which places I have personally been, and viewed them with much delight. Wherefore the Vizier considering the strength. and difficulty of these places, resolved to take due and mature consideration before he engaged himself in any enterprize, and to that end assem∣bled together in Consultation with him the most ancient and grave men, that were Natives of the Country; some of these being such who had lived in Rab, been Slaves there,* 9.36 and had well marked and observed the strength of that Fortress both as to Nature and Art, assured the Vizier, That the Work was immense, difficult, and dangerous, and not to be accomplished in the space of one Summer; and that the Winters in that Countrey were very cold and rigid, and ill agreeing with the temperament of the Asiatick Souldiery. The Vizier, though the farther considered that his Souldiers were as yet young and unexperienced, and that a foyl encountred at the first Enterprize, might be a discouragement from following the con∣tinued Tract and Course of this War, which must be sustained with labour and patience, and that to withdraw his Forces in the Winter would be a dishonour to the Ottoman Arms, a blemish in the beginning to his own Reputation, and an encou∣ragement of the Enemy: Howsoever, having a

violent Ambition and Desire to become Master of Rab, he could not rest satisfied in this Counsel before he had consulted with Ali Pasha, and other Pashaws of the Frontier Countries, who duly considering the matter as it stood, concur∣red in the same judgment that was formerly made of the difficulty of this design; and herein they were the more strongly confirmed, by the re∣port of certain Hungarians, whom some parties of Horse, under the Command of Ali Pasha, ro∣ving and sallying out near the Walls of Rab, had surprized and taken, who being brought bound before the Vizier, related, That the Town was well provided with all sorts of Ammunition and Provisions, and the Garison reinforced by Count Montecuculi with supply of four Thousand men, and in this manner reported the Work as difficult as the Turks of the Countrey had formerly signi∣fied. This relation confirmed by so many hands, diverted the Viz er from this Design: for before that time imagining it a place which might easily be subdued, he proposed to himself, without any interruption, a clear and undisturbed March to the Gates of Vienna, which he swallowing also in his thoughts, hoped by his own success to repair the shame of Solyman's flight from the Walls of that City, and besides the glory of forcing the Emperor from his Imperial Seat, he should atone for the sin of the Ottomon Cow∣ardice, and be the first who undertook to mend the actions, and outvie the prowess of the most magnificent, and most successful of their Sultans. But the Ambition of this grand design giving way to necessity, and to those other im∣pediments which obstructed it,* 9.37 after due and mature Consultation, Newhausel, called by the Hungariaus Oywar, was fixed upon as the place to be first attempted, and held up to the eye of the Souldiery, as the reward and prize of their va∣lour and hazard. Wherefore Boats were pro∣vided, and Planks, and Timbers for a Bridge to pass the Danube, which the Turks in a few days, according to their usual expeditions, had raised; so that the Army both Horse and Foot began to transport themselves as fast as was possible to the other side, but the multitudes crouded over in that disorder and haste, that Three or four Thou∣sand men had scarce passed the River before the Bridge was so broken and shattered that some time was necessarily required to repair it, before the rest of the Army durst adventure to follow their Companions. The Approach of the Turkish Army alarmed all that side of Hungary, but espe∣cially the Inhabitants of Newhausel; who ob∣serving the Turks to bend their Course that way, plainly fore-saw the Storm of VVar to be break∣ing on them: The News also of the fall of the Bridge, and thereby the Separation of a∣bout Four thousand Turks from the Body of the Army,* 9.38 was brought in by the Countrey people, who forsaking their Villages, fled for succour to the stronger Fortress of Newhausel. Hereupon Forcatz, the Governour of Newhausel, a valiant and experienced Souldier, though esteemed by the Turks unfortunate, taking this Alarm, judged that this occasion of cutting off that part of the Turkish Army which had past the River, was in no wise to be omitted, and therefore assembled a Council of VVar, which consisted of all the prin∣cipal Officers and Commanders of the Garison; (a∣mongst which was Colonel Volter, that command∣ed the Four thousand men, lately sent to rein∣force the Town) he declared that his Opinion was, immediately to make a Sally on that part of the Turkish Army, which had already passed the River, before the Bridge was repaired for Transportation of the others; which endea∣vours, by God's Assistance, succeeding well, might not only discourage the Enemy, but be a means to divert them from their present design upon their City. This Advice, thought he pres∣sed with heat of Argument, and violence of Speech, yet could it not prevail with the rest of the Council, which seemed wholly averse there∣unto, especially Volter, who declared, That his Commission was not to fight in the Field, but to conserve himself within the Walls, for mainte∣nance of his Garison: Some days passed in this Dispute, whilst Forcatz growing more eager and hot on this design, used opprobrious Terms, and expressions of infamy towards the other Officers, accusing all such of Cowardice and Treason, who refused to concur with him in this Enterprize and advantage on the Enemy, which Heaven seemed to reach out to them for their Delive∣rance, if their wisdom and courage afforded them only will and grace to lay hold on the op∣portunity. These sharp words and resolution of the Governour provoked the minds of the Offi∣cers to a condescention, and thereupon about Eight thousand men of Choice, and approved Souldiers, well armed with strout hearts, and hard Jron; not suffering themselves to be up∣braided with such reproach, in the silence of the Night, under the Conduct of Forcatz, (their own Commander, Volter remaining in the Town) took their way towards the Turkish Camp, and being armed with Firelocks, marched with all privacy, without lighted Matches, or sound of Drum or Trumpet. But whilst the forgoing Dispute lasted, the Turks had transported the gross of their Army over the River, and then lay on her Banks,* 9.39 resting securely undre their Pavillions. The Christians approaching near the Turkish Camp, with the first twilight, and dawnign of the Morning, (perceiving the Enemy unprovid∣ed, but not discovering their Force) dealt at first on-set, their shot most plentifully amongst them, and proceeding amidst the thickest, cutting, shooting, killing, and making havock of all be∣fore them. The amazed Turks having many of their Companions brought to their last sleep, before themselves were throughly awake, and some flying before they discovered the reason or the danger, an Alarm was given by the confu∣sed murmur of Allah, Allah, and that the Chri∣stians were upon them, reached the farthest Quarters of the Turkish Army, which immediate∣ly put themselves into Battalia, and order of fighting, whilst this handful of Germans proceeded forwards, dealing their blows amongst their Ene∣mies, cutting the Cords of the Tents, and destroying all before them. But by this time the Turks ha∣ving put themselves into a posture of Defence, the Horse and Foot came marching in a Body, extending their Wings in the from of a half Moon, so as to enclose this small number,* 9.40 and on all sides to assail them. The Germans seeing this formidable sight approach, and no safety in flight, encouraged each other to sell their Lives at as dear a rate as they could; all hopes of escape seeming desperate, they sought with that cou∣rage and obstinacy as amazed the Turks, and yielded not until their Spirits fainted with labour, and their Swords were blunted by the Bodies of their Enemies. The Count Forcatz hardly es∣caped, but by the help of his Horse, with some few others, fled to Newhausel, which unwillingly received him, wishing that the rashness of his Counsels had only proved his own destruction, and not involved so many brave and innocent Souldieres, who were only unfortunate for being

over-powered by his command and perswasions: The rest overwhelmed with multitudes, yielded; for though they behaved themselves beyong the power and courage of men, yet the numbers of the Enemy prevailed at length over these Chri∣stian Champions, whose Gallantry was more eminent and conspicuous in being subdued, than the Glory of their Enemies in the Victory. In this Skirmish few escaped, amongst which Four hundred Gentlemen were slain, and about eigh∣teen hundred Prisoners reported to be taken, a bad Omen at the beginning of this War. This Rout being given, the Turks triumphed in Blood,* 9.41 and suc∣cess and returned with their Captives, and Tro∣phies back to Strigonioum, where the Vizier mount∣ing a Throne of State and Majesty, treated these valiant Souldiers, not like men of War, or Captives takrn in open Field, but as a Judge con∣demned them to dye by the hand of the Hang∣man or Executioner, passing a formal Sentence of Death upon them, as if they had been Thieves or Assassinates arrested by the hand of Justice. The Sentence being passed, and the Turkish Army drawn up, these valiant Christian; were ranked in order and file to dye, who had so lately with Swords in their hands, ranged themselves in Battel against their Enemy; and so soon as the Executioners sell to their work, and the horrid Massacre was begun, the Guns were fired, and the whoule Camp resounded with barbarous Mu∣sick and shouts. In the mean while the most su∣perstitious amongst them triumphed, that God was now destroying the Infidels, manifesting the truth of their Prophet, and doing his own work; not unlike the assertions and doctrines of those pretenders to Religion, who have always hal∣lowed and excused their cruelties with the Name of God, and sanctified the blood they have shed by making their Enemies Amalekites, and by pre∣tence of false Lights and Prophecies countenan∣ced their most impious Sacriledge in God's Churches, and Invasions of their Neighbours Rights. The merciless Executioners had pro∣ceeded to bereave of life about Thirteen or Four∣teen hundred persons, the Vizier standing a Spectator with zeal to his Sect and Prophet, un∣til the Turkish Souldiery who inhabit the Borders, glutted with so much cruelty towards their Neighbours, began to murmur, and at length to speak aloud, That to destroy Captives in cold Blood was an action against the Law of Arms, and might be revenged by their Enemies with like examples of cruelty, since none there pre∣sent, being all Souldiers, were secure from the misfortunes and mutabilities of War. The Vi∣zier over-hearing these whispers of the Soldiery, gave a stop to the cruelty of the Executioners, and sent such as survived to different Prisons in Buda, Ad••ianople, and Constantinople. I have seen not far from Strigonium the heads of these Wretches thus miserably butchered, thrown up into a heap, the Beards and Hair of those that lay undermost still growing; the Earth which sucked in their blood, became thence stenched up and barren, and the white bones and carkasses of their bodies lay dispersed and scattered in a large Field; so that I could not but call to mind the massacred Legions under the Conduct of Quintilius Varus in Germany; and those albentiaossa, and the bar∣barous Altars flowing with the Roman blood; and I could as passionately fancy to have seen the an∣gry Germans return to appease the Ghost; of their Country-men with decent Burial, as I was sen∣sible of Germanicus in zeal, when he adventu∣red to contaminate his Augurs Office by his too forward Humanity and Religion towards his Country and Parentage. But this cruelty of the Vizier was recompensed by Count Serini not long after, who having had some success against Ar∣naut Pasha and his Army, of whom he had slain six hundred men, and such as he took alive, in cold blood he dismebred and tortured, and having of some cut off their hands, and plucked out their eyes, sent them to report the reason of this inhumane and merciless usage to the Vizier.

In the mean time Forcatz advised General Montecuculi the Governour of Rab of this defeat, and how the flower and strength of his Garison was destroyed; and that if he were not imme∣diately supplied, he should be forced to abandon his Fort, and leave all to the fury and mercy of the Enemy.* 9.42 Hereupon a Thousand Germans were sent for succour with all sorts of Ammuni∣nition and Provisions requisite; but the Turks after their Triumph before Strigonium, returned and marched on so fast towards Newhausel, ha∣ving passed the Danube, that certainly they had intercepted this Recruit, had not Forcatz amused thier minds, and for a while stopped their hasty approach, by advancing a white Flag to the top of the Walls, as if he had had a design of Treaty and Surrender of the Town upon Conditions: So that here the Turkish Army made a halt, and for Three or Four hours time remained with ex∣pectation when Conditions for the Surrender should come; every one wondering to see the Flag of Truce erected, and so much silence in the Fort, and yet no appearance of a Message. In this interval and breathing of time, the Suc∣cour safely arriving within the Town, the white Flag was changed to colours of defiance, to the great astonishment and anger of the Turks: Whereupon the Vizier drawing somewhat nearer, began to intrench and begirt the Town on the 4th of August, which was defended by three prin∣cipal Officers, viz Count Adam Forcatz, the Marquess Pio an Italian, and one Lucatelli an old and experienced Souldier. But the Vizier, be∣fore he would offer any violence to the Town,* 9.43 thought fit to summon them in this stile: That through the Grace of God and the Miracles of our Prophet, who is a Son of both Worlds, and by whom there is Happiness and Glory, I that am the first of the Council, and General of the mest Mighty Emperor of the Turks, that is the King of all Kings on the Earth, To you Adam Forcatz that are the Chief among all the Nobility of Hungary, do make known, That through the Command of my most Gra∣cious Lord, the most terrible, the most puissant, and most mysterious Emperor, I am come with his Forces before Newhausel to reduce it to his Obe∣dience. Wherefore if you shall deliver up the place to Us, you shall have liberty to march out with what belongs unto you from the highest to the lowest, and he that would rather stay shall keep his Goods and Estate: But if you will not yield, we will take it by force, and every man of you, from the highest to the lowest, shall be put to the Sword. If the Hun∣garians did but know the good intentions of the mighty Emperor, they and their childrian would bless God for him. Peace be to the Obedient. The Christians not submitting to these Summons, the Turks continued to make their nearer approaches, and being now at a convenient distance, raised two great Batteries, on which they mount∣ed a Hundred Pieces of Cannon, and from thence made such constant shot as shaked the Churches, and almost levelled the most lofty Buildings with their Foundations. The 14th. of August was designed for a general storm, so that before break of day Faggots and Rub∣bish

were brought to fill the Ditches, and scaling Ladders to ascend the Wails; but though the Ottoman Forces were puissant,* 9.44 and their Assault they made fierce and brisk, yet they were re∣ceived with that gallantry by the Defendants, that the Trenches early in the Morning were filled with the Carkasses of the Dead, and at last the Turks forced to give over the As∣sault, with the loss of great numbers of their men.

The Siege still continuing, and the Turks an∣gry, and inflamed with the disgrace of their late foil, endeavoured to redeem their Honour by their Attempts, filling up the Ditches with Rub∣bish, serving themselves therein of the Christian Captives lately taken: The Defendants on the other side, by the dictates of Nature and Reason, were directed to maintain their Houses, Wives, and Children from rapine and violence of an un∣just Enemy; so that both Parties moving from different Principles, used all the Art and Valour possible for destruction each of other: The noise of Cannon from the Forts raised by the Turks, re∣sounded continually in the Air, and from the Town the shot were often so fortunately placed, that daily, besides great numbers of ordinary Soldiers, many Persons of Note and Quality amongst the Turks were slain.

But the Turks having before this Town a grea¦ter number of Soldiers than either could come to fight, or what was thought necessary to subdue it the Vizier selected from his Army a very con∣siderable Force to enter and spoil Moravia and Austria;* 9.45 of these were Six hundred Tartars join¦ed to a strong Force of Turks, who by the gui∣dance of the Natives passing the River Waegh. spoiled and destroyed all the Country round about, carrying men, women, and children into slavery, leaving what was not conveniently por¦table, in ashes. But in passing the River, they incountred a considerable Body of Germa••s, both Horse and Foot, and being opposed by them, were at first forced to retreat again over the Ri∣ver with the loss of about Eight hundred Janisa∣ries; but the next Day renewing the F••ght with better courage and success, passed the River in despight of the Imperialists, whom they pursued almost as far as Presburg. ••hese Turks were se∣conded by a greater Body of Tartars, every one after the manner of his Country, leading one or two spare Horses, made Inroads within five miles of Vienna, destroying and laying in ashes all places before them; things there resembling Dooms-day, consumed with fire, and not so much almost lest as marks or appearance of ha∣bitation.

These Troubles and Confusions in Hungary were the talk and amazement of all Christendom,* 9.46 and indeed little more they were than talk; for the Christian Princes farther distant, as less concerned stood at a gaze, expecting the issue of that Trea∣ty which was between the King of France, and the Pope; and the Princes of Germany (whatso∣ever was resolved at the Diet) like men surprized, knew not what Succours to afford: Some thought it now time to treat with the Emperor, and reco∣ver the Rights and Priviledges they thought their due, and to condescend to no Terms of confede∣ra e assistance against the common Enemy, un∣less with advantageous considerations to their State; and all in general acted with that negli∣gence and coldness, as if only the State of Au∣stria, and not the common Cause of Germany had been concerned The Election of a Gene∣ral for the Imperial Army admitting long de∣bate, was another retardment to the Prepara∣tions for the War; the Duke of Brandenburg was nominated, and sollicited to accept the supream Command; but the Title of being General of the Empire, or the Imperial Army, was a dispute undeterminable, and a difficulty not to be over∣come: And though the Enemy had passed their Frontiers, and triumphed in their Possessions, and threatned the subve••sion of all Christendom, Vet Jealousies, Niceties, and aery Formalities took up all the time; so that at length their Councils had no other reasult than an increase of Animosities and Difficulties amongst them∣selves.* 9.47 The Emperor also terrified with the Siege of Newhausel, and the near In∣cursions of the Turks, abandoned his City of Vienna, carrying with him the Records and greatest o•• his Richess to Lintz, to the greater apprehension, discouragement, and fear of the whole Country in general, and was an act which might have produced very fatal effects had not the Winter approached, and the progress of the Infidels been interrupted by the Valour, Vigi∣lance, good Fortune, and Conduct of Count Serini, who in requital of those Incursions the Turks made into the Christian Territories, en••••ed the Turkish Borders near Komorra, and there with Fire and Sword destroyed all before him, de∣feated a Party of about Three thousan Ja∣nisaries, taking from them a good Booty of money and Provisions designed lor Relief of the Leagure before Newhausel.

During these varieties of success, the Turks still continued the Siege, and having now made a breach, and almost filled the graft with rubbish, Faggots and other implements, attempted a se∣cond storm on the 28th and 29th of August, but were repulsed with an extraordinary loss, by the couragious Gallantry of the Defendants:* 9.48 On the 9th of September was given another more fu∣rious Assault, every Pasha leading his men in the Front, so that the Action this Day was so vio∣lently and couragiously performed, that the Turkish Ensign was advanced to the top of the Rampire of the Fort Frederick, where both sides coming to handy blows, the dispute continued a long time, but the courage of the Defendants at length prevailing, the Turks were driven head∣long rom the Walls, and their Colours wrested from them with the loss of about Five thousand men, and Four hundred Christians. Though the Turks were much abated in their courage by this days work, yet the Vizier obstinately continued the Siege, preparing speedily for another storm, in which he hoped to force the Christians to a Surrender. In the mean time, to facilitate the design of the Tu••ks, on the 15th of September the chief Magazin of Powder (none knows how) took fi••e, and blew into the Air, by which blow fifty Soldiers and several Officers were slain, but the worst was, that the besieged were deprived of all their Powder, unless what remained in pri∣vate houses, which so dismayed the Inhabitants, that immediately with one voice they demanded a parly: The Women also began a confused tu∣mult, crying out for a Surrender, in which they were so impe••uous and violent, that they threw stones ••rom their windows on the Souldiers. A∣midst of this confusion the Turks disposing their Companies to make another storm, the Officers resolved upon a Treaty, which concluded with these following Conditions.

First,* 9.49 That the Commanders and Garison should march out on the Seventeenth of September, with bag and Baggage, and have safe conduct as far as Komorra. And that for a convenience of the

Sick and Wounded, the Vizier should be obliged to provide Four hundred Carts and more, if there should be occasion.

Secondly, That as such as desire to abandon their dwellings, may have liberty to depart, so such as desire to abide may continue their habitations: And that the Religious and Ecclesiastical persons may per∣form their Functions as in former times.

Thirdly, That upon the Surrender of the princi∣pal Works, no Turk shall enter within the Town, until all such as intend to depart have quitted their stations.

Fourthly, That for performance of Articles, two Aga's should be given for Hostages; and that until the foregoing Articles were fully accomplished, all acts of Hostility should cease.

Fifthly, That the Garison might not be necessitated to march through the Turkish Camp, the Turks themselves were obliged to make them a new Bridge, or repair the old to pass the Niter.

These Articles, though punctually observed by the Turks, yet the Tartars, who are of a faithless and barbarous nature, upon certain pretences assaulted the Garison, as they marched out, and had doubtless moved the rest of the Camp Rab∣ble to imitate their example; had not many of the Pashaws at the Head of their Troops, kil∣led the most forward in this Rebellious attempt, whose perfidious insolence and riot could not yet have been restrained, had not the Garison quickned their pace, more like a flight than an orderly March. But the Vizier on the contrary, distributed Money to the Gari∣son, and especially to the Hungarians, with design (as is supposed) to allure and at∣tract their minds to a belief of the gentleness of the Turkish Y••ke; as if he compassionated the mi∣series of that Country, which was the Stage whereon the Tragedies of so many miseries and slaughters were acted. This Siege continued about the pace of Forty three Days; of the Ga∣rison marched out Three thousand five hundred sound men, and about Five hundred wounded; those Inhabitants who would remain, had pro∣tection and liberty. The Army which besieged the Town, consisted of Fifty thousand men, In the Town were found Sixty pieces of Brass Can∣non, but most broken and unserviceable, with little Ammunition, but with great provision of Hungarian Wines. The loss the Turks might receive, is computed to have been of about fifteen thousand men, amongst which was sl••in, the Spaheelar Agasee, or General of the Horse, Beco Pasha, Beg••erbeg of Romalia, Usaff, Pasha of Anatolia, and Ibrahim Pasha of Seyda, with sixteen Captains belonging to Buda, and nine to Constantinople.

The loss of Newhausel affected the Austrian Court with so dreadful apprehensions of the Ot∣toman Fortune and Fury, that they hastened the finishing of the Works, and Fortifications of Vi∣enna; cutting down all the Woods and Boscage there abouts, which might benefit or shelter the Enemy; and so great an impression did the fear of the Turks prevalency and power work on the minds of the Germans, that they not only Forti∣fied the Frontiers, but secured the innermost parts of Austria, which extend along the River, as far as within three Miles of Lin••z.

But above all, Possonium, which was upon the Frontiers,* 9.50 though not an open Town, yet of no strength or resistance was not neglected, but reinforced with a considerable Garison, and the Works restored and repaired, with as many addi∣tional Fortifications as time would admit but the Inhabitants had lost so much of their Spirit and Courage, by the melancholly relation of the fate of Newhausel, and the apprehension of the dreadful advance of the whole Turkish Force, that their constancy to the Emperor began to waver, and to entertain some thoughts of submitting to the mercy and clemency of the Turks, who had newly declared, that such as voluntarily submit∣ted to the Ottoman Obedience, should for Three years be exempted from all Tribute or Taxes. This consideration adjoined to fear, so prevailed on those of Possonium, that they shut the Gates against the Garison which was sent to recruit and defend them; some publickly declaring the ex∣tremity of their affairs had no other satety than in a surrender of themselves to the mercy and pro∣tection of the Vizier. Howsoever the Count Strozzi.* 9.51 with his Italian Artifices, so wheedled the grosser humour of the Hungarians, that they were per∣swaded to admit him and his Regiment within the Town, where he disposed all things with that Conduct, and built those Forts and in a short time so apparently render'd the Town tenable that the Inhabitants taking Courage resolved to defend themselves, in obedience to their Prince, to the ul∣timate point of Estates and Loves.* 9.52 In the mean time the Turks made themselves Masters of Leventz, a Town, though renable and not contemptible for its strength, yet was by the Peoples fears, and al∣lurements of the V••z ers promises and fair Propo∣sitions, committed to the mercy of the Turks, and swore in Fealty to them the 23d day of Septem∣ber.

By this time the news of the taking of New∣hausel,* 9.53 was arrived at the Ottoman Court, where it was entertained with so much joy, that a Du∣nelma, or Festival, was appointed for the space of seven days through the whole Empire; which according to the fashion of the Turks, is Celebra∣ted by adorning the Gates, and outward Walls of their Houses, so soon as it begins to be dark, with grate store of Lamps and Candles, during which time the Nights are spent with Musick and Banquets, as the Days are with Visits and Pre∣sents, and Corban, (which is an Alms which rich men make in flesh to the poor sort, and is given either at the little Biram, which is called the Feast of Corban, or upon some publick Thanksgiving, which is performed in this manner.)* 9.54 He that makes the Corban, first lays his hand upon the head of the Sheep or Lamb, makes a short Pray∣er, and then in the Name of God cuts the throat, the Butcher afterwards fleying off the skin, the Corbanist divides the flesh into small pieces, to as many poor as flock to receive it. In the heat of these Revels and Banquets, every one spake high in praise of their fortunate Arms, and Con∣gratulated each with other, the prosperous be∣ginnings of this War, promising to themselves the following year, rather a time of Peregrination or Travel through the pleasant Countries and Cities of the Christians, than blood and sweat in obtain∣ing the possession of their Enemies. Nor were such imaginations vain or absurd for the Commonalty to entertain; in regard it was vident to the World, in what manner the Ottoman Arms roved through Hungary uncontrouled, without an appearance of any consideraable Force to give them the least stop or interruption; so that under the very Walls of Rab and Presburg, and on the Banks of the Danube near Komarra, Incursions and depredation were made, and great numbers of People of both Sexes, and of all Ages, were carried into slavery, the Country all round laid waste, the Corn and Hay burnt; with all other miserable effects and Concomitants of War.

In this manner all places seemed to fall down and yield at the very rumour of the Turks ap∣proach; for not only Leventz surrendred it self, but likewise Nitra, though over-topped by a strong and an impregnable Castle, was by the Cowardice of the Commander betrayed at the first Summons of the Turks; for which action, the Captain afterwards, by express Command of the Emperor, suffered Death.

After all these successes, though no opposition appeared in the Field, to obstruct the luxuriant and wanton march of the victorious Squadrons of the Ottoman Army; and not only Hungary, but Austria, and the lower Germany was Alarmed and terrified with the rumour of the Turkish num∣bers; and though the Vizier (as it is said) began this War with the ambitious thoughts of posses∣sing Vienna it self, and out-vying the Acts of Soly∣man the Magnificent: Yet it seemed strange, that being come thus far, and almost in prospect of his hopes, that he should give a check to his Fortunes, and not advance towards Vienna, to which now the passage seemed wide and open; but it was almost a miracle, that he should not make a Visit to Possonium, before which, had he only displaid his dreadful Arms, it had surren∣dred at his first Summons and Apearance. In∣stead whereof he attempted Schinta,* 9.55 the Maga∣zine of the Emperors Arms and Artillery, but found not the same easy entrance as he did with the Governour of Nitra; but instead thereof, being stoutly repulsed after several Assaults, concluded the enterprize too difficult, and requiring more time and blood than could be countervailed by the acquisition of that place. Wherefore raising his Camp, he employed a considerable Party to take Novigrade, a Castle scituated on a high Rock, encompassed with a Ditch of 34 Foot deep,* 9.56 Gari∣soned with Six hundred Soldiers, and provided sufficiently with Victuals and Ammunition; how∣soever by ill fortune, and worse Conduct, this place also was resigned into the hands of the Turks.

By this time the Winter approaching,* 9.57 and the season of the Year beginning to be unfit for action, the Great Vizier retreated as far as Belgrade, to take up his Winter Quarters with the gross of his Army: Where remaining with full satisfaction and glory, contemplating the successes of the past Year, and promising to himself greater renown, and exaltation of his mighty acts, for that insu∣ing; he so contemned the Force of his Enemies, that he Licensed great numbers of the Asian Spa∣hees, who came as far as from Baylon and Grand Cairo, to return home to their own possessions. Howsoever, to vex the Christians with continual Alarms, the Vizier ordered a flying Body of Turks and Tartars, to the number of 30000. under the Command of* 9.58 Chengiogli, to pass into Stiria and Craotin, the Country of Count Serini, and there to burn, lay waste, and depopulate all before them. Count Serini was now newly returned from Hungary, and supposing the season for action finished, had lodged the greatest part of his Forces within their Winter Quarters, and securely laid himself to repose; when an Alarm came of the approach of Thirty thousand Horse; the Count rowsing his great Spirit from its ease, collected as many of his People into a Body, as the shortness of time would permit, which were not above 480 men; and with these he betook himself to the River Muer, to give a stop (if possible) to the passage of the Enemy, placing Centinels in all places where the River was fordable. On the Seventeenth of November, the Christians espyed the Turks Encamped on the other side, and at the same time discovered Two thousand of them to have passed the River; on which,* 9.59 Serini immediately made that furious Assault, assisted with the Courage of Captain Chirfaleas (a Per∣son who had oftentimes given glorious proofs of his valour against the Turks) that he soon put them to open flight and they seeking to pass the River, and missing the place where the River was fordable, threw themselves headlong into the Wa∣ter where the most part of those perished who es∣caped the Sword. The Turks on the other side were so amazed at this stupendious Valour of Se∣rini, that their Courages failing them, they de∣sisted from their farther attempt upon Croatia; so that this poor Country seemed as it were for the present, to be reprieved, by Miracle, from a total destruction.

THE HISTORY OF Sultan Mahomet IV. THE XIII. EMPEROUR OF THE TURKS.

The Third BOOK

Anno Christi, 1664. Hegeira, 1075.

THE Month of January was now well entred with its rigid Frosts, when Apafi Prince of Transilva∣nia, beholding his Souldiers in their Winter Quarters, and all things quiet and still about him, judged it seasonable for his establishment to dis∣cover himself with some lustre to the World, seated in the usual Throne of the Transilvanian Princes; which sight appeared so universally grate∣ful to the People, that they began to be ena∣moured of their Prince, and to applaud his Per∣son, his Prowess and Vertues, and to cast an ill and envious Eye on those Cities which were Gar∣rison'd with German Souldiers. About which time the Fortress of Zechelhyd revolted from Obe∣dience of the Emperor unto Apafi the Prince:* 9.60 For the Souldiery of that Garrison having long Ar∣rears of pay due to them, made a Mutiny, and expelled their Collonel Dempenbal from his Office, and pillaged his House, placing the Quarter-Ma∣ster of Strozzi's Regiment in his stead. The news of this Sedition flew quickly to Vienna, from whence immediately a Messenger was dispatched with an Act of Pardon from the Emperor, upon submission, and proffers of full satisfaction of all Arrears: but the Souldiery finding themselves on∣ly paid with words, hearkened to the more ef∣fectual Propositions of Apafi, who taking hold of this opportunity, sent every Souldier ten Dol∣lars with a Suit of Cloaths, promising larger and more constant Pay than they received from the Emperor, with which the Garrison being satisfied, surrendred up their City on the 20th of January. But whilst other Armies remained in their Quar∣ters, and other Commanders gave themselves up to ease, and drowned themselves in Wine and Banquets; and whilst Jealousies, Envies, and Ce∣remonies, disturbed and confused the resolves of Diets and private Councils; the generous and vigilant Serini, having received advices from A∣drianople, that the Turks design in the next Cam∣pagna, was to convert the whole heat and fury of the War upon Croatia, and through that Country to open a passage unto Friuli; his active spirit conceived that heat and flame, that the Winters cold could not chill his hot and eager desires from entring into the open Field, and com∣mencing some attempt and enterprize on his E∣nemy. Wherefore on the 16th of January, he began his march from Serinswar, with an Army of about 25000 men; and in the first place, marching along the Banks of the Dravus, shewed himself before Berzenche; which upon conditions of marching away with Arms, Bag, and Bag∣gage, was surrendered to him. Bakockza was likewise yielded, and a Palancha on the Ri∣ver quitted upon report of the Counts ap∣proach, leaving behind them Eight brass Guns in the Fort. From hence he marched towards Esseck, otherwise called Oseck, which is the only pass from the upper to the lower Hun∣gary, having a Bridge of Wood over a Moor or Fen, about six or seven miles in length, which once I remember, with my Horse, I was an Hour and three quarters in passing (as I

observed by my Watch), and reported to have been six years in building. This Bridg Serini re∣solved to burn,* 9.61 which cost the Turks 300000. Dol∣lars, and six years time to build; imagining that to rebuild it again, was a Work of that time, as could not be repaired in one Summer, and that by this means the Turks would be disappointed of all Action the following Year,* 9.62 and the Empire have time to breathe, and assemble the utmost of their Strength and Force together; wherefore ta∣king opportunity of the hard Winter, when the Marsh was frozen, and a strong Wind to carry the Flame; he sent before him 2000. Dragoons, and 3000. Croats, which encountring 6000. Turks at the foot of the Bridg, set for Guard of that place, were so ill treated by them, that they had been wholly cut off, had not a considerable Force of Horse and Dragoons come in to their assistance, by whose Resolution they not only routed the Turk, but took the Palancha, which was the Defence of the Bridg, and having gained it in hot Blood, put all to Fire and Sword; after which, Fire being set to the Bridg in divers places, in a short time it was consumed, and re∣mained in Ashes. The news of this Exploit was received at Vienna with great Joy; believing that for the following Year, they had disappointed the Turks of a Passage; but by the sequel it will appear, how much they erred in the account made of the Diligence of the Turks, who in forty days repaired that which they esteemed a work of some Years; and as I observed, it was all built of new Timber, and on another Foundation dif∣ferent from the old. From this place Serini marched to Quin{que} Ecclesiae,* 9.63 or Five Kirk, at whose near approach, the Turks set out a white Flag on one of the Towers, signifying a desire of Parly, as if they had had intentions to surrender on Terms and Articles of Agreement; the Chri∣stians with this Confidence marched near the Walls, where the Turks espying their Advantage on their Enemies now under command of their Guns, fired upon them, and did severe Execution, killing amongst others, several principal Officers, of which were General Hammerling, and Count Harberstein; which perfidious Action so transport∣ed Serini, that he resolved on a furious Assault, and performed it with that Gallantry, that on the 5th of February he took the Town by Storm and Force of Arms, and in Recompence of their treacherous Stratagem, put all the Inhabitants to the Sword, and gave up the Town to the Pillage and Plunder of the Souldiery, and aftewards set∣ting it on Fire, rendred it the most horrid Specta∣cle of Fire and Sword that had as yet been seen or known in this present War.

These Successes of Serini gained him the Repu∣tation of a valiant and fortunate Prince, and his liberal hand in frankly bestowing the Booty and Pillages amongst the Soldiery, invited great num∣bers to follow his Banner. His active Spirit and Vigilance gained him likewise a Reputation amongst the Turks, that their principal Fear and Dread was of Serin-Ogli, as of a watchful and politick Enemy; for in every place he made great Havock and Spoil, being reported to have laden two thousand five hundred Carts with Slaves, Goods and Ammunition, and to carry with him an hundred fifty five Pieces of Cannon taken out of small Forts and Palancha's, and to have laid waste all the Country between the Dravus and the Danube. In these Incursions, and victorious and dreadful Travels through the Enemies Country, the valiant Serini at length arrived at Sigeth,* 9.64 a Fortress consisting of a new and old Town conjoyned by a Bridg which crosses a famous Marsh or Fen, ennobled by the Attempt made thereon by Solyman the Magnificent in the year 1565. with an Army of six hundred thousand Men; in defence of which Nicholas Serini, the great Grandfather of the present Count, im∣mortalized his Fame and Memory with the loss of his Life, and renowned the Place it self by his Feats at Arms. At this place Serini was re∣solved to revenge the Blood of his Ancestors, and sacrifice great numbers to the Ghost of his Grandfather; to which end he sent the Count Olack before him with part of his Army, to Sum∣mon the Enemy, and prepare the way to his own more effectual Force; Olack had ordered all things accordingly, when Serini full of Glory and Spoils arrived him in his Leagure, and joyn∣ing together, appointed a day for a general Storm; but whilst these things were meditating, and that Sigeth was reduced almost to the last Extremity, advice came of the near approach of a Body of twelve thousand Turks and Tar∣tars;* 9.65 to encounter which, the Attempt was ac∣counted difficult, considering the loss and diminu∣tion of the Christian Forces, which by continual Actions, and the bitter Sufferings of the Winter Season, were reduced to a number inferior to that of their Enemies; and wanting all sorts of Provi∣sion and Ammunition, it was resolved, as most expedient, to raise the Siege, which was the next day performed, and the Sold••ery taken into Garisons to Repose and Recruit themselves. But whilst by the active and zealous Spirit of this great Champion, most matters proceeded succes∣fully on the side of Croatia, the Christian Af∣fairs on the other side, by the negligence of some Ministers, ran into evident Ruin and Disorder. For Claudiopolis,* 9.66 which not many years past had defended it self so valiantly against the Turks under the Command of the Governor Retani, did now, wanting pay, (the Sinew and Life of the Soldiery) follow the late Example of Zechel∣hyd, and surrendred it self into the hands of Apafi; and tho the Complaints and Murmurings of the Soldiers gave a sufficient time of warn∣ing to make due Provisions against a Misfortune so imminent and plainly appearing; yet the want of Expedition at Vienna, and the unprofitable Application only of empty Words and Air to feed the penury, and satisfie the Appetite of starving Men, was a Remedy so little avail∣able, that the Garison submitted to Apafi, and yielded to Conditions whereby they might Eat and Live: the Story of which Place, compa∣red with that of Zechelhyd, was so shameful and pungent to Men capable of any impres∣sions of Honour or Duty, that at length it awakened the Germans, and admonished them to provide better for Zacmar and Tockey, and o∣ther Frontier Garisons, lest they also should incur the like Fate and Misfortune with the two for∣mer.

By this time the Actions of Serini were rumour∣ed in the Grand Signiors Seraglio, and the re∣port of them became common in the mouths of the Vulgar; wherefore full of Anger and Dis∣dain, the Sultan wrote severely to his Vizier, re∣proving him of negligence for suffering Serini so freely to Range his Countries without controul, to the great Dishonour of his Empire, and Damage of his People: whereupon the Vizier not as yet having received his Recruits, nor pre∣pared so early for the March of the gross of his Army, dispatched notwithstanding a conside∣rable Force to precede him, with Orders either by stealth to surprize Serinswar, or else to lay Siege unto it. This Army marching by the way

of Bosna, the news thereof was brought to Count Peter Serini, appointed by his Brother to stand Centinal on the Guard of his Country,* 9.67 whilst he in Person was busied in Hungary, who immedi∣ately thereupon, with what Force he could collect, ambushed himself at the narrow Pass of a Moun∣tain called the Morlac, where he had not long attended, before the Turks, without order or care, entred with their whole Body; but being on a sudden surprized by the Count, were wholly de∣feated, leaving two thousand dead on the place, with many Prisoners.

The Month of March being now well entred, the Frosts began to thaw, and the Air become more mild and moderate, when Count Nicho∣las Serini entertained thoughts of laying Siege to Kanisia: But to lay the Foundation of this Design with the better Judgment, it was thought first necessary to view the State and Scituation of the Place;* 9.68 wherefore the Count in Person, accompa∣nied with about fourteen Officers, went one day to take a survey thereof; but he was not so pri∣vate in his Design, but that it was known to the Turks, who secretly laid five hundred Men in wait to take him, and upon the near approach of Serini, started from their Holes with Shouts and Out-crys; but the Count was so well mount∣ed on his Croatian Courser, that he out-ran them all, and got Refuge in the Thickets of a neighbouring Wood, where three hundred of his own Horse alarmed at a distance by the Echo's of the cry, came in to his Succor, and making Head against the Turks, routed and de∣feated them, killing and taking many Prisoners; amongst the Slain was found one armed Cap-a∣pe, with a silk Twist, or Cord of divers Colours about his Waste, who was, as reported by the Captives, to have been one who resolved to have taken Serini, and with that Cord to have brought him bound to the Feet of the Vizier. Serini having thus escaped, resolved to Revenge himself of the Affront, and therefore made most dreadful Spoils and Confusion in all Places round Kanisia; so that the People flying thither for Sanctuary, were refused Entertainment by the Pasha, who at that time labouring with scarcity, and expecting a Siege, had no need of unnecessary Guests.

Serini having now fully resolved to lay Siege to Kanisia, thought fit first to signifie the De∣sign to his Imperial Majesty; for which purpose he dispatched away the Engineer General with Letters to the Council of War of the Lower Hun∣gary,* 9.69 containing a perfect Relation of the Success and Progress of his Arms in that Winter, and how he had laid waste and desolate all that cir∣cumference of Land which lies between the Ri∣ver Dravus and Serinswar, by which means Ka∣nisia was already straitned with Famine, and that now was the only Season to recover that Fort∣ress, if the Design were put into immediate Exe∣cution, before the Turks arose from their Winter-quarters, or had time to afford a powerful Re∣lief. The Resolution of Serini was so well plea∣sing to the Council, that by the same Messenger they signified their Approbation thereof to the Emperor, then at the Diet at Ratisbone, humbly desiring, that this Design might proceed, which would undoubtedly take effect, if the Count were provided only with thirteen thousand Foot, and seven thousand Horse; but then the Siege was to be laid before the beginning of April, lest the early motion of the Turkish Camp should blast and defeat the too late beginning of this Action. The particular Journal of Serini's Suc∣cess was not less pleasing to his Caesarean Ma∣jesty, than his present Heroical Resolution a∣gainst Kanisia; who thereupon gave Orders to the General Council to supply him with all Provisions, Ammunition and Men which were requisite for this Siege, and was graci∣ously pleased himself to express in a Letter to the Count, the Sense he had of his Merits and Valour, which he applauded and extolled in the Words following.

POstquam mihi Architectus Militaris de Vassemboij eximios Vestros progressus fa∣mosique Pontis Essolciensis exustionem, & caetera a Vobis edita Virtutis Militaris singularia specimina longa serie exposuisset, supervene∣runt Vestrae de 19. Februarii, & omnia bre∣viori, quam tantorum gestorum magnitudo capit, enarratione confirmantes. Posuit fortunatus iste progressus labescenti rei Hungariae firmum adminiculum, erexit consternatos meorum fide∣lium animos, & futurorum foelicium succes∣suum non exiguum jecit fundamentum. Pro∣inde haec Vestra egregia facta non minus mihi grata & accepta accidunt, quam in Nomi∣nis Vestri perennitatem, & augendam apud Posteros memoriam redundant. Spero omni∣no per Divinam assistentiam, virtutemque, & experientiam Vestram ejusmodi ultiores foelices successus, atque hostilium armorum debellatio∣nem.

According to this Order of the Emperor, the Resolution of the Council of War was established on the 10th of March, and Serini published, That on the 8th of April he would begin the Siege; but in regard the Germans in Stiria,* 9.70 and the Forces of the Rhyne, by reason of the Absence of their General, the Count Olack, could not be so soon ready, the time of the Siege was defer∣red until the 30th of April, on which, or the first of May, the Town was formally beleagured, not so much with hopes of Success, as with Design to maintain the Reputation of the Imperial Arms, and to divert the gross of the Enemies force from the more easie and delightful Plains of Hungary, or the plenteous Confines of Vienna, to a Coun∣try less happy or fruitful, encompassed with Fens and Marshes, poisoned with bad Airs and Vapours, and made more miserable already by the Desolations of War. But let us leave Serini at his Siege before Kanisia, and travel a while with our thoughts to the Diet at Ratisbone,* 9.71 and understand what is there forming and designing towards Preservation of the Commonweal of the Empire. The taking of Newhausel, and the Progress of the Ottoman Arms, had awaken∣ed the German Princes with that Sense of the common Danger, that a Diet was assembled at Ratisbone to consult of the most effectual means that might give a stop to the uncontrouled In∣cursions of the Turk. And not to trouble the Reader with the Names of all those Princes and Ambassadors which there appeared, it will be sufficient to signifie, That besides his Cesarean Majesty, there were present, as his Plenipo∣tentiaries, the Elector of Mentz, and Arch-Bi∣shop of Saltzburgh: And tho many Princes show∣ed themselves with Glory and Splendor; yet none appeared with that Pomp and Magnificence as the Elector of Bavaria, who for number of Coaches, richness of his Liveries, and compleat Government of his Retinue, was so neat and po∣lite,

that he seemed not only to exceed every Court in particular, but in Elegance and Mag∣nificence to equalize them all together. Upon Debate of matters in reference to this War, the Count of Olack was unanimously chosen General for the Confederates of the Rhine, but the more hot disputes between the Protestants and Papists about Election of other Generals kept matters in longer suspence; yet at length the Marquess of Baden was chosen Marshal General in behalf of the League, the Marquess of Durlach, and the Bishop of Munster his Councellours, and Dire∣ctor; of the War;* 9.72 and Count Francis Fucher, Ge∣neral of the Ordnance. But in the Levies of their Forces they concurred more freely and willing∣ly; for besides the Imperial Forces, which con∣sisted of 41600 Foot, and 13900 Horse, the Al∣lies and Confederates furnished 13850 Foot, and 3350 Horse; the Auxiliaries of the Empire made up a Body of 16991 Foot and 4037 Horse, be∣sides the Forces of Saxony, and Brandenburgh, and the Succours of France; so that, by Gods Provi∣dence, the Christian Army was this year esteemed equal, if not more numerous than the multitudes of their Enemies.

The next matter under consideration was the nomination of Ministers to be sent abroad to im∣plore assistance from Christian Princes more re∣mote;* 9.73 the Count Piccolomini was to negotiate in the Courts of Italy; but having taken a Distemper in his Journeys, died after a short sickness at Milan.

Also the Count Colalto,* 9.74 sent to his Majesty of Great Britain, died in his Journey before he arri∣ved at London; notwithstanding which the gene∣rous Piety of His Majesty was not wanting with a liberal Hand to contribute towards the Promotion of the Christian Interest.

From Poland nothing more could be obtained than Terms of Courtesy,* 9.75 and Demonstrati∣ons of Good Will and ••esires, for that their Forces being employed against the Moscovite to recover the lost Countries of Lituania, could not possibly attend the Service and Command of his Imperial Majesty, tho they could not but at the same time reflect on their Premures and Ne∣cessities with Shame and Confusion which disabled them from answering with like returns the grateful Memory they still retained of the assistance against Sweden.

To his Most Christian Majesty Count Strozzi was employed,* 9.76 before whose Arrival at Paris the common Report and Vogue was, That that King resolved to contribute an effectual Assistance to the Christian Cause in that present Conjun∣cture; which pious Disposition Strozzi so hap∣pily improved, that he obtained from his Ma∣jesty a Grant and Promise of four thousand Foot, and two thousand Horse, raised and pay∣ed at his own Charge, to be united with the Troops of the Rhinish League: And farther, His Majesty was so gracious herein, that he pub∣lished a Declaration, That what Person soever would serve the Emperor against the Turk, his Resolution and Action therein should be accept∣ed by him, in the same manner as if the Ser∣vice were immediately tendered to himself. Up∣on which many Persons of Quality resolved up∣on this Expedition, amongst which was the Duke of Buglion, the Marquis de Villeroy, the Abbot of Richelieu, and m••ny other Heroes, and Persons of Bravery, who ventured their Lives with no other Consideration than that of Honour and Religion. But before I pass from this Emb••ssy, give me leave to report a Com∣plement which Count Strozzi passed upon this King, which some say did savour a little too much of Flattery and Affectation. The matter was this: Count Strozzi being admitted to his Audience,* 9.77 so soon as he entered into the Cham¦ber, I know not whether it was feigned or real, he seemed to be struck with such an Amazement and Fear, that for a while he was not able to pronounce a word Articulate or Intelligible; but at length recollecting himself, he began with a trembling Voice to excuse this Hesitation of his Speech, having his Senses dissipated, and his Eyes dazled with the Rays and Splendor of so much Majesty; and with that, as in a Rapture or Ec∣stasie broke out into an Admiration of the French Monarchy, the report of whose Greatness and Glory, tho arrived to the utmost Confines of the Universe, came yet far short of that real Majesty which he saw and admired, whose dreadful and mysterious Throne was sufficient to revive the dead Ashes of the Sabean Queen to prostrare her self before this new Solomon, much excelling the Wisdom, the Richess, the Virtue, and Happiness of the former. And thence de∣scending with the like sagacious Obsequiousness, to confute the malicious Reports of malignant Tongues, who, envious of the harmony of Chri∣stian Spirits, represented His Majesty as ill-affe∣cted to the Austrian Family; whereas to the contrary, he could testifie to have found that excess of Affection, and admirable Disposition in His Majesty towards the Emperor his Ally, as rendred his Embassy abundantly happy and successful, which joined to the Zeal His Maje∣sty had towards the Christian Cause, was like Friendship united to Charity, and moral Virtues made perfect by spiritual Qualifications. In fine, he compared his Christian Majesty to that Glo∣rious Sun, which communicating his light to the Christian World, affords the most benign Influence to the Catholick Climate; with much better reason therefore ought Germany to par∣ticipate so great a Circle of those Rays, as may serve wholly to obscure and darken the dim and barbarous Light of the Ottoman Moon. In sum, Strozzi knew so well how to manage his Discourse, and play the Orator, that he obtained considerable Assistances, and returned to his Master the Emperor with full Demon∣strations of all obliging Terms, and courteous Tre••••ments. And having thus understood what Preparations are making in Christendom, let us pass over into the Turks Quarters, and see what is in the mean time tr••nsacting in those Dominions.

At this time the Rumour of a Rebellion and Mutiny amongst the Great Beghs at Grand Cairo in Egypt,* 9.78 afforded matter for Trouble and Consultation at the Ottoman Court; for that those Beghs who have great Possessions and Power in that Country, made Seizure of Ibrahim Pasha, and imprisoned him, being about the Expiration of his three years commonly allotted to that Govern∣ment; and therefore near upon departure. The demands they had upon him was for no less than three thousand Purses of Money, which according to the Cairo Account, are reckoned seven hundred and fifty Dollars a Purse, and pretended to be taken from them against Law and Justice; and that without Restitution thereof they resolved not to restore him his Liberty. This Insolence against so ••minent a Pasha, qualified with such absolute Power in his Government, and one related to the Grand Signior by Marriage of his Sister, compared with the late neglects and disobedience of that People who for some years had failed in the full payment of their Tribute, were interpreted as evi∣dent Symptoms of Disaffection and Malignancy, which that People entertained against the Ottoman

Subjection. Wherefore the Sultan immediately dispatched away the Master of his Horse to Cai∣ro, with full Power to apease this Rebellion, and with Lenitives to moderate the Fury of the People, who seemed to be too Licentious and Unbridled to be governed by a Musselim or De∣puty: Wherefore the Selictar Aga was elected Pasha, and to depart with all Expedition. In the mean time this Messenger, to make greater haste, took post through Asia with thirty in his Company, and in a short time arrived at Grand Cairo, where, with fair terms, and Restitution of some Money from the Pasha, all matters were re∣duced to an amicable composure, only the punish∣ment of the chief Mutiners, with a fair Coute∣nance, deferred for a Season, was afterwards ac∣cording to the Turkish Fashion, when time and opportunity presented, remunerated to those fa∣ctious Spirits with a severe Interest, and Satisfa∣ction to Justice.

Not long after, Ibrahim Pasha having obtain∣ed his Liberty, returned from his Govern∣ment of Cairo to Constantinople, where refreshing himself some time with the Embraces of his young Sultana, an Imperial Command for imme∣diate payment of four hundred Purses of Money to the Grand Signiors Treasury, disturbed his delightful quiet.* 9.79 The Pasha made a present payment of one half, but desired time for the Remainder, either for want of that instant sup∣ply, or else in hopes of ease of his Fine. But the Sultan, who is impatient of any delay in his Slaves, which savours of obstinacy or disobedience, tho never so reasonable, dispatched another Com∣mand, enjoining present Compliance, and as a Penalty for the late Neglect, raised the Demand from four hundred to six hundred Purses, which if not as readily payed as required, the Kima∣cham of Constantinople was impowered to com∣mit him Prisoner within the four Gates of the Seraglio, the fatal Prison, from whence few find other Release than by Death. The Pasha not being able to comply, was there restrained of his Liberty;* 9.80 and yet had the good fortune in a few days to obtain his freedom, by the endeavours (as some suppose) to the Great V••zier, who having by this Act weakened his Power and Treasure, did afterwards as an instrument of his Deliverance, conserve his Life, and obtain for him the Govern∣ment of Darbiquier, where being remote and ob∣scure at so far a distance, could never be capable to shadow, or by his great popularity and affable comportment endanger the present happy state of the V••ziers Office.

Matters growing now towards Action, by re∣turn of the Spring, the Grand Signior, to incou∣rage his Vizier in a continuance of his duty, sent him a Horse and a Sword as a Testimony of his favour and good esteem of his Person; and Or∣ders were issued out through all the Empire for publick Prayers to be made some days before the Vizier began his March towards the Enemy. This appointment of publick Devotions occasioned matter of argument and dispute between the Muf∣ti, and a Shegh or Preacher, one that was always near the Grand Signiors Person, and therefore on Confidence of his familiar Access to the Pre∣sence of the Sultan, and on Presumption of his Sanctity and Priviledg of his Office, took Liber∣ty to oppose and contradict the Oracle of the Ottoman Law.* 9.81 The Problem in question was, Whether Prayers appointed for success of the Ot∣toman Arms, according to the Law of their Pro∣phet, were to be made privately, and in every Mosch or Oratory apart, or in a general Assem∣bly of the whole City. The Mufti maintained the last Position, citing in favour of his Opinion the Testimony of divers Arabick Doctors, and the customs of the present and past times. The Shegh on the contrary was for Devotions to be performed in every Mosch, declaring. That the Assembly of all the People of a City into one Body did nothing avail or inforce the Power of Prayer; for they being true believers, were all illuminated, and had no need of helps to make their Prayers more fervent or more accepta∣ble. The Argument was hot on both sides; and tho the Mufti had got another Shegh on his part, who might pretend to as much of Illumi∣nation as the other, and j••yned to the Mufti's Opinion, who is the Mo••th and undoubted Inter∣preter of the Law, might seem able not only to resolve the knottiest difficulties, but to impose an Assent on them with greater Authority; yet the Shegh having the Grand Signor on his side. pre∣sently got most of Reason, and forced the Mufti to recant his former Opinion as Erroneous, and to banish the other Shegh his Companion, pretend∣ing that he was now convinced, and had sooner discovered the truth, had not the Imp••st••r, the false Preacher deceived him by his ••e gned Illu∣minations. This Victory gained the Shegh much applause and esteem with the Grand Signior, so that he vented what Doctrine he pleased and all he said was taken for Divine Ruies and Pre∣cepts. He was born abou•• Van on the Confi es of Persia, so that he is called Vanni Efendi, and is of the A••m••nian Race: he preached every Fri∣day at Adrianople in one Mosch or other. where the Grand Signior was for the most part present; and tho the greatest part of his Sermons were stuffed up with Praises of the M••bomeian Religion, and Invectives against Christians, sen∣tencing all polluted and profane who ass••ciate with them, and exclaiming against the Abomina∣tion of Wine; yet it is confidently reported, that he is no strict Observer of the Law he pro••esses, the which his Disciples and Familiars are ready to excuse in him, saying, That it may be lawful for him to dispense with such matters, in regard his Illuminations and high Prerogatives of Sanctity have infranchised him from observance of the meaner and less substantial points of their Law.

The Turks,* 9.82 who are as much given to Predi∣ctions and Interpretations of old Prophecies, as ever the Egyptians were, busied themselves this year more than ever, to know the Event of this War. Some, who had studied ancient Arabick Predictions, had extracted certain Astrological Figures, and from thence framed strange Fancies, according to the humour or melancholly of the Astrologer; one whereof coming to the Grand Signiors ears, mentioning divers things obscure∣ly, and in general of the great Effusion of Blood, but that at last the Advantage and Victory should remain to the Tu••k, and that the Grand Signi∣or himself should shortly make a Journey; the Grand Signior troubled here••t as much as ever Pharaoh was about the Interpretation of his ••ream, sent for one of the Chief Just ces of the Law, called the Kadilescher, and with him con••eried concerning this Prediction: all things Pleased him well; but only the latter part of making a Journey. Whither that Journey should be, he could not imagine his Arms were so prosperous in Hungary, that he conceived the Vizier had no need of his Presence either to animate or re∣cruit his Army; and to any other part, he knew not what could move him from his delightful and beloved City of Adrianople. I he Kadiles∣cher supposing that he might put that Interpreta∣tion

thereon which might not be ungrateful, repli∣ed, Perhaps, O Emperour, he may mean that you shall again return to your sublime and happy Port of Constantinople. The Grand Signior sud∣denly touched herewith,* 9.83 burst into choler: How, said he, to Constantinople! what joy, what com∣fort can I have there? Hath not that place been fatal to my Father? What benefit had my Un∣cle from thence? or any of my Race? Have not all my Princes Ancestors been subject to a thousand mutinies and Rebellions in that place? I shall sooner than return thither, set fire to it with my own hands, and rejoyce to see that City with my Seraglio brought to ashes. And that we may farther discover the strange aversion the Sultan had to Constantinople, and his resolution to change the Seat of his Empire, it is observable, that he built a small Seraglio not far from Adrianople, in imitation of that near Constantinople,* 9.84 called Odout Pasha; the place to which he most frequently re∣sorted after that City fell under his dislike and ha∣tred. The Village where his Pallace was built was called Chiomlichoi, or the Village of Pots where earthen Vessels were made: but the Grand Signior changed the name, and called it Odout Pasha, with which name before the People were well acquainted, and that it was accustomed to their mouths, two poor silly Country men mi∣staking, and calling it simply by the former name, were apprehended by some of the Bostangees, and brought before the Grand Signior as contem∣ners of the Imperial Command, and by his im∣mediate Sentence were put to death.

About the end of May the Grand Signior had a Son born to him of one of his Women,* 9.85 for joy of which seven days of Dunalma, or rejoycing were appointed through all the Ottoman Domi∣nions; but especially at Adrianople the Solemnity was greatest, all sorts of Artisans endeavouring to outvy each other in their Shows and Pastimes to entertain the City. At the Gate of the Seraglio was erected a magnificent Pavilion for the Grand Signior, before whom were shown rare artificial Fire-works invented by the most ingenious Masters thereof amongst the Jews; one of which firing a Rocket, which not ascending with usual strength, unhappily fell on the Vest of the Grand Signiors Favourite, standing at the door of the ••ent; at which the young Man being surprized, sent to find out him who fired it, which happening to be a poor Jew, was condemned immediately by the Grand Signiors Sentence to receive eighty Blows on the Soals of his Feet; but as report went, this young Fa∣vorite not appeased with this slender Punishment, obtain'd the Sultans command to put him to Death.

But to return to the Turkish Camp. The Vi∣zier was astonished to understand that Kanisia was besieged, and wondred much at the rashness of Serini, in attempting a Work so difficult without probability of success;* 9.86 howsoever being advised, that the Garison was ill provided of Victuals and Ammunition, he gave order for its supply. In order to which eighty Carts laden with Provisions convoyed by a considerable number of Turks, were conducted by way of Sigeth; but being inter¦rupted in their passage by Serini's Soldiers, were routed, put to flight, and their Provisions taken. In the mean time the Besieged made many vigorous Sallies, and some not without loss to the Christians; and to defend themselves the better, uncovered the tops of their Houses, and made their Lodgings under ground, secure from Granadoes, or shot of the Enemies Batteries. On the other side the Ammunition and Arti••••ery ••rom the Emperour came not so timely as was expected; nor were the Bom••oes and Granadoes so artificially made, but that many of them spent themselves in vain: the Succours likewise of men fell very short of the numbers promised; and Souldiery being drawn from their Winter Quarters before the colds were past, or the pasture grown, began to murmur; but nothing discontented them so much as want of Pay, the just complaint of Souldiers, which discouraged them more than the difficulty of their adventure: against all which Serini pro∣vided as much as he was able out of his own Purse, continuing the Siege more out of reputa∣tion than probable hopes of success; for his Ar∣my was at least diminished two thousand in its number, of which four hundred Hungars, and two hundred Germans were lost in the first As∣saults made upon the Suburbs, and he rest perish∣ed by sickness, and the vigorous and frequent Sallies of the Enemy. Howsoever Serini seemed not to doubt of the success, if he could but be for some time secured from the advance of the Vizier, who now began to draw his gross and numerous Army out of their Winter Quarters into the open field; and therefore with the other Officers before Kanisia, signified their advice to the Emperour and General Council of War, That it was necessary that the Imperial Army should be as early in the Field as the Ottoman; and for the more methodical government of Affairs, that the Army should be divided into three Bodies, one to recruit the Forces before the Town, a second to march to Osek, and hinder the Enemies passage over the Dravus, and a third to take the Field, and apply assistance where it was judged most useful. This counsel being well accepted by the Emperour, Orders were immediately is∣sued forth to General Montecuculi to begin his March, with design to obstruct the Turks passage over the Dravus; for that the success against Ka∣nisia was of that high importance, as might just∣ly require the imployment of all the Christian For∣ces in its concernment. Wherefore one Post was dispatched after the other to Montecuculi to solli∣cite his speedy March, and to give a stop to the Viziers Progress. But he answered, That he at∣tended General Sporch, whom he every day ex∣pected to joyn with him; but this Answer prov∣ing by the effect to be nothing more than a pre∣sent excuse, gave occasion of suspicion, and pro∣duced that discontent in the minds of the most zealous, as spread a rumour through all Germany much to the disreputation of Montecuculi. Time thus being protracted, and no Forces appearing to recruit the Leagure, at length advice came to the Generals, when they were just going to din∣ner, that the Vizier with a most numerous Army was within* 9.87 three Leagues of the Town. For the Bridge of Osek was against the common opinion again rebuilt, planked, and compleated with new Timbers in the space of forty days, many hands making light work; which when first founded, was the work of six years: which Expedition was the more remarkable, in regard that this Bridge was not formed out of the Ruines of the old, nor founded on the same ground, but new framed out of the Woods with as much comliness and or∣der as befits a Bridge of that nature and length, passing over a wild Marsh or Fen. The news of the Viziers so near approach was strange to Serini, who by the calculation made of his March, did not yet expect him for several days, but the Vizier ap∣prehending the straitness in which Kanisia might be, leaving the gross of his Army, made more expidite Journeys with a Body of twenty thousand Horse, which not being unknown to Serini, his daring spirit was once resolved to give him Bat∣tel, in which opinion was also Count Strozzi;

but Olach dissenting and refusing to ingage his Forces, the Siege was raised, and all the Forces with good order retreated to Serinswar,* 9.88 where they arrived the day following, leaving to the Ene∣my a great quantity of Powder, Match, Shovels, 20 Carts of Meal, and Two Iron Guns broken.

No Pilgrim ever followed his way with more devotion to the sacred Shrine,* 9.89 than the Vizier was willingly led in pursuit of his Enemy to the Walls of Serinswar, being the place to which his intentions inclined, as the beginning and con∣summation of the War. Over against this envied Fort there is a little Hill strong by Nature, in∣compassed with a narrow Ditch, yet not so nar∣row, as that a Horse can leap over it, nor yet so shallow as to ••e forded. This Hill Serini pro∣posed to the rest of his Collegues or Coadjutors, viz. Olach and Spaar, as a place commodious to incamp their Army, because lying open to the River, could easily be relieved, and would serve as a Redoubt or Out-word to the Fort, in which upon all extremities they might find Sanctuary and resuge: But the apprehension of the Viziers Numbers, and his near approach had made that impression of fear in their minds, that no safety seemed to remain, unless they could see the River Mura between them and their Enemy. Nor was Serini more sucessful in his perswasions to assault the Enemy, whilst they were wearied with their March, and busied in ex∣tending their Tents, the other Generals being of opinion, that it was too great a hazard for them alone to venture their Forces in so unequal a Combat, by they ought rather to expect Mon∣tecuculi, by the addition of whose Forces the lot of War would be less hazardous, if not wholly certain. In this manner great Enterprises have been disappointed, which have wanted only re∣solution to make them successful, Fortune being commonly favourable, if not a Servant, to bold and daring Spirits; the disunion also of Generals hath been the overthrow of the wisest Counsels, and Wars have been ovserved never to have thrived where the Heads of Armies have been of dissenting humors or different interests.

This timidity on the Christian part raised in that manner the spirits of the Turks,* 9.90 that with∣out stop or opposition passing the River Muer, they arrived at Serinswar, where they immediate∣ly fell to their Mattock and Spade, breaking ground for their Trenches, which by continued labour they so diligently attended, that in Se∣venteen days they arrived at the very Ditch of the Fort: Only whilst the Turks were transport∣ing their Numbers over the River, the generous spirit of Strozzi not enduring to see their passage so easie and open, valiantly opposed himself and his small Force against the greater power of the Enemy, and so resolutely performed the Action, that he killed Five hundred upon the place,* 9.91 till at length being unfortunately shot by a Musket∣bullet in the Forehead, he gloriously, together with one Chisfareas, a renowned Croatian Cap∣tain, ended his days in defence of his Countrey and the Christian Cause.

In this interim General Montecuculi arrived with his Army, and was received by Count Se∣rini with all evidences and demonstrations of re∣spect and hearty welcome, and between both passed an appearance at least of friendly corre∣spondence. But as to the present Engagement, Montecuculi was of opinion. That the opportuni∣ty was over slipt, which should at first have been performed, rather by way of surprize than open Battel, before the Ottoman Army had arrived to its full numbers, consisting now of an hundred thousand fighting men. To which reasons Seri∣ni replied, That the Christian Cause,* 9.92 and the States and Confines of the Empire were not to be maintained by men that carry their thumbs at their girdles, or by Armies made resty with ease, and wanton with luxury. That those Ar∣mies were raise not to consume and exhaust the Revenues of their Princes, and Exchequers of their States, without making satisfactory amends by a valiant defence of that Interest which they owned. That the Enemy had not been before that time attempted, was no fault or neglect of his, who under the very Walls of Kanisia re∣solved to give them Battel; but that the other Generals supposed it more prudence and caution to protract the Engagement till his Arrival, who being now happily conjoyned with them, nothing ought to deter them from a glorious Attempt on the Turks, who not consisting of above Thirty thousand men, ill disciplined, and worse armed, were not able to withstand the prowess of their Veterane Army, which far exceeded them in num∣ber, discipline, and courage. These or such like expressions Serini used; and to prove what he averred, he dispatched a confident Person of his own, who spake naturally the Turkish Language, with a Letter to the German Resident, then en∣tertained under custody in the Turkish Camp, to know of him the true state and number of the Turks, which Messenger soon after returned with this short account.

Nisi memortuum velis, amplius non rescribas, hic vix sunt triginta millia, nec illa satis electa,* 9.93 quid vos a pugna deterret? Tormenta Arcis nimis in al∣tum exploduntur. Which in English is thus. Un∣less you desire my death, write not back to me again, here are scarce Thirty thousand men, and these ill provided, what then should deter you from an En∣gagement? The Cannon in the Castle are too high mounted, or shoot over. Serini gave this Letter to Montecuculi, who replied, That so soon as Gene∣ral Sporch came up with his Forces,* 9.94 he would immediately draw up the Army into Batalia; Sporch being arrived, he then resolved to expect Marquess Baden, and so deferred the Battel from time to time, until the Turks advantaging them∣selves by these delays, had worked themselves un∣der ground to the very Walls of the Castle. At length Montecuculi entring into Serini's Fort (it is not known upon what reasons of jealousie, or dis∣content) cleared Serini's Forces of the Garison, and dispossessed the Governour; which when Se∣rini perceived, full of anger and displeasure, he quitted the Camp, and retired himself to his Resi∣dence at Chiacaturno,* 9.95 with intent to make his just Appeal and Complaint to the Emperor's Court.

The Turks availing themselves of these delays and discontents, proceeded forward in their work, so that having Mined to very Walls, on the 9th of June, they blew up one of the half Moons, at which the Defendants were so terrified, that with amazement they left open one of their Sally Ports, at which the Turks entring, put the whole Garison into disorder, consisting of 1900 fighting men; so that now no sasety remaining, but in flight, they forsook their Fort, and croud∣ing over the Bridge in confused heaps, broke it down with the over-pressure of its burden; by fall of which, many perished in the Waters, and about Three hundred and fifty which remained, were cut off by the Sword; this was the fate of Serini's Fort, built with Art,* 9.96 and lost by Cowar∣dice and ill Conduct, which the Year before, only with Twenty Germans, and One hundred and fifty Hungurians, withstood a most impe∣tuous and fierce storm of the Enemy, but

now was less tenable than a Palancha, the Gari∣soned with 1900 Men, of whom in this last Assault one alone had Courage to fire his Mus∣ket, but none adventured to draw a Sword; unless certain Vol••••tiers, and French Officers, whose Courage only renowned their own Deaths, and served to up••raid the Cowardice of their Companions. In the Fort were only found five small Field Pieces, one whole Cannon, a great Mortar Piece, and two small ones belonging to Count Serini; there were also one Mortar Piece, and two small Field Pieces, like to those of Seri∣ni, belonging to the Emperor; tho other Guns of weight or value were carried out of the Fort, as being judged not long tenable, and de∣creed to be abandoned to the Enemy. Serins∣war being thus taken was immediately demolish∣ed by the Vizier, and razed to the Ground; ei∣ther because he would seem to maintain his Word or Vow he had made; or because he would not multiply Garisons, when the present Occasions required rather the active Force of a moving Army.

But before we proveed farther,* 9.97 it seems perti∣nent to our purpos, to declare the Reasons and Grounds of the preceding neglects and discoun∣tenance passed upon Serini by the Grandees of the Imperial Army, which not being vindicated by the Emperor, seem to have been cast upon him by his express Order or at least to have been willing for some private respect, to have the Person of Serini abased, and his Actions obsc••red. It is therefore to be noted (what before hath been said) That the first pretence the Turks made for this War, was this Fort of Serinswar, raised against the Capitulations and Articles of the last Peace, for which, tho the Violence against Va••adin may be pleaded as equal, if not ex∣ceeding the present Breach, to which this was only subsequent, and seemed to be but a just Recompence or Effect thereof; yet because it was that stone of Scandal and Offence, which drew after it that deadly War, in which the Emperor unwillingly engaged against the Ottoman Power, and caused him freely to intimate unto Serini, his desire rather to see that Fort demolished, than the Peace interrupted; to which Serini yielding no Ear, drew upon himself the deserved displea∣sure of his most gracious Prince, who permitted the act of his Obstinacy and Disobedience, to be∣come a just Snare to his own Folly. But perhaps, that Displeasure which was Justice in the Empe∣ror, might be Envy, and Emulation in his Mi∣nisters, who beholding with jealous Eyes his Acti∣ons and Successes the Winter before, which en∣raged his Enemies, and exalted his Name to that Glory in all the Courts of Christian Princes, that the Pope honoured him with Medals of Gold; the King of Spain, with the Order of the Golden Fleece; the French King as a Demonstration of his Esteem, with a Token of ten thousand Crowns; and Cardinal Francis Barberini, with a Pension of eight hundred Crowns a Month; and all other European Princes, at least made the most part Applications to him by Congratulatory Letters, admiring his Virtues, and applauding his Successes; permitting their Gazets and Diur∣nals, Weekly to divulge and publish his Praises. From whence may rationally be collected, the true occasion of that Envy, which by cold assistances, and slow succors, obstructed as well the taking of Kanisia, as the valiant defence of Serinswar, which was decryed, not only as a Fort erected without due and matue Consideration, but without art, or regular Proportions, which might render it tenable; accusing at the same time as well the Rashness and Temerity of Serini's Counsels, as his want of Judgment and Experience in Military Affairs.

But to leave now the sad subject of the Christian misfortunes, occasioned by their own quarrels and dissentions, which the Grand Enemy of Gods Church always endeavoured to sow for advance∣ment of his own Kingdom: Let us cast our Eyes on the other parts of unhappy Hungary. The Siege of Kanisia being raised, and Serinswar taken and demolished, success had swelled and puffed up the minds of the Turks to a height that nothing seemed difficult or impossible to their desires. On the other side, controversies and delays gave that advantage to the Enemy, that nothing could be expected, but losses, slaughter, and in the end, a total-ruin. But God who pitied the miseries of poor Christen∣dom, cast his Eyes of mercy on the Frontiers of the upper Hungary, granting some more happy sucesses to the Christian Arms, conducted by the Valour and Fortune of Count Soise, a French Gen∣tlelman, who having the Command of an Army distinct from that of Montecuculi, began his first attempt and enterprize upon Nitra, where several Persons of Quality,* 9.98 and Officers of the Turkish Ar∣my, were assembled to consider of the Affairs of War. Soise having taken his convenient measures, and made his due approaches, began to batter the Walls, a great part of which in a short time he shook so shroadly, that he opened a very wide Breach, and continually plying Granadoes into the Town, so affrighted the besieged, that imme∣diately they offered a Parly, which Soise accepted, (and the rather, upon advice, that Varadin, Sol∣noc, Temiswar, and the places adjacent, were col∣lecting Forces to raise the Siege, and relieve the Town) entered into Treaty, and concluding up∣on Conditions, the Town surrendered, and the Turks marched out with the Colours folded, and Muskets under their Arms, leading their Horses, had Convoy as far as Chomar.

Soise having obtained this success, entered into Consultation about recovery of Newhausel, but having not Forces judged sufficient to attempt the difficulty of that place, he turned his endeavours and designs upon Lewa or Leventz; but in the way thither, he was casually engaged with a Body of fourteen thousand Turks and Tartars, who were marching to the relief Nitra,* 9.99 and fell in unawares upon his Rereguard; whereupon Soise commanded the Regiments of hsi Major Gene∣ral Guarnicri, and of the Collonels Caprara and Zeitsch, and the Horse and Dragoons of Bran∣denburgh, then marching in the Van, to face about, and Charge the Enemy, which they performed with that Courage and Vigour, that they routed and pursued them as far as the River Giava. At which place Soise Encamped with his Army, and in an advantagious Situation made a line of Cir∣cumvallation about his Camp, strengthening it with some Pieces of Cannon. The Turks having re∣covered a convenient Retreat upon the River, re∣mained opposite to the Christians, and having there reinforced themselves with additional Recruits, returned again to give them Battel, and in three places with extremity of Fury and Despair. as∣saulted the Christian Camp: Fortune for a long time remained doubtful on both sides, till at length the admirable Resolution of the Christians overcame, leaving a thousand Turks extended on the place; many were drowned and the rest fled, leaving a rich Booty for reward to the Conq••••¦rors.

The Christans in this manner being successful, resolved not to check the current of their For∣tune, but without delay,* 9.100 proceeded to Lewa,

which having been for some time battered with great Guns, surrendred it self to the merev of the Conqueror; in which was found a considerable quantity of Meal, and twenty great pieces of Ar∣tillery.

In the mean time, the difference between the King of France and the Pope (on occasion of the insult offered at Rome by the Corsi, to the Em∣bassadors House and Person) being this Year composed; those Forces of the French being in all about 3000. Horse, sent first into Italy to avenge this Affront, under the Command of the Count Coligni, were ordered to pass into Hun∣gary, by way of Venice, to the Assistance of the Emperor; to which, several Gentlemen, Volun∣tiers of the same Nation, joining themselves, formed a Body of 4000. Horse well appointed, Valiant and desirous of Action. The Pope also, whose words expressed and breathed out nothing but holy Zeal against the common Enemy, pro∣mised a supply of 10000. Foot, and 3000. Horse, which were to pass by way of Trieste into Croa∣tia, according to the Promise and Assurance of the Nuntio at Vienna: for acknowledgment of which religious and considerable Succour, Count Leisle was dispatched from the Imperial Court, in a private Character, to pass those Offices of grateful Acceptance, as were due to so high a Merit and Sense of the Christian Cause. But scarce was Leisle arrived at Venice, before he understood (to his great Admiration) that the holy Army was by Order of the Pope disbanded,* 9.101 for which no other Cause was assigned, than only, that at Rome it was seriously debated, and in the end, it was concluded, that the Expence was to great to be charged on the Ecclesiastical State; and that the Sold••ery also were themselves un∣willing to be so far separated from their own Country; all which at Vienna were understood to be frivolous Pretences, and the causes thereof at∣tributed to the sinister Offices of a Person ill af∣fected to the Emperors Interest, by which the Pope and Don Mario his General, falling from their Resolutions and Promises, Count Leisle was revoked from his Employment, and the Imperial Interest, and hopes disappointed of so considera∣ble a Succour.

Howsoever, that the Pastoral care might not seem to be altogether dormant and careless of the Universal Flock, the Pope having disbanded his Army,* 9.102 could not do less than to supply the defect thereof with Money; for raising of which, he charged the Ecclesiastical State through all Italy (the Dominions of Venice only excepted, whose Wars already with the Turks exempted them from farther Taxes) with an Imposition of 6 per Cent. of their yearly Revenue, under the noti∣on of Tenths or Tithes, which in all amounted to the sum of 700. thousand Dollars, which by Bills of Exchange, was remitted by way of Venice to the Imperial Court. In the mean time, the French Troops were arrived in Hungary, under the Command of the Count Coligni, which join∣ing themselves with the General Montecuculi, followed the motion of the Viziers Army. The Turks designed to pass the Danube, for recovery of Lewa or Leventz, and in their way to de∣stroy and lay desolate the Country of Count Ba∣dian, and in virtue and strength of that and for∣mer Successes, to pass forward to the Subjection of Possonium and Vienna. But God who disposes the Affairs of this World, and gives Laws and ••ounds to the Licentiousness and unlimited Pride and Avarice of Mankind, took off the Wheels of the Turkish Chariots, and caused them to move slowly and warily, having an Eye always barckwards to the Forces of Montecuculi, who at∣tended them along the Banks of the River Muer, of Mura.

But whilst these two great Armies marched in view of each other, the Walachian and Moldavi∣an Forces joining with a considerable number of Turks and Tartars, under the Command of Chu∣saein Pasha, resolved to assault, and again to recover Leventz, which tho scarce setled, being so lately taken by the Christians, yet valiantly repulsed two fierce Assaults of the Enemy, with that Courage and Bravery, that 2000 were Slain under the very Walls. By which time,* 9.103 it being the 5/15 of July, Count Soise passed the Nitra with his Horse and Foot, and thence hastning his March with all Expedition, he first Encamped at the Foot of a Hill called St. B••net, from whence he discovered the Enemies Body from the Top of a Mountain, and thence approaching nearer, threw up some Earth and Works by the Banks of the River Grava; the next day having found a fordable place of the Water, Soise in less than two hours passed the gross of his Army; which the Enemy observing, left their Siege, abandoned their Trenches, and displaid their Army in open Field, which consisting of 25. or 30. thousand fighting Men, appeared much more numerous than the Christians. For to these Forces, under the Conduct of Husaein Pasha of Buda, were join∣ed the Pasha of Anatolia and Cidizade, the Pasha of Temeswar, four Boluchees of Spahees, and a good Force of Tartars, together with the Militia of Moldavia and Valachia,* 9.104 under their respective Princes, which composed an Army, as was com∣puted, of above 25000. Men. Upon approach of Husaein pasha, the Christians gave way, and retreated, intending to receive their Enemies in a larger Field, and afford an occasion to the•• of greater Confidence in Execution of the Design they came to Act. The Turks supposing the Christians to be fled for fear, with more boldness marched forward. And believing this Retreat to proceed rather of Fear than Policy, continued to contemn the Pusillanimity of the Christians; and lest it should argue too much regard and esteem of their Force, vouchsafed not to send Scouts abroad, either to view their Camp, or to prevent surprisal; but some of their Officers wisely con∣sidering, that a Soldier ought never to despise his Enemy, they were perswaded to send a conside∣rable Body of Horse, to view and discover the Enemies Force, who in the way, meeting with a party of the Christians, after a small Skirmish put them to Flight, and taking some Prisoners, brought them before the General; the Prisoners upon Examination confessed, that Count Susa was fully resolved the next Morning to give them Battel, and declared the number and courage of his Army to be such, as altered the Opinion Husa∣ein had conceived of the Cowardice and Weak∣ness of the Christians power; so that that whole Night the Turks past with watchful and vigilant Guards, their Arms ready, and the whole Camp in a posture of Defence.

The next Morning being the 9th of July,* 9.105 the day breaking discovered the Christian Army at so near a distance, as that their several Motions might be discerned; and putting themselves in Array for the Battel, made two Wings of Horse; each Wing consisting of 3000. Horse the most armed Cap-a-pe, and well provided; the Foot marched in the Body of the Army, well appoint∣ed and fitted with all sorts of Ammunition and Arms, and so raised with chearful Courages, as rendered them in appearance to the Turks, a Warlike and formidable Army. The Turks like∣wise

drew themselves into Battalia, desirous to try the fortune of the day; the right Wing was Commanded by the Prince of Valachia, and the left by the Prince of Moldavia. The Body of the Army was composed of Turks and Tartars, almost all Horse, except 2 or 3000. Janizaries, sent as an Auxiliary Force from Newhausel and Strigonium. These two Armies thus ranged in a Posture of Defiance, stood in view each of other, until Husaein Commanded his Men to pass the Marsh or Fen, which was between them and the Christians: but several would have perswaded him the contrary, lest the success of the day not proving to Expectation, the Marsh should be a disadvantage to their Flight, and an occasion of greater Slaughter in the pursuit; to which Husaein Couragiously answered, That Men who would Conquer were to look forward, and not behind them; those that would save their Lives by flight, were fit to perish in it; and that for his part, he was resolved to cut off all hopes of safety from his Army, but what consisted in their Swords and Vi∣ctory over their Enemies. The Turks having thus passed the Marsh, made a halt and faced the Christians until Noon; who moved not a foot from their ground, that so they might obtain the advantage of the Sun; which in the Morning being in their Faces, would upon declining be an offence unto the Turks. In the mean time, no question but both Generals made their Orations to their Soldiers, encouraging them to Fight in Defence of their Faith and Religion; of their Countries Glory and Sasety; suggested with those Arguments and Rhetorick, as was agreeable to the Principles and Condition of both Parties; and which we may well suppose according to the Li∣cence of Historians, to have been in these words, or to this effect.

The Speech of Count Susa to his Army.

WHen I see, and consider before us (Fellow Soldiers) those Enemies who are the object of our Fury and Rage, I conceive words more necessary to moderate the heat of your Anger, so as to Fight with Discretion, rather than to raise your Spirits to that height of Warlike Courage, in which consists the safety and glory of this days Fortune. For these are they, who lately in cool Blood against the Laws of Arms and Nations, unhumanely butchered our Countrymen and Kindred, and made no difference between Captives of War, and Ma∣lefactors; but like Thieves and Murderers, sentenced brave Men to Death, who had no o∣ther crime, than that they unhappily fought in defence of their Country. These are they, who in the very times of Peace, consume your Borders, and rob your Markets; and whose Capitulations of Peace, make yet all acts of ho∣stolity lawful: These are the grand Enemies and Despisers of the Cross of Christ; against whom whosoever dies, is both a Conqueror and a Mar∣tyr. This Army before your Eyes, consists in part of Moldavian, and Valachian Christians, forced to this War by compulsion, not of choice; the rest are either Turks educated in the soft∣ness of Asia, or Tartars who never made ad∣vantage by Battel, but by flight these are they with whom you have this day to contend before the Walls of Lewa, where many of your Wives, and Children, and Friends, are immured, and are Spectators of your Virtue and Courage: Let us therefore valiantly address our selves to this Battel, on the success of which the for∣tune of Hungary and Germany depends.

The Speech of Husaein Pasha to his Soldiers.

WHilst our General the Grand Vizier is so successful in his Arms abroad, ha∣ving subdued the strong Fortresses of Oywar and Serinswar, and struck a Terror and Amaze∣ment to all the Enemies of our formidable Em∣peror; let not us be unactive, or want our share in the renown and same of Triumph and Victo∣ry. I shall not need to put you in mind of the glorious Exploits of your Ancestors, whose Va∣lour and Virtue, which formed this vast Empire round about us, you ought now to imitate, and give the World new proofs, how emulous you are to exceed the Courage and Bravery of former times. The other Divisions of the Ot∣toman Power have contended hitherto with their Enemies on unequal terms, and droven them forth from their shelters of Trenches and Bulwarks; but here you have an open Field to fight, nothing between you and the naked Breasts of your Enemies; we stand in equal unmbers and terms with them; nothing can win the day but only Valour; and nothing lose it but meer Cowardice. These are the shattered Compa∣nies we have expelled last Year from Oywar, and the Companions of those, whose Bodies and Heads we have heaped before Strigonium: should we submit to be subdued by these whom our Osmanlees have so often Conquered; we should not only stain our selves with the highest infamy and shame, but give a turn to the Ʋni∣versal Fortune of the Ottoman Arms.

By this time it was Noon, and the Sun turning it self from the Christian to the Turkish Army, a warning Piece was fired from the Christian Camp, at which sign their whole Army began to advance, and with chearfulness to approach the Turks, who stood ready to receive them.* 11.1 At the first onset the Christians poured a plentiful Volly of shot on the Turks and Tartars, which com∣posed the main Body; at which immediately they put themselves to Flight, leaving the two Wings to an unequal Battel, who resisted not long before they followed the Example of their Companions, leaving their Baggage and Cannon, with the Honour of the day, unto the Christi∣ans; who in the pursuit slew the Turks without Compassion or Resistance; filling the Fields with dead Bodies, and the Rivers with Blood, until Night, which is the shelter of the distressed, gave a stop to their farther Slaughter:* 11.2 such as escaped betook themselves to Strigonium, where they were refused either passage over the Water or Provisions, or any other Refuge or Entertainment after their wearisome Flight; for Strigonium it self was judged now in Danger, and the next at∣tempt after the foregoing Victory; and therefore

there was no Reason or Policy to unfurnish themselves of necessary provisions to supply or relieve a discouraged and cowed Army.* 11.3 Where∣upon the Moldavians, and Valachians, finding themselves half famished, forced their Princes to return home, being glad of the occasion to acquit themselves of the Turkish Wars, in which they were used more like Slaves than Soldiers. The Princes though sensible of the danger this unli∣censed departure, and desertion of the Wars might bring upon their persons, were yet neces∣sitated to yield to the violence and mutiny of their Soldiery: In their march homewards they encountred no difficulties or opposition, unless at the Tibiscus, where a small number of Turks would have denied them passage, but were soon dispersed by the Sword of the resolved Soldeiry, who having conducted their Princes to their usual Courts, made an end betimes of this years Campagna. Husaein Pasha in the mean time, being denied entrance at Strigonium, fled to New∣hausel, where his presence was most acceptable for reinforcement of that Garison, which now was in some danger of being recovered by the Christians. Of the Turks were killed in this Fight 6000, of the Christians 150; none of Quality, excepting one Kovari, a worthy and stout Hun∣garian Captain; 4000 Carts were taken, laden with all sorts of Provision and Ammunition for War; about 100 Colours, and a great number of Tents, and Arms of all sorts; twelve pieces of Cannon, about 1000 Horse, and 140 Ca∣mels, straying in the Fields, without care of Keepres, or Riders, with great Droves of Cattel of all sorts, and other good booty and spoil, which remained as a reward to the Conqueror. The number of Prisoners was not great, by rea∣son that the Souldiery, in heat of the Pursuit, and in revenge of the Turks Cruelty towards the Garison of Komar the less, who lately in a bar∣barous Cruelty they had put to the Sword, were wholly inclined to slaughter and destruction, only about 700 Moldavians, and Valachians, were spared until they came in sight of Strigonium, where they erected several Gibbets, and hanged them thereupon, with their Muskets about their Necks, requiting (as they supposed) part of the Viziers Cruelty, and executing part of God's Justice upon those who profess the Name of Christ, and yet fight under the Banner of Ma∣homet.

Soise animated with the foregoing success,* 11.4 de∣signed to attempt Barcan, a Palancha opposite on the other side of the Danube to Strigonium, and to that end embarked Ten thousand five hun∣dred of his men on Four Gallies, and Forty Gal∣liots, carrying the Teutonick Colours, in regard that religious Order had amply contributed to∣wards the building of those Vessels, when they were on the Stocks in the Arsenal of Vienna. The Soldiers were so fleshed with the former Victory, that nothing seemed difficult or hazardous; so that that Count Marfet, without Orders of the Ge∣neral, rashly in a Bravado fell in upon the Town, without any advantage of Earth, or other shelter, but with open Breasts exposed himself and Sol∣diers to all dangers; but the attempt being too difficult, he was, in sine, shot through both the Cheeks, and forced to retire with loss and dis∣reputation: This attempt was seconded by the Duke of Holsatia, and his Infantry, who bring∣ing some small pieces of Cannon to the very Pa∣lizadoes, began to batter the houses, du∣ring which about a Hundred and fifty Janisa∣ries made a vigorous Sally, but were repul∣sed with a sufficient loss, so that the Chri∣stians making good their ground, brought up and planted four Cannons, and two Mortar Pieces, and firing at the same time some Grana∣does, so plyed their work, that the Inhabitants looking on their condition as desperate, gave fire themselves to their Wooden Buildings, passed the Bridge, and recovered Strigonium. The Town thus abandoned, the Christians had no difficulty to get possession, but entring quietly in, seized what was remaining of value, and adding to the flames, by other fires, in a few hours reduced all to Ashes; which being done,* 11.5 Soise marched back to Komorra, to resresh his men, and take Coun∣sel what ought to be the next design and enter∣prize to be taken in hand. And here for a while was a pause, or full point of the actions of Soise, who not wanting Adversaries in the Imperial Court, emulous of his happiness and fortune, instilled such suspicions and scruples into the mind of the Emperor and Council, as caused Soise to give up his Commission, that he might seek a life private, and free from the evil Tongues of the envious, until afterwards his Virtues dis∣persing those malignant Clouds, he was restored to the good Opinion of his Cesarean Majesty, and honoured with the Charge and Command of the strong Fortress of Komorra, where I my self had once the honour to make him a Visit, and was courteously received by him. This ill success of the Pasha of Buda arrived the Viziers ears, whilst he was attempting to pass the River Rab, in which were many difficulties, in regard the Banks were defendedby the Christian Palancha's, which in every adventure cut off considerable numbers of men. At which loss of men, and time, and the ill success near Lewa, the Vizier being greatly moved, made another attempt on the 27th of July; advancing with the Gross of his Army as far as Kemend, where the River runs narrow and shallow, but by the valour of the Hungarians, Germans, and French conducted by General Montecuculi, an Italian Born, were re∣pulsed with some Slaughter.

On the first of August,* 11.6 the Turks made ano∣ther considerable attempt, having planted Guns on the Banks of the River, which shot into the Christian Camp, and passed over in one place Six thousand Janisaries and Albanians, and near a Village called Chiesfalo, where the Water was narrow and shallow, very considerable numbers of Horse crouded over. At which formidable sight, the Christians collecting their Forces to∣gether, retreated to a more spacious place, where might be open Field sufficient for both Armies to draw up and join Battel. About half the Army having now passed the Water, the other part, in which was the Vizier, remained still on the other side, intending the next Morn∣ing to follow and advance to the Body, which was gone before; but it happened, by God's Pro∣vidence, that that very Night there sell such a Deluge of Rain,* 11.7 as immediately made the River to swell above its Banks, and become altogether unpassable without a Bridge or Floats; so that the Turkish Army being now divided by the Wa∣ters, were uncapable of yielding any sudden assistance each to the other. Howsoever, the Vi∣zier judging that that part of his Army which had already passed, was an equal Match for the Christians, entertained not the least diffidence of good success, at least supposed they might be able to decline a Battel, until by abatement of the Waters (which could not be long at that Season of the Year) he were enabled to pass, and join his main Body with them; and therefore full of hope and confidence, having at first dis∣comfited

the forlorn hope of the Christians, which consisted of a thousand men, dispatched immediately Messengers to acquaint the Grand Signior of his success and passage, which News he knew would be the more grateful, because the Grand Signior by daily Letters and Com∣mands urged him to proceed in his March, and not to suffer the impediment of a narrow Ditch to be an interruption to the whole Ottoman Force, which in former times was not restrained by the depth or breadth of the Ocean. The Grand Signior having received this Intelligence, as if the intire Victory and Triumph over the World consisted in the passage over the Rab, was transported with such an extraordina∣ry joy and assurance of Victory, that to antici∣pate the good News a solemn Festival was or∣dained for the space of seven days, and seven nights, called by the Turks, Dunalma; in which time the whole nights were made light with Lamps and Candles,* 11.8 and made chearful with great Guns, Vollies of Muskets, Sound of Drums and Trumpets, revellings and what other So∣lemnities might testifie joy and triumph. But scarce three Nights of this vain Dream had pas∣sed, before the Grand Signior awaked by intel∣ligence, contrary to his assured expectation, of the Defeat and Destruction of a considerable part of the Viziers Army, shamefully commanded the Lights to be extinguished, and the remain∣ing four Nights designed for Joy, to be convert∣ed to Melancholly and Darkness: And though the rashness and vain sancy of the Governours was the sole cause of this precipitate mirth, yet as great men love always to charge their errours and follies on the shoulders of others, so the Sul∣tan accused the Chimacham, through false In∣formation, to have been the Author of this shameful Decree; and in that fury, calling the Executioner, had certainly taken off his head, had not his young Minion or Favourite, now called Kul Ogli (promoted to the Perferment of Asan,* 11.9 before mentioned) with much ear∣nestness and Prayers interceded for his Life.

And indeed this Joy and Triumph was so∣much more ridiculous and shameful, by how much more fatal and destructive was the ensuing Event. For the Turks being now got over the River, had not, at first, time enough given them to cast up Earth, but were sorced by the Chri∣stians to an Engagement; for the Christian Army was drawn into Batalia to receive them. The right Wing consisted of the Austrian Forces, com∣manded by Montecuculi himself; the Left was formed of the Confederates of the Rhine, com∣manded by Count Olac, to which was adjoined Forty Troops of the French Cavalry, conducted by Monsieur Coligni, and the main Body was commanded by the Marshal General Marquis Bada, which composed a very formidably Body, and assailed the Turks with extraordinary Va∣lour; the Fight was very furious, and began about Nine a Clock in the morning on the third of August, and continued till Four in the After∣noon with variable fortune; during which time the Waters being abated, the Spahees passed over in several places, and charged the left. Wing of the Christians, and in other places they made attempts, only to divert the Army, whilst the Ja∣nisaries threw up Earth to secure a passage for the rest; which when the Christians espied, they at first resolved to sound a Retreat, but after∣wards perceiving that the Trench was but new∣ly begun, Montecuculi drawing up the Body of the Army into a half Moon, attacked the Janisa∣ries on all sides with that fury, ordering the Bo∣dies of Horse to contend with the Spahees; that the Turks now faintly fighting began to give ground to their Enemies, at which instant turn of Fortune, an outcry was heard, That Serini on the other side had set on the Viziers Camp; which so animated the Christians, and terrified the Turks, that the latter began to give back, and put themselves to shameful flight, leaving dead upon the Place Eight thousand of their Companions, and the Glory of the Day to the Christians. The Turks, who always fly disor∣derly, not knowing the Art of a handsome Re∣treat,* 11.10 crouded in heaps to pass the River, the Horse trampling over the Foot, and the Foot throwing themselves headlong into the Water, without consideration of the depth, or choice of Places fordable; those sinking catching hold on others who could swim, sunk down, and perished together; others were carried away by the ra∣pidness of the Stream, and both Men and Horse were carried down the River, and swallowed up in deeper places: The Water was died with Blood, and the whole face of the River was covered with Men, Horse, Garments, all swimming promiscu∣ously together; no difference was here between the valiant and the Cowardly, the Foolish and the Wise, Counsel and Chance, all being involved in the same violence of Calamity,* 11.11 Non vox & mutui hortatus juvabant adversante unda, nihil strcnuus ab ignavo, sapiens a prudenti, consilia a casu differre, cuncta pari violentia involvebantur; so that the Waters devoured a far greater number than the Sword, whilst the Vizier standing on the other side of the River, was able to afford no kind of help or relief, but as one void of Counsel and Reason, knew not how, nor where to apply a remedy. This defeat though in Christendom not greatly boasted, by reason that the destru∣ction of the Turks, which was most considerable by the Water, was partly concealed to them, yet the Turks acknowledg that Ruine and Slaughter to have been of a far greater number than what the Christian Diaries relate, confessing that since the time that the Ottoman Empire arriv'd to this great∣ness, no Stories make mention of any Slaughter or Disgrace it hath suffered to be equal unto the calamity and dishonour of this. On the Turks side were slain that day, Ishmael the late Pasha of Buda, and Kimacham of Constantinople, by a shot from the Enemy passing the Water; the Spaheelar Agasee, or General of the Spahees; the Janisar Aga, the younger Son of the Tartar Han, and several othes Pashaws; Alibegh,* 11.12 Ge∣neral of Bosna, Thirty Capugibashees, Five and thirty Pages of the Vizier's, and Three hundred of his Guard, Five thousand Janisaries, Three thousand Spahees, Fifteen hundred Bosnacks, Eight hundred Albanians, Six hundred Croats and Hungarians of the Turks Subjects, Two hun∣dred and fifty Valachians and Moldavians, Six hundred Tartars, of Anatolia fifteen hundred, and about Four thousand other Asiaticks, from the farthest parts of the Turks Dominions, East∣ward; so that in all we may account Seventeen thousand slain on the Turks side; besides which were taken Sixteen pieces of Cannon, a Hun∣dred and twenty six Colours, with the Standard of the Viziers Guard, Five thousand Cemiters, most of which were embossed with Silver, and some beset with Jewels, with many Horses, of which six were sent as a Present to the Vizier. Of the Christians were slain near Three thou∣sand Men; those of note were, The Count Nas∣sau, Count Charles of Bracondorf, Captain of the Guards to Count Montecuculi, Count Fuchier

General of the Artillery of the Empire, Collonel Pleiter, with his Lieutenant Collonel and Ser∣jeant Major, and with many other Gentlemen of the French Nation, who deserve for ever to be chronicled for their Virtue and Valour. For herein the French Nation ought not to lose their just praise, having made proofs of their Valour, as well in this, as in other Battels; it being re∣ported, That Monsieur Coligni their General, killed Thirty Turks with his own hand.

The News of this Victory being posted to Vi∣enna, it is wonderful to consider with what Ap∣plauses, with what Honours, with what En∣comiums the Fame of Montecuculi was celebra∣ted; for besides the Triumphs, with Fires, sound∣ing of Bells, Banquets, ••••d other demonstrations of solemn Joy; the Glory of Montecuculi was the Theme of every Ballad sung in the corners of streets; which Honours of the Commonalty were seconded by greater and more substantial of the Imperial Court, who conferred upon him the Title of Lieutenant General of the whole Army, a Dignity so eminent as is inferiour to none, except the Emperor, in order of the Militia; and was not without some scruple granted to the Arch∣duke Leopold by his Brother Ferdinand the Third; and withheld from Piccolomini Duke of Amalfi, until he had highly merited it, and made his way to it through bloody fields, where Provi∣dence first crowned him with Laurels of Success and Victory.

And here is just occasion for us to doubt, why Montecuculi should be thus admired and loaded with Honours, whilst the services of Serini and Soise were so far from being taken notice of, that they seemed to effect the disgrace and ruine of these Worthies, rather than to produce the fa∣vour of their Prince, and the applause of their Country, the natural Rewards of Valour and Virtue. And indeed I cannot but confess, I my self have wondred, when in the Court of Vienna, I have heard the Actions and Zeal of Serini so slightly spoken of, or contemned, when a Stran∣ger took the liberty but to descant on his acti∣ons, and to vent any thing which but savoured of his commendations. The reason of which, I ad∣venture to assign unto two causes. The first is, that Antipathy or natural aversion the Germans have to the Hungarians and Croatians,* 11.13 these endeavouring to maintain the Priviledges of a People, who have a free liberty of the Election of their Prince; whilst the others desirous to take occasion to weaken and impoverish them, would necessi∣tate them to yield their Kingdom to the Empe∣ror by an hereditary Right. The second is, the fury of Serini and Soise, whose zeal without consideration of irritating the Turk, or fear of moving the passion of the Lyon beyond the terms of an easie pacification, transported them to com∣mit all damage and ruine, which are the just concomitants of War; which rage seemed o∣ver violent to the Court at Vienna, and not to suit with the present Policy of the War, which was designed to be carried on rather in a defen∣sive than in an offensive posture; imagining per∣haps, that the good nature of the Turk might be complemented into Peace, and that gen∣tleness and generosiry might have the same ef∣fect upon them, as it had upon Saul, when Da∣vid had his life at his mercy, and yet spared him: according to which counsels of the Court, Montecuculi, squaring every particular of his mo∣tion, and thereunto adding success, mounted on the wings of Fame, and had his Glory celebrated without diminutions; but the hot and zealous temper of Serini, which Souldier-like understood nothing but down-right blows, knew not how to use that moderation and caution, which the Im∣perial Court judged an ingredient so requisite to the prudent management of the present War, that he was esteemed uncapable of command, who had not discretion enough to practice it: And this was the true reason that Serini was discoun∣tenanced, and that his Command was taken from him, and that his Appeal to the Court was without redress: Howsoever in regard that the Fame he had won carried him high in the esteem of all Christendom, he was entertained with hopes and fair promises; and even after the very Sattel of Rab, nothing was more commonly dis∣coursed than the giving Nicholas Ser•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 com∣mand independent of any other General. But in the end it proved nothing but vai•• P••••••osals to humour the fancy of Serini himself•• and to sa∣tisfie the World, which admi••••l 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Person so qualified and deserving as he, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be made a subject of so much disgrace and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

With this News the Turk•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 greatly ashamed and dejected, having but two days be∣fore demonstrated excesses of joy, congratulated the happy News one to the other, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••er their manner sent Presents abroad, derided the Chri∣stians upon the News, exprobriated them with a Thousand injuries, and applauded their own Virtue, Valour, and the righteousness of their Cause and Religion: But on a sudden Intelligence coming contrary to their expectations, such a dampness fell upon their spirits, that for some days there was a deep silence of all News at Con∣stantinople; they that the Day before sought for Christians to communicate to them the Miracles of their Victory, now avoided their Company, ashamed of their too forward joy, and the li∣berty they had taken to contemn and deride the low condition of the Christian Camp And now the ill News not being able longer to be con∣cealed, Prayers and Humiliation were appointed publickly to be made at all the great Mo••chs of Constantinople and Adrianople, where all Ema••ms with their young Scholars were commanded to resort, and sing certain Prayers appointed for such occasions.

The minds of the Soldiery after this defeat were very much discomposed,* 11.14 tending more to sedi∣tion than obedience. Every one took licence to speak loudly and openly his opinion, that the War was commenced upon unjust and unlawful grounds. That the total Eclipse of the Moon, which portends always misfortunes to the Turks, should have caused more caution in the Com∣manders in ingaging the Armies this year, until the malignancy of that Influence had been over∣passed. All generally accused the first Vizier as the Author and ill Manager of the War,* 11.15 Ini∣quissima bellorum conditio est, prospera omnes sibi vendicant, adversa uni imputantur, and calling to mind the solemn Oath with which Sultan Soly∣man confirmed his Capitulations with the Em∣peror, particularly vowing never to pass the Rab, or place where the Turks received their defeat, without a solid and reasonable ground of War, concluded that this Invasion was a violation of the Vow, and an injury to the sacred Memory of that fortunate Sultan; and therefore that all Enterprises and Attempts of this War would be fatal and destructive to the Mussulmen or Be∣lievers, and the end dishonourable to the Empire.

This opinion was rooted with much superstition and strength of fancy in the minds of the Vulgar: And the rumors in the Camp that the Vizier upon a false Alarm of the approach of the Enemy to∣wards his Quarters, had commanded the Army to

retreat, administred fury and courage to the Chri∣stians, and fear and amazement to his own; from which errour and timidity was occasioned that slaughter which ensued; on which discourses and reports dangerous discontents daily increasing in the hearts of the souldiery, it is thought they would have vented their passion and revenge on their General, had he not at a publick Assembly of all the Heads and Commanders of the Army cleared himself freely, by charging the miscarri∣age of all upon the Grand Signior, having acted nothing but with Authority of the Imperial Com∣mand; promising with as much speed as honour and safety would permit, by agreement and com∣position of Peace, to bring the War to a conclu∣sion. And this contrivance and art was that (as is supposed) which for the present secured his life; for the Soldiery were greatly terrified and pos∣sessed with a dread of the Christians, and amaze∣ment upon every Alarm. For the old and expe∣rienced Commanders and Veterane Souldiers were either destroyed by the secret Proscriptions of the Vizier Kuperlee, or slain in the Engage∣ments of this Year; and the Asian Spahees and other Soldiers having Wives and Children, and Possessions to look after, were grown poor, and desired nothing more than in peace and quietness to return to their homes: So that nothing could come more grateful to this Camp, no largesses or donatives could pacifie the minds of the Sol∣diery more than the promises and expectations of a Peace.

The Sultan during these disturbances and mis∣fortunes was preparing for a hunting Journey to an obscure Village called Yamboli,* 11.16 about three or four days travel from Adrianople, designing to drive all those vast Woods along the Black Sea for Game, where he had a small ruinous Se∣raglio. The Queen-Mother, the Chimacam, with all the Court, were to accompany him. The Equipage and Pomp he went in, perswaded many, that the design of that Journey was grounded on other causes of Policy, than what were generally penetrated: Some conceived, that the Vizier contrived his Journey thither, to di∣vert him from opportunities of receiving intel∣ligence from Spahees, and others of the true state of the Camp, and management of Affairs: Others judged it might be to avoid in that obscure place the mutinous seditions of the Soldiery. On what consideration soever it might be, the Grand Signior having spent some time abroad, return∣ed again to Adrianople with all his Retinue, with∣out doing any thing more important than kil∣ling great numbers of wild Beasts, and enno∣bling those Wildernesses and Woods about Yam∣boli with the fame of his renowned Hunting. Ke∣blelee Pasha being slain (as we have said) before Serinswar, who was Husband to the Viziers Sister, the Vizier bestowed the Widow on Husaein Pasha of Silistria. And much about the same time the Grand Signior considering that his own Si∣ster, by the death of her old Husband Ishmael Pasha, slain in the last Battel, led a single life, conferred her in Marriage upon the old Maho∣met Pasha, whom before we have related to have been Kahya to the Vizier, late Pasha of Dar∣biquier, and now of Aleppo, who as an Honour charged with a weight of troubles and other in∣conveniences, seemed thankfully to receive her; and though he was a man of Ninety years of age, and had long since forgot the solaces of the bridal Bed, yet according to the custom of Marriage with a Sultana, he was ingaged to divorce his for∣mer Wife, with whom he had past the Summer and Winter of his age, and as a constant Husband, was still uxorious in his love. So that in the midst of Wars, where some found Graves, others found Marriage-beds, and reason of State found a Va∣cation to conjoyn Mars and Venus without inter∣ruption of ruder Enterprises.

The Great Vizier after his defear marched to Stultweissenburg or Alba Regalis, to recruit and refresh his Army, and expect the Recruit of the Pasha of Aleppo, who was said to bring with him about Eight thousand Soldiers.

From Sultweissenburg the Turks, with the gross of their Army, returned to Strigonium;* 11.17 and here the Vizier not unmindful of the shameful flight, and rebellious return of the Princes of Moldavia and Valachia to their own Countries without his order or permission, sent one Messenger after the other in great haste and fury, after the Turkish manner, to recal those Princes to the War; and that laying aside all excuses whatsoever, they should immediatly, with what Forces they could collect, repair again to the Camp.* 11.18 The Princes weary of the War, and fearful of the Viziers evil intentions to take away their lives, endeavoured to excuse their flight, alledging, that their People would not obey, or follow them to the Wars in any considerable numbers, and that now it being the end of the Summer, new Levies would be of great expence, and of little benefit, and disenable them from paying their yearly Tribute; of which (notwithstanding their consumption of Treasure in the last Expedition) they were like to find no ease or relaxation, though a burden too great for their harassed and impoverished Country to support. But these ex∣cuses were no arguments to resolved Turks; so that Commands came doubled and trebled one after the other full of threats and menaces, to march forward with what Forces they could collect, the Messengers assuring them, That there was no design prepared against them by the Vizier, but what was friendly and of good inten∣tion. At length the Princes not able to remain longer without a censure of Rebellion to the Port, with heavy Hearts and light Purses set forwards with about fifteen hundred men a piece, sending before such sums of Money and Presents, as they hoped might mollifie and prepare their access to the Vizier, whilst they themselves marched slowly, to afford longer time to the Operation of this Physick. The Prince of Valachia had in∣trusted about Forty thousand Zaichins to an Of∣ficer of his called his Vestiario, or Master of his Wardrobe, whom he had sent before him, therewith to make his access ••asie and safe to the Vizier: Of whose faith that he might assure himself the better, he made him swear before the Holy Altar, and take the Communion there∣upon, that he would be faithful and active in this Negotiation. The Vestiario thus departing,* 11.19 added to his religious Vows, common promises and protestations; but no shoner was he a few Miles distant from his Master, before he tired in his Vows, and altered his road from the Vizier, to the way leading to Constantinople, declaring as he went, That his Prince was become Rebel, and was fled, and that he, not to be Partner in his perfidiousness, was hasting to Constantinople, there to give evidence of his faith and submis∣sion to the Turks. This unexpected news com∣ing to the Prince, caused him to despair of all security and reconciliation with the Vizier, and force him by flight to make good the words of his treacherous Servant; so that taking with him his Wifeand remainder of his Wealth, passed through Transylvania with much difficulty, and at length arrived within the Emperors Territories, resol∣ving

to exchange an inconstant and dangerous Principality for a more secure and private course of life. But this impious Greek did not rest quiet with his ill acquired Estate without recei∣ving disturbance from the Boiars or Nobles of the Country; and Stridia Bei the new-made Prince, justly accusing him for having robbed the Pub∣lick Treasury, extorted from him the Sum of 150000 Dollars towards his Investment in the Principality, and ease of the Country, which was now wracked for payment of old debts, and the growing charges of the new Prince. And thus much of the Princes of Moldavia and Valachia.

At Strigonium great were the Consultations, what course was to be taken: The Christians were now Masters of the Field, and the Turks dis∣couraged, and now the Summer was so far spent, that it was too late to think of recovering their reputation that year with the hazard of a Battel. So that at length it was resolved to unite the shattered Forces of Chusaein Pasha, lately de∣feated by Count Susa, to the Army of the Vizier, and attend to secure Oywar or Newhausel with Pro∣visions, Ammunition, and Reinforcement of that Garison, whereby this War might conclude with some Trophies of advance, and inlargement of the Ottoman Borders, which in all their Wars is the design and Maxime of the Turks. So that marching thither, they gathered and collected all the Provisions possible, and having supplied the Garison, they returned again to Strigonium with all expedition, retaining still impressions of ter∣ror from the late ill success. And that they might march with less impediment, they sent their Ar∣tillery and heavy Baggage down the Danube: Such was the fear of the Turkish Army at present, that it is supposed, had the Christians eagerly pursued their Victory, they had not only de∣feated the whole Turkish Force with little oppo∣sition, but also without any impediment marched to the very Walls of Buda.

But what infatuation soever blinded the Chri∣stian Counsels, little or no advantage was taken, as if the design of the Emperor had only been to repel the Enemy from his Borders, or that he feared to irritate the Turks with a too invete∣rate and pertinacious prosecution of his Victories-Instead of which, the Vizier making some Over∣tures of Peace, and evidencing the realty of his intentions by his Presents of a Vest of Sables, and a Horse richly furnished, with which he flat∣tered and caressed the German Resident, the Ar∣ticles were accepted and embraced at Vienna with much greediness, and the Peace almost wholly concluded and clapped up in a moment, to the astonishment of the whole World.* 11.20 But as matters of this nature cannot succeed without just and due considerations, so on both sides cer∣tain causes concurred which inclined and dis∣posed things to an accommodation. For on the Turks part there wanted not such in the Otto∣man Court, who emulous of the Grand Viziers fortune and charge, endeavoured to remove him from the favour of his Prince, by accusing him in many particulars of negligence, and impru∣dence in the conduct of his Affairs. To answer which, his return with the Olive-branch of Peace in his mouth, and yet the Laurels of Conquest on his head, having added so considerable a For∣tress as Newhausel to the Dominions of the Em∣pire, and demolishment Serinswar, the Original cause of the War, were a sufficient conviction of the evil accusations of his Adversaries, and an argument irresistible, when inforced by the Authority of his own Presence. On the Em∣perors side, the demand of the City of Erfurt by the Elector of M••ntz, situated on his Confines, at a time of so much exigency as this, and se∣conded by hopes of assistance from France, and the Hans Towns on the Rhyne, whereby it was probable great turbulences might result, inclined the Emperor with much reason to Proposals of Peace; instructions for which, being conveyed to the Resident then in the Turkish Camp, from the Caesarean Court, after a short Treaty the Articles were agreed and concluded, as followeth.

• First, That Transilvania remain with its ancient Limits and Priviledges under the Command of Prince Michael Apafi.
• Secondly, That the Emperor of Germany have liberty to fortifie both Gutta and Nitra.
• Thirdly, That the Turks shall not alter or inno∣vate any thing on the Confines of Hungary, or any other part bordering on the Emperor.
• Fourthly, That Apafi pay Six hundred thousand Dollars to the Ottoman Port for expences of the War.
• Fifthly, That all acts of Hostility between the Emperor, and the Grand Signior, and their Subjects, for ever cease.
• Sixthly, That the two Provinces of Zatmar and Zaboli, granted to Ragotzki by his Imperial Ma∣jesty during life, return again to the Emperor, to which neither the Prince of Transilvania, much less the Ottoman Port, shall ever pretend.
• Seventhly, That the strong Castle of Zechelhyd, which revolted from the Emperor, be demolished, in regard neither Party will relinquish his Right there∣unto.
• Eighthly, That Varadin and Newhausel remain to the Turk, having conquered them by force of their own Arms.
• Ninthly, That for confirmation of this Peace, Ambassadors be interchangeably sent with Presents of equal value.

On these Terms (of which none seems dis∣advantageous to the Christian Interest, unless the fourth Article, the dishonour of which seems to be covered with the name of Apafi, though the score was paid by the Emperor) the Peace was established, and the Vizier, as a beginning there∣of, gave liberty to many Christian Captives; some whereof were of Quality, and Proclama∣tion was made through all the Confines for a Cessation of Arms. Howsoever, some petty mat∣ters remained undecided, which were deferred until the Arrival of an extraordinary Ambassa∣dour, who was to exchange with the Turks ano∣ther Ambassadour in the Month of May follow∣ing; and in the mean time suspension of Arms, and all other Hostilities was confirmed. At which News all sorts of People amongst the Turks were greatly rejoyced, and the Publica∣tion thereof the more welcome, by how much the more unexpected. Whereby we may ob∣serve the alteration of that ancient Martial dispo∣sition, which was natural to this Empire, which whilst it was exercised in War, grew hardy, active and inured to warlike exercise, but now through idleness and want of War (except the Venetian, which affords the Soldiery no conside∣rable employment) their minds became resty, wearied with one year and a halfs labour, and dejected with the unprosperous success of one Summer.

But what Considerations soever the Emperor might have to conclude this Peace,* 11.21 the Hunga∣rians were highly dissatisfied with it, because it was founded on their proper loss; and that Newhausel was given for a price of the com∣mon quiet, which none but themselves paid

and yet all Germany enjoyed the benefit. That that Town was an appendage to the Kingdom of Hungary, and to which the Emperour having on∣ly the claim (as they pretended) of an Elective Prince, could not dismember any part without consent of the States thereof; and this position they maintained with that heat and fury, that they declared themselves disobliged from obser∣vation of the Articles, resolving to vindicate their own right in despight of all opposition whatsoe∣ver; and that since the Emperour had undertaken their Protection, he was bound to assert their freedom, and defend their Cities, even with the expence of his own Treasury, and at the hazard of his own hereditary Possessions. But to these ex∣orbitant Demands, the Emperours Council reply∣ed with these following reasons and moderation; That they themselves were the first Beginners and Promoters of this War; That His Majesty at their instance and request condescended to pro∣tect them as Subjects, not only with draining of his own Exchequer, and Blood of his Patrimoni∣al Dominions, but with the charge of hired and mercenary Strangers. In the mean time what assistance had the Hungarians brought to this War, or to their own defence? What Contributions did they ever make? What Forces did they e∣ver unite in the Field by a general assent of their whole Kingdom? Notwithstanding his Majesty was ready to continue the War, could they them∣selves propose either a safe way for the mainte∣nance of it, or that the present Conjuncture did not offer honourable Conditions of a happy Com∣posure. Moreover,* 11.22 That the King of Spain, his Uncle, and Father in Law, being aged and de∣crepit, leaving no other Heir than an infirm and sickly Child, to support the charge and weight of all his Kingdoms, it was requisite that at such a time as this, he should be free from all incum∣brances, either to assist the Infant in Administra∣tion of the Government, or to assert his own Rights (if so it should please God) in the Suc∣cession. And that now, since a Treaty was on foot for Election of a Successor to the Kingdom of Poland, it was necessary for his Imperial Ma∣jesty to bear his part in that Transaction; but above all, it was considerable, That the common Enemy being Rich and Powerful, God had seem∣ed to put his Victory into their Hands to no other end than to improve it unto a Peace, which being at this time neglected, the best that could ensue would be the miseries of War, which turning on the inconstant Wheel of Fortune with variety of successes, is always attended with Slaughter, Captivity, Fire, Sword, and a thousand other Calamities. These, and such like reasons, mo∣derated and mollified the exasperate spirits of the Hungarians, so that they seemed to aquiesce and be satisfied, and making a Vertue of Necessity, had patience where there was no other re∣medy.

The sudden News of this unexpected Peace did in like manner affect the French King, and the States of the Empire, judging it unreasonable for them to be interessed in the War, and yet un∣concerned in the Conclusion of the Peace. How∣soever, things being well represented, and as well received and understood; his Most Christian Maje∣sty accepted of the Reasons as just and satisfactory. In the mean time the French had a free liberty to make choice of their Winter Quarters,* 11.23 which they fixed upon in Bohemia; but their King being unwil∣ling to burden the Country with his Souldiers for a longer time than they were serviceable to them, he ordered them to march, and quarter in Alsa∣tia; but before their departure the Emperour honoured Monsieur de Coligni with his Picture in∣circled with Diamonds, and the other Officers with Gold Chains and Medals; ordering the Troops not to march above ten miles a day, and every Third to be a Day of repose, and to be en∣tertained all the way at sree Quarter, so as to return into France jocund and healthy, as they departed thence. But before they would bid adieu to those Countries, the General and Officers paid their Visit to Count Ni∣cholas Serini, presenting him with a Horse, Furniture, and Pistols, as a small Tribute to that Great Captain, whose Fame was cele∣brated through the whole World; ingenuously confessing, That the rumour of his name struck more amazement and terrour in the Enemy, than the Armies that actually faced them, and was more instrumental in ob∣taining the Victory on the Banks of Rab, than their weapons or courage which fought against them. But not long after this worthy Heroe Serini hunting one day separated from the rest of his At∣tendants in the Thickets of a Wood, behold, on a sudden was surprized by the rushing forth of a wild Boar, which raging, and made furious by some Wounds he had received, first struck him in the Knee, with which falling to the ground, the fierce Beast not giving him leisure to recover himself, ganched him again in the head with his broad Tusk,* 11.24 which proved so mor∣tal, that in a short time he expired in the Arms of one of his Pages. This was the end of this va∣liant Captain, who unconquered in many and re∣doubled Conflicts of his Enemies, was made the prey of an ignoble Beast. Such are the secret and occult Providences of Heaven, which men interpret or reflect on as they are governed by prejudice or interest. And so did the Turks at∣tribute the Fall of this their Grand Adversary to the righteousness of their Religion, and just∣ness of their Cause; as if he had been a Person unworthy to dye by the hand of a man, was con∣demned to be executed by that Beast, which is most abominated and detested by the Turkish Rites.* 11.25 He was a Person as mortal an Enemy to the Turks, as ever Hannibal was to the Romans; in Dangers most couragious, in War valiant, and patient of labour; in Peace courteous, and mo∣derate in his pleasures; his Diet was natural, ra∣ther than artificial; in Banquets, or Drinking Meetings, after the fashion of that Country, was sparing in Wine, and rather abstemious than in∣temperate; Musick and Dances were the Enter∣tainment of the softer and effeminate part of his Court, rather than his own Pastimes, whose Recreations were chiefly in the Woods, and in such Huntings as had something in them of si∣militude with Martial Exercises; his Judgment was profound and deep, and yet his familiar Discourse facetious; his Conversation obliging, his humour affable, and yet severe and majestick; he spake much, and yet well; his disposition was li∣beral and generous, especially to his Soldiers, whom he never restrained or defrauded of their Booty and Prey, but contented every one with a just and exact Division. In short, he was one of those zealous Champions of the Chri∣stian Cause, who in the Chronicles of past Ages ought to be placed and numbred amongst the worthiest Heroes.

The Winter now approaching, and a conclu∣sion in all appearance made of the War, the Vi∣zier returned to Belgrade,* 11.26 designing to remain there until the German Ambassadour had entered the Turkish borders, and in the mean time sent for his Mother thither, pretending that in an

uncertain and changeable estate the Maternal Blessing is of highest Consolation, it being esteem∣ed pious amongst the Turks for a man to dye at the Feet of his Mother. This Mother of his was esteemed a cunning or wise Woman, by whose Charms and Incantations his Father and he were supposed long to have conserved the Office of Vi∣zier; and as my own Ears can witness, the com∣mon Souldiers Discourse, That his Mothers Art consisted much in Philtrums and Charms, recon∣ciling affection and friendship, and had a power over the Grand Signiors Inclinations and Under∣standing, rendring all things and actions the Vi∣zier had performed in this War full of merit and admiration. This I say was the Discourse of some common Soldiers.

In the Month of December,* 11.27 that Blazing-star which appeared formidably to most parts of the known World, was also seen within the Turkish Empire, not without a general terrour of all, as prognosticating disasters of Sword, Pestilence, and Famine; and set the Turkish Astrologers at work to find out the mystery it portended: from whose Art most commonly was divined the death of some great Person in the Empire, which some would have to be the Grand Signior, othes the Visier; others both, as they desired alteration and change of Government.

The Grand Signior continued all this time at Adrianople,* 11.28 taken up with an extraordinary de∣light and pleasure in his Court there, with which his aversion to Constantinople so much increased, that he could not endure so much as the name of the place: and if accidentally in his Hunting (as it reported) he chanced to fall into the road which led thither, and remembring himself there∣of, would immediately turn thence, as one that corrects himself of some desperate errour, or a∣voids a path which tends to an evitable destructi∣on. The Kadelescher and the other grave Judges of the Law observing this unreasonable hatred of their Prince to his Imperial Seat, considered how prejudicial it was to him and his People to have a City of that renown, antiquity, and commo∣diousness of living, despised and abandoned: and that perhaps the Souldiery now upon their March from the War, might be impatient of returning home, as all the Dependants on the Divan, and Personages of great Quality, desired to in∣joy their Habitations and Gardens at Constanti∣nople; from which discontents on all sides it was concluded, That there might result dangerous Seditions and Mutinies, and therefore resolved (and as some say also at the instigation of the Vi∣zier) to prostrate themselves before the Grand Signior, and tender him their opinions and sence in that particular, which they accordingly per∣forming and assigning the Kadelescher, or the Chief Justice with all humility to be their Mouth in this Petition, their counsel was received with that indignation, that they were chased from the Grand Signiors presence with fury and high dis∣pleasure, and the Kadelescher at that moment deprived of his Office.

To these other extravagances the Grand Sig∣nior would have added another of a higher na∣ture and cruelty, by causelesly putting to death his Brother Solyman,* 11.29 whom all the time of his Reign, together with another Brother, he had kept Prisoner in the Seraglio: for now having a Son of his own, he conceived it more secure to remove all competition that might be for the Go∣vernment, according to the example and custom of the Ottoman Princes; but suffering some re∣morse of conscience in the thoughts of imbruing his hands in the blood of his guiltless Brother, con∣ceived it more justifiable to perform the Fact by process of Law, and to that end sent to the Muf∣ti for his Fetfa or Sentence, viz. That in such a case, where there is a sufficient provision for con∣tinuance of the true Lineage of the Ottoman Fa∣mily, whether it may be lawful, according to their Law and ancient Presidents, to take off some as superfluous Suckers, that draw not only nourishment from the root, but endanger also the life of the Tree. But the Mufti was not so cruel or unjust as to pass this Sentence, but rather sup∣plicated the Grand Signior to deser this resolu∣tion; for having but one Son, and that a Child, which was subject to the common chances of mor∣tality, the Ottoman Family was not so sufficient∣ly provided of Heirs, that he could pass his Sen∣tence for taking away one, who was so neces∣sary a reserve and member of it; with which re∣ply the Grand Signior suffered himself to be overcome, having some touches of Conscience, and perhaps, not being naturally cruel, some sence of compassion towards his innocent Bro∣ther.

But returning now to the Great Vizier, we find him in his Winter quarters at Belgrade, where having taken an affection to the elder Son of the Tartar Chan, or else having conceived some ha∣tred or displeasure against the Father,* 11.30 frankly proffered to depose the Father, and confer the Government upon him who was the Son. But it seems this young Tartar, though barbarous, had yet so much of filial obedience and reverence instamped on him by nature, that he modestly refused the proffer, and immediatly dispatched a Messenger with secret Advices to his Father. The Tartar Chan received this Intelligence with great indignation, and purposing to play that game in reallity with the Vizier, which he had passed on him only by way of overture, wrote a Letter to the Pasha of Buda, a man of great abilities and cou∣rage, advertising him, that hearing a true and worthy character of his prowess and wisdom, he could not but desire to be his friend; and that he might make demonstrations of his being such, he proffered all the interest he had at the Ottoman Court to promote him to the supreme Office of first Vizier. What Fate soever accompanied this mat∣ter, either from the Confidents of the Tartars, or of the Pasha, the substance of the Message came to the knowledge of the Vizier, who ob∣taining a private Commission immediately from the Grand Signior therein, sent for the Pasha, and without farther process, or evidence of proof, or accusation, struck off his Head.

Anno Christi 1665. Hegeira 1076.

THE Peace thus happily concluded with Germany, was a subject of singular con∣tentment to the People, and not less readily em∣braced by the Grandees, who hastened so much the consummation thereof, that in the beginning of January one Mahomet Beigh,* 11.31 of the Order of the Mutafaracaes (who are those that attend the Services of the Divan, and are of a Degree somewhat above the Chaouses) a man of consi∣derable Richess, was designed Ambassadour for Vienna, and qualified with the Title of the Pasha of Romelia. In the Month following, being Feb∣ruary, this Ambassadour having received his Pre∣sents and Instructions, departed, with Orders to remain on the Frontiers, until the Emperours Ambassadour met him at the place of Ex∣change, where according to custom at the same

time that one enters into the Dominions of the Emperor, the other passes into those of the Grand Signior. The Presents that one Emperor sends to the other are according to the ancient Canon, and are to be of equal value, and are commonly estimated to be an Hundred thousand Dollars. Those sent by the Grand Signior to the Emperor, were:

• Three Horses with their Furniture adorned with precious Stones.
• Twelve other led Horses of great price.
• A Royal Tent with all the Apartments, valued at Eighty thousand Dollars.
• A Royal Feather set with Jewels.
• Ambergreese of a considerable value.
• Bezor-stones.
• Twenty Cods of Musk.
• Seventy Coftans or Vests of Three sorts.
• Six Persian Carpets.

Forty very fine Turbants, with other Persian Commodities of divers sorts of Linnen.

The Spring being now well forward, the time of action, and the Summer at hand, the Turks remained with great expectation of the German Ambassadour; and with greater impatience, in regard that their Ambassadour had for some time continued upon the Frontiers. It was now May, and yet no news from Germany; so that many be∣gan to doubt the reality of the Peace, others re∣flected on the dishonour of the Grand Signior, in having his Ambassadour so long on the Frontiers, as if the Peace had been precarious, and desired by the Turks: Some considered the present ill consequences, in case the War should break out again; for that license was given to the greatest part of the Army to return home, and all such as came as far as from Babylon, Damascus, and Egypt, to the Frontiers in Hungary were departed;* 11.32 and to recal these again, and other Zaims and Ti∣mariots from remote parts, required a considera∣ble time, of which their distress would not ad∣mit, should the Christians prove deceitful in their Treaty. Besides which, reports were spread abroad, that the French had intercepted the Am∣bassadour in his passage about Komorra, and had given an interruption to the Peace. Others re∣ported, that the Ambassadour was dead in his Jour∣ney, and that the Hungarians were again in Arms, as wholly dissatisfied with the Peace. These ru∣mours flying about, all People blamed the facili∣ty of the Great Vizier in being too credulous and confident of the Faith and Morality of the Chri∣stians; and the Enemies of the Vizier more boldly adventured to accuse his ill management of Affairs, which did not a little tickle the ambition of Mu∣stapha Pasha, then Captain Pasha, and Chimacam of Adrianople, supposing that all the disgraces and ill successes of the Vizier prepared a way for his ascent unto that Office. And to become more popu∣lar, being a man naturally of an affable and plau∣sible carriage, insinuated himself into the favour and good opinion of the Great men and principal Favourites of the Seraglio, over-acting his part in some measure by condescensions unbeseeming the degree and dignity of a Chimacam,* 11.33 being ob∣served one day to kiss the Vest of the Kuzlir-Aga, too apparent a piece of adulation and meanness in so great a Subject, who in those parts repre∣sents the Person of his Master. These passages were not altogether unknown to the Vizier; and though at a distance he could not perfectly view, and discover particularly the comportment of this Chimacam, yet being by conversation well ac∣quainted with his subtle disposition, guessed at his thoughts, and the rest of his actions, and to deal with him in the same terms, wrote a Letter to the Grand Signior, bewailing the ill success of the War against Venice, and the ill estate and condition of the Fleet; to repair which, and to give courage to their men, and restore the Discipline in Marine Affairs, the presence of the Captain-pasha was necessary in the Fleet, who had now for Two years enjoyed the benefit and the title without personal attendance on that im∣portant Charge. The Grand Signior having re∣ceived this Letter, concurred in the same opi∣nion with his Vizier, and gave Orders to the Chi∣macam to prepare himself to serve that Summer at Sea; for that now it was necessary he should be in Person there, and less requisite his presence in the City, where his Office would speedily be made void by return of the Vizier. The Chima∣cam immediately in obedience to his great Ma∣sters command, put himself in a posture for his Voyage, and in the first place sent away his Wo∣men to Constantinople, and appointed the Fleet not to depart until his farther order: Yet in the mean time so secretly and under-hand made use of the friendship of the Court-Favourites, representing as from themselves, how useful the service and at∣tendance of the Chimacam was as yet in the City, by reason that the delays of the German Ambas∣sadour made the Viziers return uncertain, and that this Office would ill be supplied by any another; they obtained license for his continuance in Office, and disappointed the intentions and designs of the Vizier.

About the end of May, after long expectation arrived the German Ambassadour at Buda, to the great joy of the Turkish Camp. I then was there my self, and observed the general satisfaction at this news: so that now the Ambassadour being entred the Frontiers, and his arrival secured, on the Twenty ninth of May, the Vizier began his March from Belgrade with the whole Army, and I kept company with them for thirteen days. On the last of June the Vizier arrived within six hours Journey of Adrianople, intending in Two or Three days to prepare for his solemn Entrance. But it is reported, That the Viziers Mother had by her Art so affected the heart of the Grand Signior towards her Son, that he could not longer want his presence, and therefore in the way dispatch∣ed frequent Messages to him to hasten him as fast as his convenience would permit. And bet∣ter to assure him of his grace and favour, sent his young Favourite, a handsom Youth of about Twenty years of age, to meet him with a Pre∣sent of five Horses richly adorned and furnished, and to feast him plentifully on the way: And be∣ing come within a few hours Journey, the Grand Signior could not contain his desire of see∣ing him, until the day of his Entry; but ordered him immediately to come to him, being im∣patient of a private Conference. The Vizier ac∣cordingly obeying, and being come to the Royal Presence, the Grand Signior kissed him on the shoulder, and honoured him with a* 11.34 Topoose of Gold studded with precious Stones, with a Sword, a Dagger, and a Horse richly furnished, with which Regal Munificence he returned tri∣umphing to his Tents, being now fully assured of the real grace and constant favour of his Master. The second of July the Vizier made his Entrance with solemn Pomp and Glory through part of the City, passing again into the Field to remain under Tents with the whole Camp, being so or∣dered by the Grand Signior, in regard the City was neither capable to contain so great a num∣ber without dispossessing the greatest part of the Inhabitants of their Houses, nor in this hot season of the Year was it so wholesom and cool as the

open air of the Country. Besides, matters would be in a far greater readiness for a depar∣ture towards Constantinople, to which place the Vizier had perswaded the Grand Signior to make a Visit after Audience given to the German Am∣bassadour, whom the People now expected with wonderful impatience.

Not many days after arrived Count Lesly the Ambassadour Extraordinary from his Caesarean Majesty to the Grand Signior, who made a solemn Entrance into the City, passing first through the Turkish Camp, where the Grand Signior remained, and thence to the House fur∣nished and appointed for him at the expence of the Sultan. The Cavalcade was as followeth: In the Front of all were the Ten Chaouses which had attended the Ambassadour through the whole Journey,* 11.35 these were followed by an Hundred fifty five other Chaouses with Muzevege, with some Captains over the Janisaries▪ The Am∣bassadour had of his own Retinue about a Hun∣dred and fifty Persons on Horse-back, well mounted, and cloathed after the Hungarian fashi∣on; his proper Guard consisted of Four and twenty Persons armed with Partisans; before him went his Trumpets, and Kettle Drums, but not sound∣ing, with Two Banners of spread Eagles fly∣ing, one of them richly embroidered, carried by a Count of the Empire. The Ambassadour him∣self was cloathed with a Cloth of Silver Vest, lined with Sables, on his Cap he wore a Feather after the Turkish fashion, adorned with Jewels, which they call (Sargouch) and is only used by the Grand Signior, and his principal Vizier; before him went Eight led Horses richly furnish∣ed; immediately after him followed the Pages and Servants of the Spaheelar Agasee, and of the Aga which conducted him from the Frontiers. Next came his Litter covered with Violet colour∣ed Velvet, and carried by Mules; then his three Coaches with six Horses a piece, one of which being richly gilded, and made chearful with Glass Windows after the new mode, the Grand Signior became much pleased with it, and at his request it was presented to him: after these fol∣lowed four or five other Coaches of Four Horses, in which were Churchmen and unfirm persons; and last of all came the German Wagons, and other Carts with those of the Countrey with Baggage.

This Ambassadour was not long arrived be∣fore he was admitted to Audience with the Prime Vizier,* 11.36 who bestowed on him a Vest of Sables, with a Horse and Furniture of considerable va∣lue, and a Hundred of his Retinue were vested with Coftans, which amongst the Turks are testi∣monies of favour and acceptance. About Four days after, the Ambassadour had Audience with the Grand Signior himself, at which were only Forty Coftans given out, which coming from so Grand a Personage, were in value multiplied much above the number given by the Vizier.

• The Presents brought hy the Amdassadour were as followeth:
• A Looking Glass of about a man's height, in a silver Frame, standing on a pedestal of Silver, turning round on every side.
• Two great Basons of Silver, supported with three Pillars at three Corners, a man's Body and a half high, adorned with several Figures; at one Pillar was fastened a gilded Bason, over which was a Fountain Cock for the Water to run through.
• Two great gilded Basons full of holes at the Bottom to make a Passage for the Water.
• Twelve Silver Candlesticks, every one about Two Ells high.
• Six Silver Flower-Pots.
• Twelve gilded Ewers for sweet Waters.
• Twelve Silver Dishes with Covers made after the form of Turkish Turbants, al•• gilded within side.
• Twelve gilded Dishes for Confects, set upon Pedestals of Silver.
• One round Table of Silver upon a Pedestal of about half an Ell, after the manner of the Turkish Tables, with many Devices.
• Four Guns with Silver Stocks, and one Cutlash of Silver.
• Two great Writing Desks of Jaspar-Stone, with Prospectives within.
• Two other of Ebony Wood, and Tortoise shell, in laid with Gold and Silver.
• One great Ice Vessel, and one great Drinking Pot of Silver.
• Four Pieces of Spanish Tapestry wrought with Silver.
• Fourteen Clocks with Turkish and Christian Fi∣gures.
• A Grota with a Clock in it, and a Case of Vir∣ginals which sound with the motion of Water that runs through it.
• A Cupboard an Ell high adorned with Bosses of Silver, in which was a Salt-box, Candlesticks, and other appurtenances thereunto.
• A large Chest with Figures of Silver gilded.
• A high Writing Desk of Silver gilded, with ma∣ny Boxes and Drawers, which for the Art and Invention is not to be described.
• ...Presents to the Valede or Queen Mother.
• An embroidered Cushinet to sow upon, in which was a Looking-Glass, and a Virginal sounding of it self.
• A large Looking-Glass in a Silver Frame.
• Two Silver Candlesticks of an Ell and half high.
• A Basket of Silver rarely worked and engraven.
• Four great Cups.

To the Great Vizier.

• Twelve Silver Platters with Covers.
• Two Silver Candlesticks ¾ of an Ell high.
• Twelve Silver Plates handsomly worked for Confects.
• One Basket of Silver engraven.
• Fourteen very large Silver Cups.

For other Ministers to be bestowed as occasion was.

• Thirty two Clocks of several sorts, some with Turkish, and others with Christian Figures.
• Twenty one Watches gilded.
• Seven gilded Basons and Ewers.

The Weight of the Silver all together amount∣ed unto Three thousand five hundred pound weight. These were the Parriculars of the Pre∣sents sent from the Emperor to the Grand Sig∣nior, from whom he received the live value by the Ottoman Ambassadour. And though this Relation may seem impertinent to the Weight of History, yet in regard on such minute things ma∣ny times greater matters depend, and thereby the curiosity of the Reader satisfied, I thought it not from our purpose to insert a List thereof.

This year gave the first Beginning to trade be∣tween the Ottoman Dominions, and that of Ge∣noua. For in Company of the German Ambas∣sadour, in condition of a private Person, came the Marquess Durazzo a Nobleman of Genoua,* 11.37 with Letters from that Republick to the Grand Signior, and Great Vizier, importing their desire of friendship and commerce with the Ottoman Port. This design of opening a door to a new Trade was commenced and carried on wholly by the contrivance and power of the Family

of the Durrazzo's, falsly founded on the course allay of Money, then currant in the Turkish Territories, which proved not long durable, as will appear by the Sequel. This Marquess being arrived at Constantinople, declared his Mes∣sage, which if favourably accepted, an Ambas∣sadour or Resident with Merchants should be sent to hold a Trade in the Turkish Dominions. In answer whereunto the Vizier replied according to the usual complement, That the Arms of the Port are always open to those who desire to enter∣tain a friendship and correspondence with it. But because in former days Ambassadours from Spain and Genoua having like promises of admission, were notwithstanding through the union of the English, and French and Venetians, obstructed in their passage, and forced to return home, though one of them as far as Scio in his way, and the other as Ragusa; therefore this Marquess in re∣membrance hereof pressed the Vizier farther in his promise, desiring him to give him the assu∣rance, that what opposition might be made to the contrary by other Ministers, he would yet keep firm to that word he had given to his Re∣publick: The Vizier constantly promised that he would; and if any other Ambassadours were not pleased with the friendship and Treaty of that day, they might seek their remedy as they pleased, and if they pleased might have liberty to depart. The Marquess being satisfied with this assurance, took Letters to his Repub∣lick in assurance thereof, and Articles were given, and Priviledges for Trade signed according to the Tenour of other Capitulations: And be∣ing herewith dispatched,* 11.38 he returned home by Land, and the next year appeared again himself in the Person of Ambassadour Extraordinary to the Ottoman Court; where after high and con∣siderable Presents and great Expences made, chiefly supported by the House of Durazzo, a Resident was seated at Constantinople, and a Con∣sul at Smyrna, where we will leave them for a while, and some years after (God willing) take an account of the profit and loss this progging Na∣tion had made by this Embassy and Trade. But before we leave this point, it will be worth our noting, how hainously the French Ambassadour Monsieur La Haye took this entertainment of the Genoese, in regard he was so concerned against his admission, that he declared to the chief Mi∣nisters of State, how he had received Orders to oppose the entrance of the Genoese Nation, as highly prejudicial and obstructive to their Trade; and in sine, to acquaint the Grand Signior, that in case he resolved to entertain them, his Master would withdraw his Ambassadour and Nation; and therefore they ought to consider, whether a new Friend and an inconsiderable Republick ought to be perferred before the Known and ap∣proved acquaintance of the powerful Empire of France. But whatsoever the French Ministers were able to act to the contrary, the Genoe∣ses kept their stations, in which they were the better secured by those frequent occasions of dis∣gust his most Christian Majesty in defence of the Christian Cause, had given to these Enemies of the Christian Faith

The Great Vizier and the German Ambassadour being now both at the Ottoman Port, the Wars were concluded, and every one began to dispose his affairs to a quiet and a reposed life. But this Empire being still by God's Providence in a condition of growth and augmentation, could not remain long in Peace, nor long in health without exercise and action. Wherefore no sooner was Germany at ease, than the Visier be∣gan to move the prosecution of the War in Can∣dia, desiring to obtain the glory of subjecting totally that Island,* 11.39 which for the space of Twenty five years had been the principal subject of the Ottoman design and exercise, and acquire to him∣self the Fame in History of being Conquerour of Candia, and Concluder of the Venetian War. Wherefore the Vizier with several other princi∣pal Persons, assembled in a Garden near the City of Adrianople, sent for the Signior Ballarino Representative for the Republik of Venice; where being come, at the first word demanded of him the Surrender of the whole Island of Can∣dia. To which he modestly replied, That so great a gift was not in his power to give, and that his office was only to be assistant to that happy hour, wherein all matters might concur towards Peace, and that his Mediation might contribute towards a conclusion of this long and tedious War. In the mean time he should acquaint his Prince with the demand the Vizier was pleased to make. To which the Turks added menaces, with high and insolent words, designing to bend their whole force and power against Candia, the effect of which will hereaf∣ter be a material subject of our History. And thus much, to my best remembrance, I received from the mouth of that Venetian Minister.

In the mean time the Grand Signior, though he continued his Sports and Hunting, without re∣gard to the violent heats of the Summer; yet he began to entertain something more of warm af∣fection towards his Women, and to be recon∣ciled to that Sex, in contemplation of his little Son, who beginning now to play and prattle, afforded him matter of entertainment in the Apartments of his Women; so that he affectionately doting on his Queen, gave order for increase of her Re∣venue and Attendance,* 11.40 and appointed the best Artisans of Adrianople to make her a Crown studded with very precious Stones to adorn her Head, of which he was so impatient, that he or∣dered the Goldsmiths to work in the Seraglio, permitting them scarce time to eat or sleep until it was finished. In recompence of which affecti∣on of her Sultan, this Lady so corresponded, that she appeared passionately in love, practising certain pretty tricks of swooning and of an un∣easie condition in his absence, which so endear∣ed him in all respects to her, that it was said the Sultan kept himself constant to this Queen only, and contrary to the custom of other Emperors, and permission of the Turkish Laws, made use of the multitude of his other Women only for Slaves, or Attendants to the greater state and adoration of his beloved Queen.

And now the Grand Signior, at the perswasion of the Vizier and others of his Council, resolving to winter at Constantinople, certain Women of the lower rank were dispatched before, as fore∣runners of the removal of the Court: And being in the Seraglio at large without observance and awe of their usual Spies, two of the boldest Wenches finding a Cradle, wherein the Royal Infants were usually laid, adventured to pick out the best Jewels, of which some were very good Stones, and afterwards laid it up again in a pri∣vate place, where it was not easily found. Not many days after the Queen-Mother wanting the Cradle of so much value and antiquity, where many of the young Sultans had lain, sent to the Seraglio at Constantinople to fetch it thence. But it not being found, inquisition was made into all secret corners, the Wardrobes were searched, but nothing appear'd, to the great fear of those to whose care it was committed, one accusing the other to

acquit himself. In fine, the matter was so tra∣ced, that some whispers there were concerning those in whose hands the Cradle not long be∣fore was seen to remain. The Women having guilty consciences were amazed in being so close∣ly followed, and fearing the matter should be per e••tly discovered, entred into consultation what course they should take to save their lives and their honour. In fine, they both concluded, that in such an extremity desperate remedies ought to be used, than which none was better than to set fire to the Seraglio,* 11.41 by which means, either the thing sought for, would be esteemed for burnt and consumed by the fire, or in so great a loss it might be hoped that matters of smaller moment would not be remembred. Wherefore the bold Wenches without other consideration gave fire with their Candle to the roof of Cedar, of which wood most of the Womens rooms in the Se∣raglio are made, which in a moment made such a flame, as with the help of a little wind, was carried through all the quarters of the Womens Apartments, and thence took its way to the Di∣van Chamber, and other considerable parts of the Court, where many Records and Registers of Law were consumed to ashes, together with one of the lesser Treasuries, where much richess, which endured not the test of fire, perished: And the whole Seraglio had run an evident hazard, had not the Bostangees and other Servants of the Court ventured far into the flames, in which many of them miserably perished. The fire be∣ing quenched, and the Women afterwards (I know not how) detected to have been the Au∣thors thereof, were sent to Adrianople, and being there accused, were strangled by the immediate order of the Grand Signior.

But the destruction of that considerable part of the Seraglio was no impediment to the Grand Signiors return to Constantinople, being rebuilt with that speed and industry, equal or excelling the magnificence of the former, that the day pre∣fixed for the Journey thither was not prolonged by reason thereof. Howsoever the Grand Sig∣niors aversion to the place made the wheels of his Chariots move slow, and the quickness of his Attendants grew slack and cold, observing so much displeasure in their Emperor to the place de∣signed. For though he was pressed by the Vizier to begin his Journey, and could not handsomly refuse to comply with the time appointed; yet to defer this resolution as long as was possible; he contriv'd a long way of Meander towards Constantinople, for∣ming his Journey in Company with the Great Vi∣zier by way of the Dardanelli upon the Hellespont, on pretence of viewing the Fortifications of the new Forts raised at the entrance of that Streight, and sending some Provisions from thence for Relief of Candia; wherefore the Captain-Pasha was commanded to Sea with three gallies, and at Gallipoli to attend the Grand Signiors arrival, be∣ing to transport him thence to the Castles, and back again. And the design being now resolved, and hot to prosecute the VVar in Candia; for tran∣sporting thither a numerous Army, it was conclu∣ded, That the Captain-Pasha should propose to the English Ambassadour the Grand Signiors desire of Fifteen Sail of Ships, with consent of our King, for this Service, the Turks paying what reasonable Rates should be demanded. But the Earl of Win∣chelsea then Lord Ambassadour, modestly replied, That though His Majesty of England did always entertain a good affection and a zealous disposition towards the Affairs of the Grand Signior; yet at present the VVar with Holland, and ill un∣derstanding with France, made his occasions for his own Shipping more urgent than usual, and the time most unseasonable to press his Majesty in this particular: by which reply and several o∣ther excuses of the Ambassadour, the Captain-Pasha perceiving an aversness to the Proposition, and that Christians unwillingly arm Turks against the Cross, gave an account of this discourse to the Grand Signior and Vizier, who immediate∣ly gave order for the building of sixty Gallies against the next Spring, which with what they had before would make up above an Hun∣dred Sail. The Rendezvous of this Fleet, to∣gether with Saykes and other Turkish Vessels,* 11.42 from thence to transport the Vizier and his Army for Candia, was appointed to be made at Malvoi∣sia of the success of which we shall have occasion (God willing) to discourse in the following Year, which gave a beginning (as we may say) to the total loss of that Country, and to that fa∣mous Siege, which in History will bear the Fame of one of the most memorable in the World. And as a preparation thereunto, and as a supply of the present urgent necessities, three Ships, viz. one English, another French, and a third Dutch were laden with Corn, and thirty Sail of Beys Gallies, with all sorts of Arms and Ammunition, with a Recruit of a thousand Janisaries, were di∣speeded from Constantinople for Reinforcement and Succour of that Island.

And now at length the Grand Signior after his long circuit arrived at Constantinople, where he made his solemn Entry the Third of October, but not with that Joy and Pomp, which usually at∣tended other Sultans in their return from the Wars and labours to their Imperial City; but all things seemed like the Sultans humour, sullen and displeased; for he seldom lodged in his Seraglio, or slept there, but at a small Palace called Daout-Pasha,* 11.43 where he for the most part made his abode; only sometimes in the day he passed a few hours at his Seraglio, but rested not there in the Night: The reasons hereof some attributed to the remembrance of those dangers and troubles which he had seen in that Court, and which made so deep an impression on his fancy, that he could never enter within those Gates with∣out some sense of terrour for the late disor∣ders.

The German War being thus concluded, the Sultan returned to Constantinople, and Affairs dis∣posing themselves to spend their fury against Candia, all things growing black and tempestu∣ous towards that Coast, the Venetians prudently provided to oppose the storm. And as an able General,* 11.44 and wise and experienced Captains are the supports of an Army; and that the success of War depends much on Martial Discipline, and on the vigilance and wisdom of the Comman∣ders, the Senate gave order to their Ambassadour at Turen, called Catarin Belegno, to offer unto Mar∣quess Ghiron Francesco Villa, a Native of that Country, the honourable charge of General of the Foot, with a stipend of 12000 Crowns of yearly Pay; the said Marquess obliging himself to bring with him Four Captains, and two Lieu∣tenant-Generals, for entertainment of whom the Republick allowed Five thousand Ducats, be∣sides Seventy Ducats a Month pay to an Engi∣neer. To this Marquess Villa a power was given to command in chief over all, without subjection to any other than to the Captain-General, and to the Proveditor General in Dalmatia, when he waged War in that Province: And in short, his actions were not to be questioned or examin∣ed by any other than the Senate it self, to whom he was immediately subjected, and a Gally was

to be allotted purposely to transport him and his Family to Candia. Upon these conditions agreed at Turen, Marquess Villa took his Journey to Venice about the beginning of April, being ac∣companied with his Kinsman Francesco Villa, his Nephew Benedetto Count of Lagnasco, Count Lodovico Saluzza, and Count Bernardino Barret∣ta, which Four served in quality of Captains, together with Gio. Francesco Pusserla, and A∣lessandro Negri, who were Lieutenant-Gene∣rals, and Gio. Girolamo Quadruplano Engineer. With these Companions and several other Vo∣luntiers, Gentlemen of Quality, the Mar∣quess Villa was received with much honour by the Nobility and People of Venice; and being introduced into the Colledge, with a singular grace and fluency of Language he began to speak in this manner.

IF thanks, most Serene Prince, and most Excellent Sirs,* 12.1 ought to be equivalent to the benefits we receive, I must of necessity (not to appear ungrateful) refuse those fa∣vours, which this most Serene Republick is pleased to confer upon me; or resolve to ap∣pear ungrateful, because I am unable to make a compensation. But I satisfie my self in this, That as the mind which re∣ceives favours, and returns thanks is the same; so that mind which makes acknow∣ledgments with a due sense of them, doth in some measure equal the benefit, though it prove defective in expressions to declare it. I do therefore confess and acknowledge, that the Election you have been pleased to make of me amongst so many conspicuous Persons, unto a Charge graced by most re∣nowned Predecessours, and in it self most honourable, is a most singular favour, and an effect of your immense Bounty to me; which though it be limited with some subordination, yet it may serve for the ul∣timate Goal to a glorious Course of Mili∣tary labours. I must also farther acknow∣ledge, That as it is the property of this most Serene Republick to receive momentary Services, and to render them Eternal by Records in History; so they have been pleased to adjoyn unto my mean deserts a remembrance of the humble devotion which my Ancestors professed towards them: I mean Alfonso Villa my great Grand-father, who in that most glorious Fleet at Lepanto, whose Sails were the wings of Victory, evi∣denced his Christian Zeal against that Peo∣ple, which issuing from the bowels of Sea-monsters, continue to vent their ancient rage against your most Serene Highness. Nor with less promptness of mind, had my Grandfather Francesco Villa, and my Fa∣ther Guido Villa, consecrated their Powers to your Command: but that the unparal∣lel'd Equity of this most Serene Republick gave permission, that one of them should take the charge of General of the Artillery of the Holy Church under the Pope his Su∣pream Lord, preferring a natural duty be∣fore a voluntary service; and that the other being entertained in service of the most In∣vincible Charles Emanuel in Piedmont, you were pleased to judge, That the service done to a Prince your Confederate, and Son of this Republick, was a service and duty rendred to your selves: so that this Election made of me by this most Serene Republick, and approved by the singular goodness of that Charles Emanuel, who now reigns, eviden∣ces the Destiny of my Family, and obliges me to satissie that hereditary debt by per∣formances, which my Ancestors entertained only in their wishes. Hence it is, that to this my Election some celestial influence hath concurred, by which I am clearly as∣sured, that your more than humane Power is desirous to imitate the Divine, which oftentimes makes use of weak means to ope∣rate miraculous effects, that to you only the success may be acknowledged, and to you only the thanks be returned: That if the Providence of your Serenity, and of this most Serene Republick will be pleased (as I am assured you will) to imitate the Divine Pro∣vidence, which co-operates with means, the number and quality of your Troops and plen∣ty of your Provisions, which are the Nerves of War, are those means which correspond with the ends you design: And therefore I dare presage, that I shall not only see the threat∣ning horns of the changeable Ottoman Planet precipitated into the Sea by the Venetian horn of strength; but those glorious Conquests re∣newed, which rendered your Name more bright and resplendent than the Sun it self in his Oriental parts. With these auspicious Presages, I seel already in my breast an impatient heat to sacrifice my life in so worthy a Cause, fancying that I serve the Ʋniverse, whilst I am engaged in the service of the greatest of Republicks, which communicates delicious Fruit to all People, gathered from those triumphant Palms, which were planted and watered with her own sweat and labours; and resembles her own generous Lion, which continually stands on the Guard in opposition to the common Ene∣my, that all other People may rest quiet, and repose secure. And thus much, Most Serene Prince, and Most Excellent Sirs, shall suffice to have been spoken by a Soldier, not acquainted with Eloquence, to whom Courage is more requisite than Words, and to fight well with the hand, is more laudable than to utter florid Speeches with the Tongue.

According to the preceding counsel and de∣sire of Marquiss Villa, the Senate sent by divers Convoys great plenty of Provision and Ammuni∣tion to Candia, and fitted their Fleet with all things necessary; and strengthened their Forts both with Horse and Foot drawn out of their Garisons on the Terra Firma, being assisted with Men and Money from other Princes and States. The Pope gave them liberty to levy Four thou∣sand

men out of his Countries, the Emperour also furnished them with a considerable Force, to which were made Additions from other parts of Germany.

In this manner the prudent Care of the Veneti∣ans provided for their own safety: But at Constantinople things were more quiet, for it being Winter, the Turks made Entertainments for the German Ambassadour, who was first seasted by the Chimacham, and twice afterwards, with much Magnificence, by the Great Vizier at his own Garden, seated on the Bosphorus, all difficulties being before overcome, and agreed, unless the deliverance of the poor Captives from the Prison and the Oar, who continued in the torment of expectation between hope and fear, either of liberty or perpetual slavery. Which Treaty though it properly belonged to the Vizier, to whom the absolute power is derived, yet in formality it was reserved for matter of the last Au∣dience with the Grand Signior, who being desirous to attend his Hunting and Pastime abroad, was in pain, until he had complyed with his Of∣fice towards this Ambassadour, whose departure though not some time after designed, yet be∣ing often called upon to receive his Dispatch from the Grand Signior, was admitted on the 31th of October to his Audience with the same formali∣ty and feasting as is common to all other Ambassadours in the Divan, or place of Judi∣cature, and received three and forty Coftans be∣stowed on himself and his retinue, and thence be∣ing conducted to the Chamber of Audience, with some of the principal Noblemen of his Company, they presented themselves on their Knees, with their Faces on the Ground, accor∣ding to the Custom of the Eastern Courts; with which occasion the Heer Reningen, who had for sixteen or seventeen years been Resident for the Emperor,* 12.2 a person grown infirm with Age and the Gout, and his Knees not so active and pliable as the younger sort, coming also to take his turn in this prostrate manner of Worship, was so rudely handled by the kapugibashees, who assisted on each Arm at the Ceremony, that he not being able to bow his head so easily as others, was thrust down by them with so little consideration or respect, that his Brows and Forehead were broken on the Flour; which mischance so disordered him, as put him besides that Speech which he had premediated in Turk∣ish to address to the Grand Signior; and though he curbed what was possible his passion, whilst he remained in the Royal Presence, yet in vain after∣wards he vented his Choler with words against those unmannerly Officers without other re∣medy or satisfaction. The Demands of the Ambassadour were in writing read before the Grand Signior, according to the custom of the Court, and principally concerned the freedom of the Slaves, some of which were then in the Gallies, and Banniard, and others of the most principal in the seven Towers. Other Demands there were in relation to the State of Transylvania, that for the future it might be free from Incursions, in which particular the Turks had already vi∣olated the Peace; and that a more orderly Government of Affairs might be observed on the Frontiers, than usually had passed, as agreed by the last Capitulations. To which the Grand Signior gave no Answer, referring all to the Vizi∣er, only told the Ambassadour in short, That he should counsel his Master to beware of inva∣ding the Ottoman Dominions, or acting any thing in prejudice of the Peace.

The Articles of Peace made between the Two Emperors were for the most part a confirmation of the ancient Agreement, only it was provided as a new Addition. That the Armies should de∣part from the Confines of Transilvania. Second∣ly, That the Castles and Forts garisoned with German Soldiers in that Countrey should be resigned into the hands of the Prince. And Thirdly, There were other particulars added in reference to Newhausel, and the Countries ad∣jacent lately conquered, and the Limits of both Emperors, as before declared.

But whilst these things were in agitation, and Ambassadours interchangeably at either Court, the Turks of Varadin and Janoua made fre∣quent incursions into Transilvania, destroying the Villages, and carrying away great numbers of Captives; and so lately, as about the begin∣ning of August last, those of Varadin conveyed themselves privately under the Castle Cseh, and robbed the Horses belonging to that Garison, killed some, and carried others into slavery; at which time also Two thousand Turks besieged the Castle Valko, which they took, and razed to the ground; which Complaints of their Coun∣tries Aggrievances the Transilvanians intimated to the German Ambassadour, as matters al∣ready acted contrary to the late Articles of Peace, requesting farther to interpose for a modera∣tion and abatement of their Tribute, which Kuperlee had, contrary to Oath and reason, un∣justly augmented. But the Ambassadour seemed so coldly to interpose in this behalf, as taught the Turks to deny his Requests, acquiescing with this Answer, That it was no breach of Peace then to make incursions on the Frontiers, as also without Cannon to rob, and spoil, and skir∣mish, not exceeding Five thousand men in num∣ber. For it appeared that the Ambssadour was most desirous to secure the main points of the Peace,* 12.3 which concerned most the Interest of the Empire, and not hazard it for such like Concernments of Transilvania; for though it seemed strange to the World to see a Peace hastily clapt up with disadvantageous Terms on the Emperors side, whilst he was victorious and fortunate in several Enterprizes; yet they that penetrated farther into the State and Condi∣tion of the Empire, report, That there was a necessity of making a moderate use of these suc∣cesses by a fair accommodation, rather than to tempt Providence by a too eager and continued prosecution of the War. For it was observed that the Designs of making the Duke of Anguien, Son to the Prince of Conde, King of Poland, pro∣ceeded forward; and that there was a Combi∣nation of a dangerous League amongst the Princes of the Rhine. The Divisions between the Ger∣mans and the Hungarians encreased; the latter of which are known to be an obstinate sort of People. The Army also of the French was fear∣ed in the Bowels of the Empire, under the Com∣mand of Monsieur la Feuvillade, who under pretence of applying themselves to the assistance of Christendom, were suspected to come with in∣tentions to advance the interest of their King, and force the next Diet to elect him King of the Romans; in order whereunto, and in considera∣tion of farther assistance, they demanded se∣veral Towns in Hungary to be delivered into their hands, and made extravagant Propositi∣ons for Winter Quarters; all which considered, made the German Ambassadour more ten∣der how he entred into Disputes with the Turk, which might prejudice the essential points of the Peace, or occasion a new War more destructive to Germany through the

dangers before intimated, than by the Arms and Hostility of the common Enemy.* 12.4 These Considerations made the Ambassador less zealous in the matter of Transilvania, and in all others which were not really conducing to his Masters immediate service; so that having no other dif∣ficulty remaining, than the liberty of the Cap∣tives, on the day of his last Audience with the Vizier, being the 8th of November, he urged with more earnestness their Release, which was in part granted; those of the Gallies were delivered from their Chains and Oars; but such as were of greater Quality in the seven Towers were de∣tained, until the Emperor had on his part re∣leased the Turks of Quality in like manner; and though it was agreed in the Article, That Cap∣tives should on both sides be released, yet the Vi∣zier interpreted it to be in respect to Number and Quality, of which I remember to have heard often Complaints, and especially of those poor Gentlemen, then under Irons and restraint, who though afterwards received their freedom, yet for the present endured more torment in their minds, than if they had never been put in ex¦pectation to enjoy their hopes. At the end of the Audience the Ambassadour proposed something in behalf of the Religious of Jerusalem, That cer∣tain places of Devotion might be restored them, which were injuriously taken from them by the Greeks; and also that License might be grant∣ed for re-edification of some Churches, and Mo∣nasteries destroyed in Galata by the late Fire: To the first of which, the Vizier answered, That the Franks with the Greeks of Jerusalem should have a fair and equal Tryal at Law about the possession of those places in difference, and Ju∣stice and Right should be done unto the in∣jured; but the latter Proposition he positively denied, for being a matter contrary to their Law and Religion, was not dispensable by his Power, nor ought he to expect a Complement from him, or Gratuity of that nature, which was Inconsistent with the honour and conscience of the Donor; but that in any thing else he was ready to yield to his Desires, whereby he might understand the value he put upon his Person; using this Expression, That he was more satisfied that the Emperor had designed so illustrious and worthy a person to this Em∣bassy, than if he had sent him a Hundred thou∣sand Dollars more of Present, and at the Conclu∣sion of the Audience, vested both the Ambassa∣dour and Resident with Sables, which ended with all imaginable satisfaction, and mutual con∣tentment.

On the 21th of the Month of November arrived ar Constantinople Monsieur De Ventelay, Ambassa∣dour from the French King to the Grand Signior,* 12.5 who was Son to the Sieur De la Haye, the for∣mer Ambassadour, a Person much talked of be∣fore he arrived; a generous and an accomplish∣ed Gentleman, and one well practised in the Af∣fairs of that Countrey. To understand which story the better we must look back to the former Year, at the beginning of which during the Ger∣man War, and that the Vizier remained in his Winter-quarters at Belgrade, a Courier with Let∣ters from his most Christian Majesty to the First Vizier arrived, who concealed not the occasion of his coming, nor the contents of his Letters with that secrecy, but that those who were im∣ployed in the Translation of the Papers into Turkish, made it publickly known to be no other than a recital of the many provocations his most Christian Majesty had received from the Pirates of Barbary, containing a List of the Ships, Men, and Goods they had from time to time seized and made Prize: in vindication of which indignities to his Honour, and in protection of his People, he could not do less than make a War upon those Pirates (for as yet the advice was not come, that the French had deserted Gi∣geri) in which for the foregoing reasons the Grand Signior ought not to judge himself con∣cerned. And for the Succour given the Empe∣ror, it was not afforded as King of France, but as one of the Princes of the Empire, in which capacity, by virtue of his Tenure, he was obli∣ged to contribute such Forces on the like emer∣gencies and distresses of the Empire. And if the foregoing reasons were available with the Sultan to induce him (as in reason he ought) to believe he continued in perfect friendship with him, with∣out breach of Articles, he was then ready to send his Ambassadour to reside at the Port, pro∣vided it might be Monsieur De Ventelay, Son to Monsieur De la Haye late Ambassadour there, who was the Person that had some time since re∣ceived indignities from the Vizier Kuperlee, that so his Majesty might receive satisfaction, by ha∣ving the very Person of Monsieur De Ventelay, ho∣noured by extraordinary demonstrations of re∣spect, in reparation of the former affronts. This Messenger having translated his Papers, ob∣tained license to ride Post to the Vizier, and in the frosts and extremities of the weather in January set forward on his Journey; but in his passage through Adrianople, visiting the Chimacam, and desiring his license in like manner to ride Post to the Vizier on publick affairs, received such a lesson of scorn and disdain, vented with the ex∣tremity of choler against the French Nation in publick Divan, with terms undecent to be re∣peated: And that in farther resentment, if he were First Vizier, he would refuse to accept any friendship or alliance with them; but since he was inferiour to the Great Vizier, he would dispeed him to the Camp, and grant him a Command for his Post. But it seems this Courier being ar∣rived at Belgrade, was received with better terms, and more courtesie by the Vizier, who had learned by experience of the late Christian Wars, and proof of the Valour of the French Nation, that the Propositions of that King were not lightly to be contemned. And therefore con∣sented that Monsieur De Ventelay might freely come (using their common expression) that the Arms of the Port are always open to re∣ceive the addresses of Friends, Allies, and Con∣federates. With this Message and Letters the Courier was dispatched by way of Rag••si with safe conduct, and what else was requisite for his securer passage. No doubt but his most Christian Majesty was the more urgent, that the Person of Monsieur De Ventelay (who was the subject on whom formerly the Turks had exercised such injurious violence) should be accepted for Am∣bassadour, and resolved,* 12.6 unless they received him, he would send no other, that so his Honour which suffered before in this Person, might be repaired again by the respect and reverence they were to shew to him as Ambassadour, as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in repentance of their former unkindness, they should now strive to make amends by extraordinary de∣monstrations of honour to this Representative. For it was judged in France, and there concluded, That there was no other means to repair the Kings Ho∣nour than by the Embassy of Monsieur De Ventelay; to which that a greater reputation might be ad∣ded, he was transported in one of the Kings Ships called the Caesar, accompanied with a Fire-ship, and a small Patach for a Victualler, and for

his better Equipage was attended by four or five Marquesses and ••ersons of Quality. Being ar∣rived at the farther part of the City called the Se∣ven Towers, the Ships came to an Anchor, from whence the Ambassadour sent to advise the Vi∣zier of his arrival, desiring as one mark of the extraordinary honour promised him, that a re∣turn might be made to the Salute of his Ship from the Seraglio, by the Cannon which lay under the Wall, a Ceremony before never demanded, or practised with respect to any Christian or Turk∣ish Vessel; and that his landing might be ho∣noured with a more than usual reception by the attendance of Officers, or at least equalled to the Formalities of the late English Ambassadour. But the Vizier it seems judged, that the recepti∣on of the English, strained on a particular occa∣sion, was not to be brought into example, and that a Salute from the Seraglio was so besides the ordinary custom, that he esteemed the demand to be extravagant, and that such a Presi∣dent would be dishonourable to his Master. And therefore resolving not to exceed the perticulars of former customs, offered at his landing to have him accompanied to his House with ten Chaouses, only the Ambassadour not accepting hereof, in a discontented manner entred with his Ship the day following, and giving the usual Salutes to the Seraglio, landed at Topenau, a place near to his own Dwelling, from whence with no other attendance than his own Company, privately walked up, and with no farther ceremony took possession of the place of Residence of former Am∣bassadours from France.

Notwithstanding this slight treatment, the Am∣bassadour was not so much mortified, but he con∣ceived hopes, that the Turks would at length in contemplation of his Masters greatness, gratifie him with some signal demonstrations of extraor∣dinary honour, by concessions of unusual Pri∣viledges, and greater facility in his Negotiations: and therefore was induced, though as yet he had not had a personal Audience of the Vizier, to desire a revocation of the Agreement made with the Genoese, (the Marquess Durazzo, of whom we have spoken before, being just upon his departure) protesting against it with all ear∣nestness, as a matter so prejudicial to the French Traffick and Commerce in those Dominions, that if admission were given to the Genoese, they must expect to lose friendship and commerce with France. But notwithstanding this heat and other protestations against it, the Vizier who in∣herited his Fathers spirit, little regarded the discontent of the French, but calmly answered, That the Grand Signior was Master of himself and Country, and might make Peace or War at his own pleasure without licence or permission of the French king; and that such as were envious, or discontented at the Peace, had free liberty to depart and take their remedy as they esteemed most beneficial.

In this manner matters passed between the time of this Ambassadours Arrival and his Au∣dience.* 12.7 In which interim the curiosity of Mon∣sieur Abermont, Captain of the French Man of War, had like to have proved fatal to him; for whilst he viewed from the Gallery of his Ship the pleasant situation of the Seraglio, and the Prospect of the Bosphorus, behold at a distance appeared certain Gallies gently gliding down the stream, dressed up with Flags and Streamers, which all Ships and Saykes saluted with their Guns as they passed. This Captain being informed that the Grand Signior was there in person, and returned from his Hunting, which he had made in certain Woods not far from the City, saluted him also as he passed with twenty five Guns; but being not able to discover his person, presently fitted his Boat and followed him, hoping to receive that satisfaction at his landing; fot conceiving, that access to the Ottoman and Eastern Princes is as facile and grateful, as it is to those of Christendom, with all confidence endeavoured to accost the Person of the Grand Signior as near as was possible. The Grand Signi∣or turning his eyes, and seeing a man habited (as he conceived) in a barbarous and extravagant dress, apprehended the Majesty of his Person vio∣lated by so near and bold an approach of the cu∣rious Stranger; and thereupon, without farther inquiry, being moved with scorn and indignati∣on, called for the Executioner, who is ever rea∣dy at his hand; but some persons then present, especially the Bostangibashee, being of more mo∣deration, beseeched the Grand Signior to have a little patience, and to enquire of the Ghaur or Infidel (as they call'd him) the cause of this his boldness: with which the Grand Signior suppres∣sing a little his passion, and having patience until one was sent to expostulate with the Captain, who all this while, though he perceived some disturbance, was yet ignorant that the matter so dangerously concerned himself; and not being able to understand the Messenger, nor to be un∣derstood by him, rendred the business more confu∣sed, and less understood: which the Messenger observing, and knowing the danger of this wor∣thy and innocent Gentleman, being perhaps of a compassionate nature, and prudent, framed this excuse to the Grand Signior, That he did not well understand the Infidels language, but what he conjectured was, That he being Captain of that Vessel, which had newly saluted his Majesty as he passed with twenty five Guns, was now come in confidence of his Royal bounty and cle∣mency to receive a Coftan, as a sign of his Ma∣jesties favour, and reward of his own respect. The Grand Signior having by this time his choler somewhat abated, was better pacified with these gentle words; the Bostangibashee also interce∣ding at the same time in his behalf, that he was a stranger, and ignorant of the customs of their Court, and that if he deserved punishment, he might be remitted to the examination of the Vizi∣er, who might chastise him, as he found it reaso∣nable. The Grand Signior contented herewith, the rude Bostangees seized the Captain and hur∣ried him to the Visier, who all this time was igno∣rant of his errour or his danger, more than that he perceived by accent of their words, and by their gestures, that something was amiss, and debated in reference unto him. The Drugger-men, or Interpreters of the French Nation being sent for, and the Visier and the Cap∣tain both understanding the matter, the crime appeared only to be an absurdity committed through ignorance: yet to please the Grand Sig∣nior, and to make an appearance, as if something were done in chastisement of this bold curiosity, the Visier ordered, that the Captain should be conducted by two Chaouses to the Ambassadour, there to be put in Chains and in Prison, until sa∣tisfaction was made for his fault. The Captain being thus brought before the Ambassadour, this honest Gentleman was punished in the same man∣ner as we do those in Christendom, who crowd to see their Prince.

The Ambassadour had his first Audience with the Vizier on the 7th of December, which being insignificant to any other business more than to the delivery of his Masters Letters, and other mat∣ters

of Form and Ceremony, we shall need to insist the less upon it.

His second Audience before that of the Grand Signior,* 12.8 was in the beginning of January, at which time the Ambassadour began to declare what he had in Commission from his King, which principally related towards a satisfaction for those Affronts formerly offered him in the per∣son of his Father, and himself inculcating into the Visier a true apprehension of the greatness of his Master, his force by Land, his powerful Fleet which should that following year be set sorth in the Mediterranean Seas, with other arguments which might challenge due respect and honour to so great a Prince. These Proposals and Dis∣courses, though the Vizer seemed not to entertain with that benign and flexible ear as was expect∣ed or thought satisfactory, and thereupon several disgusts did afterwards succeed; howsoever in the end all matters cleared up again, and his Excellency was permitted to return to his own House with all imaginatble satisfaction, as he was pleased to intimate to the Ambassadour for his Majesty of great Britain. Soon after followed his Audience with the Grand Signior according to the usual Ceremonies, so that all things run smoothly with the French for several years after. And here by the way it is observable, That an En∣glish Ambassadour once arguing hotly with the Vizier on some points of the Capitulations, in which judging himself wronged, threw the Ca∣pitulations to the Vizier, telling him, that he might keep the Writing and Paper, since he resolved not to obey the Letter. The Vizier hereupon calmly took the Capitulations, and laid them behind his Cushion, which the Ambassa∣dour in a more considerate temper could not a∣gain recover under an expence of fifteen hundred Pieces of Eight.

During the time of these Negotiations the Grand Signior wholly imployed his time and thoughts in Hunting, ranging all the Woods for se∣veral days journies round Constantinople, in which Exercise twenty or thirty thousand men were imployed, collected from the Cities and Villa∣ges round about, all which were paid at the pub∣lick expence and charge of House-keepers both Turks and Chrstians;* 12.9 which in one hunt might amount to thirty or forty thousand Dollars. With this burden the people being often opppres∣sed, and many perishing in the Woods with cold and hunger, began to murmur at the excess of Tyranny, cursing their Princes madness and folly, maintained with the life and ruine of his Sub∣jects. But notwithstanding all these whispered curses and secret menaces the Grand Signior fol∣lowed his delights with such frequency, and with that heat and eagerness, that the people percei∣ving no end of their misery, began to speak loud∣ly and plainly, and by some principal Persons gave the Visier to understand, That the people would not longer endure the extravagant Vagaries of their Prince at so dear a rate, of which he thar was his chief Councellour ought to inform and advise him. The Vizier, who was be∣fore sensible of the excess of his Masters humour in this particular, and that immoderation, even in lawful and innocent exercises, may become a Vice, and when acted with oppression of the Sub∣ject as dangerous as other terms which sound more of Tyranny and Violence, resolved with courage and humility to represent to his Master the dan∣ger of such expensive Huntings, especially when over frequent; and therefore assured those who made their Complaints, That for the future all matters should be redressed, and the Grand Signi∣or should not be so prodigal in his Huntings on the Purse of his Subjects. And so sensible was the Vizi∣er of the disorders which might arise from hence, if some remedy were not speedily applied, that he immediately departed Constantinople to find out the Grand Signior, who was lodged in some retired cool place, environed with Woods and Mountains; leaving Solyman Pasha for Chimacham, or Deputy, in his place, in whose former Government many terrible Fires had happened in Constantinaple.

About this time Advice came to Constantinople of certain Addresses the Nogay Tartar had made to the Pasha of Silistria to obtain a Country to live in between the Rivers of Boristhenese and the Da∣nube; for that their own Country being full,* 12.10 they were forced to abandon and empty it of for∣ty of fifty thousand Families, who lived in Wag∣gons, and had about a hundred thousand head of Cattel, all which with their substance, they prof∣fered for Subjects to the Grand Signior, if he plea∣sed to afford them protection, and Land for Pa∣sture and habitation. The Pasha approving here∣of, gave them assurance of security under the sha∣dow of his Masters favours, sending information thereof to the Port, who willingly embraced these new-come Guests, and entered into consultation what Country and limits should be assigned them. In the mean time the Krim Tartar jealous of this people, and not knowing what inconvenience such Neighbourhood might produce, fell upon them, and cut off a great number of them, forcing the rest to reurn into their own Country, which though ill taken at first by the Turks, was yet af∣terwards excused by the Tartar, and dissembled by the Port.

Though all things appeared quiet at Constanti∣nople after the Peace concluded with the Empe∣rour, and that the German Ambassadour was returned back to his Master; yet the Turks prosecuted their designs against Venice, aad made great preparations in the Provinces of Albania, Bossena, and Licca, which confine on the Veneti∣an Territories; and though in reality those For∣ces were not intended against those parts, but in order to a more warm prosecution of the War in Candia, whether the Vizier intended to trans∣port himself in Person; yet the Venetian State not fully penetrating the Design, took the Alarm chiefly in Dalmatia, and reinforced their Garrisons of Cataro and other Fortresses. And that matters there might be well provided, and all things acted with due circumspection; Marquiss Villa was or∣dered to visit those Garrisons in his Voyage to Candia;* 12.11 so that departing from Venice attended with two Gallies, he arrived in a few days at Zara, and thence proceeding to Spalato, where the Pro∣veditor General, Catarin Cornaro, made at that time his residence; they both joined together to survey the most important places of that Province. They began with the City of Spalato,* 12.12 which rather seems a place intended by Nature for a Palace of delights, than a Garrison of Arms; being the Seat which Dioclesian (who was born at Salona, six miles distance from thence) chose for his Garden of retirement, after he had renounced the Empire, and is now turned into a ruder shape of War, since the invasion of the Turk made it neces∣sary to be fortified for security of it self, and the parts circumjacent. Spalato is now very strong, be∣ing secured by divers Redoubts; the chief of which is scituated on a little rising, called Grippe, distant about a Musket-shot from the Town, is strengthe∣ned with four Royal Bastions, and with good Artil∣lery, there is also a new Line of Fortification drawn round the Town, which renders it the strong∣est, and most considerable of all Dalmatia:

But to make this place the more impregnable, these Generals laid the foundation for another Bulwark; and as an evidence of their Union, they cast a Medal with a stamp on one side of Cornaro, and on the other of Marquis Villa, and so rendring thanks to God, the Service ended with firing all the Guns of the Town.

Afterwards both the Generals Embarking, passed that Night to Curzola,* 12.13 anciently called Corsina Negra, which is one of the greatest and best of the Isles of this Gulf; Thence passing by Ragusi, where the Deputies of that Government, in recognition of that Soveraignty which the Ve∣netians have over the Adriatick Seas, presented the usual refreshments to the General of the Pro∣vince; and in a particular manner treated Mar∣quis Villa with a Present in name of their Repub∣lick. That Night they arrived at the Entrance of the Channel of Cataro,* 12.14 and taking Perasto in their way (which is a strong Fortification about six miles distant from Cataro) they were received there with firing all the Guns of the Town, which were doubly multiplied by an Eccho returned from the sound of the neighbouring Mountains. Thence they proceeded to visit Budua, a place well fortified, as also Fort St. George in the Island Liesina, which is the usual Rendezvous of Bri∣gantines, and armed Barques; at length they went to Almissa, where they made a general Muster of all the Forces of the Province; in all which places having viewed and amended the de∣fects in Fortification, and given order for supply∣ing them with Ammunition and Provisions neces∣sary; they returned back to see the famous For∣tress of Clissa,* 12.15 the Situation of which seems to have been planted when Nature desired to sport, and be wanton; for it issues, as it were, out of the Bosom of two Mountains, which are at an equal distance from the Town, and then draw∣ing themselves at each end into the fashion of a Bow, seem to form a Triumphal Arch. The pas∣sage through these Mountains is so narrow and crooked, that it appears like a Labyrinth; and being supplied with plenty of Fountains and Ci∣sterns both within and without the Fortress, the Suburbs demol shed, and no incumbrances to cloy and weaken its strength, is certainly more obliged to Nature for its defence than to Art. From hence they proceeded to view Sebenico,* 12.16 which is another strong Fortress, situated on a rising Hill, and overviews a spacious Port, the entrance to which is secured by the Fort St. Nicho∣las; and the City it self, besides its own Walls, is guarded by a Cittadel, and by the new works of St. John, situated on two Hills: From hence the Generals returning to Zara, the Capital City of the Province which being encompassed by the Sea, annexed to the Land only by a Bridg, which is also defended by a Fort, is rendered the strong∣est and most impregnable of all the Fortresses. And here having made a general Muster of all the Forces, and visited the Country of Novigrade, and Possidaria, the habitations of the Morlach Mi∣litia, the Marquis returned again to Venice, being called thither by the Senate; for the Year being now well spent, and the Winter approaching too near to admit of any considerable action; the time grew seasonable for Counsels, in which man∣ner the Affairs of Wars might best and most ad∣vantageously be directed for the succeeding year. Yet in regard Advices were come from Candia, That the Turks were much afflicted with the Pe∣stilence, and scarcity of all Provisions; it was judged requisite to prosecute the War the more eagerly against them, before the Great Vizier arrived there with such an Army as commonly at∣tends his Person; it being advised from Count Leslie, the Emperors Ambassador at Constantinople, that the whole force of the Ottoman Armes was to refund it self speedily on that Island. This In∣telligence hastned the departure of Marquis Villa from Venice, with such Force as was then in a rea∣diness, being directed with necessary Instructi∣ons of what he ought to act in Candia. In his Voyage thither he touched at Corfu, Cefalonia, and Zant, and afterwards happily arrived on the sixth of December at the Isle of Paros or Paresi in the Archipelago, where he met with the Captain-General, and other Chief Commanders of the Fleet, together with Vuertmiller the Lieutenant-General of the Ordnance; and here the Marquis reforming several Companies, which were much diminished in their numbers, a general Muster was made of all the Forces, which being ranged in form of Battel, they were accounted to amount unto eighteen hundred Horse, and eight thou∣sand two hundred ninety five Foot. This Army had some want of Fire-Arms, and other Neces∣saries, of which the Senate being advised, they promised to supply all by a Convoy, then pre∣paring; and congratulating in their Letters to Marquis Villa the good News of his happy Arri∣val at Paros, raised and prompted him to At∣chievements worthy his Courage and Grandeur; for being a Person now elevated on the Bulwarks of Candia, he seemed to stand on that Theater, where he had all Europe for his Spectators.

The Troubles which the English Trade found this Year in Turky.

THE Currant of our Negotiations ran smoothly this year without any considera∣ble interruption in all parts of Turky, unless at Aleppo, where the Emim, or Customer, accor∣ding to his usual practice, began a new pretence, not only against former Presidents, but also a∣gainst the very Letter of Capitulations, deman∣ding 2 ½ per Cent. Custom at Scanderoon, and 3 at Aleppo; a matter against which our Articles of Peace and Commerce have made many and sundry Provisions: Notwithstanding the Custo∣mer (like others of his Predecessors, who have ever at Aleppo made Disputes about their Cu∣stoms, without being restrained by the most strict Imperial Commands, and plainest Decisions of the Law) resolved to make good his pretence by a sequestration on the whole Cargo of two gene∣ral Ships then under his Custody in the Custom-house. The Consul hereupon had recourse to the Justice of the Kadi, and there produced the Ca∣pitulations, the Hattesheriff, or Royal Signature, under the hand of Sultan Ibrahim, wherein the particulars of Custom were regulated, a Com∣mand from the present Vizier, and his Father, and other Commands from Adrianople and Con∣stantinople, all of the same tenour. The Emim on the other side, had no other Argument than his Baratz or Patent from the Tefterdar or Lord Treasurer, which was so prevalent, and of that force with the Kadi, joined with the fear and fa∣vour he bore towards the Emim; that it was judged by him to stand in ballance with all the other Imperial Signatures; and therefore left the business (which was as much as the Customer desired) undecided, making a Declaration, that the reasons on both sides were so forcible, and the arguments so equal, that he concluded it more proper, that a matter of so great importance should be reserved for the determination of more

powerful and eminent Officers. The matter stan∣ding thus doubtfully, the Emim conceiving it too great a pawn to detain so great a quantity of Cloth for a difference only in the Custom, deliver∣ed to every man his consignation, reserving only fifty Bales to make himself good on the judgment and commands he expected shortly in his favour. The difference being now referred up to the Court, the Lord Ambassador received the just complaints of the Consul and Merchants; for redress of which abuses, his Excellency dispatch∣ed my self, then his Secretary and Druggerman, to the Vizier at Belgrade, attending the advice of the German Ambassadors entrance into the Frontiers. The Vizier having heard the difference, was ready to have passed sentence in our favour, had not the Tefterdar, the only Advocate for the Customer, from whom the Original of our Evils was derived, put an unhappy obstacle in the course of our Negotiations, pretending that there were ancient Tefters or accompts amongst his Books, which mentioned two and a half per Cent. at Scanderoon, and three at Aleppo; and though it was urged to the contrary, that we never had to do with the Registers of the Treasurers, nor had managed any Apalto, or Farm of the Grand Signior; but our Capitulations are our Law and Rule, and our Commands Registred in the Reis Efendi's, or Secretaries Office, than which we never had, nor could ever acknowledg any other Canon: yet the Vizier over-ruled our reasons, and we were forced to submit, until the Tefter∣dar took his leisure to examine and consult his Books.

The Vizier and his Army being then upon their return, we found no opportunity to renew our sollicitations, until we came to Nissa, where the Army had two days of repose, and there again as in other places before, we urged the Tefterdar so importunately, that at length we compelled him to acknowledg to the Vizier, that our affairs were not Registred in his Office. So that now we took liberty to declare our Reasons to the Vizier; which we drew from our Capitulations, the ancient Hattesheriff of Aleppo, the Vizier and his Father's own Commands, and Copies of o∣thers of the like tenour, not omitting other Ar∣guments and Evidences, which rendered the busi∣ness not a little clear and apparent to the capaci∣ty of the Vizier: who thereupon reprehended the Tefterdar, for seeking by his Command to intro∣duce an innovation contrary to our Capitulati∣ons, and promised us Commands in our favour; but we replied, that we had already Commands, and the Grand Signiors own Royal Signature on our side, and that our Ambassador had not sent us so many days Journey to seek another, which perhaps would as ill be observed as the former; But it was the punishment of the Customer which the Ambassador expected, who against so many clear Evidences, durst proceed to the violation of them all Many other words were added perti∣nent and forcible to the present purpose. To which the Vizier answered, that he was now up∣on his Journey, where business of this nature was ill dispatched. And therefore ordered us to pro∣ceed to Adrianople, where he should have more leisure to consider what was fit to be done in or∣der to justice and satisfaction of the Ambassador. Hereupon I left the Army, wherein I was much incommoded, and proceeded with all haste to Adrianople, where the Great Vizier in some days after me arrived, and there we renewed our wonted endeavours, and sollicitations, that we might come to an end of this business, and that justice might be done us: But the Vizier willing to gratifie the Tefterdar, was not forward to pass his Sentence, but put us again off to Con∣stantinople, where the Books should be peru∣sed, that were laid up amongst the Registers of the Divan: For that this matter was a concernment of the Grand Signiors, in deter∣mination of which, he ought to be tender and considerate. That for sending for Ibrahim Aga, the Customer (which was one of the princi∣pal of our demands) to answer for the inju∣ries he had done our Nation, he was already ordered to appear at Court, where he should be ready to stand to judgment for what the Ambassador should object against him: and this had been the answer which was contrived to be given to the Ambassador himself, in case he had (as once he designed) appeared at Adrianople in person on this occasion.

The Vizier arriving at Constantinople some few Months after; the Lord Ambassador ob∣tained Audience of him on the 15th. of Octo∣ber, pressing still for justice against the Custo∣mer of Aleppo: but nothing thereof could be procured, besides a Command for restitution of the fifty Bales of Cloth, detained in the hands of the Emim, upon the pretence before related, and that the payment of Customs should be regulated after the rate of three per Cent. according to the ancient usance. For putting this Command in execution, an Aga was ordered to be dispatched, for whose ser∣vice herein the Vizier allotted a thousand Dol∣lars should be paid him, which though an ex∣travagant reward, yet to put an honour and authority on the business, and not to displease the Vizier, it was granted to him, and so he was dispatched the 25th. for Aleppo. But the troubles of our Merchants at Aleppo ended not here: For the Tefterdar greatly enraged to see his designs against us to have no better issue, thought to trouble us by a new inven∣tion of prohibiting the Scale of Scanderoon to all English, and other Christian Vessels, and that the Factories should be transferred again over to Tripoli in Soria; a place formerly fre∣quented by our Merchants, but by reason of the danger and inconvenience of that Port, the Trade was transported to the Scale of Scanderoon. This alteration the Tefterdar pre∣tended to have been granted to the Merchants at their earnest Petition, and promise to the Grand Signior, of payment of 13000 Dollars Yearly, for discharge and maintenance of those Guards which were requisite in that place for safety of the Coast, and defence of the Caravans which pass with Merchants goods to Aleppo; but time and corruption of the Ministers had depri∣ved the Grand Signior of the benefit of that duty. And this he urged with the greater instance and eagerness, knowing that the Scale of Scanderoon being prohibited, the Hattesheriff whereon con∣sisted the priviledg of the Merchants, and their sole security must consequently fall, and they forced to a new agreement. On this occasi∣on our Lord Ambassador had Audience with the Vizier, and insisted on that point of our Capitulations, which gives us liberty to Trade in any part of the Grand Signiors Dominions; and therefore to consent to be restrained, or confined to any particular place, was to assent to a breach of the Capitulations, which was out of his power, and only to be dispensed with by his Master the King of England, and the Grand Signior, by whom they were established; and to connive or assent to the breach of one particular clause, was to hazard the loss and

breach of the whole: for that our Capitulations (to use the Turks saying) are like a string of Berds, of which, when one link is broken, the others drop off. To which the Vizier replied, that the Scale of Scandroon was open, and clear as before for the English Trade; but be∣cause the Testerdar, and Customer, pretended that the Grand Signior was put to great ex∣pences for maintenance of a Watch and Guard at that Port, which was only in respect to the security of the Merchants Goods; Orders should be given for taking away those Officers, as unnecessary and insignificant to the publick Service; no Guards having ever been in that place, the Embassador judged his business to be granted, and so thanked the Vizier and depar∣ted. But not many days after the Testerdar procured a Command for shutting the Scale of Scanderoon, and transporting the Factory to Tri∣p••li: which Command was rather intended to affright our Nation into some composition, than really to be put in execution, as appeared by the sequel; for the Testerdar better consider∣ed than to bring so great an Odium upon him∣self from the whole Country and City of Aleppo, and to enforce the Embassador to have recourse to the Grand Signiors own person, for redress of an abuse of so high a nature, in derogation of his Imperial Capitulations. Howsoever it is observa∣ble in the transaction of all this business, that it is diccicult to bring a corrupt Turkish Minister to Justice or punishment, meerly for breach of our Capitulations, or in respect to any difference or abuse offered to Christians, unless the complaint be accompanied with Presents or Money, which are most prevalent Arguments in the Turkish Court; and in this case I really believe, that had three or four thousand Dollars been offered as a reward for bringing the Customer to capital pu∣nishment, the complaint had found acceptance, and honourable success: for default of which, the Cause was starved, and naked, and carried no fire or heat in those aggravations with which it was represented. It is likewise observable, that business in the Turkish Court doth not always find that dispatch, or expedition, as is generally be∣lieved in Christendom, unless it come accompani∣ed with the interest of the Ministers themselves, and then it is transacted in a moment, which o∣therwise languished with delays, and will never want excuses to deser it.

Anno 1666. Hegeira 1077.

WE shall begin this Year with the strange rumour and disturbance of the Jews, con∣cerning Sabatai Sevi, their pretended Messiah, which for being most principally acted in Turkey, may properly belong to the History of this time and place; which therefore for delight of the Readers, I shall here insert: for though it may have been elsewhere published, yet being an issue of my Pen, I may lawfully now own it, and an∣nex it to this History, in respect of that near co∣herence it may have therewith; and that many other particulars have been added thereunto, which succeeded until the Death of this Sabatai.

According to the Predictions of several Christi∣an Writers, especially of such who comment upon the Apocalypie or Revelations, this year of 1666. was to prove a year of Wonders, of strange Revolutions in the World, and particularly, of blessing to the Jews, either in respect of their Conversion to the Christian Faith. or of their Re∣storation to their Temporal Kingdom. This opinion was so dilated and fixt in the Countries of the Reformed Religion, and in the heads of Fanatical Enthusiasts, who dreamed of Fifth Mo∣narchies, the down fall of the hope and Anti∣christ, and the greatness of the Jews, insomuch, that this subtil people judged this Year the time to stir, and to fit their Motion according to the season of the Modern Prophecies. Whereupon strange reports flew from place to place, of the March of multitudes of People from unknown parts into the remote deserts of Arabia, supposed to be the Ten Tribes and a half, lost for so many Ages. That a Ship was arrived in the Northern parts of Scotland, with her Sails and Cordage of Silk, navigated by Marriners who spoke nothing but Hebrew, and with this Motto on their Sails, The Twelve Tribes of Israel. These reports agree∣ing thus near to former Predictions, put the wild sort of the World into an expectation of strange accidents this Year should produce in reference to the Jewish Monarchy.

In this manner Millions of people were posses∣sed when Sabatai Sevi first appeared at Smyrna, and published himself to the Jews for their Mes∣siah, relating the greatness of their approaching Kingdom, the strong hand whereby God was about to deliver them from Bondage, and ga∣ther them from all the parts of the World. It was strange to see how this fancy took, and how fast the report of Sabatai, and his Doctrine flew through all parts where Jews inhabited, and so deeply possessed them with a belief of their new Kingdom and Riches; and many of them with promotion to Offices of Government, renown and greatness; that in all places from Constantinople to Buda (which it was my fortune that Year to travel) I perceived a strange transport in the Jews, none of them attending to any business, unless to wind up former Negotiations, and to prepare themselves and Families for a Journey to Jerusalem; all their Discourses, their Dreams, and disposal of their affairs, tended to no other design but a re-establishment in the Land of Promise, to Greatness and Glory, Wisdom and Doctrine of the Messiah, whose Original, Birth and Education is first to be recounted.

Sabatai Sevi was Son of Mordecai Sevi, an In∣habitant and Natural of Smyrna, who gained his Livelihood by being Broker to an English Mer∣chant in that place; a person who before his Death was very decrepit in his Body, and full of the Gout and other infirmities: But his Son Sabatai Sevi addicting himself to study and learning, be∣came a notable Proficient in the Hebrew and A∣rabick Languages; and especially in Divinity and Metaphysicks, he was so cunning a Sophister, that he vented a new Doctrine in their Law, and drew to the profession of it so many Disciples, as raised one day a tumult in the Synagogue; for which afterwards he was by censure of the Kock∣hams (who are the Expounders of the Law) ba∣nished out of the City.

During the time of his Exile he travelled to Thessalonica, now called Salonica, where he mar∣ried a very handsom Woman; but either not having that part of Oeconomy as to govern a Wife, or being impotent as to Women, as was pretended, or that she sound not favour in his eyes, she was divorced from him. Again, he took a second Wife more beautiful than the former; but the same causes of discontent raising a differ∣ence between them, he obtained another Divorce from this Wife also. And being now free from the incumbrances of a Family, his wandring head

moved him to travel through the Morea, thence to Tripoli in Syria, Gaza and Jerusalem, and by the way picked up a Ligornese Lady, whom he made his third Wife, the Daughter of some Polo∣nian or German, her Original and Country not being very well known. And being now at Jeru∣salem, he began to reform their Law, and to a∣bolish the Fast of Tamuz, (which they keep in the month of June) and meeting there with a certain Jew called Nathan, a proper Instrument to promote his design, he communicated to him his condition, his course of life, and intentions to declare himself the Messiah of the World, so long expected and desired by the Jews. This de∣sign took wonderfully with Nathan; and because it was thought necessary, according to Scripture and ancient Prophecies, that Elias was to pre∣cede the Messiah, as St. John Baptist was the Fore-runner of Christ, Nathan thought no man so proper to act the part of the Prophet as him∣self; and so no sooner had Sabatai declared him∣self the Messiah, but Nathan discovers himself to be his Prophet, forbidding all the Fasts of the Jews in Jerusalem, and declaring that the Bride∣groom being come, nothing but joy and triumph ought to dwell in their habitations; writing to all the Assemblies of the Jews to perswade them to the same belief. And now the Schism being be∣gun, and many Jews really believing what they so much desired, Nathan took the courage and boldness to prophesie, That one year from the 27th of* 12.17 Kislau, which is the Month of July, the Messiah was to appear before the Grand Signior, and to take from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his Crown, and lead him in chains like a Captive: Sabatai also at Gaza preached Repentance to the Jews, and Obedi∣ence to himself and Doctrine, for that the Co∣ming of the Messiah was at hand. Which novel∣ties so affected the Jews, Inhabitants of those parts, that they gave up themselves wholly to their Prayers, Alms, and Devotions; and to confirm this belief the more, it happened that at the same time that news hereof with all particulars were dispatched from Gaza, to acquaint the Brethren in foreign parts; the rumour of the Messiah had flown so swift, and gained such reception, that Intelligence came from all Countries, where the Jews sojourn, by Letters to Gaza and Jerusalem, congratulating the happiness of their deliverance, and expiration of their time of servitude by the appearance of the Messiah. To which they ad∣joyned other Prophecies relating to that Domini∣on the Messiah was to have over all the World, that for nine Months after he was to disappear; during which time the Jews were to suffer, and several of them to undergo Martyrdom; but then returning again mounted on a Coelestial Li∣on, with his Bridle made of Serpents with seven heads, accompanied with his Brethren the Jews, who inhabited on the other side of the River Sa∣bation, he should be acknowledged for the sole Monarch of the Universe, and then the Holy Tem∣ple should descend from Heaven already built, framed, and beautified, wherein they should of∣fer Sacrifices for ever. And here I leave the Rea∣der to consider, how strangely this deceived Peo∣ple was amused, when these confident and vain reports and dreams of Power and Kingdoms had wholly transported them from the ordinary course of their trade and interest.

This noise and rumour of the Messiah having begun to fill all places, Sabatai Sevi resolved to travel towards Smyrna, the Country of his Nati∣vity, and thence to Constantinople, the capital City, where the principal work of preaching was to be performed: Nathan thought it not fit to be long after him, and therefore travels by way of Da∣mascus, where resolving to continue some time for better propagation of this new Doctrine, in the mean while writes this Letter to Sabatai Sevi, as followeth.

22. Kesvan of this Year.

TO the King our King, Lord of our Lords, who gathers the dispersed of Israel, who redeems our Captivity, the Man elevated to the height of all sublimity, the Messiah of the God of Jacob, the true Messiah, the Coelestial Lion, Sabatai Sevi, whose Honour be exalt∣ed, and his Dominion raised in a short time, and for ever, Amen. After having kissed your hands, and swept the dust from your feet, as my duty is to the King of Kings, whose Majesty be exalted, and his Empire en∣larged; These are to make known to the Su∣preme Excellency of that place, which is a∣dorned with the beauty of your anctity, that the Word of the King and of his Law hath in∣lightned our faces, that day hath been a solemn day unto Israel, and a day of light unto our Rulers, for immediately we applied our selves to perform your Command, as our duty is. And though we have heard of many strange things, yet we are couragious, and our heart is as the heart of a Lion, nor ought we to inquire a rea∣son of your doings, for your works are marvel∣lous and past finding out, and we are confirm∣ed in our fidelity without all exception, resign∣ing up our very Souls for the Holiness of your Name. And now we are come as far as Da∣mascus, intending shortly to proceed in our Journey to Scanderoon, according as you have commanded us, that so we may ascend and see the face of God in light, as the light of the face of the King of life: and we servants of your servants shall cleanse the dust from your feet, beseeching the Majesty of your Excellen∣cy and Glory, to vouchsafe from your habita∣tion to have a care of us, and help us with the force of your right hand of strength, and shorten our way which is before us. And we have our eyes towards Jah, Jah, who will make haste to help us and save us, that the children of iniquity shall not hurt us, and to∣wards whom our hearts pant, and are consumed within us, who shall give us talons of Iron to be worthy to stand under the shadow of your Ass. These are the words of the servant of your servants, who prostrates himself to be trod on by the soals of your feet.

Nathan Benjamin.

And that he might publish this Doctrine of the Messiah and himself more plainly, he wrote from Damascus this following Letter to the Jews at Aleppo, and parts thereabouts.

TO the Residue or remnant of the Israelites, Peace without end. These my words are to give you notice, how that I am arrived in peace at Damascus, and behold I go to meet the face of our Lord, whose Majesty be ex∣alted;

for he is the Soveraign of the King of Kings, whose Empire be enlar∣ged.* 14.1 According as he hath commanded us and the Twelve Tribes to elect unto him twelve men, so have we done: and we now go to Scanderone by his Command to shew our faces together with part of the principal of those particular friends to whom he hath given li∣cense to assemble in that said place.

And now I come to make known unto you, That tho you have heard strange things of our Lord, yet let not your hearts faint or fear, but rather fortifie your selves in your faith, because all his actions are miraculous and secret, which humane understanding cannot comprehend; and who can penetrate into the depth of them? In a short time all things shall be manifested clearly unto you in their pu∣rity, and you shall know and consider, and be instructed by the Inventor himself, and blessed is he who can expect and arrive to the Salva∣tion of the true Messiah; who will speedily publish his Authority and Empire over us now and for ever.

Nathan.

And now all the Cities of Turkie, where the Jews inhabited, were full of the expectation of the Messiah, no Trade or course of gain was followed; every one imagined, that daily Pro∣visions, Riches, Honours, and Government were to descend upon him by some unknown and mi∣raculous manner. An Example of which is most observable in the Jews at Thessalonica, who now full of assurance, that the restauration of their Kingdom, and the accomplishment of the times for the Coming of the Messiah was at hand, judged themselves obliged to double their Devo∣tions, and purifie their Consciences from all sins and enormities; which might be observed by the scrutiny of him who was now come to pene∣trate into the very thoughts and imaginations of Mankind. For which work, certain Kochams were appointed to direct the people in the regu∣lation of their Prayers, Devotions, and Fastings: but so forward was every one now in his acts of Penance, that they stayed not for the sen∣tence of the Kocham, or Prescriptions or Rules, but applied themselves immediately to Fastings, and some in that manner beyond the abilities of Nature, that having for the space of seven days taken no sustenance, were famished: others buried themselves in their Gardens, covering their naked bodies with earth, their heads only excepted, remained in those beds of dirt, until their bodies were stiffned with the cold and moisture: others would endure to have melted wax dropt upon their shoulders: others to roul themselvs in snow, and throw their bodies in the coldest season of the winter into the Sea, or frozen waters. But the most common man∣ner of Mortification was first to prick their backs and sides with thorns, and then to give themselves thirty nine lashes. All business was laid aside, none worked or opened shop, unless to clear his Ware-hose of Merchandise at any price: who had superfluity in Houshold-stuff sold it for what he could, but yet not to Jews, who were interdicted from all bargains or sales un∣der pain of Excommunication, pecuniary mulcts, or corporal punishment; for their comportment as to business and imployment was esteemed the test or touch-store of their saith. It being the general Tenent, That in the days that the Mes∣siah appeared, the Jews should become Masters of the Estates and Inheritance of Infidels; until when, they ought to content themselves with matters only necessary to maintain and sup∣port life. But because that every one was not Master of that Provision and Fortune as to live without daily labour; therefore to quiet the cla∣mours of the poor, and prevent the enormous lives of some, who upon these occasions would be∣come vagabonds, and desert their Cities, due order was taken to make collections, which were so liberally bestowed, that in Thessalonica only four hundred poor were supported by the meer charity of the richer. And as they endeavoured to purge their consciences of sin, and to apply themselves to good works, that the Messiah might find the City prepared for his reception; so lest he should accuse them of any omssion in their Law, and particularly in their neglect of that ancient Prcept of Increase and multiply, they married children together of ten years of age, and some under, without respect to richess or poverty, condition or quality; but being pro∣miscuously joyned to the number of six or seven hundred couple, upon better and cooler thoughts, after the deceit of the false Messiah was dis∣covered, or the expectation of his Coming grew cold, were divorced, or by consent separated from each other.

In the heat of all this talk and rumour came Sabatai Sevi to Smyrna, the City of his Nativiry, infinitely desired there by the common Jews, but by the Kochams or Doctors of their Law, who gave little or no credence to what he pre∣tended, was ill received, not knowing what mis∣chief or ruine this Doctrine and Prophecy of a new Kingdom might produce. Yet Sabatai bringing with him Testimonials of his Sanctity, ho∣ly Life, Wisdom, and gift of Prophecy so deep∣ly fixed himself in the heart of the generality, both as being holy and wise, that thereupon he took courage and boldness to enter into dispute with the Grand Kocham (who is the head or chief Expositor of their Law, and Superintendent of their civil Government) between whom the ar∣guments grew so high, and language so hot, that the Jews who favoured the Doctrine of Saba∣tai, and feared the Authority of the Kocham, doubtful what might be the issue of the contest, appeared in great numbers before the Kaddee of Smyrna, in justification of their new Prophet, be∣fore so much as any accusation came against him; the Kaddee according to the custom of the Turks swallowed money on both sides, and afterwards remitted them to the determination of their own Justice: In this manner Sabatai gain∣ed ground daily; and the Grand Kocham with his Party, losing both the affection and obe∣dience of his People, was displaced from his Office, and another constituted more affectionate and a∣greeable to the new Prophet, whose Power daily increased by those confident reports of his Ene∣mies being struck with phrensie and madness, until being restored to their former temper and wits by him, became his Friends, Admirers, and Disciples. No invitation was now made in Smyr∣na by the Jews, nor Marriage, or Circumcision held, where Sabatai was not present, accompanied to the solemnities with multitudes of his Follow∣ers, and the streets covered with Carpets or fine Cloth for him to tread on; but the humility of this Pharisee appeared such, that he would stoop and turn them aside, and so pass. And ha∣ving thus fixed himself in the opinion and admira∣tion

of the people, he began to take on himself the Title of Messiah, and the Son of God, and to make this following Declaration to all the Nati∣ons of the Jews, which being wrote Originally in Hebrew, was translated for me faithfully into Italian in this manner.

L'Ʋnico Figliolo e Primogenito di Dio Sa∣batai Sevi, il Messiah e Salvatore d'Is∣rael,

a tutti li Figlioli d'Israel eletti di Dio, Pace.

Essendo cho sette fatti degni di veder quel gran giorno della deliberatione e salvati∣one di Israel, e consummatione delle Parole di Dio promesse per li suoi Profeti, e Padri no∣stri, per il suo diletto Figlio di Israel. Ogni vostra amaritudine si converta in allegrezza, e li vostri digiugni si faccino feste, per che non piangerete, O miei Figlioli di Israel, haven∣dosi dato iddio la consolatione innarabile feste∣giateri con Timpani, Organi, e Musiche, rin∣gratiando quello chi ha adempito il promessa dalli secoli, facendo ogni giorno quelle cose che solete sare nelle Calende, e quel giorn•• dedi∣cato all afflittione e mestitia, convertite lo in giorno giocondo pro la mia comparsa. E non spaventateri niente, per che haverete Domi∣nio sopra le Genti, non solamente di quelle, che si vedono in Terra ma quella che sono in fondi del Mare. Il tutto pro vostra consolatione e allegrezza.

Which translated into English runs thus.

THE only and first-born Son of God Sabatai Sevi, the Messiah and Sa∣viour of Israel,

to all the Sons of Israel, Peace.

Since that you are made worthy to see that great day of Deliverance and Salvation unto Israel, and accomplishment of the Word of God promised by his Pro∣phets and our Forefathers, and by his be∣loved Son of Israel, let your bitter sor∣rows be turned into Joy, and your fast into Festivals, for you shall weep no more, O my Sons of Israel; for God having gi∣ven you this unspeakable comfort, re∣joyce with Drums, Organs, and Musick, giving thanks to him for performing his promises from all Ages doing that eve∣ry day which is usual for you to do up∣on the Calends, and that day dedicated to affliction and sorrow, convert you un∣to a day of mirth for my appearance. And fear you nothing, for you shall have Do∣minion over the nations, and not only over those who are on Earth, but over those creatures also which are in the depth of the Sea. All which is for your consolation and rejoycing.

Sabatai Sevi.

Notwithstanding the Disciples of Sabatai Sevi, were not so numerous, but many opposed his Doctrine, publickly avouching, that he was an Impostor, and deceiver of the People, amongst which was one Samuel Pennia, a man of good Estate and reputation in Smyrna; who arguing in the Synagogue, that the present signs of the Coming of the Messiah were not apparent, e∣ther according to Scripture, or the Doctrine of Rabbins, raised such a Sedition and Tamult a∣mongst the Jews, as not only prevailed against his arguments, but had also against his life, had he not timely conveyed himself out of the Syna∣gogue, and so escaped the hands of the Multi∣tude, who now could more easily endure Blas∣phemy against the Law of Moses, and Prophana∣tion of the Sanctuary, than contradiction or mis∣belief of the Doctrine of Sabatai. But howsoever it fell out, Pennia in a short time became a Con∣vert, and Preacher up of Sabatai for the Son of God, and Deliverer of the Jews; and not only he, but his whole Family, his Daughters Pro∣phesie, and fall into strange ecstasies: and not only this house, but above four hundred men and women Prophesie of the growing Kingdom of Sabatai, and young Infants who could scarce yet stammer out a syllable to their Mothers, re∣peat and pronounce clearly the Name of Saba∣tai the Messiah and Son of God. For thus far had God permitted the ••evil to delud•• this people, that their very children were for a time posessed, and voices heard to found from their stomacks and entrails: those of riper years fell first into a Trance, foamed at the mouth, and recounted the future prosperity and deliverance of the Is∣raelites, their Visions of the Lion of Judah, and the Triumphs of Sabatai All which were cer∣tainly true, being effects of Drabolical delusions, as the Jews themselves since have confessed to me.

With these concomitant accidents and successes Sabatai Sevi growing more presumptuous, that he might correspond with the Prophecies of Greatness and Dominion of the Messiah, procee∣ded to Election of those Princes which were to govern the Israelites in their March towards the Holy Land, and to dispense Judgment and Ju∣stice after their Restauration.

In this manner things ran to a strange height of madness amongst the Jews at Smyrna, when ap∣peared such Pageantry of Greatness, that no Co∣medy could equal the mock-shows they represen∣ted. And though none durst openly confess any scruple or doubt of this common received Belief, yet for confirmation of the Jews in their Faith, and astonishment of the Gentiles, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was judged no less than necessary, that Sabatai should shew some Miracles, whereby to evince all the World that he was the Messiah. And as the present oc∣casion seemed to require an evidence and convi∣ction infallible of this truth, so it was daily exe••e∣cted by the Vulgar with an impatience ••••table to humors disposed to Novelty, who out of eve∣ry action and motion of their Prophet, began to fancy something extraordinary and supernatural. Sabatai was now horribly puzzled for a Miracle, though the imagination of the people was so vi∣tiated, that any legerdemain or flight of hand would have passed more easily with them for a Wonder, than Moses striking the Rock for water, or dividing the Red-Sea. And an occasion happen∣ing, that Sabatai was in behalf of his Subjects to ap∣pear before the Kaddee or Judg of the City, to de∣mand ease and relief of some oppressions which aggrieved them; it was thought necessary a Mi∣racle should be worked now or never, when Sa∣batai appearing with a formal and Pharisaical gravity which he had starched on, some on a sudden avouched to see a Pillar of Fire be∣tween him and the Kaddee, which report pre∣sently was heard through the whole room, filled with Jews that accompanied Sabatai. Some of w••om, who strongly fancied it, vowed

and swore they saw it; others in the outwrad Yard, or that could not come near to hear or see for the crowd, as speedily took the Alarm, and the rumor ran, and belief received by the Women and Children at home in a moment. So that Sabatai Sevi returned to his house trium∣phant, fixed in the hearts of his People, who now needed no farther Miracles to confirm them in their Faith. And thus was Sabatai exalted, when no man was thought worthy of communi∣cation, who did not believe him for the Mes∣siah: others were called Kophrim, Infidels, or Hereticks, subjected to the Censure of Excom∣munication, with whom it was not lawful so much as to eat. Every man produced his Trea∣sure, his Gold, and Jewels, offering them at the feet of Sabatai; so that he could have commanded all the Wealth of Smyrna; but he was too subtle to accept their money, lest he should render his design suspected by any acts of covetousness.

Sabatai Sevi having thus fully fixed himself in Smyrna, and filled other places with the rumours of him, declared that he was called by God to visit Canstantinople, where the greatest part of his work was to be accomplished; in order where∣unto he privately shipped himself with some few Attendants on a Turkish Saike in the month of January 1665, lest the crowd of his Disciples, and such who would press to follow him, should endanger him in the eyes of the Turks, who al∣ready began to be scardalized at the Reports and Prophecies concerning his Person But though Sabatai took few into the Vessel with him, yet multitudes of Jews travelled over land to meet him again at Constantinople, on whom all their Eyes and expectations were intent. The Wind proving Northerly, as commonly it is in the Hellespont and Propontis, Sabatai was thirty nine days in his Voyage, and yet the Vessel not arrived: So little power had this Messiah over the Sea and Winds. In which time the News fore-running to Constantinople that the Jews Messiah was near, all that people prepared to receive him with the same joy and impatience as was ex∣pressed in other parts where he arrived. The Great Vizier then also at Constantinople, (being not yet departed on his expedition for Gandia) ha∣ving heard some rumours of this Man, and the disorder and madness he had raised amongst the Jews, sent two Boats, whilst the Saik was detain∣ed by contrary Winds, with Commands to bring him up Prisoner to the Port, where accordingly Sabatai being come, was committed to the most loathsome and darkest Dungeon in the Town, there to remain in farther expectation of the Vi∣ziers Sentence. The Jews were not at all discou∣raged at this ill Treatment of their Prophet, but rather confirmed in their belief of him, as being an accomplishment of the Prophecy of those things which ought to precede his Glory and Dominion; which Consideration induced the Chiefest Persons amongst the Jews to make their Visits and Addresses to him with the same Cere∣mony and Respect in the Dungeon, as they would have done, had he then sate exalted on the sublime Throne of Judah. Several of them, with one Anacago by name, a Man of great esteem amongst the Jews, attended a whole day before him, with their Eyes cast down, their Bodies bending forward, and hands cross'd before them; (which are postures of humllity and service in the Eastern Parts) the undecency of the place, and present subjection, not having in the least abated their high thoughts and reverence towards his person.

For the Jews in Constantinople were become as mad and distracted, as they were in other places, all Trade and Traffick forbidden, and those who owed Money, in no manner careful how to satisfie it; amongst which wild Crew, some were indebted to our Merchants at Galata, who not knowing the way to receive their Money, partly for their interest, and partly for curiosity, thought fit to visit this Sabatai, complaining, That such particular Jews, upon his Coming, took upon them the boldness to defraud them of their right, and desired he would be pleased to sig∣nifie to those his Subjects, his pleasure to have satisfaction given.

Whereupon Sabatai, with much affectation, took Pen and Paper, and wrote to this effect.

To you of the Nation of the Jews, who ex∣pect the appearance of the Messiah, and the Salvation of Israel, Peace without end. Where∣as we are informed, That you — are indebted to several of the English Nation, It seemeth right to us to enorder you to make satisfaction to these your just Debts: which if you refuse to do, and not obey us herein; know you that then you are not to enter with us into our Joys and Dominions.

In this manner Sabatai Sevi remained a Priso∣ner at Constantinople for the space of two Months; at the end of which the Vizier having design∣ed his expedition for Candia, and considering the rumour and disturbance the Presence of Saba∣tai had made already at Constantinople, thought it not secure to suffer him to remain in the impe∣rial City, whilst both the Grand Signior and him∣self were absent; and therefore changed his Prison to the Dardanelli, otherwise called the Castle of Abydos, being on the Europe side of the Hellespont, opposite to Sestos, places famous in Greek Poetry. This removal of Sabatai from a worse Prison, to one of a better Air, confirmed the Jews with greater confidence of his be∣ing the Messiah, supposing that had it been in the power of the Vizier, or other Officers of the Turks, to have destroyed his Person, they would never have permitted him to live unto that time, in regard their Maximes enforce them to quit all jealousies and suspicions of ruine to their State by the death of the Party feared; which much rather they ought to execute on Sabatai, who had not only declared himself the King of Israel, but also by Prophecies published fa∣tal things to the Grand Signior and his King∣doms.

With this Consideration, and others prece∣ding, the Jews flocked in great numbers to the Castle, where he was imprisoned, not only from the Neighbouring parts, but also from Poland, Germany, Ligorn, Venice, Amsterdam, and other places, where the Jews reside; on all whom, as a reward of the expence and labours of their Pil∣grimage, Sabatai bestowed plenty of his Be∣nedictions, promising encrease of their Store, and enlargement of possessions in the Holy Land. So great was the confluence of the Jews to this place, that the Turks thought it requisite to make their advantage thereof, and so not only raised the price of their Provisions, Lodgings, and other necessaries, but also denied to ad∣mit any to the presence of Sabatai, unless for Mo∣ney, setting the price sometimes at Five, some∣times at ten Dollars, or more or less, according as they guessed at the abilities and zeal of the Person; by which gain and advantage to the Turks, no Complaints or Advices were carried to Adrianople, either of the Concourse or Arguments

amongst the Jews in that place, but rather all Ci∣vilities and Liberties indulged unto them, which served as a farther Argument to ensnare this poor People in the belief of their Messiah.

During this time of Confinement Sabatai had leisure to compose and institure a New Method of Worship for the Jews, and principally the manner of the Celebration of the Day of his Na∣tivity, which he prescribed in this manner.

BRethren, and my People, Men of my Re∣ligion, inhabiting the City of Smyrna the Renowned, where live Men, and Women, and Families; much Peace be unto You from the Lord of Peace, and from Me his be∣loved Son King Solomon. I command you, That the Ninth of the Month of Ab (which according to our account answered that Year to the Month of June) next to come, you make a Day of Invitation, and of great Joy, celebrating it with choice Meats, and pleasing Drinks, with many Candles and Lamps, with Musick and Songs; because it is the day of the Birth of Sabatai Sevi the High King, above all the Kings of the Earth. And as to matters of labour, and other things of like nature, do as becomes you upon a day of Festi∣val, adorned with your finest Garments. As to your Prayers, let the same Order be used as upon Festivals. To converse with Christians on that day is unlawful, though your Discourse be of matters indifferent; all labour is for∣bidden, but to sound Instrument is law∣ful.

This shall be the method of your Prayers on this day of Festival. After you have said, Blessed be thou, O Holy God; then proceed, and say: Thou hast chosen us before all Peo∣ple, and hast loved us, and hast been delighted with us, and hast humbled us more than all other Nations, and hast sanctified us with thy Precepts, and hast brought us near to thy Ser∣vice, and the Service of our King. Thy Ho∣ly, Great, and Terrible Name thou hast pub∣lished amongst us; And hast given us, O Lord God, according to thy love, times of Joy, of Festivals, and times of Mirth, and this Day of Consolation, for a solemn Convocation of Ho∣liness, for the Birth of our King the Mes∣siah Sabatai Sevi, thy Servant, and first-born Son in love, through whom we commemorate our coming out of Egypt. And then you shall read for your Lesson the first, second, and third Chapters of Deuteronomy to the Seven-teenth Verse; appointing for the reading thereof Five men, in a perfect and uncorrupt∣ed Bible; adding thereunto the Blessings of the Morning, as are prescribed for Days of Festivals. And for the Lesson out of the Pro∣phets, usually read in the Synagogue every Sabbath you shall repeat the Thirty first Chap∣ter of Jeremiah to your Prayer called the Mussaf (used in the Synagogue every Sabbath and sOlemn Festival.) Instead of the Sacrifice of Addition at the returning of the Bible to its place, you shall read with an audible Voice, and clear Sound, and with holy Harmony, the Ninty fifth Psalm. And at the first Praises in the Morning, after you have sung Psalm Ninty one, and just before you sing Psalm Ninety eight, you shall repeat Psalm One hun∣dred thirty two; but in the last Verse where it is said, As for his enemies I shall clothe them with shame, but upon himself shall his Crown flourish; in the place of [upon himself] you shall read, Ʋpon the Most High; after which shall follow the One hun∣dred twenty sixth Psalm, and then the One hundred and thirteenth, to the One hundred and Nineteenth.

At the Consecration of the Wine upon the Vigil, or Even, you shall make mention of the Feast of Consolation, which is the Day of the Birth of our King the Messiah Sabatai Sevi, thy Servant, and first-born Son; giving the Blessing as followeth. Blessed be thou, our God, King of the World, who hast made us to live, and hast maintained us, and hast kept us alive unto this time. Ʋpon the Eve of this Day you shall also read the Eighty one Psalm, as also the One hundred thirty two, and One hundred twenty sixth Psalms, which are appointed for the Morning Praises. And this Day shall be unto you for a remembranee of a solemn Day unto eternal Ages, and a per∣petual Testimony between me, and the Sons of Israel.

Audite audiendo, & manducate bonum.

Besides which Order and Method of Liturgy for Solemnization of his Birth, he prescribed other Rules for Divine Service, and particularly published the same Indulgence and priviledge to every one who should pray at the Tomb of his Mother, as if he had taken on him a Pilgrimage to pray and sacrifice at Jerusalem. The Devo∣tion of the Jews towards this pretended Messiah, encreased still more and more; so that not only the chief of the City went to attend and proffer their service towards him in the time of his Im∣prisonment, but likewise decked their Syna∣gogue with S. S. in Letters of Gold, making for him on the Wall a Crown, in the Circle of which was wrote the Ninety one Psalm at length, in a fair and legible Character; attributing the same Titles to Sabatai, and expounding the Scrip∣tures in the same manner in favour of his appear∣ance, as we do of our Saviour.

Howsoever some of the Jews remained in their Wits all this time, amongst which was a certain Cocham at Smyrna, one zealous of his Law, and of the good and safety of his Nation; and observing in what a wild manner the whole Peo∣ple of the Jews was transported with the gronnd∣less belief of a Messiah, leaving not only their Trades, and course of Living, but publishing Prophecies of a speedy Kingdom, of rescue from the tyranny of the Turk, and leading the Grand Signior himself captive in Chains; matters so dangerous, and obnoxious to the State wherein they lived, as might justly convict them of Trea∣son and Rebellion, and leave them to the mer∣cy of that Justice, which on the least jealousie and suspicion of matters of this nature, uses to extirpate Families, and subvert the Mansion houses of their own People, much rather of the Jews, on whom the Turks would gladly take this occasion to despoil them of their Estates, and

condemn the whole Nation to perpetual Slavery. And indeed it would have been a greater wonder than ever Sabatai shewed, that the Turks took not advantage from all these extravagancies to drain the Jews of a considerable Sum of Mo∣ney, and set their whole Race in Turky at a Ran∣some, had not these passages yielded them matter of pastime, and been the subject of the Turks laughter and scorn, supposing it a disparagement to the greatness of the Ottoman Empire, to be concerned for the rumours and combustions of this despised People. With these Considerations this Cocham, that he might clear himself of the blood and guilt of his Countrymen, and un∣concerned in the common destruction, went be∣fore the Kaddee, and there protested against the present Doctrine, declaring, That he had no hand in setting up of Sabatai, but was an ene∣my both to him and his whole Sect. This free∣dom of the Cocham so enraged and scandalized the Jews, that they judged no Condemnation or Punishment too severe against such an Of∣fender, and Blasphemer of their Law, and Ho∣liness of the Messiah, and therefore with Money and presents to the Kaddee, accusing him as disobedient in a Capital nature to their Go∣vernment, obtained sentence against him to shave his Beard, and commit him to the Gallies.

There wanted nothing now to the appearance of the Messiah, and the Solemnity of his Com∣ing, but the presence of Elias, which the Jews began to expect hourly, and with that attention and earnestness, that a Dream or Phantasm to every weak Head was judged to be Elias, it be∣ing taught and averred, that he was seen in di∣vers Forms and Shapes, not to be certainly dis∣covered or known before the Coming of the Mes∣siah. For this Superistition is so far fixed amongst them, that generally in their Families they spread a Table for Elias the Prophet to which they make an invitation of poor People, leaving the chief place for the Lord Elias, whom they believe to be invisibly present at the Entertainment, and there to eat and drink without diminution either of the Dishes or the Cup. One Person amongst the Jews commanded his Wife, after a Sup∣per of this kind, to leave the Cup filled with Wine, and the Meat standing all Night for Elias to feast and rejoyce alone, and in the Morn∣ing arising early, affirmed, That Elias took this Banquet so kindly, that in token of gratitude and acceptance, he had replenished the Cup with Oyl instead of Wine. It is a custom amongst the Jews on the Evening of the Sabbath to re∣peat certain praises of God. (Haudola) which sig∣nifies a distinction or separation of the Sabbath from the prophane days (as they call them;) which praises or blessing they observe to perform in this manner. One takes a Cup filled with Wine, and drops it through the whole House in the name of Elias, saying, Elias the Prophet, Elias the Pro∣phet, come quickly to us with the Messiah the Son of David. And this, they affirm, is so acceptable to Elias, that he never fails to preserve that Fa∣mily so devoted to him, and augment it with the Blessings of encrease. Many other things the Jews avouch of Elias, so ridiculous, as are not necessary to be declared, amongst which this one is not from our purpose, That at the Circumci∣sion there is always a Chair set for Elias. And Sa∣batai Sevi being once invited at Smyrna to the Cir∣cumcision of the first born Son of one Abraham Gutiere, a Kinsman of Sabatai, and all things ready for the Ceremony; Sabatai Sevi exhorted the Parents of the Child to expect a while until his farther order. After a good half hour Saba∣tai ordered them to proceed, and cut the Pre∣pucee of the Child, which was instantly perform∣ed with all joy and satisfaction to the Parents: and being afterwards demanded, wherefore he retarded the performance of that Function; his answer was, That Elias had not as yet taken his Seat, whom as soon as he saw pla••••d, he order∣ed them to proceed: and that now shortly Elias would discover himself openly, and proclaim the news of their general Redemption. This being the common opinion of the Jews, and that Saba∣tai Sevi was the Messiah, being become an Article of Faith, it was not hard to perswade them that Elias was come already, that they met him in their dishes, in the dark, in their Bed-chambers, or any where else invisible, in the same manner as our common People believe of Hobgoblins and Faries. For so it was, when one Solomon Cremona, an Inhabitant of Smyrna, making a great Feast, to which the principal Jews of that City were in∣vited, after they had eaten and drank freely, one started from his seat, and avouched that he saw Elias upon the VVall, and with that bows to him, and complements him with all reve∣rence and humility: some others having in like manner their fancies already prepossessed, and their eyes with the fume of VVine ill prepared to distinguish shadows, immediately agreed up∣on the object, and then there was not one in the Company who would say, he did not see him; at which surprise every one was struck with re∣verence and awe, and the most eloquent amongst them having their tongues loosed with Joy and VVine, directed Orations, Encomiums, and acts of thankfulness to him, courting and complement∣ing Elias, as distracted Lovers do the supposed presence of their Mistresses.

Another Jew at Constantinople reported, That he met Elias in the streets, habited like a Turk, with whom he had a long communication, and that he injoin'd the observation of many neglected Ceremonies, and particularly the Zezit, Lev 15.38. Speak unto the Children of Israel and bid them, that they make fringes in the borders of their garments throughout their generations, and that they put upon the fringe of the border a Ribband of Blue. Also the Peotz, Levit. 19.27. Ye shall not round the corners of your Head, nor mar the corner of your Beard. This apparition of Elias being published, and as soon believed, every one began to obey the Vi∣sion, by fringing their garments; and for their heads, though always shaved according to the Turkish and Eastern fashion, and that the suffering hair to grow, to men not accustomed, was heavy and incommodions for their health and heads; yet to begin again to renew, as far as was possi∣ble, the ancient Ceremonies, every one nourish∣ed a Lock of hair on each side, which was visible beneath their Caps, which soon after began to become a sign of distinction between the Believers and the Koparims, a name of dishonour, signify∣ing as much as Unbelievers or Heretick, given to those who confessed not Sabatai to be the Mes∣siah. VVhich particulars, if not observed, it was declared as a menace of Elias, That the Peo∣ple of the Jews who came from the River Saba∣tion, as is specified in the 2. Esdras Cap. 13. shall take vengeance of those who are guilty of these omissions.

But to return again to Sabatai Sevi himself, we find him still remaining a Prisoner in the Castle of Abydos upon the Hellespont, admired and adored by his Brethren with more honour than before, and visited by Pilgrims from all parts, where the Fame of the Coming of the Messiah had arri∣ved: Amongst which one from Poland named Ne∣hemiah

Cohen was of special note and renown, learned in the Hebrew, Syriack, and Chaldee, and versed in the Doctrine and Kabala of the Rab∣bins, as well as Sabatai himself One (of whom it was said) had not this Sevi anticipated the de∣sign, esteemed himself as able a Fellow for to act a Messiah as the other. Howsoever it being now too late to publish any such pretence, Sabatai having already prepossessed the office, and with that the hearts and belief of the Jews, Nehemi∣ah was contented with some small appendage or relation to a Messiah; and therefore to lay his design the better, desired a private Conference with Sabatai. These two great Rabbins be∣ing together, a hot Dispute arose between them. For Cohen alledged, That according to Scrip∣ture and Exposition of the Learned thereupon, there were to be two Messiahs, one called Bon Ephraim, and the other Ben David: The first was to be a Preacher of the Law, poor and despi∣sed, and a Servant to the second, and his Fore∣runner; the other was to be great and rich, to restore the Jews to Jerusalem, to sit upon the Throne of David, and to perform and act all those Triumphs and Conquests, which were expected from Sabatai. Nehemiah was contented to be Ben Ephraim, the afflicted and poor Messiah, and Sabatai was well enough contented he should be so; but that Nehemiah accused him for being too forward in publishing himself the latter Mes∣siah, before Ben Ephraim had first been known to the World. Sabatai took this reprehension so ill, either out of pride and thoughts of his own Infallibility, or that he suspected Nehemiah being once admitted for Ben Ephraim, would quickly, being a subtle and learned Person, perswade the World that he was Ben David, would by no means understand or admit of this Doctrine, or of Ben Ephraim for a necessary Officer: And thereupon the Dispute grew so hot, and the Con∣troversie so irreconcileable, as was taken notice of by the Jews, and controverted amongst them as every one fancied; but Sabatai being of greater Authority, his Sentence prevailed, and Nehe∣miah was rejected as Schismatical, and an Enemy to the Messiah, which afterwards proved the ruine and downfal of this Imposture. For Nehe∣miah being thus baffled, and being a Person of Authority, and a haughty Spirit, meditated no∣thing but revenge; to execute which to the full, he took a Journey to Adrianople, and there inform∣ed the chief Ministers of State and Officers of the Court, who (by reason of the gain the Turks made of their Prisoner at the Castle on the Helle∣spont) heard nothing of all this concourse of Peo∣ple, and Prophecies of the Revolt of the Jews from their obedience to the Grand Signior. And taking likewise to his Counsel some certain dis∣contented and unbelieving Cochams, who being zealous for their Nation, and jealous of the ill consequences of this long continued and increa∣sing madness, took liberty to inform the Chima∣cam (who was Deputy of the Great Vizier then at Candia) that the Jew, Prisoner at the Castle, cal∣led Sabatai Sevi was a lewd person, and one who endeavoured to debauch the minds of the Jews, & divert them from their honest course of livelihood, & obedience to the Grand Signior and that there∣fore it was necessary to clear the World of so fa∣ctious and dangerous a Spirit. The Chimacam be∣ing thus inform'd could do no less than acquaint the Gr. Signior with all the particulars of this mans condition, course of life, and Doctrine; which were no sooner understood, but a Chaouse or Messenger was immediately dispatched to bring up Sabatai Sevi to Adrianople. The Chaouse executed his Commission after the Turkish fa∣shion in haste, bringing Sabatai in a few days to Adrianople, without farther excuse or ceremony, not affording him an hours Space to take a solemn farewel of his Followers and Adorers, who now were come to the vertical point of all their hopes and expectations.

The Grand Signior having by this time re∣ceived divers informations of the madess of the Jews, and the pretences of Sabatai, grew big with desire and expectation to see him; so that he no sooner arrived at Adrianople, but the same hour he was brought before the Grand Signior. Sa∣batai appeared much dejected, and failing of that courage which he shewed in the Syna∣gogue. And being demanded several questions in Turkish by the Grand Signior, he would not trust so far to the vertue of his Messiahship, as to deliver himself in the Turkish Language, but desired a Doctor of Physick (who had from a Jew turned Turk) to be his Interpreter, which was granted to him, but not without reffection of the standers-by, that had he been the Messiah and Son of God, as he formerly pretended, his Tongue would have been loosed into Eloquence and perfection of Languages. But the Grand Sig∣nior would not be put off without a Miracle, and it must be one or his own chusing; which was, that Sabatai should be stripped naked, and set as a mark to his dextrous Archets; if the ar∣rows passed not his body, but that his flesh and skin was proof, like Armour, then he would be∣lieve him to be the Messiah, and the Person whom God had designed to those Dominions and Greatness he pretended. But now Sabatai not having Faith enough to stand to so sharp a tryal, renounced all his Title to Kingdoms and Go∣vernments, alledging that he was an ordinary Cocham and Jew, as others were, and had no∣thing of priviledge and virtue above the rest. The Grand Signior notwithstanding, not wholly satis∣fied with this plain confession, declared, That ha∣ving given publick scandal to the Professors of the Mahometan Religion and done dishonour to his Soveraign Authority, by pretending to with∣draw from him so considerable a portion as the Land of Palestine, his Treason and Crime could not be expiated without becoming a Maho∣metan Convert: Which if he refused to do, the Stake was ready at the Gate of the Seraglio to impale him. Sabatai being now reduced to his last game and extremity, not being in the least doubtful what to do, for to dye for what he was assured was false was against Nature, and the death of a mad man: Replied with much chear∣fulness, that he was contented to turn Turk, and that it was not of force, but of choice, ha∣ving been a long time desirous of so glorious a profession, he esteemed himself much honoured, that he had an opportunity to own it first in the presence of the Grand Signior. And here was the Non plus ultra of all the bluster and noise of this vain Impostour. And now the Reader may pause a while, and contemplate the strange point of consternation, shame, and silence, to which the Jews were reduced, when they under∣stood how speedily their hopes were vanished, and how poorly and ignominiously all their fancies and promises of a new Kingdom, their Pageantry and Offices for Devotion were past like a tale, or a midnights dream. And all this was con∣cluded, and the Jews sunk on a sudden and fallen flat in their hopes, without so much as a line of comfort or excuse from Sabatai, more than in general to all the Brethren, that now they should apply themselves to their callings and services

of God, as formerly; for that matters relating to him were finished, and the sentence past.

The News of Sabatai turning Turk, and of the Messiah to a Mahometan, quickly filled all parts of Turky; the Jews were strangely surprised at it, and ashamed of their easiness of belief, of the ar∣guments with which they had perswaded o∣thers, and of the Proselytes they had made in their own Families. Abroad they became the common derision of the Towns where they in∣habited, the Boys houted after them, coining a new word at Smyrna (Pouftai) which every one seeing a Jew, with a singer pointed out, would pronounce with scorn and contempt; so that this deceived People for a long time after re∣mained with confusion, silence, and dejection of spirit. And yet most of them affirm, That Sa∣batai is not turned Turk, but his shadow only remains on Earth, and walks with a white head, and in the habit of a Mahometan; but that his Body and Soul are taken into Heaven, there to reside until the time appointed for accomplish∣ment of these Wonders: And this opinion began so commonly to take place, as if this People re∣solved never to be undeceived, using the Forms and Rules for Devotion prescribed them by their Mahometan Messiah. Insomuch that the Cochams of Constantenople fearing the danger of this Er∣rour might creep up and equal the former, con∣demned the belief of Sabatai being Messiah as damnable, and injoyned them to return to the an∣cient Method and Service of God, upon pain of Excommunication. The Stile and Tenour of their Letter was as followeth.

TO you who have the power of Priesthood, and are the knowing, learned, and magnanimous Governours and Princes residing in the City of Smyrna, may the Almighty pro∣tect you, Amen, for so is his will.

These our Letters which we send in the midst of your Habitations, are upon occasion of certain Rumours and Tumults come to our ears from that City of your Holinesses. For there is a sort of men amongst you who fortifie themselves in their Error, and say, Let such an one our King live, and bless him in their publick Synagogues every Sabbath day; and al∣so adjoyn Psalms and Hymns invented by that man for certain days, with Rules and Methods for Prayer, which ought not to be done, and yet they still remain obstinate therein. And now behold it is known unto you, how many swelling waters have passed over our Souls for his sake; for had it not been for the mercies of God which are without end, and the merit of our Forefathers which hath assisted us, the foot of Israel had been rased out by their enemies. And yet still you continue obstinate in things which do not help,* 19.1 but rather do mischief, which God avert. Turn you therefore, for this is not the true way, but restore the Crown to the ancient custom and use of your Fore∣fathers, and the Law, and from thence do not move.

We command you, That with your Au∣thority, under pain of Excommunicati∣on and other Penalties, all those Ordi∣nances and Prayers, as well those delivered by the mouth of that man, as those which he injoyned by the mouth of others, be all abo∣lished and made void, and to be found no more, and that they never enter more into your hearts; but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 according to the ancient Commandment of your Forefathers, repeating the same Lessons and Prayers every Sab∣bath as hath been accustomary; as also the Collects for Kings, Potentates, and Anoint∣ed, &c. and bless the King Sultan Maho∣met; for in his dayes hath great Salvati∣on been wrought for Israel, and become not Rebels to his Kingdom, which God forbid. For after all this which is past, the least motion will be a cause of jealousy, and you will bring ruine upon your own persons, and upon all which is near and dear to you; where∣fore abstain from this man, and let not so much as his name proceed out of your mouths. For know, if you will not obey us herein, which will be known who, and what those men are who refuse to conform unto us, we are resolved to prosecute them, as our duty is. He that doth hear and obey us, may the blessing of God rest upon him. These are the words of those, who seek your peace and good, having in Con∣stantinople, on Sunday the 5th of the month Sevat, under-wrote their names.

• Joam Tob, Son of Hanania Ben Jacar.
• ...Isaac Alnacagua.
• ...Joseph Kazabi.
• ...Menasse Barudo.
• Kaleb Son of Samuel.
• ...Eliezer Casti.
• ...Eliezer Gherson.
• ...Joseph Accohen.
• ...Eliezer Aluff.

During the time of all these transactions and passages at Constantinople, Smyrna, Abydos upon the Hellespont, and Adrianople; the Jews leaving their mercantile course and advices what prices Commodities bore, and matters of Traffick, stuffed their Letters for Italy and other parts with nothing but wonders and miracles wrought by their Messiah. As that, when the Grand Signior sent to take him, he caused all the messengers immediately to die; upon which, other Janiza∣ries being again sent, they all fell dead with a word only from his mouth; and being desired to revive them again, he immediately recalled them to life, but of them only such, who were true Turks, and not those who had denied that Faith in which they were born, and had professed. Af∣ter this they added, that he went voluntarily to Prison, and though the Gates were barred, and shut with strong Locks of Iron, yet that Sabatai was seen to walk through the streets with a nu∣merous attendance; and when they laid shac∣kles on his Neck and Feet, they not only fell from him, but were converted into Gold, with which he gratified his true and faithful Believers and disciples. Some Miracles also were report∣ed of Nathan, that only at the reading of the name of any particular Man or Woman, he could immediately recount the story of his or her Life, their sins or defaults, and accordingly impose just correction and penance for them. These strong reports coming thus confidently into Italy, and all parts, the Jews of Casal di Monferrato resolv'd to

send Three persons in behalf of their Society, in the nature of extraordinary Legates, to Smyr∣na, to make enquiry after the truth of all these rumours, who accordingly arriving in Smyrna, full of expectation and hopes, intending to pre∣sent themselves with great humility and submis∣sion before their Messiah, and his Prophet Nathan, were entertained with the sad news, that Sabatai was turned Turk; by which information, the Character of their Embassy in a manner ceasing, every one of them laying aside the formality of his Function, endeavoured to lodge himself best to his own convenience. But that they might return to their Brethren at home with the cer∣tain particulars of the success of these affairs, they made a visit to the Brother of Sabatai, who still continued to perswade them, that Sa∣batai was notwithstanding the true Messiah; that it was not he who had taken upon him the hahit and form of a Turk, but his Angel or Spirit, his Body being ascended into Heaven, until God shall again see the season and time to restore it; adding farther, that an effect hereof they should see by the Prophet Nathan verifyed, now every day expected, who having wrought Miracles in many places, would also for their consolation, reveal hidden secrets unto them, with which they should not only remain satisfied but astonished: with this only hope of Nathan, these Legates were a little comforted, resolving to attend his arrival, in regard they had a Letter to consign into his hands, and according to their instructi∣ons, were to demand of him the grounds he had for his Prophecies, and what assurance he had that he was divinely inspired, and how those things were revealed unto him, which he had committed to Paper, and dispersed to all parts of the World.

At length Nathan arrived near Smyrna,* 19.2 on Friday the 3d of March, towards the Evening, and on Sunday these Legats made their visit to him, but Nathan upon the news of what success his Messiah met with, began to grow sullen and reserved, so that the Legats could scarce pro∣cure admittance to him; all that they could do, was to inform him, that they had a Letter to him from the Brotherhood of Italy, and Commis∣sion to confer with him concerning the ground and foundation of his Prophecies: But Nathan refused to take the Letter, ordering Kaim Abo∣lafio, a Cocham of the City of Smyrna, to re∣ceive it; so that the Legats returned little con∣tented, but yet with hopes at Nathans arrival at Smyrna, to receive better satisfaction.

But whilst Nathan intended to enter into Smyr∣na, the Cochams of Constantinople, being before advised of his resolution to take a Journey into their parts, not knowing by which way he might come, sent their Letters and orders to Smyrna, Prussia, and every way round, to hinder his passage, and interrupt his Journey, fearing that things beginning now to compose, the Turks ap∣peased for the former disorders, and the minds of the Jews in some manner setled, might be mo∣ved, and combustions burst out afresh by the appearance of this new Impostor, and therefore dispatched this Letter as followeth.

TO you who are the Shepherds of Israel, and Rulers, who reside for the Great God of the whole World in the City of Smyr∣na, which is a Mother in Israel, to her Princes, her Priests, her Judges, and espe∣cially to the perfect wise men, and of greatest experience; may the Lord God cause you to live before him, and delight in the multitude of Peace, Amen. So be the will of the Lord.

These our Letters are dispatched unto you, to let you understand, that in the place of your Holiness, we have heard, that the learned man which was in Gaza, called Na∣than Benjamin, hath published vain Doctrines, and made the World tremble at his words and inventions. At this time we have received advice, that this man some days since depart∣ed from Gaza, and took his Journey by the way of Scanderone, intending there to Em∣bark for Smyrna. and thence to go to Con∣stantinople, or Adrianople. And though it seems a strange thing unto us, that any man should have a desire to throw himself into a place of flames and fire, and into the sparks of Hell: Notwithstanding, we ought to fear and suspect it,* 20.1 for the feet of man always guide him to the worst. Wherefore, we underwritten, do advertise you, that this Man coming within the Compass of your Ju∣risdiction, you give a stop to his Journey, and not suffer him to proceed farther, but present∣ly to return back. For we would have you know, That at his Coming he will begin again to move those tumults, which have been caused through Dreams of a new Kingdom,* 20.2 And that miracles are not wrought every day. God forbid, that by his Coming, the People of God should be destroyed in all places where they are, of which he will be the first, whose blood be upon his own head; for in this Con∣juncture every little errour or fault is made Capital; you may remember the danger of the first Combustion, and it is very probable, that he will be an occasion of greater, which the Tongue is not able to express with words. And therefore, by virtue of ours, and your own Au∣thority, you are to hinder him from proceed∣ing farther in his journey, upon pain of all those Excommunications, which our Law can impose, and to force him to return back again, both he and his Company. But if he shall in any manner oppose you, and rebel against your word, your Endeavours and Law are sufficient to hinder him, for it will be well for him, and for all Israel.

For the love of God, let these words enter into your ears, since they are not vain things, for the lives of all the Jews, and his also con∣sist therein. And the Lord God behold from Heaven, and have pity upon his People Israel. Amen. So be his holy will written by those who seek your Peace.

• Joam Tob Son of Chanania Jacar.
• ...Moise Benveniste,
• ...Isaac Alnacagua,
• ...Joseph Kizbi,
• ...Samuel Acazsina,
• Kaleb Son of Cocham,
• Samuel deceased,
• ...Moise Barudo,
• ...Elihezer Aluf.
• ...Jehousual Raphael Benveniste.

By these means Nathan being disappointed of his wandring progress, and partly ashamed of the E∣vents contrary to his Prophecies, was resolved, without entring Smyrna, to depart thence; howso∣ever he obtained leave to visit the Sepulchre of his Mother, and there to receive pardon of his sins (ac∣cording to the institution of Sabatai before menti∣oned;) but first washed himself in the Sea, in man∣ner of purification, and said his Tevila, or Prayers, at the Fountain, called by us the Fountain of Santa Ve∣neranda, which is near the Coemetery of the Jews, and then departed for Xio with two Companions, a Servant and three Turks to conduct him, without admitting the Legates to audience, or answering the Letter which was sent him from all the Com∣munities of the Jews in Italy. And thus the Embas∣sie of these Legates was concluded, and they return∣ed from the place to whence they came, and the Jews again to their Wits, following their Trade and Profession of Brokage, as formerly, with more quiet and advantage than the means of regaining their possessions in the Land of Promise And thus ended this mad phrensie amongst the Jews, which might have cost them dear, had not Sabatai renounced his Messiahship at the Feet of Mahomet. These mat∣ters were transacted in the Years 1665 and 1666; since which Sabatai hath passed his time devoutly in the Ottomon Court, educated at the Feet of the learned Gamaliel of the Turkish Law, (viz) Vanni Effendi, Preacher to the Seraglio, or as we may so term him, Chaplain to the Sultan, one so literate as to be esteemed the Grand Oracle of their Reli∣gion; so precise, and conceited of his own Sancti∣ty as a Pharisee, and so superstitious, that nothing seemed more to unhallow his Worship than the touch or approach of a Christian.* 20.3 To this Master, Sabatai was a most docil Scholar, and pro∣fited, as we may imagine, beyond measure in the Turkish Doctrine; so that in exchange of such impressions Vanni thought it no disparage∣ment, from so great a Rabbin as his new Disci∣ple, to learn something of the Jewish Rites, and rectifie those crude Notions he had conceived of the Mosaical Law. In this manner Sabati passed his days in the Turkish Court, as some time Moses did in that of the Egyptians; and perhaps in imi∣tation of him, cast his eyes often on the Afflicti∣ons of his Brethren, of whom, during his life, he continued to profess himself a Deliverer, but with that care and caution of giving scandal to the Turks, that he declared, Unless their Nation be∣came like him, that is, renounce the Shadows, and imperfect Elements of the Mosaical Law, which will be compleated by adherence to the Mahometan, and such other Additions as his inspi∣red Wisdom should suggest, he should never be able to prevail with God for them, or conduct them to the Holy Land of their Forefathers. Here∣upon many Jews flocked in, some as far as from Babylon, Jerusalem, and other remote places, and casting their Caps on the ground, in presence of the Grand Signior, voluntarily professed them∣selves Mahometans. Sabatai himself by these Prose∣lytes gaining ground in the esteem of the Turks, had priviledg granted him to visit familiarly his Brethren, which he employed in Circumcising their Children the Eighth day, according to the Precept of Moses, preaching his new Doctrines, by which he hath confirmed many in their Faith of his being the Messiah, and startled all with ex∣pectation of what these strange ways of Enthu∣siasm may produce; but none durst publickly own him, lest they should displease the Turks, and the Jews, and incur the danger of Excommuni∣cation from one, and the Gallows from the other.

Howsoever in January 1671/2 appeared another bold Impostor amongst the Jews in Smyrna from the Morea, as it was said, or not known from whence, who in despight of Sabatai, and his own Gover∣nours, pretended to be Messiah; but with so incon∣siderable and petty a Deluder as this, the Jews thought to make quick work; but being ashamed at first to bring another Messiah on the Stage, by help of money they accused him of Adultery, and procured a Sentence from the Kadi, condemn∣ing him to the Gallies; in order unto which, and in proof of his good behaviour he remain'd some time in Prison, in which Interim he found means to clear himself of that Crime by open evidence to the contrary, and had for the present escaped out of the power of the Synagogue, had not their Authority & money prevailed more than the Friends or Disciples of this Impostor; whom we will leave in prison, and Sabatai in the house of Pharaoh; where he continued until the Year 1676, and then died. And so we return to more important matters of the Turkish Affairs.

Since that we have so long insisted on the phrensie of the Jews, let us return to matters of greater conse∣quence, and more general concernment; & look back to Count Leslie the Emperors Ambassador, who ha∣ving departed from Constantinople the 11^th of Decemb. of the last Year, we find on the 10th of March of this year on the Frontiers ready to make exchange with the Turkish Ambassador. The night before, Count Leslie was lodged at a Village called Elmas, where the Inhabitants, as in the most parts of upper Hun∣gary, are Calvinists in Religion; and though the live between two Swords,* 20.4 do yet in time of War, by paying a Tribute to both Parties, and providing Forage for both, remain more secure than in the Villages subjected to either; which are of∣ten burnt, or in some other manner miserably de∣stroyed. The next day the Emperors Ambassador, conducted by the Pasha of Quinque Ecclesiae, with a∣bout three hundred Horse, arrived at the place for many years observed for exchange of Ambassadors, which is about an hour and halfs Journey, or five miles (as we may so say) distant from this Village, where in open Fields upon the Brink of the Danube, are set three Posts; the two Ambassadors meeting at that in the middle, after some Complements, take their leaves each of other, and so exchange. The Ger∣man Ambassador that day arrived near his Post a∣bout seven a Clock in the morning, but the Turkish, not being as yet come from Komara, he could not proceed farther. After some expectation here, advice came, That the Turkish Ambassador was resolved not to depart from Komara until he was satisfied for the allowance of eighteen days, at a hundred Dol∣lars for every day, which he had spent at his entrance into Christendom, between the frontiers and the City of Vienna. But to this was replied, That it had never been the custom to allow the Turkish Am∣bassador mony for his daily provisions, until he en∣tred the Emperors Court; and in the mean time the expences and charge of his journey were to be de∣frayed by the Imperial Officers, who had performed the same in a most ample and plentiful manner: But the Turk was resolved not to be so satisfied, and therefore declared he would not depart without full payment; hoping the more easily to prevail, in regard the German Ambassador was already in the Field, exposed to the cold and sharp weather, with∣out provisions either for himself, Attendance, or Horses, whilst the Turk remained warm in his Boat, accommodated with his Stove, and wrapt in his Furs, so that he hoped there might be a necessity of granting what he reserved for the rear-guard of his pretensions. The matter seemed unreasonable to the German Ambassador, as also to the Turks that attended him, who being in the open and cold Air, judg'd it in an unseemly time to capitulate. But in fine, the German

gave him this Answer. That an Ambassador ought to be contented with that hospitality and entertain∣ment which was accustomary, as he himself had done; for that since his departure from Buda, which was then seven days, he had not receiv'd one Asper of allowance, resting satisfied with the Pasha's word, that from Buda homewards it was not accustomary to receive a farther treatment; so that if he insisted on the first, he was to be allowed the latter, since both Ambassadours are to be used with terms of equality; and therefore to find an expedient to give him satisfaction, he was contented resign his seven days allow∣ance from the Grand Signior; and if any thing farther was really owing he would engage his parole of honour for the payment. And farther he added. That none but a corrupt Minister would make his private Interest to stand in Competition with a publick Design, and make the pretence of a few Dollars an interruption and impediment to the progreess of the great Af∣fairs of the Two Empires, professing that he would have quitted all his right, rather than the least concernment of his Master should have received a prejudice, on confidence of whose gracious favour he depended for reparation of whatsoever he suffered for his service. He thanked God that he had happily managed his Embassy to the satisfaction of the Grand Signior, and the appro∣bation of his Master, and was now ready to per∣form the last office and ceremony, in which if he did fail, or was impeded, the fault was not his, be∣ing ready to return to Buda, so the other in like manner did to Vienna, there to remain until this difference was decided by their Masters. The Turkish Ambassadour's Kahya or Steward who was present, and heard all this discourse, see∣ming not pleased to hear of a return to Vienna, immediately replied, That he conceived his Ma∣ster would not remove from Komara; to which it was answered, That a man who so little understood the office of an Ambassadour, as it appeared his Master did, was to be treated with some other kind of stile than was agreeable to the respect due to a publick Minister, and should therefore be forced to it in case he should refuse. The Tur∣kish Ambassadour having his stomach something taken down with the threats of returning to Vienna, that afternoon loosed from Komara, and between three and four a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arrived at the place of Exchange; but the wind blowing hard, had put some of his Boats ashore, which were most laden; and fewest men to govern them, which afforded him occasion of farther delay, pre∣tending that his Goods might be arrested at Ko∣mara, and until he was satisfied to the contrary, he was resolved not to make the Exchange. The German Ambassadour was more moved with choler at this humor than at the former; and the Turks that attended, growing more hungry and more cold, bestowed on him a million of cur∣ses. The Sun now declining towards its setting, Count Leslie sent word to the Turk, That he was resolved not longer to abuse his own patience, but immediately to proceed forward, giving or∣der to his Coach to drive on, protesting, That if any mischief was derived from this irregular pro∣ceeding, the fault was not his, nor would he an∣swer for any of those fatal consequences which might ensue; to which also being added some per∣swasions of the Pasha of Quin{que} Ecclesiae, the Turk at length came out from his Boat and went to his Post. The Turks were drawn up on their own Quarter to the number of about three hun∣dred, and the Hungarian Hussars or Horse-men on the other to about two hundred; the two Ambassadours making a stand at their respective Poles, proceeded with equal paces to meet in the middle, where some few Complements having passed between them, and Salutes interchangeably sent to the chief Ministers of each Empire, the German Ambassadour entred his Coach, and the Turk his Boat, and so both returned to their respective Courts. Such as was the sordid and interessed humour of the Turkish Ambassadour in this transaction, so no less dishonourable was his way of living at Vienna, where he so journed with that miserable famine and penury in his house, as discontented all his family, causing some to leave him and return home; others with bet∣ter motives (as it is hoped) to the number of thirty became Christians, and imbraced the Faith; at the same rate he was generous in his Presents: for to the Master of the House where he lodged he gave two five-Senars or eighteen Pence English, and to the Commissary who conducted him to the Frontiers, he presented a Bag of Rice, which was not accepted but returned with the like comple∣ment, as that with which it was tendered.

But no sooner was this Peace concluded,* 20.5 and the Ceremonies thereof thus happily finished, but the Turks, attentive to another War, which is the life of their Empire, and their only security against intestine Discords, made all the Prepa∣rations and Provisions this Year, that were pos∣sible, for the total subjection of Candia, of which this Vizier was highly ambitious, designing there∣by to gain unto himself that renown of which his Predecessours had been in pursuit for the space of twenty five years; so that all Ammunition, Vi∣ctual, and whatsoever was necessary, was in great quantities supplied from all the circumjacent parts of the Empire.

The City of Candia was some time before go∣verned by the Proveditor Priuli; but afterwards the Venetians, apprehensive of the succeeding War, conferred the Charge on Marquess Villa, a worthy and experienced Souldier, with Title of General of the Venetian Infantry, as we have before intimated; and having left him and his Forces in the month of December last, on the Island of Paros; where having, as is said, mu∣stered his Forces, he imbarked them on sixteen Gallies, five Galleasses, and thirty five Men of War; with which sailing in company from Anti-Paros, the whole Fleet on the 12th of February made their Rendezvous at Argentiera; during which time the Turks landed eighteen hundred Janisaries at Canea, being transported thither on thirty five Gallies, which having incountred with the Cavalier Hoquincourt in the channel of Scio, received some damage and loss of men in their way, though this Cavalier himself was wounded in the Engagement, and forty of his men slain. The Venetian Fleet departing from Argentiera on the 23th of February, came in sight of Candia, when a very great storm arising with Thunder and Lightning, put the whole fleet in danger of shipwrack; but by Gods Providence, though tossed with contrary winds, they arrived on the 26th in safety in the Port of Suda, being directed thither in a dark night, by those Lights which the Fortress had put abroad, though the Turks on the other side had put out false Fires to de∣ceive them. The Army being landed at this place, and a Muster made of the Forces, Pay was given to the Souldiery; with which being be∣come the more couragious, they marched towards Canea, with hopes to perform some memora∣ble Enterprise at that place. The Lieutenant-General Vuersmiller led the Van,* 20.6 consisting of six∣hundred Foot, and an hundred and eighty Horse,

and advancing beyond those bounds which Marquess Villa had prescribed him, was incountred by a more numerous Force from the Garrison, by which being at first put into some disorder, had been intirely defeated, had not the Mar∣quess opportunely arrived to his Succour: howsoe∣ver the Venetians lost in this Skirmish three hun∣dred Souldiers, forty Horse, and twelve Offi∣cers, amongst which the Murquess Ceva was slain upon the place, and Captain Scot a Scoth man taken Prisoner, whom the English Factory re∣deemed at Smyrna; of the Turks seven hundred were computed to have been killed, with the A∣ga of the Janisaries, a stout and a well experien∣ced Souldier. And as this beginning was not very auspicious to the Christians, so neither did the Heavens seem much to favour them; for an unusual rain with few fair days continued almost for the space of three months, which filled all Rivers, Marshes, and Ditches with so strange an inunda∣tion, that the Army beginning to want Forage for the Horses, and all other Provisions for their Men; and the Garrison of Canea being reinforced from Retimo, Chiramo, Armiro, and other places, discouraged the Commanders in that manner, that they thought it more convenient to retire and incamp in the pleasant and fruitful Vallies of Spina Longa, until better weather, and other Recruits of their Army should open a way either to make another Attempt on Canea, or new Candia. But Fortune did not favour these de∣signs; for the Captain-general Andrea Cornaro arriving with his Fleet, part at Candia, and part at Standia, (which is an Island or Rock about two Leagues distant from this City) a new resolution was taken to remain on the defensive part, and to attend wholly to the guard of the City: for as in the natural body, upon it is assaulted by a∣cute and hot humors, the spirits retire to the heart to comfort and secure that from the violence of the distemper; so the Venetians perceiving that their Enemies daily grew more numerous, re∣solved to contract their Force into one Body for defence of that City, which was the heart or the most principal instrument of life in that Island: Wherefore Recruits both of Men, Am∣munition, and Provisions were daily sent thi∣ther; and the Captain of the Gulf arriving at Suda with eleven Gallies and one Galleass, carrying fifteen hundred Soldiers, with three hundred Pioniere, joyned his Forces to the Body of the Fleet; and all imbarking in divers Squadrons, made haste to land their men in the City of Can∣dia with all possible expedition.

The Marquess Villa landed here the first of March,* 20.7 being conducted from the Mole by the Proveditor to the Palace, which was provided for him; where having been complemented, and having received and returned the usual Visits, he in the first place took care to quarter the HOrse, and the new Forces lately arrived with due convenience; next he visited the Garrison and every Fort in particular, where he amended what was amiss, and added what was defective. The Captain-General by this time arriving with the remainder of the Militia, a general Muster was made in the Trenches of the Fort Panigra; of which the Turks having advice, fell unex∣pectedly upon them with a strong Body; the Chri∣stians being surprised hereat; and Versama a va∣liant Collonel being slain, they began shamefully to run, nor could either the Bravery of the Mar∣quess or his Authority stop their flight; howsoe∣ver the Musket-shot and great great Guns from the Walls were so plentifully bestowed on the Turks, that few of those who were over-sorward in the purfuit, returned to their Companions.

On the 12th of April a Fleet of Gallies arrived with new Recruits, with which the Christi∣ans being reinforced, Marquess Villa resolved to take the Field; so that marching out of the City by night with seven thousand Foot and six hundred and fifty Horse,* 20.8 he incamped between that and the Valley of the River Gi••ffiro, draw∣ing his Trenches just opposite to the the Enemies Camp; in the mean Time two Squadrons of Ships were sent abroad, one towards the Cr••ciere, and the other towards the Coast of Canea, to intercept and hinder such Succours as might be sent to the Enemies Camp. Nor were the Turks less vigilant or valiant on their side;* 20.9 for a Party of about two thousand men fallying from their Trenches, and marching secretly under the covert of a Mountain, unexpectedly assailed the Out-guards of about fifty Foot belonging to the Regiment of Frischein, commanded by Captain Rades; which after a stout resistance retreated into another Body of fifty Musquetiers, and twenty five Arquibusiers of the Regiment Arborio; who also being assisted by other detachments, recovered their first Post; but being afterwards overpowred by great numbers of Turks, were forced to quit the place, which Mar∣quess Villa observing, ordered fifty Horse under Lieutenant-Collonel Mattiazzi, and seventy Foot under Blane Sergeant Major of the Regiment Arborio to their assistance, by whom the Post was again recovered with great slaughter of the Enemy: but this advantage was of little other be∣nefit than to inflame the spirits of the Turks, who rallying again their Force with fresh courage and extraordinary valour came to handy-blows with the Venetians, forcing them to another Retreat with the death of Lieutenant Cerusa a Savoyard, and some common Souldiers; but the Turks in∣joyed not long this advantage; for the Musque∣tiers from the line with some small Guns, and the Gross Artillery from the Walls did much ex∣ecution on them; and at the same time being charged by a Party of Horse under Command of Collonel Rades, the Venetians with glory and incouragement recovered their Post, driving the Turks in disorder and confusion to their Trenches. This success of the Christians served to heat the spirits of the Turks, and animate them to another Engagement: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 having by private ways of hid∣den Vallies conducted their Men, about four hours before night made another Assault upon the Venetians, I will not say surprised them;* 20.10 because remaining always in apprehension of the Enemy, they kept themselves so watchfully on their Guard that in a moment they were ready to receive them; and that so warmly, not firing until they came within the length of two Pikes, that in a moment the Field was covered with the bodies of Horse and Men; the Turks startled hereat, not knowing whether it were better to stand to it, or fly, until incouraged by their Lea∣ders, they kept their ground for a time: but be∣ing galled by the continual Vollies of shot, and charged by a Body of Horse led by Count Sforza Bissaro and Captain Casick; they were so shaken, that they turned their backs, and began to run until falling in with the gross Body of their Party they made head again; and mixing both Horse and Foot with the Venetians, they forced them to retreat to the side of their Trenches; and so closely plyed them, that the fresh Troops of the Turks on the right and left wing had cut them off, had not the Count Corradini, by order of Count Sforza with a Regiment of Curassiers, and likewise Colonel Scop∣pa with his Lieutenant-Colonel Tadeo Motta, with a

good number of Archibusiers, assisted by a Squadron of the Regiment of Count Bassaro, sallied from the Line, and being succoured on all sides, forced the Turks at length to sound a Retreat. The night coming on, disswaded any pursuit of the Enemy, lest unknown ways and darkness should betray their men into ambushes or other snares. The Turks lost a thousand men, with divers Commanders of Quality and Note: Of the Venetians were kill∣ed Lieutenant Cerusa, Gio. Tessari, Captain to La Motte, eleven Horse, and some few Foot: Motte, Corradini, Soupe, Count Corbelli, and some others were wounded.

About this time advice being come to the Captain-General, That the Turks were dispee∣ding fifty Gallies laden with Men and Am∣munition, he resolved to incounter them at Sea with four Galleasses, and twenty Gallies, reinforcing his Fleet with twelve hundred men, which he took from the Camp; which being thereby considerably diminished, as also by the late Engagements: yet Marquess Villa kept his ground, but contracted the compass of his Trenches, and raised a Fort in sight of the Enemy, who had not the courage to give him the least interruption; but rather after this example fortified their own Tren∣ches, shutting all Avenues or passages to Re∣negadoes, whom they suspected might fly, and give advice to the Christians: howsoever some of them escaped to the Venetian Camp, de∣claring that the Cannon from the Town did much incommode the Turks in their Trenches; upon which Intelligence Marquess Villa order∣ed forty eight shot to be made at that place, where they were most offended, which put the Turks into great consternation: after which no considerable Engagements happened, be∣sides some few Skirmishes and Rencounters of no memorable note, in which one Antiquario a Quarter-master, Count Pio Ferretti, and o∣thers signalized themselves by particular Acts of Valour, as also Captain Vimes who killed Mehmet Bey, a Turk of great esteem, with his own hand.

But now the Turks receiving daily Recruits, as of eight hundred Janizaries, and six hun∣dred Spahees, landed at Gira-petra, and seven∣teen hundred more disbarked at Chissamo; and advices daily coming of great numbers of Ga∣leots and Brigantines providing in the Gulf of Lepanto, and of eighteen Ships of Barbary, all ready to transport Soldiers to Candia, moved the Captain-General to perswade the removal of the Camp for better security of the most important places:* 20.11 the which Marquess Villa performed accordingly in the night preceding the first of June, with much order and care; for first he caused the Artillery to be with∣drawn, with the Mortar-pieces, Ammunition, and Provisions of War, and placed in the Fort of Mocenigo; then he caused half the Army to work in filling the Trenches, whilst the other half remained in form of Battel, and two hours before day blew up the Fort; which having done, they marched in three Bo∣dies to the City, to the great joy and satisfacti∣on of the Turks, who on that occasion made a day of Festival.

These particulars of Action having passed un∣der the Conduct of Marquess Villa without any signal Victory or advantage over the Turk, ad∣ministred subject to such who in the parts of Christendom were emulous of his glory, and envious of his eminent charge, to give liberty to their tongues to disparage the management of his Affairs, as not agreeable to that high expectation of success which the World con∣ceived thereof, when he first entred on this im∣ployment: But here it is observable at what rate men who lye soft and warm in their beds at home, unconcerned in the dangers, labours, and hazards of those who live and act abroad, can make their reflexions, and pass their censures on active and ingaged men, not considering the state of affairs, the uncertain∣ty of Succours in so long and distant a tract of Sea, as passes between Venice and Candia, subjected to Winds, and a thousand Casualties; nor yet the numerous Troops of the Enemy, nor the Puissance of that Empire, which for its Power, Richess, and the Valour of its Sol∣diery, may be esteemed the most Potent and considerable of all the Monarchies and known Kingdoms of the Universe. But what conje∣ctures soever envious men might make of the Conduct of Marquess Villa, yet the Senate of Venice applauded his labours, and owned his services, as being such, which having merited the admiration and esteem of all the World, did in a particular manner challenge their thankfulness and acknowledgments. About this time the Gallies of Malta arrived at Candia, where some dispute arising touching the place of precedence in the Fleet, which the Venetians denied to them: they departed thence with some dissatisfaction, and returned to the Westward to transport the young Empress out of Spain into Italy.

And now intelligence coming to Candia by divers Letters, that the Great Vizier was de∣parted from Adrinaople with a numerous Ar∣my, and was already arrived at Thebes,* 20.12 where a general Rendezvous was appointed of the whole Army, with resolution to be transported from Malvoisin to that Island; the Venetian Generals and Commanders in chief concluded in necessary, if possible, to hinder their passage, and rather to fight them at Sea, which was their more propitious Element, than to attend their Landing, where they would be forced to dispute with unequal numbers, and on disad∣vantageous terms. Accordingly the Captain-General reinforced his Fleet with two thou∣sand Foot, and a thousand Horse under the Command of Count Licinio Martinoni, appoin∣ting the Rendezvous to be at Argentiera, to which place also Marquess Villa repaired, touch∣ing by the way at Milo for refreshment of his Horse, it being an Island abounding with Her∣bage; the Captain General being for some days detained at Standia by contrary Winds, a Consultation was held for the more advantage∣ous management of the War; after which the whole Fleet making Sail, was on August the ninth scattered by a furious storm, and not being able to recover Santoxini, they by good fortune setched Stampalia, an Island abound∣ing with generous Wines, excellent Fruit, Par∣tridges, and other Provisions; at length after various fortunes arriving at Andra, which is a great and populous Island, another Council of War was held, where it was again concluded, That all care was to be taken to intercept the Succours which the Enemy daily sent to Can∣dia; to which end the Cavalier Grimani, Cap∣tain of the Galleons, was ordered to cruise about the Coast; and hearing that twelve Turkish Ships were lading Provisions in the Gulf

of Volo, he repaired thither, and had the good fortune to take them with all their lading;* 20.13 but the other Squadrons missed of the like success; for notwithstanding the care and vigilance which was used, all matters seemed to succeed pros∣perous for the Turks, and adverse to the Christi∣ans; the designs of the first having an issue a∣greeable to their intentions, whilst those of the latter were always disappointed either by Na∣ture or by Fortune, or rather by that secret hand of Providence, which had allotted that Island for a Prize to the Ottoman Arms.

By this time the Turkish Army being at their Rendezvous at Thebes, the Great Vizier prepa∣red to imbark; and considering the difficulty of the passage, thought it prudent first to make new Propositions to Signior Ballarino before he entred on this hazardous attempt, supposing perhaps, that the rumour of this March might have affrighted the Venetians to a Surrender of that Kingdom, that they might spare the blood and charge of that War which afterwards en∣sued: Wherefore Ballarino being called from his House at Constantinople, began his Journey towards Thebes on the twentyfifth of August, accompanied by a Capugibashee, and three Janizaries: and in twenty three days arriving at Thessalonica, now called Salonica, he fell sick of a violent Feaver, caused by that agitation of body in his Travels to which he was un∣accustomed, and for want of that sleep which he used to take after his slender dinner, passing the rest of the day and night in continual watchings: at first he felt only some little al∣terations, which he hoping might pass over, resolved to proceed on his Journey notwith∣standing the perswasions to the contrary of Signior Patavino his Secretary, with whom I was well acquainted, and ever esteemed for an honest and a worthy Person: but he con∣tinued resolute to proceed, fearing lest his de∣lays by the way should lose him the oppor∣tunity of that moment of Treaty, which was impossible afterward to be retrieved; for in his Journey he would often reason in this manner: If I should stop here, what censure would the World pass on me? I may possibly excuse my self; but in the mean time the Vizier may in∣gage too far in his design, and frustrate all those methods and foundations which I have laid towards a Peace: and then if I live, I shall be over-burdened with the reproaches of the World, for having abandoned the grand in∣cumbance in its ultimate necessity, which is charged upon me, which will be a more sensible affliction than the agony of death. My sickness will be esteemed by many to be rather dissem∣bled than real. The dead man lives in the memory of his faithfulness and constancy, and the living man dies in the indelible characters of his cowardise and misfortune. These were his own words.

And thus travelling forward his Feaver dai∣ly increased to that excess, that on the sixth day he was forced to stop at a City called Isdino, where having instructed Signior Pata∣vino in what manner he ought to manage af∣fairs, and recommending his services and chil∣dren to the favour and protection of the Senate, he passed to the other World, being honoured by a solemn Funeral at the publick Expence, and Interred in the Church of St. Mark, his Son Domenico Ballarino succeeding into the Of∣fice and Inheritance of his Father. The Senate understanding by advices from Signior Pada∣vino. That the Vizier desired another Envoy, qualified with the Character of a publick Mini∣ster to reside with him in Candia, dispatched the Secretary Girolamo Giavarina, a Person of good abilities, to that place. And at the same time the Captain-General Andrea Cornaro pressing the Senate for license to return to his own Coun∣try; his request was granted, and Francesco Mo∣rosini was appointed to succeed him in that im∣portant Charge, and was accompanied at a time of so great emergency with powerful Convoys, and with Recruits of Men, Provisions, and Am∣munition fitting to carry on so pressing a War.

On the Month of October the Great Vizier in person imbarking himself and Army at Malvoisia with many Pasha's,* 20.14 and men expert and active in the War, passed over to the Isle of Candia, re∣solving by strength and dint of Sword to force that strong City to obedience the main Bul∣wark of Christendom, situated at the Entrance of the Archipelago; of the success of which fa∣mous Siege we shall have occasion to discourse more at large and more particularly hereafter; in order unto which the Great Vizier on the last day of this Year, went in Person to take a view of this City, and having surveyed all sides of it, apprehended that the Siege would be long and tedious; and therefore returned again to Canea to take those measures which were requisite for an Enterprise of that weight and consideration.

In the mean time the Princes of Christendom being for the most part either in that discord a∣mongst themselves, of which the Turks have al∣ways made their advantage; or else living in parts remote, did not consider Candia as a Pulwaik to their Dominions, and therefore rendred little other assistance to the Venetians than good words, and vain wishes for their success and Victory. The Popes Forces only under Command of Muzeo Mattei which were in Dalmatia, were transported to Candia, and five hundred Foot belonging to the Grand Duke of Toscany, came into their places for desence of that Country. The most Christian King in return to the Embassy of Venice performed by the Cavalier Alvise Sagre∣do, remitted to that Republick an hundred thou∣sand Crowns, and Cardinal Barberini at his ex∣pence supplied four thousand Measures of Corn. But the present Conjuncture did not seem to smile on the Venetians, for all the Gallies belonging to Spain and Italy, as well as those of Malta, were employed in the Transportation of the new Em∣press Margerita of Austria. The Pope was in∣firm, and distracted with his own Domestick Af∣fairs. The Emperor was a young Bridegroom, and besides the Diversion which a Wife gave him from Cares, he apprehended that he might speedi∣ly receive some disturbance from the Princes of the Rhine, and from Sweden in the Dukedom of Bremen. The King of Spain was a Child of five years old, labouring at the same time under a War with Portugal, and threatned by the more powerful Arms of France, on the pretence of Flan∣ders: Besides all which, the Turks were as well in quietness amongst themselves, as they were at peace with all other Princes; so that we may ex∣pect that the force and power of the Ottoman Em∣pire should now be turned, like a Torrent, to overwhelm this spot of Land, which seemed to be so situated, as well to resist the Waves of the Seas, as the Inundation of this mighty and Mar∣tial People.

Anno 1667. Hegeira 1078.

AT the Beginning of this year the Winter and Cold which chilled and benumbed the Earth, encreased the heat, and gave vigour and action to the Tartars, who made such an unex∣pected incursion into Poland, that they carried with them near a hundred thousand captived Souls, as they were numbred before Jash, in their return home. The Polanders, awakened hereat, but ill advised, resolved on a Treaty where there was more just cause for an open War, and in order thereunto dispeeded an Ambassadour to the Sul∣tan, to expostulate the reason of this breach of Peace, and require justice and satisfaction on those his Subjects, who had, contrary to the Ar∣ticles of Peace., committed such actions, and outrages of open hostility; or at least, that the Turk would not take upon him to abet the cause of the Tartars, whilst the olanders took just revenge for their late injuries. The Am∣bassadour with this Mossage put himself in a rea∣diness, and with a retinue of about two hun∣dred and fifty Persons, begun his Journey to∣wards the end of April, and on the second of May crossed the River Niestro, which divides Poland from Moldavia, where he was received by two of the Boiars, or Moldavian Noblemen, and thence conducted to Jash, where the Prince of that Country resided. The Ambassadour expected the Visit of the Prince, according to Custom and Articles of Peace; but the Prince being either forbidden by the Port, or rather out of an igno∣rant stiffness and pride, omitted to pass the Civi∣lities of that Office, but yet supplied the Ambas∣sadour with Plenty of Wine and Provisions; which the Polanders enjoying freely, dispensed perhaps more easily with other neglects and omis∣sions which concerned Formalities and Ceremo∣nies.

The ninth of June the Ambassadour arrived at Adrianople, and thence was called to Demitochum, a City about a days Journey distant, where the Grand Signior, for the sake of his hunting and divertisement, remained under Tents, as the most convenient Lodging in that Season of the Year;* 20.15 the 25th the Ambassadour had his first Audience with the Chimacam, at which thirty five of his Retinue were vested with Coftans, nothing passing but the usual Ceremonies and Complements. The 28th he had Audience of the Grand Signior; but first made tender of his Presents as followeth.

A Crystal Cup in a Case of Gold, adorned with Rubies and Diamonds.

• 2 Baskets rarely woven with a very fine Rush.
• A Clock.
• A Cabinet of Ebony supported with four Ea∣gles made of Silver, in which also was a Clock with a perspective Looking-Glass.
• 2 Silver Cups of considerable bigness.
• 2 Silver Flaggons.
• A Gun which discharged twenty times.
• 2 Spotted Dogs.
• 4 Mastiffs.
• 100 Ells of Holland.

These Presents preceding,* 20.16 made way for the Ambassadours Audience, at which he declared, That the Commission from his Master the King of Poland, was to make Complaints unto his Ma∣jesty of the grand Incursions the Tartars had made into Poland without any reason or cause of War; and that therefore his Master did expect from him, as from a just and vertuous Prince, a permission for revenge, and satisfaction of his injuries, to enter Tartary, without assuming it as any ground of Breach or Infringement of that Peace which he held with him; or else that he would by his authority enjoyn the Tartars to re∣store their Captives, and their spoils, and render them a reasonable satisfaction. The Grand Sig∣nior returned no reply hereunto, but referred that to be done by his Chimacam, silence being esteemed some part of his Majesty and State, which he seldom breaks but with few and haugh∣ty words.

This Ambassadour was a man of a bold and daring Spirit, a fit Orator for such an Embassy, had not his immoderate Covetousness, the Vice and Folly commonly incident to Old Age, much eclipsed many of those Vertues of which he was Master. He was also a Man of a violent temper, feavered to a madness in the height of his Cho∣ler, which strangely betrayed him to many un∣decencies in his Language and Comportment. For at his Audience with the Chimacam, when he came to receive the Grand Signior's Answer, his words were vented with that heat, and so like to menaces, that the Turks taking exception thereat, returned his course Speeches with the like Dialect, at which the Ambassadour swelled with that indignation and anger, as became not the Moderation and Gravity of his Office; ad∣ding in Conclusion, That he was an Aged Man, full of Years and Corporal Infirmities; that no∣thing could arrive more happy to him than a Death in which he should triumph to suffer for the benefit and glory of his Country. This ex∣cess and intemperance of Language moved the Turks to set a Guard upon him, and confine him to his own House in the nature of a Prisoner; which violation of his Sacred Office, so worked upon his Spirits, that he often vented some part of his fury in words and blows on the Officers of his Guard; for which rude behaviour having received some reproofs from the Chimacam,* 20.17 his passion not knowing which way to ease it self, feavered him into a desperate sickness, of which in a few days, phrensical and distracted, he de∣parted his life.

The Secretary of the Embassy, being the next in Office, took upon him the Function and Charge of the Ambassadour, and having now nothing to act, but to receive the Answer to the Message of his Master, for which a Day be∣ing appointed, he was presented with a Horse and Furniture by the Chimacam, of whom ha∣ving Audience, he received no other satisfaction to the Complaints against the Tartars than these following, which were related to me by the Se∣cretary of the Embassy, who did me the honour to make me a Visit, when I was on my recove∣ry from a dangerous Sicknes, at Constantinople.

First, That no compensation or pretence be ever hereafter demanded for the late incursions made by the Tartars into Poland.

Secondly, That the Polanders make not War upon the Cossacks, who had lately renounced their subjection, and were fled for protection to the Ottoman Power.

Thirdly, That the Poles immediately make War upon the Muscovite.

Fourthly, That the Turk Merchants have free Trade into Poland, and that the Turkish Mer∣chants receive satisfaction for what injuries and losses they lately suffered.

With these Propositions and Conditions of Peace, the Secretary was dispatched, which did not so well please the Poles as to return thanks for them, or a Messenger with Advice of their Acceptance or Ratification; and though they could not but be sensible of the scorn and yoke the Turks would impose upon them, yet having still remaining amongst them certain Reliques of their former dissentions and diversity about ele∣ction of a Successour to their King, and there be∣ing a certain Spirit of Luxury, Pride, and Sedi∣tion which was crept in amongst the Nobility, they considered not the advantage of the present time, but willingly preferred a present ease, and enjoyment of their Feasts and Banquets, be∣fore the hazards and uncertainties of benefit, which they might receive by the doubtful lot and fortune of War; and though never any Sea∣son appeared more opportune and advantageous to the Pole than this, when the flower of the Turkish Youth and Force was employed in Can∣dia, and all places, in part, dismantled of their usual strength and complement of Souldiers to defend their Frontiers; yet they seemed resolved to pass by the former Incursions, and Spoils, and Robberies made on their People, so the Turk would but stop here, and permit them, without farther provocation, to enjoy their quiet, and de∣bauched way of living: Only some of the Bor∣derers on the Turks, who had deeply suffered by the late Incursions, moved with the loss of their Estates, and the Captivity of their nearest Relations, joyned with a considerable number of the Musco∣vites, entered Tartary in the months of October and November, and burned about three hundred Villa∣ges, carrying away Captives, and other prey, from under the very Walls of Coffa.

At this time also the Pasha of Balsora began new rumours and an unseasonable Rebellions,* 20.18 who being reported to have an Army of Horse and Foot consisting of forty thousand men, gave no small disturbance and apprehension to the Turks; who with their difficulties of War in Candia, and the jealousies of a storm from Poland, remain∣ed with some doubts and hesitancy about the way of their proceedings. At length Orders were dispatched to the Pashaws of Erzirum, A∣leppo, Damascus, and Darbequier, to unite against the Rebel, to divest him of his Government, and to send his forfeited head to his Master. These Pashaws accordingly joining their Forces, defeated the Rebel; and as all Conspiracies of open Rebellion distant from the Court, have had but ill success in these Countries against the true Prince, so this Pasha was routed, and be∣ing forsaken by his Servants, fled with a few Horse to the Protection of the King of Persia. The principal Cause which moved the Pasha of Balsora (as I was informed from the mouth of the Pasha of Damascus) to this Rebellion, was the Confidence he had in his own strength, and the fidelity of his people, to whom of ancient right, that Government was of hereditary Suc∣cession, descended to him by his Ancestors for many Generations: by which means he challeng∣ed such absolute interest in his Principality, that for many Years he refused to acknowledge the Grand Signior by any other tokens of homage, than in the bare name of his Protector, and in making Publick Prayers for his Prosperity and Victories. But at length the Grand Signior com∣ing to impose farther on him, stirred his hot de∣sires into Rebellion, and to an open defiance.

About the beginning of this Year the Captain-General Cornaro, with the Proveditor of the Armata Francesco Barbaro, returned to Venice, bringing with them one Ramadam a Sangiack of Egypt, and other Slaves taken by the Captains Grimani and Molini. The manner was this: Ra∣madam, with three and twenty Ships, laden with Men and Ammunion, endeavoured to enter into Canea, but being charged by the Venetians, and overcome, set sire to their Ship, and leaping in∣to the Schiff to save their Lives, were taken by the Boat of Molino; and though fourteen Gallies came out of Canea to their assistance, yet they could not hinder the taking of five of their Ships, besides several others which were put ashore and strand by four Maltese Corsairs, who entered in∣to the Fight, being called at a distance by the sound of the Cannon. About that time also a Turkish Gally was surrendred by the Industry and Ingenuity of the Slaves, who having secretly boared some holes in the bottom of the Gally, and plugged them up afterwards, so as that they might let in the Water, or stop it when they pleased; it happened that the Gally being near the Rock, which is called Polycandro, they se∣cretly drew out the plug, whereby so great a Flood of Water on a sudden came in, that the Gally being ready to sink, the Turks affrighted forsook the Gally to save themselves on the Rock, leaving the Slaves in the Gally to shift as well as they could. The Slaves being thus freed of their Masters the Turks, plugged up the hol••s again, and clearing the Gally of Water, rowed away, and delivered themselves into the hands of the Vene∣tians; upon which advice, the Captain General dispatched the Captain of the Gulf Lorenzo Cor∣naro with two Gallies to that Rock, where they became masters of all the Turks except two, who threw themselves into the Sea, preferring Death before Slavery.

In the mean time the Duke of Savoy recalled Marquess Villa, who was his Subject, from Can∣dia; the reasons for which was attributed to an appearance of Breach with Geneva, the Switzers and the Valtelines, who were his Subjects, or rather to the ill Offices of those who envied his preferment, being desirous to have him recalled from a place of so much honour and reputation. In obedience to this revocation Marquess Villa taking his leave of General Cornaro, returned from Candia as far as Zant; where meeting the new Captain General Francesco Morasidi, and be∣ing by him assured, That the Pope, and Se∣nate of Venice representing the difficulty of Af∣fairs in Candia, and the present urgency and ne∣cessity for his presence there, had obtained Li∣cense from the Duke of Savoy for his continu∣ance in that employment; upon which assurance, Marquess Villa took a resolution to return again to Candia, being accompanied with a strong Squadran of Vessels carrying considerable quan∣tities both of Amunition and Provisions.

The History of the famous Siege of Candia.

On the 27th of April the Forces from Egypt under the Command of Messir Bey appeared in the field, and on the 5th of May N S. the General of the Janisaries incamped on the right side of New Candia, that he might better view and survey the ground near the Laza∣retto.

At the beginning of the New Moon of this Year's May, being the 12/22th day of the month, publick Prayers being first made through the most principal places of the Empire for the success of the Ottoman Arms, and so solemnly continued every Monday and Thursday for the space of a year; the Great Vizier first appear∣ed before the renowned Fortress of Candia, and began the memorable Siege of that City, which for the space of twenty five years pre∣ceding had been the subject to which the special care and expence of Venice, and the Art of the most subtle Engineers of the World, as far as humanely was possible, did concur to render it the most impregnable Fortress of the Universe.

The Town was fortified with seven great Bastions, viz. the Sabionera, Vetturi, Jesus, Martinengo, Betlem, Panigra, and St. Andrea; these were all incompassed with a large and deep Ditch, of which were the Revelin of St. Spirito, the Revelin of Panigra flanked to the right with the Half-moon of Mocenigo: next hereunto was the Revelin of Betlem bordering on the Work of St. Maries, which to the left had the Revelin of St. Nicholas, and this ad∣joyned to the Fortification of de Palma, next whereunto was the Revelin of Priuli, with the Redoubt of Crepa-cuore; and over all was the Royal Fort of St. Demetrio, which command∣ed the Work of Molino and Sabionera unto the very Sea.

Marquess Villa at his last return was chiefly intent to strengthen the Fortifications, and re∣pair the Out-works, especially that of St. An∣drea which was almost ruined, and the old subterranean Traverses were so full of water, and the old Galleries so high, that the Enemy could easily pass under them, all which he re∣paired and amended in a short time. In con∣fidence of gaining this strong Fortress, the Turks demolished New Candia, situate about two miles from the Old, which the Vizier now pointed out to them as a better Seat, and in∣couraged them to win and inhabit it; so that 14/24th of May the Turks incamped over against St. Maries along the Valley of Gioffiro with the sound of their Drums and Trumpets, and firing great Guns and Vollies of Muskets. Their Forces at first consisted of about forty thousand fighting Men, and eight thousand Pioniers, but soon afterwards increased to seventy thousand, and so for the most part were maintained during the Siege.

The first Traverses began from the side of St. Maries, and were carried to the Sea, the Great Vizier took his Quarters over against Panigra,* 20.19 the Janisar-Aga against Martinengo, and other Pasha's between that and Betlem. On the other side the Pasha of Romelia in∣camped against the Lazaretto, and Catirgi-Ogle Pasha of Canea against Sabionera, Achmet Pa∣sha Vizier of the Camp, and Zagargibashee Major General of the Janisaries, who had the reputation of old souldiers and good Engineers, were ordered to inlarge and lengthen the Traverses on the side of the Half-Moon of Mocenigo. Quarters being thus assigned, they raised three* 20.20 Batteries, the first against the Bastion of Martinengo, and the right side of the Work St. Maries; a second against Pani∣gra; and soon after a third against the Half∣moon and Bulwark of Betlem, from whence they continualy thundered with their great Cannons, shooting Bullets of sixty, ninety to an hundred and twenty pound weight.

Nor were the Besieged within less industrious or wise in the disposition of their Affairs; for Marquess Villa took his Quarters at the en∣trance of the Bulwark Jesus, Proveditor Bar∣baro at Panigra, the Proveditor General of the Kingdom at Martinengo, the Duke of Candia, Francesco Battaglia, in the Fort of Sabionera, and other Officers between the Curtains of St. Andrea, Betlem, and Sabionera.

Things thus disposed on both sides, many and various were the valiant Assaults and Sallies, the Traverses extraordinary, the Ren∣counters bloody, the resistance vigorous, not known or recorded in any Siege before; which though they can never be fully expressed, or particularly denoted, yet I should do injury to the ashes of those Heroick Christians who so freely entred the List, and on this Theatre of the World sacrificed their lives in defence of Christendom, should I not signalize some of them of divers Nations for their Prowess and Valour. And here pardon me, good Reader, if I come short or fail in this relation, where many of unparalleled Valour and Vertue dyed obscurely and unknown, and the numbers of others so great, that to specifie them all, were to swell this Work to a larger Volume than the Book of Martyrs. Here was that Martial field into which remote Nations and uncon∣cerned descended, carried thither by zeal to the Christian cause, or by certain Principles of Valour and Magnanimity; so that though the War bore no other denomination than of the Venetian and the Turk, yet so great was the confluence of both parts of the World to this little Isle, as if it had been chosen by unani∣mous consent for a Stage to try the Title to the Universal Empire. The Town being thus be∣leagured on all sides, but where* 20.21 Neptune the Spouse of Venice kept it open, the Christians endeavoured first to disturb the Traverses of the Turks by a Mine of Powder which they blew up; but through the neglect or little ex∣perience of the Engineer, it being the first which they had fired, reverted, and did more hurt to themselves than to the Enemy; the errour of which being observed, another For∣nello was fired, which taking its due place and measures, so affrighted the Turks, as yet not acquainted with this manner and invention of War, that they began at the first onset to be discouraged, considering that if the ground was unsecure and unstable at that distance what abysses and chasmes must there be prepared to make them graves under the Walls or entrance to the City. To second and justifie this Gun∣powder Plot the Christians made two Sallies, one by the Savoyards under Command of Co∣lonel Profito Torse, who issued forth from the Revelin of Betlem, and made great slaughter of

the Turks with Granadoes on the side of Pani∣gra; another was performed by Colonel Ar∣borio and Colonel Marini, accompanied with Count Brurasco Captain of the Guards to Marquess Villa who assaulted two Redouts of the Turks,* 20.22 and forced them to flight, and afterwards with some loss retreated victorious∣ly to their Works. In like manner Colonel Frigeri Commander of St. Demetrio, made a Sally on Catirgi-Oglé near the Lazaretto, and with some loss returned triumphant.

About this time arrived at Standi the Captain-General Francesco Morosini, who after some Consultation disarming his Fleet of about a thousand men,* 20.23 entred with that Succour into the Town, and yet fitted out a convenient Squadron of Gallies and Galleasses to rove in the Archipelago to hinder the Enemies Succours and Recruits, which were designed for Candia. In this interim the Turks repaired the old Battery against the Lazaretto,* 20.24 and laboured continually in their Galleries and subterranean Works; so that by that time that the Chri∣stians had sprang five Fornelli upon them to∣wards the point of the Half-moon of Mocenigo, the Turks had advanced so well towards the Borders of Panigra, that they sprang two Mines; but these being but the first proofs or essays of this kind of invention, reverted on themselves with the loss of two hundred of their men, and again fired a third with little success: which the Christians answered to better purpose, blowing up sixty or seventy Turks. Wherefore the Turks made a farther tryal of two Mines by the Half-moon, rather to their own loss, than to the damage of their Enemy.

In all the month of July passed not a day without some considerable action, sometimes to good, sometimes with bad success to both Parties; every day Mines were sprank on both sides, destroying the Lines, and overthrowing the Galleries;* 20.25 but the main force and heat of the War as it were concentring it self towards the Quarters of Panigra, in defence thereof the Engineer Castellan as freely as couragiously proffered the use of his Art, and the hazard of his Person. In which whilst he imploy∣ed himself, and endeavoured to cleanse the Galleries of their rubbish, which the Enemies Mines had thrown down, the Turks threw such quantities of Bomboes and Stink-pots into those Caverns, as made the stench thereof so suffocating and noisom, that two Officers were choaked or smothered that went to view the place, and Lieutenant-Colonel Cavalli and the Engineer Castellan himself were brought away half dead, poysoned with Sulphur and pestiferous smoke; to purifie which Grota, nothing could render the air more wholesom, in expulsion of the preceding vapour, than the smoke of Juniper and burnt Aqua vitae, which being made use of with good success, the Christians fired two Mines, which opened so dreadful an abyss, as served for the grave of great numbers of Infidels.* 20.26

During this time daily rencounters arrived the Auxiliary Gallies from the Pope and Malta, commanded by Prior Bichi and Bali del Bene, as also the Gallies of Naples and Sicily commanded by Gianettino Doria and the Duke of Ferrandina, of whom the Captain-General would have borrowed some Forces to have served at Land; but their Commissions it seems or their courages were too strait to afford any such Supplies, being designed to cruise in the Archipelago; only the generous Chevalier d'Harcourt with ten other Camerades that were imbarked on the Gallies of Malta agreed to enter the Garrison,* 20.27 having come with no other design from France, than to offer themselves in defence of the Christian cause, and in a time of Peace, when their Prince had no need of their assistance and service, to give the World true evidences and proofs of the value and greatness of their souls. In all Enterprises this Person, worthily descended of the House of Lorrain, was a Companion to Marquess Villa, and one day venturing on a design to disturb the Enemies approaches, was shot in the face with a Musket-bullet; of which wound re∣covering some time after, he with his Compani∣ons returned to France having like Cavaliers Passant acted the parts of true Chivalry. But neither did the Prior Bichi Commander of the Popes Gallies, nor Doria Admiral of those of Naples, act agreeable to the bravery of those French Gentlemen; for they not only denied, as we have said, to land a small num∣ber of their men, but as if they came only to make them a visit, sent this short Letter of Advice dated the 24th of August, in these words. The Auxiliary Gallies are obliged to de∣part this night and to return to Suda, where they are to remain until the expiration of that time which is appointed for them in these Seas. Prior Bichi likewise sent word to Marquess Villa, That he judged it fit to depart, by reason that no action presented for them to undertake: to which the Marquess replied, That he who seeks may find, and that such opportunities never offer to those who endeavour to avoid them. Doria also, to colour his excuses, said, That his Orders were not to land men, unless the Town were in the extremity of danger of being taken; to which Villa replyed, That he could not well be assured in what condition the Town was, since he never vouchsafed to set his foot ashore, or conceived a curiosity of seeing the greatest and the most famous Siege that ever was in the World. In short, these Holy and Catholick Squadrons departed without contri∣buting any assistance to the Christians, incur∣ring thereby the severe censure of the Com∣manders in chief, with the anger and disdain of of the Souldiery.

The Venetians have always thought it Policy to maintain an Agent in the Ottoman Quarters, perhaps with design to afford them Intelligence, or to be ready to apply Terms of Peace in times of most urgent necessities.* 20.28 According to which Rule Signior Giavarina was sent to Candia upon the Venetian Armata, now go∣verned at Sea by one Pasqualino, with Instructi∣ons to treat with the Vizier, and perhaps to grant him any thing besides Candia, though without this nothing could come either wel∣come or satisfactory to the Turks. Howsoever to introduce him into the Camp, a white Flag was displayed on the side of the Lazaretto; which when the Turks perceived, they flocked in great numbers to know the mystery of this Signal of Pacification. And though nothing appeared, besides a Letter directed to the Great Vizier, yet they hoped it might portend something of Treaty, which in the end would produce a Peace, and a conclusion of their la∣bours, before the Winter surprised them in

their colder Lodgings. The Vizier having read the Letter, had his thoughts raised as high as was possible in hopes of a Surrender; and therefore most freely ordered, That Sig∣nior Giavarina should the Sunday following come to the Valley of Gioffiro with what Atten∣dance and Followers he judged fit, proffering at the same time a cessation of Arms and all acts of Hostility: but the Christians who were not reduced to that extremity as to crave Peace, or a respite from action, kindly refused his gentle proffer, which so inraged the Vizier, that in a fury he gave fire to a Mine on the left side of Panigra,* 20.29 which was seconded with that furious assault, that Panigra had been put into great danger, had not the courage of the Defendants been supereminent, and repulsed the Enemy with so great a slaughter, that the earth round about was covered with dead bodies: which action was seconded by a brisk Sally performed by some Knights of Malta, as la Maison Neufve, de Langeron, de Clement, de Monrosier, de Charboniere, and de Blanbuisson, though against the advice and counsel of Marquess Villa, of which the two first were slain, and the rest returned with honour and success.

At the end of this month of July the Gar∣rison received a Supply of six hundred Foot under Command of Ottavio Abia, a noble Venetian, who likewise made his entry more acceptable by twenty thousand Ducats which he brought with him. At the time of his arrival the Christians fired a Mine with good success, but the Enemy had prepared another in re∣venge, which took such effect on the right Angle of Panigra, as broke the Counterscarp ten paces, and filled the Ditch with Earth, on advantage of which the Turks came to an Assault, but through the courage of Luca Grandis Serjeant Major, and other gallant Officers, a stop was given to the Enemies fury, and they beaten off with considerable loss.

And now for the present all Sallies ceased, whilst both sides carried on their designs under ground, thwarthing and crossing the Mines, each of other; in which subterranean Travels and Passages, the Miners often met, and had frequent and bloody Encounters, those that were strongest robbed the Powder and Utensils of the weaker, so that the Scene of War seemed to be transferred ad inferos, and to be carried on with more fury and violence in the Grave, or the other world, than it was in the open Air of the Cydonian Fields.* 20.30 The Turks becoming now as expert as the Christia•• in their secret and hidden Traverses, had pene∣trated so far, that on the 8th of August they fired a most dreadful Mine on the side of the half Moon, which made so great a Breach in that work, that eight men could march a breast; which so animated the Enemy with the advantage, that immediately in great num∣bers they mounted the breach to give an Assault; but supplies being timely afforded in assistance of the Guard, the Enemy was pre∣cipitated headlong, and overwhelmed with such showers of Musket shot, that the Retreat into their works was not only disorderly, but the number of those who survived so few and diminished, as gave proof how hazardous it was to attempt other more difficult and better fortified Bastions.

Nor was the success of the Turks less on the side of Panigra, where having made a Breach, they endeavoured to make good their ground under shelter of Sacks of earth, which the Christians drew away from them with long iron hooks, which was such a piece of sport to the besieged to see their Enemies dismantled of their shelter, and lye open to their shot, that a young Page of Marquess Villa, called du Clos, venturing in this action beyond his years, was shot with a Musket Bullet in the head, and so hastned to the other World covered with glory and renown.

There was scarce now a day which passed, that was not signalized with the springing of several Mines both on one side and the other; most of those made by the Christians were seconded with Sallies, and those of the Turks with Assaults and Stormings of one Fort or other. On the 10th of September Signior da Riva, a noble Venetian, arrived with a Re∣cruit of five hundred Souldiers, and a great number of Pioneers, and the same day was ce∣lebrated, after the usual manner, by springing of Mines; one of which threw a Turk on the Fort of Panigra, and ruined the Galleries of the Enemy; the next day likewise several Fornelli were fired by the Enginier Lubatiers from the parts of the half Moon, and of Pani∣gra, which filled up the Line, and spoiled the Redoubts of the Turks.

On the 15th the Christians vigorously sal∣lied out with seventy Foot, under the Com∣mand of Colonel Vechia, and two other Cap∣tains from the Revelin of Panigra, who after a valiant skirmish, orderly retreated under the rampart of the Revelin; to which place the Turks eagerly pursuing them, were enter∣tained with a Mine, and tossed into the Air; which being done, the Venetians returned again, and were in the same manner encoun∣tred by the Turks, whereby a very hot fight began; during which time the Captain General, who stood on the Bastion of Betlem to observe the motions of the Enemy, saluted them with a plentiful shower of Musket shot. In short, after the Venetians had for the space of an hour resisted the Force of the Enemy with much slaughter, they retired with good order into the Ditch of the City.

On the 18th Captain Fedeli, with a hun∣dred Souldiers, made another Sally, but be∣ing wounded, he retreated with some loss; which was retured again on the Enemy by a Mine which the Enginier Quadruplani sprang with happy success on the Quarter of Panigra; and on the same day the Captain of the Gal∣leasses, called Gioseppe Morosini, arriving with five hundred men, and two hundred thousand Ducats together with good quantities of Am∣munition and Victuals, gave encouragement and relief to all the City; with whom also came the Cavalier Gonges and his Brother, in quality of Adventurers for Honour and Re∣ligion. There was not one day in all this Month, but divers Fornelli and Mines were fired on one side and the other; and though, the Christians exercised as much military Art, Industry, and Valour, as men were capable to perform, yet the Turks still gained ground, and daily advanced their works upon the Christians; wherefore the Captain General ordered that a Mine and three Fornelli shou••d be fired; by which a small Fort of the Turks,

near the Counterscarp, was overthrown, with divers other works lately raised.

The Turks had such good success with their last Mines, that a Week after they fired another, which was calculated so well that it ruined the Gallery of Communication between Panigra and its Out-works, and threw the Counter∣scarp into the Ditch of the Town;* 20.31 For the neces∣sary repair of which Breach, and clearing of the Ditch, the Governors gave immediate Order, and appointed a strong Guard for de∣fence and protection of those that laboured; and to make better dispatch, a most ingenious Engine was contrived to remove and rid the Ditch of Earth, which whilst it worked with admirable success, the Turks, by help of a Mine, blew it into the Air, and shattered it into a thousand pieces. Howsoever, the Chri∣stians desisted not from their intended work, but still laboured with Baskets, Sacks, and Wheelbarrows to carry away the Earth; which that they might do quietly and undi∣sturbed, the Savoyards and Sclavonians made a furious and desperate Sally, which continued for the space of two hours; and though in that time the Enemy had opportunity to col∣lect their greater Force into a Body, yet the Christians were not put to flight, but retreated orderly, and in a fighting posture, though with the loss of several Officers,* 20.32 of which were Cap∣tain Rè, and others. To revenge these mines of the Turks, the Christians fired two others as dreadful as the others; the first near St. Spi∣rito, which being under the Enemies Traverses, performed its desired Effect; the second was on the side of the half Moon, which swallowed up two of their Redoubts; And on the third of October they fired four other mines on the sides of Panigra and Betlem, one of which consisted of six and thirty Barrels of Powder, and another of fourteen, ordering at the same time a furious Sally from divers places; as namely,* 20.33 Captain Gamba sallied from the Re∣velin of St. Spirito, Serjeant Major Arasi from under the Bulwark of Panigra. Colonel George Maria was ordered to assault the Redoubts which were opposed to the Breach; Colonel Vechia to attaque the Redoubts between Pani∣gra and the half Moon, Colonel Cremasco and Marini to assault the redoubts between the half Moon and Betlem. Count Brusasco de∣fended the work of St. Maria, Colonel Inberti defended the Revelin of St. Nicholas, and Scrjeant Motta with thirty able Souldiers ad∣vanced to the farthest Lines of the Enemy, killing and putting to flight all before them. Colonel Frigeri Captain of the Fort St. Di∣metry, and Lieutenant Colonel Vimes possessed several Redoubts; and in the conclusion all retreated in excellent order with success and triumph, to vield the Turks evident arguments of their fortitude and courage; and that the Town was still so well provided, as not only to be in a Condition of defending it self, but offending the Enemy.

Yet the Turks were still labouring to coun∣termine the Fornelli of the Enemy, and to revenge the former Plots; to which end they had penetrated to the most inward works of Panigra; but the Pioniers, employed by the Engineer Quadruplani, discovering their Gal∣lery, entred boldly in, and drove away the Turks from whom they took thirty two Bar∣rels of Powder, and by that means for the pre∣sent preserved that work, and the Lives of many Souldiers.

The 17th of October the Christians sprang two Mines, one of thirty,* 20.34 and another of five and thirty Barrels of Powder, which did the desired execution upon the Turks; which some brave spirits seconded by a bold Sally, amongst which none was more eminent than a Greek Priest, who moved with zeal to his Country, entered far into the Enemies Tren∣ches, where having killed a Person of Quality hand to hand, he was returning with the Tro∣phy of his head; but being in the way inter∣cepted by three at once, he was unequally matched, and slain, and died with the high∣est honour imaginable under the Walls of his Native City.

Soon after the Cavalier Verneda,* 20.35 another Engineer, fired a Mine of forty Barrels of powder, which made the very City and Works tremble, like an Earthquake; for whereas this Mine should have taken its effect on the Ene∣mies Redoubts, Providence ordered that it should take its passage through an old Gallery with so much violence and Smoak that it suffoca∣ted the Miners, Carpenters, and Masons, to the number of sixty men.

Towards the end of this Summer the Turks at Constantinople and Adrianople grew big with the expectation of the happy News and Arrival of that messenger that should declare the taking of Candia, and the end of the Vene∣tian War; to entertain which joy with the more readiness, they had prepared Lights, and Lamps, and artificial Fire-works to solem∣nize their* 20.36 Dunalma, and made publick prayers and procession of the youth of the City twice a week; but finding their hopes frustrated, and their joys from Month to Month deferred, their expectations became tyred and wearied, and growing almost ashamed of their disappoint∣ment, began to throw the blame of the mis∣carriage of their Affairs on the ill Conduct of the Vizier, and the sluggishness of their Soul∣diery.* 20.37 The Grand Signior also more impa∣tient than the rest, dispatched away a Messenger with Letters to the Vizier, reproaching his cowardise and sloth; that being provided with a most puissant Army, and with all other ap∣pointments of War, should suffer the Ottoman Forces to be baffled and entertained in taking a single Fort for longer time, than formerly it had been in subduing whole Provinces and Kingdoms; and moreover charged the Mes∣senger to bring him a faithful and true Relation of the state of all Affairs, and what was the rea••••use and difficulty that so long obstructed the progress of his Arms; but yet sent the Vizier for his encouragement a Sword, and a Vest of Sables, as tokens of his favour. The Great Vizier moved with this message, resolved to give some certain proofs of his industry and valour, and either to take the place, or else at least to convince his Ma∣ster, by the knowledge and testimony of his Inquisitor, that the Work was of more hazard and longer time than was apprehended in the Seraglio. Whereupon preparations were made, and the time of assault was appointed chiefly on the side of Panigra, so that pressing valiantly forward, they planted six of their Colours on the ruines of that work; so that now, full of hope and courage, they adventured to descend into the Ditch, but being prevented by three

Mines, which contained seventy Barrels of powder, they were mounted in the air with so much noise and violence, that many Bodies were tossed on the Rampire of the Town, many of their greatest Redoubts overthrown, and Graves made for multitudes of the Assai∣lants. This Assault as it began with great fury, so it continued for many hours; in which action Signior Pisani, Proveditor General of the Kingdom, was killed by a Granado. Howso∣ever, the Enemy was repulsed by the valour of the Christians, insomuch that the Turks growing faint were pressed forward by the Vizier, who, to encourage his Souldiers, pro∣mised an extraordinary reward of honour and mony to him who should but first touch the Walls with his hands. The hopes of riches and honour so pricked forward all conditions of the Souldiery, that the Commonalty desperately threw themselves at all, and endangered so fat the taking of Panigra, that they had certainly possessed themselves of it, had not the Vene∣tians had recourse to their last refuge of Mines, and blown the whole Work into the Air, by which perished three Pashaws, and great num∣bers of common Souldiers. And this for the present astonished the Turks, and gave a stop to the farther proceedings of this Assault. This proof gave an evident Conviction to the Grand Signior's Inquisitor of the strength of the place, and difficulty of the Work; and having been an Eye-witness of all, returned with dis∣mal Stories of a cruel War, reporting perhaps, and it was related in the parts of Christendom, That this was a place where blood was spilt day and night, where Gallant Men had forgot to sleep, living in perpetual labours, enured to intolerable sufferings and hourly dangers, there being none secure either in the Church, in the house, or in the street; for Granadoes rained, Cannons thundred, Arrows flew, with stones like a Tempest; so that there was none in that place, but who quartered on the Brink of the Grave.

It now grew towards Winter, and yet the Vizier thought of no other Quarters than his Trenches, judging that if he should quit his station, the labours and progress of the former Summer would be lost, and the Work to be again begun in the Spring. Wherefore re∣solving to keep his Works, provided all con∣veyances to carry away the Water, and sheds to cast off the Rain, and warmer Tents for the Soldiery, which yet could not so artifi∣cially be contrived, but that the Camp was full of mire and dirt, tedious and troublesome to Man and Beast, and the Quarters of the Souldiery, so damp between their Banks of Earth, as caused Catarrhs, Fluxes, Feavers, and other Camp Diseases with much mortality.

It was now the dead of Winter,* 20.38 and yet Martial Exploits were as frequent as they had been in Summer; and though the great rains and flouds of water extinguished the fires, and made, as it were a cessation of Arms, and of all acts of hostility; yet this interval of calm∣ness and tranquillity the Christians made use of to repair the Palisade of St. Andrea, and the Lines of Communication within the Ditch. And because the main Bulwark was also shaken, and in some danger, all the Chiorma or Slaves of the Gallies were commanded a shore to labour in the reparation, and to make an inward retrenchment, which in short time, with admirable diligence, was persected, and on all sides compleated.

The Turks in the mean time carried their Traverses forward as much as they could, for they were now entered into the very Ditch of the Town; and because there was no possibility to work in the Mines, by reason that the Gal∣leries were filled with water, they attended wholly to employ their great Guns, and fire Granadoes, so that they raised a new Eattery near the Work of Mocenigo, which began to batter the lower parts of St. Andrea, and raised another Battery on the ruines of the Revelin of Panigra, which being lower ground could not much prejudice the main Bulwark.

The Sultan satisfied with the Relation given by his Messenger concerning the progress his Vizier had made upon the Town, and of the hopes there was in time to gain it, encouraged him with a Letter of Praise, accompanied with a Sword, and Vest of Sables, the magnificent Signal of the Sultans favour. And now be∣sides the Force of Fire-Arms, the Turks made use of Arrows, slot into the Town, carrying papers written in Italian and French, per∣swading the Souldiers to fly to their Camp, where they should receive civil treatment, and a secure refuge; which gave that encourage∣ment to those wearied with the labours of the Siege and hard usage, that many of them made Tryal of the Turks entertainment, and escaping out of the Works, fled to the Enemies Camp, where they were cloathed, received Conduct Mony, and were permitted Licence to embark themselves for what place they pleased.

About this time the Proveditor General Bar∣baro and the Lieutenant General of the Artillery Ʋvertmiller having obtained licence from the Senate, returned to Venice; the first was dis∣pleased,* 20.39 that Marquess Villa should take the precedence of him; and the other, because his opinion of making a general Sally of all the Garrison on the Enemy was not followed, but rejected by the Council of War, as a design pernicious and over-hazardous; for that the fighting with an Enemy more numerous than themselves, fortified in their Redoubts and Works, and hidden under ground in inextri∣cable Labyrinths, was an Enterprise so rash, that no man wishing well to the Garrison, and of sound judgment ought to advise.

The Turks having in this Campagne fixed themselves well in a formal Siege, and gained ground, and many advantages on the Chri∣stians, of which the destruction of the Work of Panigra was none of the least: the Vizier supposed it a seasonable time to enter into a Treaty by the hand of the Secretary Giavarina who was there entertained for that purpose but he falling sick of the Camp-distemper dyed in a short time,* 20.40 whose death was soon after followed by that of Signior Padavino, who finished his days at Canea; the Plate, Money, and Houshold-stuff of both were care∣fully inventored, and by the justice of the Vizier duly accounted for, and administred to the Venetians. The Instruments of Treaty be∣ing thus taken away, the Captain-Pasha was dispatched to Constantinople, carrying with him four thousand wounded and sick men, and a Letter to the Grand Signior and Divan, signi∣fying his resolutions to win the place, or dye

under the Walls of it; and to that end desired them to send him such Recruits of men and supply of Provisions as were requisite. He complained of the cowardise of those to whom they had incharged the Convoys; that he wanted both Powder and Bullet, for default of which they could neither ply their great Guns, nor go forward in their Mines; that bread was so dear, that no price could be set to it; that his Souldiers by slaughter and sick∣ness did daily diminish, so that his Army was reduced to twenty three thousand Foot, seven hundred Horse, and two thousand Pioniers; and in fine concluded with urgent instances to have Recruits of all dispeeded to him, without which it was impossible to gain the Town, or save himself. Hereupon Recruits came from all parts, both of Men, Ammunition, and Provisions, especially from the Frontiers or adjacent places, which by such vast evacuations were almost dispeopled, more particularly in Albania and Castelnuovo extraordinary Pre∣parations were making both of Men, Horse, and Camels; and a report was spread, that the Grand Signior intended to pass over in Person to Candia; but this was soon disproved by his residence at Larissa, where he remained to render assistance more easily, and receive advices more speedily than could be performed at Adrianople.

Great quantities of Corn were also sent from divers places, particularly from Smyrna, where English, French, and Dutch Ships were taken up for that service, to the prejudice of the Trade, and damage of the concerned: some of which Vessels were taken in their passage to Candia, whilst others arrived in safety through the negligence, as was supposed, of the Com∣manders at Sea. And indeed the Turks plyed their business with that industry and diligence, that notwithstanding the Force which the Venetians ••ad at Sea, their Recruits for the most part arrived safe, and Corn began to be so plentiful, that the Vizier gave a prohibition against having more imported; and in short, nothing wanted for prosecution of the War, which was carried on in the Winter, as far as the season or the weather would permit; so that scarce a day passed without something of action, either of storming or blowing up of Forts, overthrowing Galleries, filling Trenches, the particulars of all which are so numerous, that to recount them would fill a Volume, and are more proper to be related in a Journal than a History, in which minute matters ought to be passed by, and nothing but acts of greatest moment be recorded.

Howsoever great Actions at this season ceased for a while on one side and the other, only continual discharges of great shot and Bomboes were practised. And the Turks endeavouring with artifice to cover their de∣signs, dispatched a Letter to the Senate of Ve∣nice by way of Suda, and thence in a Galley to Candia, touching certain Motives of Peace, supposing that Propositions and Offers of Ac∣commodation would loosen the minds of the Officers, and render them less intent and dili∣gen in their Affairs; on receipt of which Letter, though Marquess Villa replied, That he had as much power from the Senate to con∣clude a Peace, as the Vizier himself had from his Master, yet the Vizier would not treat with him, but sent a Letter which was consigned by an Aga at the Bulwark of Palma under the caution of a white Flag, desiring that it should be forwarded to Venice. About this time arri∣ved to the great comfort of the Besieged the new Proveditor Barnardo Nani with five hundred Souldiers, and Matteo Matheus Sergeant General with some Recruits from the Pope, bringing with him three hundred Medals of Silver to bestow on such as deserved them, with Jubilees and Indulgences without num∣ber, and thus ended the Action of this Year.

Anne Christi 1668. Hegeira 1079.

THE Spring approaching, toward the end of January the Turks full of hopes to compleat their Conquest, vigorously in all maritime Ports of the Empire made pro∣visions of Corn and other Victuals to be sent to the Camp, when occasion should require, and opened a door for Janisaries according to the Turkish phrase, the Formality of which is in this manner: The Cheif Officer appointed for that purpose asks severally such as come to be listed, Of what Chamber they desire to be;* 20.41 to which they making reply, That they will be of the fifth, sixth, or seventh, or the like, the Officer gives them a blow under the ear with the palm of his hand, and bids them repair to their Chamber, with which they nimbly pass away. But herein the due form and order of Janisaries was corrupted; for in former days Janisaries were educated in that condition from children, and from thence named Yenisheri or Tyrones, or the young Souldiery; but now on this necessity of raising Forces, ancient men, Fathers of Families with long beards were ad∣mitted, to the disparagement of that Order, and corruption of the exactness of that Disci∣pline. Considerable Supplies also were sent of Beldargees or Pioniers; so that this year from several parts, according to the best com∣putation, the Forces of Candia were recruited with a Supply of seventy thousand men, for transportation of which and of their Provisions, all Christian Ships were imbarged at Smyrna and Constantinople, several of which in their voyage to Candia, were intercepted by the Maltese Corsaires, and particularly a French Ship called the Arms of France, on which were be∣tween four and five hundred Turks, was taken, and in bording of her about an hundred Turks were killed upon the Deck: some other small Vessels (one of which was a Ligornese under English Colours) were taken the French Barks which had in this manner lost their Corn, un∣advisedly returned to Smyrna, supposing the ex∣cuse of having done their endeavours, and of being over-powered by a stronger Force was sufficient: But the Turks who judge of no∣thing well, but by the success, having gotten them into their hands, made them not only return their Freight, but satisfie the loss of the Cargason.

In the Month of March the Vizier having intelligence of six or seven Venetian Gallies to be at Fodile, not far from Standia,* 20.42 under the Command of the Proveditor of the Armata Lorenco Cornaro, gave order to Regep Pasha of Romelia, who was Captain of the Souldiery, and Durach Begh, who commanded a Squa∣dron of twelve Gallies, to weigh Anchor in

the night, and there surprise them: Durach Begh, though sore against his will, doubting the truth of the report, yet readily obeyed and fitted his Gallies for the Enterprise. The Captain-General having intelligence of the design, prepared four Gallies in Port, and im∣barked that night with a French Regiment and some Italians to the number of six hun∣dred, besides two Companies of the Guards, and one of the Proveditor Nam, under the Command of Colonel Audré Facile and Mont∣alto, accompanied also with the Proveditor Extraordinary Daniel Justiniani, Commissary of the Treasury of the Militia, with several other Captains and Officers; and arriving at Sandia, found the Proveditor General Cornaro newly entred there from crusing the Seas with sixteen Gallies, to whom having communi∣cated the design, they immediately loosed from the Port, and arrived at Fodilé before midnight. The Turks having from the place of their Anchorage discovered two Sail, hoped there might be no more, and therefore came forth to fight them; but ingaging farther, met such a number as evidenced the danger, and the little hope there was in other than in their Courage and Arms. The night being dark, the Venetians not to mistake each other, carried such great Lights on their Mast-heads, as not only distinguished them from the Ene∣my, but also directed them to give battle to the Turks, which they prosecuted so home, that they took and sunk five of the Turkish Gallies, of which the Admiral commanded by Durach Bey was one; the rest, though much shattered, and for the present unserviceable, did yet by the help of their Oars, and the dark∣ness of the night, find a way to escape: nor was this Victory gained by the Venetians in a Fight of seven hours without the loss of two hundred Souldiers killed, and about five hun∣dred wounded, besides some Persons of Quality and Command, viz the Cavalier Arasi Justiniani, the Commissary Francesco Cornaro, Fosca∣rini, &c. the wounded were Georgio Greco, Lorenco Bembo, and Marco Balbi. The Turks lost many of their best Sea-men and Souldiers, besides Slaves and others, counting on every Galley one with another three hundred persons; amongst the Prisoners which amounted to four hundred and ten, the Beys of Cyprus and Navarine with Mustapha of Anatolia, and the Chiaus of the Pasha of Aleppo were taken, to∣gether with eleven hundred Christian Slaves who were all freed, on condition that they should serve the Summer following in the Ve∣netian Armata. Of the Turks were slain Durach Bey, the Bey of Coron, and Hastam formerly Bey of Coron. The Great Vizier from the Camp could all the time behold the flashes of the small and great shot, and by help of the Ve∣netian Lights perceive the success of his own Fleet, not answerable to his expectation. What loss the Turks sustained with Slaves and Souldiers is incertain, only an hundred Chri∣stian Slaves were released, and four hundred Turks captivated, and amongst the slain was Durach Bey himself, a stout Sea-man, and a known Pirate, who from a small Brigantine had raised himself to be Begh of the Morea, and to command four or five Gallies of his own. In like manner, and not long after, a Squadron of Venetian Ships were forced by storm in the night to anchor under Cape Spada, where accidentally six Turkish Gallies were riding. The Sky being very dark and close, the first Ship ran foul of a Galley, and so shat∣tered and crushed her sides, that being ready to sink, the Turks forsook her, and run aboard the Ship to save a life which was to be afterwards miserable and slavish. The others affrighted at the arrival of these unexpected guests, flipt their Cables to seek harbour in a tempestuous Sea; but the weather being too boisterous for Gallies, one of them was cast away, and about an hundred and seventy men lost: the news hereof being brought to Venice by Colonel Vecthia with the Ensigns and Spoils taken from the Enemy, the Senate bestowed the honour of Knighthood on the Captain-General, comforting the families of the slain and wounded with signal marks of Honour and Glory.

The Captain Pasha put this year to Sea more early than was usual, designing to make as many Voyages to Candia as was possible, with Succours both of Men and Am∣munition; his design and work was wholly to avoid the Venetians, and to steal ashore his Recruits; to which end he made such expedi∣tion in every Voyage,* 20.43 that scarce could the Christians have advice of his arrival in any part of the Isle of Candia, before he was well forwarded in his return: yet his haste was not so great, but one time having fifty three Gal∣lies in his Company, he adventured to look into the Port of Nio, where he met four Cor∣saires or Free-booters under Mastese Colours, commanded by two Brothers Themericort, and by the Knights Verva and Bremant: two of the Ships were on the Careen washing and tallow∣ing their Vessels, whilst the other two, viz. the Themericort Brothers were on the Guard, being at anchor in the narrowest entrance to the Harbour. The Turks supposed at first, that so formidable an appearance of their Fleet would affright the Christians to a Surrender, rather than to contend on those unequal terms. But it seems the Corsaires were more resolute than was imagined; for no sooner did the Turks approach, than the Christians discharged their Cannon and Vollies of small shot so plentifully, as caused the Gallies to dispute at a farther distance, where shooting as it were at rovers with their long Cashee Pieces (not ad∣venturing to come to a nearer Fight) for the space of eight hours made (as reported) about eight thousand shot, with little or no execution; so that the Captain-Pasha made his sign of Retreat, and forsook the Engagement, as be∣ing too dangereous and difficult an Enterprise. But better success had the Turks the next month at Sea against Captain Georgio, an old and subtle Pirate, who for many years had vex∣ed and pillaged, not only the Turks, but Chri∣stians on all Isles of the Archipelago: great for∣tune he had in taking Turkish Saiks and Vessels; and some of them considerably rich, and when that prey failed him, or was scarce, he pursued his game on the shore, from whence he often carried men, women, and children into sla∣very, and oft-times had the fortune of consi∣derable Booty. The Islands which lay open and ungarded were his common Rendezvous, where the men attended his service, and the women his lust. In this manner the Pirate passed for several years, have obtained unto himself a fame and terror with the Turks,

and riches at home: the place which he com∣monly chose to wash and tallow his Vessels, was amongst certain small Isles in the Bay of Edremit, anciently Adrimetum, opposite unto Mytilene, from whence he had as from a Thicket or Wood a view of such Vessels as passed the great Road towards Constantinople: these frequent successes rendred him so confi∣dent and secure, that he still continued his station, notwithstanding the Turkish Naval Forces, which in the Summer season made their Rendezvous at Scio. But at length the Captain-Pasha with the whole Turkish Ar∣mata being at Scio, and with him three Ships of Tripoli, advice came that Captain Georgio had not forsaken his little Isles, but was there careening his small Fleet which consisted of two Ships and a Brigantine: hereupon the Tripo∣leses were commanded out to encounter the Enemy, whom the next day they found so secure and negligent, that he discovered not his Foes before they were ready to attaque him. The Captain Pasha also fearing that the Tripo∣leses were not of sufficient Force to encounter so valiant and experienced a Commander, both to make the Enterprize the more easie and certain, and to gain the reputation of that busi∣ness to himself, went out in person with all his Gallies. The Tripoleses had began to fire on Captain Georgio before the Pasha came in to their assistance, but it falling calm, and the Ships not able to joyn in a nearer fight, gave way for the Gallies, which being above fifty in number, overpowered the Christians on all sides; howsoever, the two Ships defended them∣selves against all this Force, until the Captain himself being killed, his own Ship surrendred, but so shattered, that she was scarce able to swim above water.* 20.44 This Ship being over∣some, the Turks boarded the other, com∣manded by Captain de Lescases, who seeing no remedy to avoid being taken, he leaped into his Boat, and blew up his Ship; howsoever could not escape his destiny, for having his Arm broke, he became a prey and a slave to his Enemy.

The News of this Victory was celebrated with so much the more joy, by how much this person was feared and hated, and was not only a subject of rejoycing to the Turks, but also to the Christians, whose Parents and Rela∣tions this Corsaire had pillaged and enslaved; so that the Inhabitants of the Archipelago for the most part were pleased with the revenge, and promised more security and quietness to their open Coasts. With no less triumph was this News posted to the Grand Signior, who rewarded the Messenger with two thousand Dollars gratuity, and caused demonstrations of joy to be made through the whole Court; so dreadful was grown the Name of so inconside∣rable a person, in respect of the greatness of the Ottoman Empire.

But the success of this advantage did not heighten the courage of the Captain Pasha to that pitch, as to make him more bold with the Venetian Armata; for in the month of July having great Recruits of Men and Provi∣sions to land, and hearing that the Venetians lay before Canea, having fortified a Rock, called St. Todoro, at the mouth of that Port, he re∣solved for Retimo; but pursuits, or intelli∣gence of the Enemies being in the way, or his own fears still prevented him, until at length he was forced to Gira-Petra, a small and ob∣scure place, far distant from the City of Candia, and the way thither by land rocky, and al∣most unpassable for Beasts of Burden; howso∣ever, the Men and Ammunition were there landed with that haste and expedition, that in less than thirty hours time the Captain Pasha was again upon his return for Scio, leaving the Souldiery, and the Ammunition he had dis∣barked to find a passage through the Rocks and Mountains: At which the Vizier was so displeased, that he sent the Captain Pasha this Message, That the next time he should for∣bear to bring farther supplies, until he could find a more commodious Port wherein to land them.

In this manner the Marine Affairs passed this year at Sea, the Turkish Fleet having, besides other succours, transported Ibrahim Pasha of Damascus with eight hundred Spahees unto Candia, whom we mentioned formerly to have been Pasha of Grand Cairo, and married to the Grand Signior's Sister; and being one with whom I had a former acquaintance, and who was a great friend to the English Nation, I made him a visit as he passed through Smyrna.

Whilst these matters were transacting at Sea, on the 7th of January arrived the new Provedi∣tor General Bernardo Nani, and Sergeant Ge∣neral Muteo Matei with five hundred Foot, sent by the Pope, who gave Licence for destruction of some Monasteries, whose Orders were judged less necessary in the Venetian State, that their Revenue might be applied to the service of this War; after Arrival of which succours, a ge∣neral Muster was made of the whole Garrison, and the number thereof reckoned to amount unto eight thousand fighting Men; though soon afterwards continual action and exploits of War decimated the number, and many of the brave Commanders being taken off, every tenth man perished, and rendred the place in a condition which required continual supplies.

For many and various were the attempts and actions performed on both sides under the Walls of Candia; and first the Turks began to make appear a Battery which they had raised on the side of the Lazaretto, which so offended tho Port, that there was no harbour or access for Vessels. On the contrary to which, by the Fort of St. Andrea another Battery was raised, which offended Tramata very much, which was another small harbour, capable only to receive Boats or Barks; the passage to which was so annoyed now by the Enemies Cannon, that no Vessel could go in or out, unless in the Night, and that too with some difficulty and danger.

The Turks gaining advantage on the side of St. Andrea,* 20.45 applied their whole strength and diligence to that part; and one dark Night passing undiscovered along the Seas, they silent∣ly fixed a Cord to the Palisade of St. Andrea, and with an Engine strained it so violently, that they tore away several of the main Stakes of the Work without being perceived by the Centinels, who paid for that neglect with the price of their lives; upon which success they continued to advance their lines on that side, which Marquess Villa perceiving, resolved to hinder by some valiant sallies. And first two hundred brave men selected out of several Re∣giments,

conducted by Sergeant Major Motta, issued out from Panigra, and taking their way along the Sea, bravely mixed with the Turks, and put them to flight;* 20.46 and though the Alarm thereof brought a Concourse of Turks from all parts of the Camp, yet the Christians stood so stoutly to it, that they struck a terror to their Enemies, and once forced them to a Re∣treat within their Trenches; and at length, after they had overthrown certain Redoubts and Traverses, they gave back with good or∣der, returning with Victory and Glory; which bravery the Captain General-acknowledged to all, and encouraged in the common Souldiery with a Present of fifty Zechins. This success gave the besieged opportunity to finish their Platforms which they had raised on the side of the Ditch adjoining to the Bulwark of St. Andrea, on which they planted two pieces of Cannon which carried fifty pound Bullet a piece; which much disturbed the Enemies Traverses: Howsoever, the Turks with indefatigable pains, and invincible patience battered the little Tower of Priuli, the Curtain, and Revelin of St. Andrea, and employed all their power and at∣tention to fill the Ditch with Faggots, Earth and other Rubbish.

On the 29th of February, after the Christians had first made a Breach on the Enemies Re∣doubt, which confronted the Revelin of St. Andrea, and sprang five Mines one after the other, a second Sally was made by a conside∣rable Body of the besieged, consisting of two hundred French and Savoyards, three hundred Italians, two hundred Germans, and a hun∣dred and twenty horsemen,* 20.47 who issued forth with that Gallantry, that driving the Turks under Covert, advanced far within their Works, with which Demonstration of honour the Cap∣tain-General being satisfied, they made the smoke which was a Signal for their Retreat; so that returning victorious without much loss, that day was remarkable, and numbred amongst the other days which were esteemed successful and fortunate in that Siege.

Howsoever, the Turks with admirable pa∣tience and assiduity crept forward by their Traverses, and help of their great shot on the Bastion of St. Andrea, which whilst Augustine Rostayne, Adjutant of Marquess Villa, consi∣dered, he was taken off by a Cannon Bullet, and yet the Turks could not advance so fast, but that the Engineer Maupassan gave some re∣tardment to their progress by firing a Mine, which overthrew two of their Redoubts, and afforded them new work to repair them and the adjoining Traverses.

This was the present state of the miserable Candia, when the Duke of Savoy recalled his Subject Marquess Villa from his honourable employment;* 20.48 and a Ship, called Alexander the Great, by appointment of the Venetian Senate arrived at Standia to transport him and his Family to Venice; so that on the 22/12 of April, accompanied to Tramata by all the principal Officers of the Garrison, he embarked in or∣der to his Voyage, whose place was about two Months after supplied by the Marquess St. Andrea Monthrun, a Nobleman of France, with whom the Venetian Ambassadour at Paris, by order of that Republick, had prevailed to take upon him the defence and protection of that deplorable City, reduced now almost to its ulti∣•••••••• Crisis.

I cannot adventure to assign the reasons that might induce the Duke of Savoy to recal the worthy Governour from this glorious action. Some say, that those who were emulous of his glory procured his revocation; Others, that the Marquess himself desired it;* 20.49 and that finding the Forces of the Town to decline, and the Turks to encroach and penetrate daily into the innermost parts of strength, he was desirous, after so long a Siege, to return with untainted glory; or perhaps weary of a Siege so tedious and perilous, he might desire to retire, having performed sufficient already in his own person, and enough to make all Christendom his Debtors and Admirers. So that I cannot but reproach those tongues and pens, which in report and writings attribute the cause of Mar∣quess Villa's retirement to certain just occasions of discontent given him by the Captain Gene∣ral Francesco Morosini, who, envious of his Fame and actions, and unwilling to have a conshater with him in his honours, did usually thwart his Counsels and Proposals; and more particularly contemned a Redoubt which Mar∣quess Villa had built, and of which he had a singular esteem. Yet that Morosini might evi∣dence the unsufficiency thereof, 'tis reported that he wrote a Letter to the Vizier, to assault that Redoubt; for if he did, he promised to afford him opportunity to take it, by with∣drawing all Forces from thence; which Letter it is said, was betrayed to Marquess Villa, and brought to his hands, which he with great pru∣dence and moderation dissembled until the hour of his departure, and then produced it to the astonishment and shame of Morosini. To this particular I give the less belief, be∣cause I find it wrote in a Journal of this Seige by a person who was a great Favourer of the French, and willing to share the intire glory to that Nation, and the miscarriages to the Italian. Whatsoever might be the motive to Marquess Villa to perswade his return, is un∣certain; howsoever, it is reported, that being arrived at Zant in his way to Venice; and there meeting a strong Convoy bound for Candia, with recruits of Men, and plenty of provisions, he conceived new thoughts of the greatness of the Republick; and beholding also with what vigour and vigilance they attended to the con∣servation of that place, he began to testifie some remorse and dissatisfaction for having abandoned a Charge which rendred his Fame great through the World; and the continua∣tion of which labours being crowned with that success which his courage and conduct merited, might have brought a Blessing to all Christen∣dom, and perpetuated his honour and glory to all posterity. The Marquess being arrived at Venice was received with the usual Cere∣monies and Honours from the Publick, and being Introduced, after private Audiences, into the Colledge, he spake in this man∣ner.

IF the thanks which I render to your Sereni∣ty,* 21.1 and to your Excellencies could equal the greatness of those favours which I have received from you, it would have been but an ordinary glory to you not to have infinitely surpassed the bounds of my acknowledg∣ments, as you have infinitely outdone the ut∣most

of my Deserts; Nor could this August Senate have been exalted to the most elevated point of Soveragin Power, had I been able to render Services worthy of that generosity which composed it. For as the affection of the Creatures towards God, makes excuses for their wants and infirmities, so having a zealous desire to contribute to the glories of this most Serene Republick, not only my en∣deavours, my labours, and my bloud, but also my life, and my whole being; I beseech you to accept thereof as an attonement for the weakness of my abilities. This, my Lords, is that desire which I have ever demonstra∣ted in all the wearisome performances of my Charge under the generous Conduct of the Captain General of your Armes, whose Va∣lour I have endeavoured to second and imitate. This is that Desire which would have enter∣tained me in the service of this most Serene Republick to the ultimate period of my life, if the Command of my Prince, concurring with the Assent of your Serenity, had not en∣joyned my return. I confess, that I should feel in my self an inward Consolation, could I assist at the triumph of Candia, which I hope in a short time to see victorious over all her Enemies; until when, my Lords, the honour which you have been pleased to do me hitherto, cannot but be relished by me as a Comfort of my life. And what greater Glory can I imagine to my self, than to have served a Republick, which may be called the most perfect work of the hand of God, which being founded like the Firmament upon the Waters, communicates happy Tranquillity through all the World? I am able now to boast, That I have seen a City which of it self alone is able to resist the Puissance of all Asia, and that I have proved and tryed the valorous oppositi∣on which it made against a formidable Ene∣my. I can (I say) glory that I have awaken∣ed in the hearts of your Souldiery, their an∣cient Valour, and that I have sprinkled your Lawrels with my own Bloud; and it is but just that I should distil it to the last drop for the service of this most Serene Re∣publick, which after so many Ages resigns it self up a Sacrifice for all Christendom. It is by your Arms (my Lords) and by your immoveable Constancy, that the City of Can∣dia, which in former Days was esteemed the weakest of all the Fortresses of Greece, is become at present the most famous Theatre of War. I dare not only hope, that the con∣clusion thereof will be happy, so long as your Serenity watchfully attends to the conserva∣tion of that place, but that also this August Senate will extend their Conquests into the most remote parts of all the East. This would be, most Serene Prince, and most Ex∣cellent Lords, the consummation of all my de∣sires, and also that I might finish my days in the Service of this most Serene Republick, towards which I shall for ever conserve a most passionate zeal and an immortal ac∣knowledgment.

The Senate, that they might testifie the esteem they entertained of the person of Marquess Villa, presented him with a Bason of Gold valued at six thousand Ducats, together with a Patent recounting at large the many famous Exploits which he had performed in their Ser∣vice, which they expressed with a stile so ge∣nerous and obliging, as may serve for a Record to transmit the Fame of his Merits to all Posterity.

Marquess Villa being departed from Candia, the Captain-General recalled all his Forces from divers parts of the Archipelago, which he had sent thither with the Soldiers wounded in the last Battle; and being returned, they brought with them great numbers of Pioniers and Work∣men to labour in the Fortifications and Mines: at the same time also the Captain-Pasha arrived at Canea, bringing two thousand Janisaries with him.

The Marquess St. Andrea Monthrun,* 21.2 a Gen∣tleman of the French Nation, was transported to Candia by the General Proveditor Cornaro, where being entred into the Charge and Office of Marquess Villa, wanted nothing of the vi∣gilance and circumspection of his Predecessour. And therefore in the first place having visited all the Forts, Out-works, and Retrenchments of the Town, ordered what was necessary for repair of the breaches, and amended what was deficient in the most distressed Fortifications. And though the Turks fired a Mine the 22th of August at the point of the Fort St. Andrea, which made a most dangerous breach; yet it was so valiantly defended, and so speedily repair∣ed, that the Enemy gained little or no advan∣tage, and all by the extraordinary diligence of this Marquess St. Andrea, who passed whole months without uncloathing himself; and as his nights were without sleep, so his days con∣sumed without repose, applying himself perso∣nally to all places where was most of danger, es∣pecially at the Fort of St. Andrea, where he took up his constant Quarters.

The Turksnow daily pressing the Town more nearly than before, Skirmishes and Sallies were more frequent and more bloody; so that a∣bout this time the Proveditor General Bernardo Nani applying himself with all earnestness in the performance of his Charge, was slain by a Musket-shot in his head; his death was much lamented by all, being a Gentleman who was born (as may be said) in the Fleet, having had his Education there, and passed his youth in Wars and dangers for the safety and honour of his Country. Girolamo Bataglia was elected by the Republick to succeed him in the Office, whose death was also seconded by that of Fran∣cesco Bataglia,* 21.3 Brother of the Duke of Can∣dia, being shot in the breast with a Musket-bul∣let; and though he was sent thither to admini∣ster Justice to the People, yet his zeal and cou∣rage carrying him to Martial Acts beyond his duty, made a grave for him amongst the other Heroes and Worthies of that place.

The Turk, approaching daily nearer with their Works, infested very much the passage of Vessels to the Town, and shot so directly into the Port, that no Ship, Galley, or Bark could remain in any security from their Cannon; to remedy which, a small Redoubt was raised at Tramata, which being well and strongly fortified

served for a small Port, under the shelter of which the lesser Vessels found some protection, and was of great relief to the distressed City. About this time the Popes Gallies with those of Malta arrived, commanded by Fra. Vincenzo Rospigliosi, the Popes Nephew, who having not brought a greater number of people than what served to man their Gallies, they were not able to spare many for defence of the Town.

The long continuance of this Siege, and the same thereof noised through the whole World, moved the heroick and gallant Spirits of our Age, to descend into this Campus Martius, this Field of War, and give proofs of their Prowess and Valour in defence of the Christan Cause; some being moved by a principle of vain-glory, proceeding from the briskness of a youthful and aery Spirit, and others from the sense of De∣votion and fervour towards Religion: amongst which none were more forward than some Gen∣tleman of the French Nation, as namely Mon∣sieur La Fueillade, aliàs Duke of Roanez, with the Count St. Paul,* 21.4 a young Cavalier; to for∣ward which design, taking first the Licence and Benediction of their King, they appointed their Rendezvous at Tolon, where they listed two hundred Gentleman, Cadets or younger Brothers, who went in quest of Honour, and not of Pay, with four hundred ordinary Soul∣diers who expected their maintenance from the bounty of their Leaders. The chief of whom was Monsieur La Fueillade, and his Lieutenant the Chevalier De Tresmes.

Their whole Body was divided into four Bridgades.

• The first commanded by Count St. Paul.
• The second by the Duke De Carderousse.
• The third by the Count De Villa Maur.
• And the fourth by the Duke De Cheateau Tiery.

When these Persons of Honour and Courage arrived at Candia, they found the City hardly beset, and reduced to a strait and difficult con∣dition; for the Turks were advanced so near to the Fort of St. Andrea, that the Souldiers with∣in and without could cross their Muskets, and reach Tobaco one to the other: howsoever this breach was so well repaired with a good Palis∣sado fortified with several Bonnets, and a double Retrenchment on the Bastion, it self, and a third Retrenchment of squared stone with∣al, that the courage of the Besieged being no∣thing abated by the many and furious assaults of the Enemy, the Town still remained in a de∣fensible posture, and still capable with good Suc∣cours and Supplies to yield matter of imploy∣ment for several years to the Ottoman Forces. These worthy Champions, as I said, being arri∣ved, moved with the sense of Religion, and desire of glory to themselves, challenged the priviledge of mounting the Guard of St. Andrea; but that being already prepossessed by the Knights of Malta and other Officers of the place, was refused to them. Howsoever the Captain-General Morosini was pleased to gratifie them with the Guard of a small Chapel over that Bastion on the right hand of the breach, a place of no less danger, and there∣fore of no less honour than the other; with which the Cavaliers being satisfied, Mon∣sieur St. Paul mounted the Guard one day at six a clock in the morning, and continued there until the same hour of the day following; during which time he lost his Major Dupre and Monsieur De Marenval, the latter of which had his brains knocked out with so violent a blow of a great shot, that some pieces of his skull dangerously wounded the Sieurs De Chamilly and De Lare, who were near to him: and more maliciously did the Turks ply the stations of these new-come Guests than any others, throw∣ing Bomboes, Granadoes, Stink-pots, and other sorts of artificial Fire without cessation into their Quarters, notwithstanding which, this young Prince and Monsieur La Fueillade exposed them∣selves like common Souldiers, animating their men more with their example than their words.

And now by this time by so many Works and removals of Earth, by so many Traverses and Mines under ground, and throwing up the caverns and bowels of the Earth into the Air, the soil became so brittle, crumbling, and as it were sandy, and like ashes, that it seemed not capable longer enduring of the Pick-ax or the Shovel, and was so porous, that the light of some Mines glimmering into the others Traver∣ses, easily discovered each others Mines, where∣by it became equally a trade and custom to steal Powder.* 21.5 Howsoever the Venetians so closely worked with those Props and Arts, that they formed a considerable Mine, which on the first of December they sprang with so much success, that they wholly overthrew a Battery of the Turks directed against St. Andrea, and buried all their Cannon.

But these French Gallants intended not from the first of their design to make this War their Trade, or the Town of Candia their place of habitation, but as Passengers or Pilgrims, whose souls are active, and hate idleness, to give the World some proofs of their Valour, and so a∣way: wherefore La Fueillade their General pressed Morosini to give leave, that he and his Fellow-Souldiers might make a Sally, and en∣ter into the Enemies Trenches, so as to yield a divertisement to those on the Walls, and per∣form that Action and Enterprise for which they had designed and undertaken this Voyage: of which some of them were so impatient, that they would not expect Orders for their Sally, as the Chevalier De Tresmes, who alone entred into the Enemies Works, and returned with his Sword all bloody; at which La Fueillade his Commander was so incensed, that he reproved him with this short reprehension, I would as gladly see a Butcher as you. Others by this ex∣ample scarce refrained from the like; amongst which Monsieur De Ville Franche drew a Turk by force from his Trench, and brought him to the foot of the Bastion; but there he was forced to quit his Prize, for being shot in the Leg with a Pistol-bullet, soon after dyed of the wound: By these examples the Commanders seeing it impossible to repress or abate the met∣tle of these vigorous Spirits, their bridle was taken off, and licence given to make their ex∣cursion; so that all things being ordered and contrived for a Sally, before break of day in the morning they silently issued forth,* 21.6 and leap∣ing into the Enemies Quarters, valiantly ming∣led with them, cutting and hewing down all before them; their Banner was a Crucifix car∣ried in the Front by Father Paul a Capuchin Fryer, who little regarding those who followed him, proceeded with his Ensign as unconcerned, as if he had been in Procession; which so ani∣mated

the Souldiery, that like men conducted by miracle, they broke through the gross Bo∣dy of the Enemies Force: and so violent they were in their combate, and so intent to their business, that they neither observed the multi∣tudes of the Enemy which came upon them, nor the signal of their Commander for a Re∣treat; until at length discovering their danger, they made speed with some disorder to return, having lost an hundred and twenty Gentlemen in this rencounter, whose heads being cut off (as the custom of the Turks is) were pitched up∣on the Pikes end, and ranked before the door of the Viziers Tent, amongst which the head of the Marquess Doradour did beyond all the others draw the eyes of the Turks, who admired the clearness of his complexion, and fairness of the hair; which being breaded in tresses for the more convenience in fighting, made death it self beautiful, and was at the same time both his Enemies glory and their compassion. The French having thus evaporated their fury with this Phlebotomy, there not remaining above two hundred and thirty after this Sally of all those six hundred brought into Candia, Mon∣sieur La Fueillade with his reliques departed: at which time the whole strength of the Town con∣sisted of about seven thousand stranger Souldi∣ers, four thousand Inhabitants, and two thou∣sand Savoyards, which was too weak a Garrison to resist so potent an Enemy, so formally and strongly incamped, unless supplied with new Re∣cruits. Wherefore the Dukes of Brunswick and Lunenburg mindful of their Christian Brethren in this distressed Siege, contributed three Regi∣ments towards their relief,* 21.7 consisting in all of three thousand three hundred men. The first under Count Waldeck; the second under Molle∣son, and the third under Count Radesfeld. They made their Muster first at Verona, and imbarking at Venice the 28th of March, on the 12th of May 1669. they arrived at Candia. These valiant Souldiers desiring to ease the long besieged Companies, demanded the Guards of Sabionera and St. Andrea; which being by this time become hot and dangerous stations, were not disputed with that heat of honour as for∣merly, but were easily yielded to the fresh and new-come Souldiery. Many now and various were the assaults which the Enemy made up∣on the Town, hoping to carry it by dint of Sword; but the Christians unweariedly main∣tained their valour and courage, and par∣ticularly the Lunenburghers, whose gallantry deserved its due praise and reward. Their General Count Waldeck whilst he undauntedly incouraged his men,* 21.8 and openly exposed him∣self on the Works, received a mortal wound, of which soon afterwards he dyed; but be∣fore he expired, he assembled together his Fellow Souldiers, and incouraged them in the Holy cause they were come to maintain, giving them as a Farwel-Sermon, instructions, and perswasive arguments to a godly life, and having confessed his owns sins in the presence of them all, he resigned his spirit into the hands of his Creator, leaving not only his own Forces, but the whole Town disconsolate for the loss of so able a Commander.

And now the time of year approaching, where∣in the Town expected its ultimate Relief, and the Union of all the Princes of Christendom for raising the Siege, which had continued for the space now of about two years; the valiant Chri∣stians full of hopes, daily animated each other, casting their eyes to Sea-ward, promised a re∣ward to the first Descryer of the long desired Fleet. The Turks also being advised of the expected Succours, resolved if possible to per∣form the business designed before their arrival; and thereupon made one of the greatest assaults that ever was yet given to the Town, in which though the Christians behaved themselves with all valour imaginable, yet the Turks still gain∣ed farther footing and advantage. And now it fared with the Town after every storm, as it doth with a physical body after every accession of a Feaver, which though it intermits for some time, yet it leaves the Patient always more weak and debilitated than before. Wherefore the Christians increasing in care and diligence, the Captain-General disarmed several of his Gallies to supply the Town with what Force he could possibly contribute, and the Engineers imployed their brains for destruction of the Enemy, so that they fell again to their Mines, and sprang one which took good effect; soon after they sprang seven others, after which four more near the Revelin of St. Spirito,* 21.9 which blew up many Turks, ruined their Lodgings, and buried one of their Batteries: these also were followed by another Mine of an hundred and sixty Sacks of Powder, which took its way between St. Andrea and the Revelin of St. Spi∣rito with extraordinary execution and violence, throwing up that vast quantity of Earth and Timber, that it not only overwhelmed the Enemy in the neighbouring Trenches, but over∣threw a Battery of three Pieces of Cannon, which the Turks had raised on the Revelin of St. Andrea: yet all this served to increase the heat and fury of the Enemy rather than abate it; for they imagining this to be the ultimate force and the last blast of the expiring Fortress, plyed their assaults with the more fury and madness, pressing forward the crowds of the Souldiery collected lately in Villages, and the Janisaries newly created taken from the Plough to be matter and fuel for the Christians Powder.

Winter now approaching, and the Vizier resolving to quarter a second year under the Walls of Candia, began to provide against the weather, and resolved to lye still until the Spring should renew the time for action, but never intermitted his imployment of plying con∣stantly his Batteries, and shooting Bomboes into the Town. In the mean time the Besieg∣ed being animated by their new additional Forces, whose spirits also were high, and de∣sirous of action; the Commanders thought it not policy to suppress the heat and mettle of their courage at the beginning, but gave way to the Souldiers proposition of a Sally, which was effected in the month of December with no bad success.* 21.10 For the Christians surprising the Turks unawares, little dreaming of any such design, fell in amongst them on the side of Sa∣bionera, where they took a Battery, dismount∣ed and spiked the Cannon, with the loss of the Duke of Candia, being shot in the breast with a Musket-bullet; of the Turks near three thousand were killed, amongst whom was Benglee the Sampsongibashee or Major General of the Janisaries, and Katirgi Oglé Pasha of Canea, whom we have already mentioned, and so returned with Triumph into the Town. This Katirgi Oglé which signifies the Son of a

Mulatier, was formerly a common Thief, who robbed on certain Mountains near Antioch in Pisidia, called Ock-shaher, which now have their names from him:* 21.11 and being a couragi∣ous man and fortunate, drew a considerable number of Miscreants from all parts to follow him in his Enterprifes. His profession was not to rob Caravans or Merchants travelling in their honest imployment; but Knight-Errant-like pretended to revenge the injuries and abuses of his Country by the unjust and corrupt Mini∣sters, whom for robbing and oppressing the people, he esteemed it Justice and Vertue to deprive of their ill gotten Wealth. In which Trade he gained such Riches and Power, that at length he came to Scutari, from whence acquainting the Grand Signior of the abuses of his Officers, and his own course of living was upon promises of duty and submission re∣ceived into Grace and Favour, and not only obtained pardon, but preferment. For the Grand Signior discovering in him a spirit of much resolution and bravery sent him unto Candia, and conferred on him the Pasha, luck of Canea, in which on all occa∣sions he comported himself with much bravery, dying at last before the Walls of Candia.

Various were the Sallies and Conflicts the Christians made upon the Turks towards the end of this Year; one of which, after that foregoing, was made by Marquess Villa, who with a thousand two hundred men fell in upon the Turks Trenches, where he had so good success, that he brought back with him a hundred Turks heads, which he planted on the Walls.

The Turks also as they had made strong Assaults, and gained on the Fort of St. Andrea to the East, so they undauntedly pressed for∣wards on the Bastion of Sabionera to the West, with a Force of ten thousand men, having the advantage of three Batteries, each consisting of ten pieces of Ordnance.* 21.12 The next Night the Turks gave a general Assault with all their Forces to the Bastions of Panigra, Sabionera, and St. Andrea, and the great Fort St. Deme∣trius; but the Besieged were armed with all caution and vigilance against surprise, and with that Conduct and Valour, that they gave the Enemy three Gallant Repulses with much slaughter and confusion; but yet this succss was diminished by the loss of the Count de Mare, an experienced Venetian Souldier, who, after proofs of an invincible Valour, lost his life in defence of the Christian Cause. But not long after the Marquess Cornaro, and the Baron Spar arriving with a Recruit of three thousand Men, as if they intended to requite the Turks last Assaults, made so resolute and so successful a Sally, that they left above two thousand In∣fidels dead upon the place, with a considerable number of their Officers.

The State of Affairs in the Turkish Court, and other Parts of the Empire during the War in CANDIA.

BUT whilst we are in relation of the Wars abroad, we must not forget the proceedings of Affairs at home. The Grand Signior now weary of his repose and aboad in his Seraglio at Adrianople, and impatient of the delays in his Affairs at Candia, judged it as well agreeable to the pre∣sent convenience of his Empire, as to his own humour, to seat himself in some place of nearer distance from Candia, than his present ab••••ad; from whence by his presence and au∣thority, his Army might with better expedi∣tion be supplied with all necessaries of War and provision. After various Arguments about the choice of the place, Larissa was fixed upon, a City anciently renowned for Antiquity and Plenty,* 21.13 And that the Court might not abound with unnecessary Attendants; the Queen Mo∣ther, and Hasaki Sultana, with all the Ladies of their Retinue, were sent to Constantinople, a policy perhaps to amuse the minds of the people, and afford them an occasion of dis∣course, and hopes that the Grand Signior him∣self might shortly follow: But before the de∣parture of this Female Court,* 21.14 the disposal of the Grand Signior's Brothers was moved and questioned by the Janisaries, who having long since been jealous and doubtful of their safety, did demand, that the protection and custody of them should be committed to the Queen Mother; who willingly received the Charge, and gave security by Hoget to defend and pre∣serve them from all private Treachery, or publick Attempts with the same tenderness and care as she should her own life, or the life of her Son. In this manner these Princes and Princesses departing, made a solemn and mag∣nificent entrance into Constantinople. The chief of the Cavalcade was Kul-ogli, the Grand Signiors Mosayp, or Favourite, attended with a hundred and fifty Pages in Coats of Male, and Satten Vests; in one Coach was the Valedè Sultana, or the Queen Mother, in the next was the Hasaki Sultana, or the Grand Signior's Queen, in the third were the Bro∣thers, in the fourth was the young Prince, or the Grand Signior's Son, after came the Coaches of more ordinary Ladies attended with about a hundred and fifty black Eunuchs, in Vests of white Satten.

The Grand Signior also preparing for his journey to Larissa, pitched his Tents without the City; from whence one day viewing round the Camp from a Jardac, or Tent, elevated above the rest, he espied with a Prospective Glass a certain person taking Tobacco in his Tent, whilst a Slave rubbed his Legs: His At∣tendants not able or willing upon his Demands to inform him who he was,* 21.15 he sent an Officer to make Enquiry, who returned with Answer, that it was Ibrihim Aga, the Kahya or Steward to the Chimacam, and in effect Chimacam

himself, having a great share in the mannage∣ment of Affairs; but the smoke had like to have smothered him and all his Fortunes; for this Grand Signior, who is as great an Enemy to it as King James was, or Sultan Morat, would have made him the Sacrifice to that In∣cense, had not those present interceded for him; who with the Chimacam's own media∣tion, and the cost of fifty Purses, or five and twenty thousand Dollars, ransomed his Life.

The Sultan being arrived at Larissa,* 21.16 News came of the near approach of the Excellentissi∣mo Alvise de Molino, Ambassador from the Venetian Republick, with propositions of peace. But the Turks before they would admit the Embassy, or the person which brought it, to a nearer approach than a Days Journey from the Court, would be resolved first whether he brought with him the Keys of Candia; To which it was replied by the Interpreter, That he was not able to give them satisfaction in that particular, being but a mean and ordinary servant, to whom the Secrets of State, ••nd resolutions of great men were not committed; his Office being only to render faithfully the words and sence of his Masters, and not to enter into the private thoughts and Cabinet of their Counsels. To which the Chimacam proudly and barbarously made answer, Go tell thy Master, that unless he brings the Keys of Candia, thy head shall pay for it. And that he presume not in person to approach nearer unto this Court. So the Ambassadour re∣mained at a distance for some weeks, and at length was transferred over to the Vizier at Candia; who being more ready to hearken to propositions, in hopes by some overture or other to hook in Candia, gave an easie Audi∣ence to the Ambassador, and controverted several Articles and Propositions with all free∣dom and patience. So that on the Venetians part, the Surrender of Suda was offered, and a Sum of mony, in compensation of the War. The Vizier on the other side would be conten∣ted with nothing less than the Surrender of Candia; and in lieu thereof to grant a Licence to rebuild Paleo-Castro, an ancient Fortress. But the Fortress it self of Candia being the prize and aim of both, nothing could be con∣cluded without that; so that, the Ambassador in fine, declared plainly, That the City of Candia was maintained and defended by the Arms of Foreign Princes, without whose con∣sent it could not be resigned; all the rest of the Island should be the reward of their bloud and labour, only Candia was capable of no Conditions, but what were imposed on it by force of Arms.

The Vizier, whose honour could be salved, and the glory of the Ottoman Empire main∣tained, at no other rate than the subjection of Candia, would hearken to no other terms or proposals; so that the Treaty broke off, and the Ambassadour returned to Canea, there to remain until farther Overtures of an Accomo∣dation should present.

It was now towards the depth of Winter when three men of War and a Fire-Ship,* 21.17 sent by the most Christian King, steered up the Hellespont with words and boastings as full of Wind as their Sails; and being arrived at Con∣stantinople, vaunting of their Force, as if suffi∣cient to subdue the Turkish Dominions, they uttered certain rumors, that they were come to revenge the late affront offered to their Mer∣chants, to cause that mony to be repaid, which in late and frequent Avanias had been extorted from their Nation; and to renew their Capi∣tulations with more advantageous terms. As namely, That their Customs from 5 b•• re∣duced to 3 per Cent. as the English, Dutch, and Genoeses pay. That their King be treated by the Sultan with the equal Presents and Gifts, according to the Custom used with the Empe∣ror; and that at all times interchangeably Am∣bassadors be sent to reside in each others Do∣minions; with other propositions which seem∣ed as extravagant to the Turks, as they ap∣peared to others vain, and to have no founda∣tion but in the report of the Vulgar.

But that which was reported by the most ju∣dicious concerning these Ships, was, That his most Christian Majesty being made to understand perfectly the affronts put on his Nation by the Turks; and not fully satisfied (as is supposed) with the respect they had shown to his Ambassa∣dor at Constantinople, made it the chief Design of his Ships to withdraw him from thence, sup∣posing it a less diminution to his honour, to have the person of his Agent subjected to af∣fronts, than of his Ambassador, to which (it was imagined) he might be obnoxious, in con∣sideration of those great supplies, which were in the following year designed for Candia. In what manner soever the Turks deemed of this appearance of Men of War to hector and brave them at their Imperial City, they did yet for the present cunningly dissemble the matter, giving the French fair Words, and what plenty of Provisions their oc∣casions did require. In what manner this Affair was transacted, I shall not adventure to relate, nor is it well or certainly known; Yet not long after came Orders for the Ambassa∣dor to repair to the Court at Larissa; and that until the Grand Signior's pleasure was far∣ther known, the Ships of War were to be detained. The Commander in chief, called Monsieur d' Almeras, was not a little troubled to have his Ships thus embargued, and labour∣ing in his thoughts between the time limited in his Instructions by his Master and the restraint by the Turks, he once bravely resolved to hazard his passage through the Castles, but protracting the execution thereof from day to day, even until the end of April; at length Licence came for their departure, and Orders to repair unto Vola, near Larissa, there to take an Ambassador, or Agent, or Envoyé from the Sultan to their King. For it seems, the Vizier had intimated to the Grand Signior, That it was not time to disgust the French King, and to bring him under the notion of a declared and publick Enemy, or at least to irri∣tate him so far as might provoke him to send greater Forces, than perhaps he designed the next year, for Candia: and that he ought to comply with the present conjuncture, and salve that up for a time, which he might afterwards open at his pleasure.* 21.18 This counsel seeming reasonable to the Grand Signior, and agreeable to the present necessity, he ordered (as I was credibly informed) a thousand Dollars only to adorn his Ambassador; so pitifully do the Turks esteem of Christian Princes, and so highly do they value themselves, as if a Mes∣sage from them would be reverenced in Christendom as a favour, though brought by a Porter or a Slave. But the French Ambassa∣dor

considering this allowance too mean a pro∣vision for a person qualified to appear before his Master, did (as it is said) out of his own Purse and generous Soul contribute a far greater Sum, with two Vests of Sables towards his better Equipage. In this manner the Sultan dissembling an appearance of good correspondence with his Christian Majesty, dispatched away his Envoyé on the Ships of War, being a Person in quality of a Mutafaraca, one of the same degree with a Chaous, to expostulate with the King concerning several Particulars, and espe∣cially his Reasons for sending for his Ambassa∣dor, without sending another according to ancient custom to supply his Office, wondering much at this sudden alteration of friendship, without any cause given on the Ottoman side: and with these smooth and fair words the Turks imagined they might charm the Spirit of the King for a while, and suspend his Succours from Candia, until at last it were beyond his power and wisdom to relieve. In the mean time the Ambassador from the most Christian King was detained as an Hostage for the other, of whose return we shall speak in its due place.

Towards the end of this year Sir Daniel Harvey Lord Ambassador from His Majesty of Great Britain arrived at Constantinople, * 21.19 suc∣ceeding in the place of the Earl of Winchelsea, who could not obtain Audience with the G. Signior until the end of the following year, by reason of the Sultans unsetled abode and far distance; who at length coming to Salonica, summoned the Ambassador thither, and there conferred on him the usual Ceremonies and Honours due to the Ambassador at first Re∣ception.

Candia was now hardly assailed in four places,* 21.20 viz. on the side of Betlem, Panigra, St. Andrea, and Sabionera. These places be∣ing twice stormed, in which the Turks lost thirty thousand men, so many Mines and For∣nelli were fired, that the ground lay open like a vast abyss, with strange heaps of confused and undigested Earth, and hindred the Enemy from approaching to the Wall; but Sabionera and St. Andrea being esteemed the most weak, because they were not fortified by any consi∣derable Out-works, or compassed with any depth of Ditch, were pressed and forced upon by the Turk with more violence than any parts of the City. The Enemy having by their great number of Pioniers elevated the confused Earth, they formed some Batteries, fortifying them and sheltering their people with Sacks of Wool, and a Labyrinth (as we may say) of Redoubts, they advanced foot by foot upon the Revelin of St. Andrea, being destitute of all Mines to stop their proceedings; and having at length blown up the Revelin, and with fire, and earth having taken the Out-work, they penetrated into the Ditch (which was not deep) with four Traverses, and came now to the very foot of the wall of the Bul∣wark, fortified with eighteen pieces of Cannon, six of which carrying fifty pound Bullet shot into the Ditch, eight flanked that side which was opposite to Panigra, and four on that part towards the Revelin of St. Spirito, notwith∣standing which they stormed the Walls in nine places. And beginning to make a breach by firing certain Mines, which opened a wideness of forty two paces at the point of that Bul∣wark; and continuing their breaches towards the Sea, breaking in their way the Front of the Fort Priulo, they proceeded almost to the Gate of St. Andrea, and opened forty eight paces more, in all ninety paces. Afterwards they ruined the remainder of the Wall, and that which was called the Scotch Fort to the ve∣ry Sea; so that the Christians were forced to re∣tire from their Out-works, and contract their Precincts to the Walls of the City.

To add unto the misery of this place, an unfortunate shot from the Turks Camp entred that Magazine which was near St. Peter; Church, where the artificial Fires were made; and meeting several shells of Granadoes already charged, with thirty Barrels of Powder; all took fire and blew into the air, and burned all the houses which were near thereunto. At this unlucky accident the Besieged fearing a general assault, and seeing the Turkish Horse draw into a Body near Sabionera, the whole Garrison ran to the Walls; but no farther Attempt being made, towards evening they blew up a Lodge of the Enemy, with all the people that were therein.

Anno Christi 1669. Hegeira 1080.

TOwards the end of the last Year, and at the beginning of this the Turks began to open their eyes, and find themselves de∣frauded with the grossest cheat that ever was imposed on a people who had either reason or humanity. For now three or four years had ran on, that the French, Dutch, Italians, and other Nations had introduced into all parts of the Turkish Dominions (unless in those East∣ward, as Aleppo,* 21.21 and farther) a sort of small Mony called by some Luigini, by others Ot∣tavi, and by the Turks Temins, worth about five pence English; which appearing pleasant and bright to the eye, and commodious for change, and common expences, so bewitched the Commonalty, that Pieces of Eight, Zai∣chins, and other merchantable Money were laid aside, as neither currant or valuable. At first about nine years past they were of good and warrantable Silver, but afterwards with time by little and little grew worse and of baser alloy: at length the people doting more and more upon them, they came coarser every day than other; and being still currantly passable, every person that was failed, and of bad reputation entred into the Trade, who knowing no bounds of honesty or of gain, composed their Mony wholly of Copper or coarser Metals, with a fair gloss and resemblance of Silver, buying therewith the Commodities of the Country; and at length amassed up all the Gold, Silver, and whatsoever came to hand was the price of their false and bastard Coin, with which they filled and abused all Asia: nor was this Money only of one Mint, but of di∣vers Stamps and Mottoes reproachful to the Turks, and it is pity they had not wit e∣nough to understand them, as namely, Voluit hanc Asia mercem. De procul pretiam ejus, and such like; which were so various, that many who had the curiosity to make a col∣lection of them, found no less than an hundred and twenty several Stamps. The Commonalty still enamoured with the brightness of their colour, and commodiousness of their change, little reflected on the ill consequence to the generality, having seldom more than to supply

their daily wants. And the Officers of the the Customs finding a benefit extraordinary to themselves upon the vast Sums of Money im∣ported, little cared how it fared with the pub∣lick. In the mean time the whole currant of Merchandise in the Levant was dispossessed of its ordinary and true chanel; for vast quantities or a glut of Turkish Goods filled all Christen∣dom, the prices low and cheap, and no profit to any Merchant dealing upon the square, or upon the old and legal way of Traffick. At Ligorne and other parts of Italy complaints were made, That the Silver and Bullion of the Country were melted down to make a composition with baser Metals for Turkie, and exchanged for decaying and perishable Commo∣dities. In short, no man seemed satisfied with the Trade, and yet the World, like their sins, which they disapprove, pursued it with all heat and violence imaginable. This Trade being thus over-laid, and vast heaps of adulterate Mony imported daily worse and worse, caused the Jews and other Merchants at first to except against some forts, and admit of others. This scruple, together with the prohibition of them two years before by the English Factory at Smyrna, obliging themselves unto the Levant Company under a considerable penalty not to receive this mony for Cloth or other Commo∣dities of the growth of England, together with the circumspection and contrivance of the English Consul, awakened first the blind minds of the Turks, who having long been infatuated with this beloved mony, began now to reject and abhor it like the false and farded countenance of a Courtisan: so that from eleven they fell to twelve, and so to thirteen and fourteen to the Lion-Dollars. In which conjuncture a Dutch Convoy arrived at Smyrna, importing vast Sums thereof; which for a Bribe to the Officers of the City, or what the Customer would ask, were permitted Licence to be landed; which overflowing in great abundance, and ra∣ther of a worse than better alloy, went decli∣ning to eighteen, and so to twenty, at which Rate for a short time they passed currant. And now at this price the Officers did what was possible to keep them up, conceiving it im∣possible, in a time of so much scarcity of all sorts of other Coins, that the Countries could subsist, or that Trade in buying or selling could proceed, if this mony should wholly lose its esteem and value: nor were the people so much the care of the Governours, though for many years they had known no other price or reward of their labours, as were the vast damages of the Sultan, in whose Coffers were considerable Sums, which were never known to have been pla∣ced unto the loss of the Exchequer; for it is a Proverb amongst the Turks, That the Grand Signiors Lead cannot sink. But that which raised most of tumult was the rigour of the Tax-gatherers, who refused to take that mony from the people for their Duties to the Grand Signior, but demanded of them Lion-Dollars, Sevil and Mexico Pieces of Eight, or the like; which they not being able to find, beat and im∣prisoned them in all places, where this question came into dispute: the people hereupon, though patient, and accustomed to violence and burden, could not yet support longer an oppression so unreasonable, but that Insurrection was made in all places where this came into dispute: and as injured patience turns to fury, at Prusa and Angora the torrent of the peoples rage was not appeased without the blood and lives of some of their Officers, alledging with good reason, That their Ministers and Governors having in∣troduced or permitted this mony amongst them, and allowed it as currant in that man∣ner, as that they had for some years known no other, nor received other for all the fruits of their labour or possessions, they ought not now to refuse to receive that which they them∣selves had made passable: which argument and reason was pressed in sundry places with that violence, that the Officers were forced to submit to the necessity of the times, and the fury of the multitude. And now this mony had wholly lost its reputation, and began to be refused generally at any rate whatsoever; so that though the Government thought fit to license them at thirty to the Dollar; yet the people prosecuting the abasement of it with a hate and disaffection equal to their former desires, refused generally and absolutely to accept them in payment. Wherefore the Sultan perceiving that the power of his Officers was not sufficient to render this mony longer passable at any rate, at length he commanded, that every one should bring in his mony of these sorts into the Mint where it should be melted down, and the Silver it produced should be delivered to the Proprietor. At which Summons several Great men voluntari∣ly brought in their mony, others had it seized and condemned to the Furnace, amongst which was a French Merchant ingaged to the import of sixty thousand Dollars. As yet the News of this alteration not having reached Christen∣dom, divers-Ships arrived at Constantinople with vast Sums of this mony, which were all seized and forced to the Mint. In like manner other Ships arrived at Smyrna with the same Commodity, which my self would not suffer to be landed, and some of them having no other foundation of Stock or Freight, returned empty, to the great loss of the Employers. It was strange to see, how on a sudden all Trade ceased, no mony being left in the Country, few Bargains were made but by Bar∣ters; and though all this ruine might wholly be attributed to the ill Government, yet the people were contented, and sate down with the loss. And thus concluded this extravagant Trade of false Mony, being supposed to have wrought more of destruction and loss at the end, than it brought of benefit at the begin∣ning; memorable for nothing more than for expiring so quietly, though it had the chief part of the Turkish Empire to support and defend it.

During these Troubles the Grand Signior passed his time in hunting near Larissa, where he ruined the Country round about, and tired the people with beating and driving the Woods for Game and wild Beasts to divertise him, in which, as formerly, he continued so excessively immoderate, that without conside∣ration of the heats, or colds, or moisture of the season, he compelled the people, but espe∣cially the Jews (of which great numbers in∣habit that Country) to continual labours in the Woods and Fields; by which many died through the rigid Frosts of the Winter and Calentures of the Summer. But yet notwith∣standing these Divertisements, the Grand Signior could not easily cast off the melan∣choly

apprehensions and fears he had for the state of his Affairs, imagining that the long delays and ill success at Candia, and defaults in Govern∣ment had begotten in his Subjects a hate to∣wards his Person, and a desire of alteration. Wherefore the Spring approaching, he retired into a solitary but pleasant shade amongst the Mountains, where sprang cool and crystalline waters, about sixteen hours Journey from La∣rissa. In this solitude his melancholy thoughts again disquieted him with a jealousie and suspici∣on,* 21.22 lest his Brothers now at Constantinople should take their advantage, and one of them be by the Peoples consent and assistance placed in his Imperial Seat: which imagination made that impression in him, that he immediately dispatched away a trusty and valiant Officer with all secrecy, without making any noise, to bring him their Heads, directing his Commands to his Mother, in whose custody they were; not doubting of her help and assent, as being most nearly concerned in his interest, expected every hour the return of his Messenger with that grateful Present, which could only cure the torture of his jealousie, and alleviate his cares. But no sooner was this fatal Command arrived at the hands of the Queen, but she trembled so much, that she could scarce hold the Paper. At length considering, that (as hath been said before) she had given in caution to the Janisaries for the lives of these Princes, and that to her care they were committed she immediately dis∣closed and published the design of the Grand Signior to the Janisar-Aga, craving his help and protection, protesting that she was resolved to maintain the faith she had given to those Princes, whose life she tendered equal with her own. This advice and resolution of the Queen-Mother being brought to the Janisaries, was heartily approved, and protestations, given that they would never abandon her, nor the lives she preserved. The rumour hereof in an instant flew through the streets; but with such variety of reports, that nothing of cer∣tainty was known, only in general some great ruine was apprehended to threaten the City; whereupon a strange outcry was made to shut up the shops, and every one to consult the safety of the Publick. But some few hours after, it being more distinctly known, that the Grand Signior had sent for the Heads of his Brothers; the People of Constantinople, whose sole hopes of seeing the Royal City restored to its ancient Honour, was by the conservation of these Princes, were in a greater combusti∣on than before; for every one then betook himself to his Arms: so that in a short time were assembled forty thousand men at Okmedon well appointed, where confiding in the strength of a general Cause, in which they were ingaged, they vented many opprobrious speeches against the Government, calling the Chief Ministers Orsysler, which is unfortunate Fellows, a term amongst the Turks, of the greatest ignominy, especially to a Governor, and loudly exclaimed and wished for a reformation. In the mean time the Queen-Mother desired aid from the Janisaries, and Guards about the Apartments of the Princes, lest the Bostangees, who are the Creatures of the Grand Signior, should assault their Quarters. The Consultations also amongst the Janisaries were long and secret, and the Queen-Mother dispatched several Messages to the Grand Signior, advising him to forsake the Mountains, and repair to one of his Imperial Cities, as became the Majesty of so great a Sultan, being the only means to secure to him the establishment of his Crown. And now the Reader will with impatience at∣tend the conclusion and issue of so great ru∣mours and disturbances; but it is now, as it hath been experienced in other Common∣wealths,* 21.23 acribus, ut fermè talia, initiis, incurioso fine, matters violent in their original, spend themselves at first, and produce nothing re∣markable in their end. And so was the effect of these recesses, and mutiny of the people at Constantinople, whose humour of novelty and change venting it self, and in four or five days tired with expectation; at length every one be∣gan to return to his dwelling and employment. The face likewise of things at Constantinople seemed quiet and appeased, carrying with it, as it were, a still modesty and shame for the late disorders; and nothing was heard or mur∣mured for the space of twenty or thirty days after, until the Grand Signior trembling with the fears of this confused Rebellion, kept more strict Guards than ordinary within his moun∣tains, and after being better recollected, entered into Consultation, and being advised of the Heads and Leaders of the late Insurrection, proscribed such as were the prime Actors, and having dispatched away two or three Messen∣gers on this Errant, they entered secretly in the Night to their Lodgings, where they quiet∣ly, and without noise, took off the heads of four or five of them, and banished as many without the least noise, or notice taken thereof by the Vulgar. And because this disorder happened at Constantinople, for which the chief Commander ought to answer, the Chimacam passed not without a jealousie either of negli∣gence or consent; wherefore the Vizier sent for him and the Janisar-Aga to Candia, as if he had occasion of their service, though not without their own fears and suspicion of others, to answer and make satisfaction for the late mutiny. And thus for a while this Flame is extinguished, and the fire raked up in the Embers. We must expect a while and observe when and where it will again burst forth.

The Spring now approaching, which sup∣plies new Spirits, and warm and fresh bloud into the Veins of Man, as well as sap in Trees, and life in other Vegetables; let us return again to the Wars, and survey the Camp, and po∣sture of Affairs before the walls in Candia. The Turkish Army, which, like worms be∣nummed with the Cold of Winter, had lain immured between their Banks of Earth, did not ply their Assaults so frequently as they had done in Summer, only for a Winters exercise, battered the inward Works of St. Andrea's Fort, which as we said before, they had hardly beset. And now the time for action being again come about,* 21.24 they renewed their storm on that side so violently, pressing forward the least esteem∣ed of their Souldiery, that with the help of Spade and Mattock, and blowing up of some Mines, they penetrated forty paces within the Walls of the City: But the Christians having long since forseen ••••e weakness of that side, made it part of their ••inters labours to draw another Wall from the Fort Panigra (whose Revelin or Out-work was before blown up) crossing over almost to the Tram••ta, which they for∣tified as well as could be expected, and

made constant and bold resistance against the Enemy. Notwithstanding which the Turks pressed so constantly and boldly forward, that though the Christians were strong within, and provided with all sorts of provisions both of war and sustenance, yet nothing supported their Courages and Spirits more than the expectati∣on of promised Succours from France and Italy; it being reported, and generally believed, that they would be so numerous as might be able to give Battel in the Field unto the Turk, and force them out of their Trenches; for by no other means was it possible for this City to be relieved: for it might fare with this place, as it did formerly with Rhodes and Ostend, which, though wanting neither men nor provisions, were yet taken by palms and inches of ground, till not so much was left, as would hold men to defend them. A pregnant example (as Sr. Wil∣liam Temple well observes) how impossible it is to defend any Town that cannot be relieved by an Army strong enough to raise the Siege. Whilst the Christians were entertained with these hopes, the Turks fortified themselves without as strongly as the besieged had within, heaving like Moles with their numerous Army of Pio∣neers, whose lives being not valued, they were wholly intent unto Mines, blowing up all be∣fore them, in that manner that every day they gained a pace of ground within the City. So that in effect (as will be seen by the Sequel) this most impregnable Fort of the World was forced and taken by the Spade and Shovel, and by a Crew of unarmed Labourers, who understood nothing more than the Plough and Harrow. So that now this Town seemed to be reduced to its utmost Crisis, either of being taken, or for ever freed of this malignant Enemy. And indeed the Turks had so far advanced upon the Bulwark of St. Andrea, that now nothing remained of it, more than ruines, and undigested heaps of Earth and stone, in defence of which the chief Commanders applying themselves in person with all diligence, the Marquess St. An∣drea Montbrun was wounded by a stone in the face, the Cavalier de Bret was buried in the ruines to the very Neck, and with difficulty drawn out of the Earth by Assistants about him; two other Cavaliers were wounded with Granadoes, and the Cavalier Fuillere, who car∣ried the Standard of Malta, was shot into the Eye with a Musket. The Proveditor General Carnaro serving at the repair of the Breach, was so wounded in the Belly by a Granado, that his Bowels burst, of which he died in three hours; and with a piece of the same Gra∣nado the Count Vignole, a French Gentle∣man of great Valour, was likewise slain: And so hotly the Turks plyed this Breach, that from the 28th. of May to the 2d of June they sprang five Mines, which brake all the Palisades of the Christians; the which the Turks seconded with that fury and mettle, as if they intended to win the place and make an end of their work, before the arrival of the Forces expected from Christendom. And this Post was now grown so dangerous and weak, that the Captain-General, the Marquess of Mont∣brun, and all the chief Officers took up their Quarters at this place, where his Excellency kept an open Table, and the Marquess took up his Lodgings at Night, that so the other Officers might have no excuse on account of attendances or orders to abandon these Quar∣ters.

The Princes of Christendom all this time for∣got not their besieged Brethren in Candia. Pope Clement the IX. pressed the most Christian King to make ready his succours in due time,* 21.25 who had already himself prepared all things, and elected the Duke of Beaufort his General of all the Forces by Sea, whether of French or other Nations. This Duke, like a couragious and brave Prince, thinking it little glory to command at Sea, where the Enemy was of an inferiour and unable Force to encounter him, did therefore desire Licence from his King to make tryal of his Fortune in the Field, where he might evidence his Valour in the face of the Infidels, and signalize his Fame either by Death or Victory. The King, unwilling to hazard so worthy a person of his bloud out of his due Command in the rank of an ordinary Souldier, at first denied his requests; but the Pope interceding for him, whose General he was, with holy Arguments, and devout Contem∣plations of Martyrdom, and glory of dying for the Christian Cause, at length obtained a concession from the King, who of himself was flexible to so pious a request, esteeming it unholy to deprive his Kinsman either of the Palm of a Martyr, or the Lawrel of a Conqueror.

The Summer being come, and all things pro∣vided,* 21.26 the Duke ascended his Ship at Tolon a City in Provence, the 6th. of June, New-style, with about seven thousand Land Souldiers, com∣manded by the Duke of Navailles, with the Marshals Lebret and Colbert, and several other Worthies and Heroes of undaunted Courage, and arrived before the Town of Candia the 19th. of the same Month, having casually encountred together in the Seas on the 17th. with fourteen Sail of Venetian Ships, laden with Horse and Ammunition to mount the Troops, and relieve the Town: which happy encounter and speedy passage, seemed a happy Omen of the future success. The appearance of this succour seem∣ed to the Besieged as sent from Heaven, and administred unto them new hopes and cou∣rage; and the salutes passed between the Town and the Fleet with the usual Ceremonies, and all the imaginable testimonies of joy and triumph.

No sooner were they arrived than the two Generals, with other principal Officers,* 21.27 imme∣diately in their Shallops took the best view and survey they could of the Enemies Camp, and the Condition of the Besieged; in which whilst they entertained themselves, they espied a small Vessel making towards them with St. Mark's Colours, in which was the famous Engineer Signior Castellano, dispatched by the Captain General Morosini with an axact plat of the Town, and disposition of the Turkish Camp, which being particularly viewed and considered, it was evident, That if the Turks should make some very forcible Attempt before the new For∣ces could be landed (as it was very probable they might) they would put all in hazard of being lost; wherefore the Captain General pressed to have some succours immediately supplied to be assistant in that case of extremity; To which the Duke of Navailles immediately consented, and landed himself that Night in person with suf∣ficient Force to mount the Guard on the Breach of St. Andrea, whose first Rettenchment was continually battered by the Turks; and though there was a second Retrenchment in hand, yet time being required for compleating there∣of, that part of the Town would be re∣duced

to its ultimate hazard; for should the Enemy spring a Mine (which they feared was already formed under the present Work) it would lay all open and naked, without other Fortification. The Duke being ashoar, was received by Morosini with all demonstrations of Civility and Respect due to a personage of his Quality and Employment; and with a wel∣come suitable to the present extremity of his Affairs: all Ceremonies and Complements were soon passed over, the urgency of matters not permitting them time to be long imper∣tinent;* 21.28 so that falling into the Discourse of the common safety, it was resolved that the succours should be immediately landed, which was performed with that diligence and ex∣pedition, that in two days the whole Army came safe on shore, excepting only some few, cut short by shot from the Enemies Camp.

On the 23d. the Generals and other Officers, held a Council of War,* 21.29 amongst whom was also the Marquess of St. Andrea; and did un∣animously conclude, that the Town was no longer tenable, or to be maintained unless by some extraordinary enterprize attempted on the Enemy, and by some furious Sally per∣formed with resolution, and stratagems of War, in order unto which it was resolved, That the 27th. should be the day of sally both with Horse and Foot, and that the Fleet not to lose their part in this action, should play with their great Guns on that side of the Turkish-Army which lay incamped on the Quarters of St. Andrea.* 21.30 All the Forces were landed on the 26th. and the whole night fol∣lowing was spent in preparations for the next days sally: the Army being drawn up made four Batalions, the first called the Admirals commanded by the Sieurs Martel, Vandre, and Gravier; the second was the Vice-Ad∣mirals commanded by the Sieurs de la Monthe and Planta; the third was the Rere-Admirals under Command of Chevalier de Bouillion, Garbaret, and the Chevalier Dailly; the fourth was the Batalion of the Sieur d' Almeras com∣manded under him by the Sieurs Panetier, de la Rogue, Fontier, Bitault, and the Chevalier de Nemond; and on the left hand of these afore∣said Batalions, the Guards of the Duke of Beau∣fort were disposed. The Duke of Beaufort un∣willing to be a Spectator in this glorious Action, without bearing a part in his own person, af∣ter he had given order to the Fleet to accost the shore on the side of St. Andrea, as near as consisted with their security, and from thence with their great Guns to annoy the Enemies Camp as much as was possible, came that night on shore, resolving to fight in the Head of the Forlorn Hope, from which hazardous ad∣venture no intreaties or counsel of his friends could prevail to disswade him.

The Forlorn consisted of 400 men, on the head of which marched fifty men with hand Granadoes, flanked with three Troops of Horse, Commanded by Count Dampire: the Regiments of Guards, with four Troops of Horse for their Wings, flanked also with three Regiments of Foot, followed the For∣lorn. The Reserve consisted of the Regiments of Harcourt, Conti, Lignieres, Rosan, Montpesat, and Vendosme, flanked with four Troops of Horse under Command of the Count Choiseul, which placed themselves on a rising ground, to hinder all Communication between the Vizier, whose Camp was before St. Andrea, and the Janizar Aga, who lay before Sabionera. Be∣tween the first and second line, were placed fifty Musketiers of the King, to be assistant on occasion; and the other Troops of Horse were to take the left hand along the Trench leading to the Sabionera: the Regiment of Montpeyroux was to mount the Guard on the Fort of St. Demetrius to secure the Retreat, if occasion should require. In like manner five hundred Pioniers were ordered to level the Trenches of the Enemy on the Quarter of St. Andrea, whilst the Body of the Turks Army was imployed in repulsing the violence of the Sally.

Things being disposed in this manner, and the morn approaching, the Forces marched out by the Gate of St. George with all silence possi∣ble; covering their Matches, that the fire might not alarm the Enemy; the Onset was to begin with the dawning of the day, and the Signal was to be given by firing of the chief Mine Roy∣al; which being large,* 21.31 and furnished with a great quantity of Powder, might (as was sup∣posed) make way to the slaughter of the Turks whom the Christians might find terrified and disordered by such an unexpected accident. This Mine was reserved for the last extremity, but being low was full of water; so that the Powder was stowed on floats and rafts to sup∣port it, but yet received so great a damp and moisture, that when they came to spring it, the Powder took not fire, which was the first disap∣pointment of this Enterprise. Though some are of opinion, that the Mine was so vast, and contained such a quantity of Powder, that the Engineers were timorous to spring it, lest it should reverse on the Besieged, as well as take effect on the Enemies Camp. But be it how it will, a quarter of an hour before day the Generals expecting no longer, the Forlorn Hope which lay within half a Musket-shot of the Enemy, assaulted two Redoubts, took them,* 21.32 and put them all to the Sword: with the like courage the other Regiments entred the Line, and making themselves Masters of the Trenches after much blood and slaughter, and storming a Fort on which was the Battery directed against St. Demetrio, possessed themselves of it, and therewith of a great Magazine of Powder belonging to the Enemy, spiking all the Cannon that were found therein.

The day by this time being clearly broken out, discovered the action; so that the Turks with all expedition put themselves into a Body on the Hill near New Candy, from whence ob∣serving and contemning the small number of the Christians, came thundring down in great numbers to regain their Trenches. The Duke of Navailles perceiving his Forlorn hardly be∣set, came in to their assistance with two Regi∣ments of Foot, and two Troops of Horse, which behaved themselves with that gallantry, as ingaged the Turks again to quit their Trenches. But whilst success seemed thus to smile on the Christians, the Magazine of Powder which was newly won, containing an hundred thirty four Kintals of Powder (by what accident is not known) took fire, and blew up all into the air, by which many were destroyed and wounded, especially of the Battallion of the Guards, with many Officers. This fatal blow quite turned the Scale of Fortune. For the

Souldiers hearing the dreadful clap, and feel∣ing as it were the Earth to tremble under them, supposed it to be the eruption of some Mine near them,* 21.33 with which they were so amazed, that they began with confusion to disperse to the right and left, and put themselves into shame∣ful flight. In like manner the Forces near the Sea sensible of the blow, began to retreat, and abandon their design, which no perswasions of their Officers, or other incouragement could animate them to prosecute; but that the faint∣ness of a second Attempt (an infirmity accorded of ancient Times to be incident to the nature of the French Nation) prevailed upon their spirits, beyond any possibility of arrest, so that in a disorderly manner they fled into the Body of the first Battalion, where being now united with the Reserve, they for some time sustained the shock of the Enemy; until other Bodies of the Turks from New Candia and St. Andrea over-powered them with greater multi∣tudes, so that then they wholly abandoned the field, and every one as well as he could, sought his Sanctuary and refuge within the Precincts of the Fortifications. Howsoever Choiseul and Lebret, each of which had a Horse killed under him, incouraging their Troops, disputed the case yet longer, and still with other Officers made head upon the Ene∣my; but at length with the Duke of Navailles, and several other Gentlemen, who made their way through the Enemy with their Swords, they were forced to retreat honourably into the Town. The Duke of Beaufort was said to have laboured much in resisting the shameful flight of his men, and venturing his Person into danger, from whence he resolved never to retreat, was overwhelmed with unequal numbers, and so fell amongst the common heaps: but his body, though much sought after, being not found, it was believed rather, that he perished by that fatal Magazine of Powder, which blowing up, affrighted and disordered the whole Christian Army.

But not only did misfortunes attend the Land-Forces, but the Fleet at Sea shared in the dis∣asters. For some few days after the wind blow∣ing hard from the Sea, caused the Ships to ride at a distance from the shore. The whole Fleet consisted of eighty Ships small and great, fifty Gallies, and six Galleasses, being the whole Force of that Year from France, Italy, and Malta. All which being at Anchor in due order as near the shore as was safe or conve∣nient, made many shot into the Turks Camp, but with little execution: during which Action, the Santa Teresa, a French Ship of seventy Brass Guns blew up, and her whole Company lost, being about three hundred men, of which seven only were saved; the Admiral of France be∣ing near to this Ship, received five shot from her which passed through her, and by the Splinters and fall of Timbers; the Vessel called La Reale had six Cavaliers killed, and forty Souldiers Slaves were killed and wounded. After this it was proposed in Council, That another Sally should be made of ten thousand French; to which the Duke De Navailles assent∣ed, on condition that they might be preceded in the Van by four thousand Venetians, who were well acquainted and versed in the nature of the place, and knew the several Redoubts, Galleries, and Trenches of the Enemy. But the Captain General being desirous to reserve his own experienced Souldiers to the ultimate and last occasion of emergency, refused to assent thereunto.

The loss the Turks sustained that day was uncertain, of the French were only an hundred thirty five heads brought in by tale, as I was in∣formed from one who was present when they were counted, amongst which were many prin∣cipal Officers.* 21.34 For besides the Duke of Beaufort were slain the Count Rosan, the Chevalier di Villarceaux, the Chevalier de Quelas, the Sieur de Guene-gaud, Marquis de Fabert Major of the Regiment of Lorrain, the Sieurs de Montreuil Captain of the Guards, de Beauvais and Do, Garnier, La Paneterie Touvenin, Lanson, Belle∣brune, Hautefage d'Avenne, Maran de S. Jean de Chauveniere, Goindreville Captain of the Regiment of Bretagne, Forcan, du Boulet Cap∣tains of the Regiment of Harcourt, Chaselet, Martinval de Bossemoat, de la Haye, de Bourneuf, de Vandre Martel Captain of a Ship, the Che∣valier Lodevé with nine Captains and eight Lieu∣tenants Reformades of the Brigade of Picardy, Navarre, and Normandy. The Sieur Lebret was shot through the Buttocks with a Musket-bullet; besides whom were wounded the Sieurs de Montagne Colonel of a Regiment, de Castelan Major of the Guards, de Cavison, Croiselles, de Montigny, and de Moissac by the Bat∣tery which blew up: the Chevalier d'Ail∣leurs; was hurt with an Arrow through the Arm De la Marliere Lieutenant-Colonel of the Regiment of Lorrain with five or six Of∣ficers of that Body, and Villiers Lieutenant-Colonel of the Regiment Jonzac were all wound∣ed. The Marquess of Lignieres had his Thigh broken and a Finger shot off, and his Lieute∣nant-Colonel had his Arm broken. The Marquess of St. Vallier Collonel with five or six of his Officers, the Chevalier de Novion Colonel with several Officers of the Regiments of Bretagnie, Mont∣pezat, Harcourt, and Conti were all wounded, with four other Captains of Horse, and four Lieutenants; also the Marquess of Ʋxelles, the Chevalier de la Haugette, the Count de Losse Captain of the Guards to the Duke of Navailles, the Count de Montbrun Commander of the Kings Musquetiers, and the Sieur de Tagni Quarter-master-General were wounded: who being Persons of great Quality as well as Cou∣rage that left their Country, and exposed them∣selves to dangers, with no other motive than their own gallantry or defence of the Christian Cause, ought be numbred amongst the Heroes and Champions of our Age. Of Prisoners there were not above seven or eight taken, amongst which were the Sieur de Bois-Dauphin a Norman, and Son of a Marshal of France, and the Sieur de Chateau Neuf, the first for his Youth, Beauty, and Courage greatly esteemed by the Turks, and both entertained by the Vizier with more generosity than usually pos∣sesses the Nature of Turks: who after this success, having gathered and thrown the heads of the slain according to their manner into a heap, did one day in merriment pitch them upon the points of their Lances, and ranking them in file and order, with Hats and Feathers on them, beat the French March amongst them with shouts and Vollies of Muskets.

Matters succeeding in this manner unhappily, and the Enemy already almost in the midst of the Town, being come to the last Retrench∣ment, beyond which could be raised no more

inward Fortifications; the Officers as in like cases of misfortune began to throw the blame upon each other, and the contest between the French and Italians grew as hot within the Town, as the War was without; so that the Duke of Navailles appearing discontented,* 21.35 though in reali∣ty he might well be discouraged, and might be apprehensive with due reason that the Town was in a desperate condition; howsoever he pretended, that the time was almost expired, which the King had prefixed for the continuance of his Forces in Candia and that therefore he could not think of any other design for them, than that which was in order to their imbark∣ing. The Captain-General being greatly sur∣prised at this resolution, endeavoured to per∣swade him to the contrary, and being accom∣panied with the General of Candia, and the Proveditor General waited on the Duke at his own Quarters, where he represented to him in the most efficacious terms possible the present dangerous condition to which the City was reduced; until which time, under the Pro∣vidence of God, they acknowleged the preserva∣tion thereof to the magnanimous Arms of their religious King; and therefore in such a con∣juncture of misfortunes and extremity they knew not unto whom they might have recourse for assistance, but to the Generosity of his Ex∣cellency, and of those Gentlemen, who for no other end but that of Religion and Honour, had undertaken so great a Voyage, and had vol∣luntarily cast themselves into the hourly dangers of this Siege: That the Succour they demanded was really great and most important for defence of the place, in regard that thereon their whole safety depended. Howsoever it might have cost some labour, though not much blood to the French Forces, if they would have work∣ed on a new Retrenchment with the same ce∣lerity and diligence, as they formerly used, whereby the Siege might be prolonged until the the Winter, or till the Christian Princes might take new measures, and send greater Recruits Hereunto Navailles gave answer, That the zeal which the King his Master conceived for the con∣servation of Candia, was evidenced by better effects, than the empty promises without fruit of other Princes; and that accounting the pre∣sent number of Forces and Gentlemen of con∣siderable Quality which were ingaged in this War, together with the great expence and charge his Majesty had been at in maintenance of a Fleet to transport them, his Majesties affe∣ction to the Republick was unquestionable: and that both he and his Officers who had the ho∣nour to command those Forces had undertaken along Voyage, and entred into dangers with constancy and readiness of mind, and had assault∣ed the Enemy almost before they saw them, and given relief to the Town before they set their foot in it: but if the issue of affairs did not cor∣respond with a•• success agreeable to their good intentions, and the primary design of this Enter∣prise, they must have patience, seeing that it costs no other than the slaughter of French-••••••, and that there had been a large effusion of the Noble and Illustrious as well as of the common blood. It was a species of ingratitude not ••o remain contented with such forcible ar∣guments of friendship; and it was a breach of modesty to pretend, that because his King had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them eight thousand men, that therefore they should continue in Candia so long as one remained alive. It was true, that besides the Kings service he was acted by some inward mo∣tives of Religion, but that he could not trans∣gress the Commands and Instructions of his Majesty, which injoyned him to imbark his Forces in order to their return about the 20th. of that present month of August. In reply to which, though the Captain-General and the other Venetian Officers, and also Bali Rospigliosi the Admiral of the Popes Gallies urged his stay with all the instances and ar∣guments imaginable, yet nothing could pre∣vail to detain him until the arrival of other Forces, only he was contented to leave six hundred men in the Town during the time that he continued at Standia: so that by this time having imbarked his Forces, and lastly the six hundred men left on the Works, the Duke took his farewel and departed: so that the Town being as it were deserted and for∣saken of its chief hopes, all things were given for desperate, and men began to be weary of their lives, as well as of the War and of their labours; and whereas with the assistance of the French, (as it was said in the Council) the Town might have held out until the next Spring, it was now by this grand revulsion reduced to its last Crisis, and so weakened, as that no possibility of preservation remained but in honourable terms of Surrender. And though the French in their Voyage home about Malta encountred positive Orders to remain on the place, yet judging the Town might al∣ready be surrendered, and so the return dis∣graceful and in vain, proceeded notwithstand∣ing in their course for France, for which default and want of constancy the Duke of Navailles being arrived at Tolon, sustained the punish∣ment of his Princes disfavour, and ordered for some time not to approach the Court.

The Turks, by departure of the French,* 21.36 increasing in hopes and courage, made an assault on the Quarters of Sabionera and St. Andrea; and first attaquing some Souldiers to the number of about thirty, who were placed on the Guard at the Post of St. Pelagia, they cut most of them off, and put the rest to flight; with which the Turks being more animated, advanced to the Palisade of the new Rentrench∣ment; but Vollies of Cannon, and showers of Musket-shot, and stones pouring on them, gave some stop to the ••ury of their career. Grimaldi observing that the Enemy was at a stand, brought up his Voluntiers and Cavalry which served on Foot, and together with the Forces from Brunswick so plyed the Turks with stones, Granadoes, and shot, that the Fight was con∣fused, bloody, and horrid; howsoever the Ene∣my so persisted, that the Commanders gave Order, That the gross of the Army should fall on; but the Souldiers were so broken and torn, that they refused to advance, though thrust forward with the point of Sword and Spear. The Captain-General in the mean time taking his course along the Marine, on which part also the Turks were far advanced, caused a Mine to be sprang under the thickest crowd of the Turks: which consisting of an hundred Barrels of Powder, made such a destruction, as abated much of the storm, and induced the Enemy to retire within their Re∣doubts. The Marquess St. Andrea, in like manner performing the office of a valiant and experienced Souldier, applied himself to all

places where danger most required his pre∣sence, and recovered certain Breast-works which the Enemy had gained in the Skirmish.

Nor was the storm less furious and bloody on the part of Sabionera, nor was the success and advantage on the Christians side less consi∣derable, in all which the Souldiery deserved great commendations and renown; the two French Regiments of Perasi and Jonsac under the Command of the Sieur Choiseul did won∣ders; as also those few which remained of the Regiments of Savoy commanded by Signior Arborio: Signior Rados, Micolo Polani a Noble Venetian, the Proveditor Cornaro, the Colo∣nels Gabriel, Givii, and the Sergeant Major of the Troops of Brunswick, and Serjeant Major Bellegarde, as also the Commander in cheif of Malta gave honourable testimonies of their Bravery and Valour. In short the Cap∣tain-General praised them all, which was the best reward he could bestow on such generous Souls; and then sent Orders to Standia, That the Forces arrived with the Duke Mirandola should immediately be landed: these Forces, which when they were first imbarked, amounted to the number of a thousand five hundred men, were now by Calentures and other sick∣nesses caused by the excessive heats of the sea∣son reduced to six hundred; and though they were unhealthy and unexperienced Souldiers, yet the extremity of Affairs was such, as called them to immediate service, and to be placed on the Guard of the new Retrench∣ment.

But all this could give little relief to the perishing condition of this miserable Town; which was not only weakened by departure of the French, but by at least five hundred others, such as Swedes and Germans, and other Na∣tions, who notwithstanding all care and endea∣vours to the contrary, crowded under the French Banner. Likewise the Batalion of Malta imbarked, which though reduced to a small Body, was yet very considerable for the Quality and Valour of the Cavaliers; which example all the Voluntiers followed, and there∣by reduced the Town to a condition beyond all possibility of defence; for that in actual service not above four thousand men remained, and of these at least an hundred a day being killed, the Town must necessarily in a short time become a prey to the Enemy; wherefore the Captain-General called a Council of the most eminent Officers;* 21.37 and because the mat∣ter was of great importance, he judged fit also to have the opinion of the Commanders of the Galleasses, and of the other Cap∣tains of the Fleet. At this Council were present.

• Francesco Morosini Captain General.
• Giacomo Contarini Duke of Candia.
• Girolamo Battaglia Proveditor General of Arms.
• Daniel Morosini Proveditor of the Kingdom.
• Giacomo Cornaro Proveditor of the Kingdom.
• Alvise Minio Commissary of the Ammuni∣tion and Provision.
• Marquis St. Andrea Montbrun General of the Army.
• Marquis of Frontenac Lieutenant General.
• The Baron Frederick de Spaar General of the Tramontani.
• The Cavalier Bartolomeo Varisano Grimaldi Sergeant General.
• Baron Chilmerseck Serjeant General.
• Count Francis Salvatico Governor of the Arms of the City.
• Cavalier Verneda Chief Engineer, and Su∣perintendent of the Artillery.
• On the other side sate the Commanders at Sea, which were as followeth.
• Lorenzo Cornaro Proveditor of the Fleet.
• Alvisé Magno Captain in Extraordinary of the Galleasses.
• Iseppo Morosini Captain in Ordinary of the Galleasses.
• Georgio Benzoni Captain of the Gulf.
• Ascanio Giustiniano Governor of the Gulf.
• Angelo Morosini Pay-master.
• Gio. Batt. Calbo Commissary of the Ammu∣nition and Provisions.
• Alexandro Locattelli Cancellier.

All which having taken their places, the Captain General began to declare, That the extremity of the place was so well known and evident to them all, that there was no need for him to inform them of the particulars; only that he had called them together to know their opinions and counsels in what manner the de∣fence of the Town might be best prolonged, and what advice they would give him touching the present premures and emergency of Affairs. He added further, That he had by good ex∣perience proved them to be as well judicious and wise in their Counsels, as they were valiant in the Execution; and that now was the time to lay aside all ostentation of speech, and to attend unto that which was solid reason and advice, which he desired every one to deliver freely with a clear and real sense and affection towards the grand Concernment. Then he ordered the Cancellier to read a short preamble of the matter on which they were to deliver their opinions, desiring every one to express his judgment in Writing; But after some few had subscribed their Declaration, so much time was spent therein, that it was conceived more expedite for every person to declare his opinion by word of mouth.

As to the first point all generally concurred, that considering the small number of the De∣fendants, the Town could not hold out much longer; for that the Enemy on the side of St. Andrea was arrived to the last Retrenchment, which being low, weak, and composed of bad matter, could not long resist their power; that on the side also of Sabionera they were so far advanced by the lower grounds towards the Arsenal, that in a short time they would block up the Port, and cut off all provisions and succours from the Town; and that if the Enemy were resolved to adventure the loss of two or three thousand men by a general storm; there would remain no possibility of with∣standing their Force. This being generally assented unto, and concluded on all hands, another Question was propounded; namely, That considering the premises, what was to be done which might render the most effectual service to the Republick; it was well known how important that place was to the Publick, and what vast Treasures of Gold and Silver, and what plentiful Effusions of bloud had been expended and poured forth in defence thereof; and that therefore it ought to be maintained to the utmost and last gasp of strength; but

that it ought also to be considered, That the Town being either taken by assault, or the Port blocked up, there would certainly ensue such deplorable Consequences as every person may imagine; and the Republick be damaged by losing all that which is now in a possibility of being saved. It was therefore put to the Vote, beginning on the side of the Inferiors, as the custom is, and so ascending to the chief; and it was resolved that they should capitulate, and enter into a Treaty with the Turks. When it came to Grimaldi's turn to speak, he con∣fessed clearly, That the Town could not hold out for many days, and though it was more glorious to the Defenders to dye on the Walls of it, yet it would be of worse service to the Publick; howsoever he was of opinion, that rather than surrender, it would be better to burn it, or blow it up with Mines; in execu∣tion of which, the wounded and unserviceable people should in the first place be shipped away, then taking the opportunity of a dark and quiet Night, the Infantry might be all em∣barked; it was true, as he confessed, that the action was difficult and full of hazard; howso∣ever, two things moved him to this Counsel; One was, The little assurance he conceived of the faith of the Turks; and the other was, The gloriousness of the action: for as this City had been in an extraordinary manner de∣fended, and of which the World cannot give the like example; so the end thereof would not be less renowned and famous, it not being a greater triumph to drive the Enemy from the Walls, than being vanquisht to leave a bloudy Victory, and instead of a Palace a heap of stones and ashes. Many of the Council, and amongst them Marquess St. Andrea Mont∣brun was of the same opinion, and the Com∣missary Minio endeavoured to second it with efficacious Arguments; But in fine, after a long Discourse, they all concluded that the resolu∣tion was more generous than practicable; by reason that so many people could not be em∣barked without knowledge of the Enemy, who was not only quartered near, but within the very Walls of the City.

The Captain General was of a different opinion; for that besides the difficulty of em∣barking the Souldiery, there were also some other considerations which might disswade this resolution, and render it more prejudicial to the Publick than a Surrender by Composition. After some short debate, all at length concur∣red in the same sentiment, from which also Grimaldi did not much dissent, confessing that the proposition he had made would prove difficult in the Execution; howsoever, consi∣dering the little faith which the Turks observe, he thought it more secure to confide their safety to Fortune and their own Swords, than to the engagements and moderation of a perfi∣dious and enraged Enemy. In short, he sub∣mitted wholly to the better judgments of the Council, and more particularly to the Cap∣tain-General, and the Marquess of St. Andrea, who were best acquainted with what more nearly concerned the service and interest of the Prince.

In fine, the conclusion was, That they should enter into a Treaty with the Vizier, and endeavour to obtain the most advan∣tageous Conditions possible. Howsoever, it was thought fit to advertise first this their de∣termination to the Auxiliary Forces at Standia; and to renew the instances they had formerly made to them for three thousand men,* 21.38 with which, and with two thousand Gally Slaves they would endeavour the making of another Retrenchment, whereby the Town might be conserved for some time longer. Howsoever, in this Interim the Captain General being willing to touch the Viziers pulse, that he might better discover in what manner he stood affected towards a Treaty, dispatched one Colonel Thomas Anand, an Englishman, of courage, and of able Parts, and of intire honesty, together with one Stefano Cordili, an intelligent young man to the Vizier's Camp; and that his design might not be discovered by those of the Town, they were ordered to pass from Standia with a white Flag•• up the River Gioffiro; and that being come to a Treaty, they should only discover the mind and inclinations of the Turks, without making known their intentions, or entering into par∣ticulars.

Being come in this manner prepared to the Vizier's Camp, they told the Turks, That they were come to renew the Treaty begun by Signior Molino, which had been broken off by the Arrival of the French and Pope's Forces; to which a Turk, then come from the Vizier's Tent, resolutely answered, That they should think of no Articles, nor Treaty without a Surrender, To which Anand replyed, That they would do well to acquaint the Vizier so much, for that perhaps he might be of ano∣ther opinion; and so not urging farther they departed; but returning after Dinner the same Turk came down again, called Achmet Aga, a Confident of the Vizier's together with Pa∣naiotti the Vizier's Interpreter; and then with more earnestness declaring, That nothing would be heard, unless in the first place they were resolved to deliver the Town, and threatned them in case they returned without this Pro∣position: The Captain General being advised hereof, the next morning Anand and Scordili went again on the same message; and meeting the Turks under Paleocastro, they acquainted them that they had orders to treat about a Surrender; but first desired to know what Ar∣ticles they would give them, and what Town in exchange for this. In this manner a Treaty being begun, it was resolved for better expedi∣tion to erect Tents nearer to the Town for the place of Conference, where the Plenipotentia∣ries on both sides were to meet. Ibrahim Pasha, late Pasha of Aleppo, Achmet Aga, the Kahya∣begh of the Janisaries, the Spahyler Agasi, and the Interpreter Panaiotri, were the persons chosen by the Turks on the part of the Chri∣stians, after some Debate, no other persons were chosen besides Anand and Scordili, who meeting the Turks at the time and place ap∣pointed, demanded of them some other place in exchange for that of Candia. To which the Turks with some heat replyed, That it was against their Law to deliver Towns where Moschs were built, into the hands of Christians. To which the others answered, That this could not be their Law, since that in a Treaty some months past begun by the Cavelier Molino, they had offered to deliver up into the hands of the Christians Candia Nuova, Sitia, and Girapitra, all places where Mahometan

Moschs were erected; and though the Turks might now imagine it easie to win the Town by force, they assured them that greater diffi∣culties remained; and that if they remembred what bloud, what labours, and what Treasures their small acquests and advance had cost them, they might thence calculate what Force still remained to conquer, and that the last gasp of this dying Fortress would spend it self with more ruine and destruction than they had felt in all the other approaches and assaults there∣unto. In fine, the Turks seeming resolved to be sole Masters of the whole Kingdom of Candia, the Venetians began to condescend to receive some compensation in another man∣ner.

Howsoever, the difficulties were not yet ended but greater appeared, for the Turks de∣manded satisfaction for the charge of the War; and the Haratch or head-mony, which for all those years of the Wars they had not received from the people of the Isles of the Ar∣chipelago; they demanded also a Tribute for the Forts and Islands of Cerigo, Tino, and Clissa, and the other Conquests in Dalmatia; all which points caused new Disputes, which were maintained with those heats, and with that obstinacy, as if it had been impossible for both parties ever to meet in a conclusion. Notwithstanding, after long Debates, on the fourth of September they came to agree of giving hostages, and to certain proposals con∣cerning the manner of surrendring the place. The Turks demanded to have the Outworks put into their hands, with one of the Gates of the City, and the Palisade of the new Re∣trenchment: To which Anand and Scordili answered, That this was not a proposition to be made to the Captain General, for that they were assured, the Garrison would sooner suffer themselves to be cut in pieces, than to commit themselves to the mercy of the Turkish Soul∣diery; whose faith is recorded in the History of Famagusta, and may serve for a true ex∣ample and mirror of their treachery and faithlesness to all Ages. In this manner the Treaty had like to have been broken off; but at length they concluded, That it was ne∣cessary to render an accout to the Vizier of the particulars of this Conference, ad∣journing the Treaty until the next Morn∣ing.

Notwithstanding all which, the Turks did not abate in the least point their progress in the War, labouring in their Works, and fighting with more heat than ever. The Venetians on the other side were not less active, firing con∣tinually their Cannon and Granadoes, and making some little Sallies, endeavoured as much as they were able to cover the weakness of their Forces. The Turks had raised a new Battery which broke a great part of the Pali∣sade of the new Retrenchment, upon which it was expected that they should make a strong attempt, for whose better entertainment two Mines were prepared to receive them; but they deferring the assault, the Captain General gave orders to fire both the Mines at once, which consisting of a hundred and fifty Barrels of Powder, made the ground to tremble both in the City and in the Camp, overthrowing several works with miserable slaughter of the Enemy.

The Turks observing this resolution in the defendants, became more tractable, and less severe in their demands; so that Ibrahim Pasha with the rest contented themselves with no other security for performances of Conditions than Hostages; of which three were consigned mu∣tually on both sides. After which, other Ar∣ticles were, with less Difficulty, concluded; so that in the morning of the 6th of September the Turks demanded that the Christians should give all their Articles in Writing; whereupon the Council ordered Grimaldi to draw them up; which were in substance as followeth.

First,* 21.39 That for obtaining a good and lasting Peace, it is agree'd, That the City of Candia, with all its Cannon which were planted there before the time of the War, be consigned into the hands of the Vizier.

Secondly, That quiet possession be given to the Republick of Suda, Carabusa, and Spina Longa, with the Territories thereunto belonging, with the Fortress of Clissa in Dal∣matia.

Thirdly, That the Venetians may carry away all the Cannon which have been brought into the Town since the beginning of the War.

Fourthly, That for embarking the Soul∣diery, Pionieers, and Inhabitants of all Quali∣ties and Conditions, with their Arms, Provisi∣ons, and Baggage twelve days time shall be granted and assigned.

Fifthly, That what shall remain unshipped at the end of the twelve days aforesaid, the Vizier shall, with his own Boats, assist to the lading thereof.

Sixthly, That during this time of truce, no person whatsoever shall transgress his Limits, or pass the bounds of his Station or Quarters; and that he who doth shall be treated as an Enemy.

Seventhly, That so soon as these Articles shall be subscribed under the white Flag, all Acts of Hostility shall cease both on one side and the other.

Eighthly, That for security of performance of these Articles, three Hostages be mutually given on one side and the other.

Ninthly, That for better assurance, that the Venetians will use all their endeavours to embark their Men and Goods, the Turks may employ two Officers for Eye-witnesses of the same.

Tenthly, That for better effecting hereof, all Ships, Gallies, and other Vessels may freely approach near unto the shore, and enter into the Port both by Day and Night.

Eleventhly, That the Venetian Fleet may remain at Standia, or at any other Island in the Archipelago, until such time as they are dispatched, or that things are duly prepared for their departure.

Twelfthly, That all Commissions given by one side and the other be revoked, and that whosoever shall after the space of forty days commit any Act of Hostility against the tenor of these Articles of Peace, shall be punished with capital punishment.

Thirteenly, That so soon as an Ambassa∣dor from Venice shall arrive at the Port, all Slaves or Prisoners of War taken under the Venetian Colours shall be freed and re∣leased.

Fourteenthly, That what depredations shall be made at Sea or Land after these Articles

are subscribed, and before the publication thereof, shall be faithfully made good and re∣stored.

Fifteenthly, That a general pardon be given to the Subjects of both sides, who have acted contrary to their Faith and Allegiance, during this War.

Sixteenthly, That in Vertue of these Capi∣tulations the former Articles be likewise con∣firmed which were made in the Year 1571, and that no Tribute or Present be demanded from the Port, unless as hath formerly been paid for such Islands as the Venetians hold in the Archipelago.

Seventeenthly, That of these Articles two Copies be made, one in Turkish with its Translation into Italian, subscribed by the Vizier, and sealed with the Grand Signior's Signet; and the other in Italian underwrote by the Captain-General, and sealed with the Seal of the Republick.

These Articles being signed, the Hostages were given both on one side and the other. Those given by the Venetians were Faustino da Riva Lieutenant-General, Giovanni Battista Calbo Commissary, and Zaccaria Mocenigo who had been Duke of Candia. Those given by the Turks were Belin Assan Pasha, Mahomet Aga of the Janisaries, and Gurgi Bei Tefterdar or Treasurer.

During this Siege, of the Venetians side there were killed and wounded thirty thousand nine hundred eighty five, of the Turks one hundred eighteen thousand seven hundred fifty four.

The Batteries which the Turks raised a∣gainst Sabionera and St. Andrea, consisted of fifty nine Pieces of Cannon, carrying from fifty to an hundred and twenty pound weight of Bullet.

The Storms which the Turks made upon the Town were fifty six.

The Combats under ground forty five.

The Sallies made by the Venetians ninety six.

The Mines and Fornelli sprang by the Vene∣tians eleven hundred seventy three, by the Turks four hundred seventy two.

The Venetians spent Barrels of Powder fifty thousand three hundred and seventeen.

Bomboes of all sorts by the Venetians of fifty to five hundred weight, were forty eight thousand an hundred and nineteen.

Granadoes of Brass and Iron an hundred thousand nine hundred and sixty: Granadoes of Glass eighty four thousand eight hundred seventy four.

Cannon shot of all sorts two hundred seventy six thousand seven hundred forty three.

Pounds of Lead eighteen millions forty four thousand nine hundred fifty seven. Of Match pounds thirteen millions twelve thousand five hundred.

What quantities the Turks might consume of Ammunition is not certain; only it is ob∣servable, That the Brass taken up in the streets which came from the Enemies Bomboes was so much, that whole Ware-houses were filled with the Metal, and so much sold as yielded many thousands of Crowns.

The Articles being subscribed, and Hostages given, the Captain-General attended with all application of mind and industry imaginable to imbark the Men and Ammunition, com∣mitting in the mean time the care of the City to Cornaro the Proveditor of the Fleet.

During these days that all things were pro∣viding in order to a Surrender, there was great silence in the Turkish Camp, and no disorder in the City; the Souldiers on the Ramparts, and the Turks in their Trenches saluted each other with civility, and entertained communi∣cation and discourses together with friendship and freedom of several passages relating to their War, nothing of quarrel, or scuffle, or rude words happening out between them in all the term of the twelve days. The Vizier sent divers times civil Messages and Presents of re∣freshment to the Captain-General and Marquess St. Andrea, which they returned with equal respect and generosity; and so excessive were the Turks in these offices, that the Venetians began to be jealous, lest under this mark and guise of courtesie some fraud or design should be covered according to their own Proverb: Chi ti fa piu carezze che suole, ó ti ha engannato ó enganar ti vuole.

In short, all things were dispatched with that diligence and care, that on the 27th of September the City was consigned; all the In∣habitants departed thence, not one remaining in the City, except only two Greek Priests, a Woman, and three Jews.

In this manner the Whole Isle of Candia,* 21.40 the cause and occasion of all that Blood and Treasure that was spilt, and exhausted in twen∣ty five years War, fell at length to the for∣tune and increase of the Turkish Empire, with its most impregnable Fortress of the World, strengthened with as much Art and Industry, as the human Wit of this Age was capable to invent, after a strait Siege of two years, three months, and twenty seven days. For the space of twelve days allotted for the Surrender being expired,* 21.41 on the 27/17th. of September being Friday, the great Cross erected on the Wall was after midnight taken down, and advice given to the Venetians, so soon as the morn∣ing dawned, that the Turks did that day at∣tend the Surrender, which was accordingly performed by the Principal Citizen about nine of the clock of the same morning who offer∣ing the Keys of the City to the Great Vizier in a Bason of Silver on the breach of St. Andrea, was by him presented with a Vest of Sables, and five hundred Zechins in Gold, and to his Servants were given two hundred. To Morosini also a Present was offered worthy his Quality; but he refused it, saying, That he would never give a seeming occasion to the malicious World to slander him with the least appearance of having sold his important Charge. Whilst these things were transacting on the breach, some of the most cowardly and dis∣orderly amongst the Janisaries pressed forward to have entred by force, in violation of the Articles so lately agreed and confirmed; but some of the Garrison not yet imbarked, keeping themselves still on the Guard, repulsed the most forward in the Riot by killing three or four of their Companions: which distur∣bance and insolence of the Souldiery, when made known to the Vizier, he assembled the disorderly together; and first upbraiding their cowardise, who durst not enter in the time of War, would now counterfeit Valour in the time of Peace, sentenced fifteen of them to be impaled on the breach, which piece of Justice

and Gallantry was immediately executed. This rumour being appeased, the Topegibashee and Cebegibashee, or the Generals of the Ordnance and Arms took quiet possession of the Forts and Cannon of the City, and whilst the Turks entred over the breach, the Christian Army withdrew and imbarked themselves as fast as convenience and decency would permit, who after the departure of the French, and of such who accompanied them, were not com∣puted to be above two thousand five hundred men, and those sickly, ill accoutred, and half naked; and thus this City and whole Island became subject and a prey to the Ottoman Arms. Amongst the Officers which took possession of the Town were the Tefterdar and the Aga of the Janisaries. The Tefterdar as he passed over the breach of St. Andrea, and observing how low and weak the Works were on that side, turned to the Aga of the Jani∣saries, and with some disdain said to him, We have here spent ten days in the Surrender of this Town which we might have taken in two hours.

The Turkish Army taking possession on Fri∣day the 27/17th. of September, the Vizier made his Entry on Friday the 4th. of October; in which time they had erected a triumphant Bridge over the breach of St. Andrea, on which the Vizier entred into the Town, and passed directly to the Church of St. Francis, which was converted to a Mahometan Mosch, where having said his Namaz or Prayer, he went to the house where the Marquess St. Andrea was lodged, which was prepared for him, with a sumptuous Entertainment of five hundred Dishes at the ex∣pence of the Grand Signior.

This City in four parts of five was ruined and demolished in the time of the Siege, all the Bells and Ornaments of the Churches and Houses to the very Locks of the doors were carried away; the Arms remaining were old and rusty, and not above three hundred and fifty Pieces of Cannon left on the Walls, and those for the most part very small: the Inhahitants remain∣ing were only five, as we have said before, un∣less some few decrepit Jews and Greeks, which might make up the number of about thirty; so that never could be a more sad spectacle of deso∣lation, nor a more clear Mirror of the miseries of War.

The Great Vizier being possessed of the Town, dispatched away an Express with the good News thereof to the Sultan, who posted as fast as wind and weather would permit. And here the Reader may easily apprehend what joy pos∣sessed the minds of the Turks in all places where the rumour flew of this Cities Surrender, which had for so many years baffled and put a stand to the Ottoman Sword, And though the joyful tidings added wings to the Messen∣gers hast, yet the uncertainty of the Grand Signiors abode retarded some dayes the arrival of the News: which will seem very strange to him that considers, that the motion of so great an Emperour in the Glory of his Fortunes should be less obscure than the light of the Sun, perceptible by all conditions, who inhabit that side of the Globe, where his rays are visible. At length the Messenger found the Sultan with∣in the Woods and Mountains of Nogyopont where he had passed the heats of the Summer,* 21.42 and some part of his discontent in those solitary retirements: it being now towards the end of September, and the Winter approaching, the Isle was incapable to entertain so great a Court, and to return back seemed as dishonourable as it was dangerous, the Souldiery and People being equally discontented, the one by the ill success and government of Affairs, and the o∣ther by oppression of Taxes: but this joyful News cleared all those clouds and ombrages of doubtful and disconsolate thoughts, which the Grand Signior received like a dream, being at first so surprised with such an unexpected hap∣piness, that he could scarce believe it; but at length recollecting his scattered spirits, without delay returned the Messenger again with his Embrahore or Master of his Horse to the Vi∣zier with the Present of a Sable Vest, a Dag∣ger, and a Sword, being the usual signals of the Sultans favour, and with a Letter freighted with Encomiums and Praises of his Valour and Fortune. And whereas the Vizier had per∣swaded him to return to Constantinople, he answered, That he was resolved to winter at Salonica, where with the Spring he expected his presence, and from thence in company with him, should be ready to chuse any Seat, which in his judgment the Vizier apprehended most conducing to the benefit of the Empire.

The Captain-General Morosini having in the mean time imbarked his Forces, sailed to Suda to provide and fortifie that place, Spina Longa and Carabusa, poor Rocks and Appendages to the greater Isle of Candia, with all necessary supplies of Victuals and Ammunition: which only serve for a Prospect into Candia, and to keep alive the Title of the Venetian Republick to that Kingdom. Suda is the most conside∣rable of the three, but yet not strong, the Sea being fordable between that and Candia,* 21.43 and not of long resistance, whensoever the Turk shall think it worth his time to subdue. Here Morosini attended the Ratification of the Peace from Venice, and the disbanding of the Turkish Army, in which time four French Ships with Succours of Men and Ammunition arrived at Candia, but coming late were disappointed of their design, and so returned back into their own Country.

The Turks having now finished their work, dispeeded a way their Janisaries and Pioniers by all occasions of shipping: those that remain∣ed were imployed all the Winter in filling the Trenches without the City, and many Slaves taken out of the Gallies to repair the breach of St. Andrea: in which work, whilst they threw up the difordered rubbish, so poysonous a stench evaporated from the bodies of the slain, which lay buried in those ruines, as begat a Pestilence and other diseases in the City and in the Gal∣lies; but labouring continually on that work, they soon acquitted themselves of the contagi∣on, by help of the Winters cold which then approached.

In this manner expired the Action of this Year, fortunate in its success to the Turks; for though they gained but thirty Acres of Land with expence inestimable of Blood and Treasure, yet the Glory and Fame which attended it, be∣ing the consummation of twenty five years Wars, and the Theatre where the whole World were Spectators, was of greater value to the Turks than any other consideration, and may with time prove a place of advantage to the farther increase of their Western Empire,

unless God Almighty by his Mercy and Pro∣vidence give a stop to the progress of this Grand Oppressour.

But before this Year ended,* 21.44 behold the mi∣sery of Christendom, by reason of discontents and animosities in the Imperial Court, the Count Serini Prince of Croatia, the Marquess Fran∣gipani and Count Nadasti, joyned with other Nobles of Hungary, sent Messengers to the Grand Signior offering themselves Subjects and Tributaries to the Turk, desiring his Pro∣tection of their Religion and Liberties, design∣ing to act the part of Bethlem Gabor.

The Great Vizier imployed himself this whole Winter past in repairing the Fortifications of Candia, regulating them in some measure ac∣cording to the Turkish Model, and in repair∣ing and beautifying the Town, which was done with such admirable expedition, that in a few months most of the houses demolished in the time of the Siege were again erected, and the Churches converted into Moschs and adorned, three of the principal whereof took the Names of the Grand Signior, Great Vizier and Cap∣tain Pasha, and were endowed by them with an honourable Revenue, sufficient to maintain them in Reparations, Lamps, and Talismans. But the Turks were not more pious towards their Moschs than the Christians were careless and cold towards their Churches; for the Venetians inserted not one Article in favour of a Christian Church or a Religious House, which would have been granted as soon as demand∣ed, only a Greek who was Interpreter to the Great Vizier called Panaiotti, a Person of Parts and Learning, at the expence of two thousand two hundred Dollars; and an Armenian Merchant called Apro Chelabei at the charge of a thousand four hundred purchased two Churches for their respective Nations.

The Grand Signior in the mean time return∣ed to Salonica to pass the remainder of the Winter, which place being famous for multi∣tude of all sorts of Game,* 21.45 drew is heart, and made him impatient till he arrived those Plains, more desired by him than the Elysian fields; for having made his Entry into that City, the next day he designed to hunt: but being put in mind that the English Ambassadour Sir Daniel Harvey,* 21.46 who (as we said) arrived at Constanti∣nople the year before, attended his Audience, he was contented to grant it to him the next morning. But yet not to lose his hunting, at midnight he sent Officers to the Ambassadour to prepare for the next days Audience very early; and to gain time, ordered his Horses to be all ready, that so having dispatched that Cere∣mony, he might immediately mount into the Saddle and pursue his Game. Howsoever he was not in so much haste, but he testified due respect to His Majesty of Great Britain, and the esteem he had of the English Nation, or∣dering the Capitulations to be renewed; and commanding the Chimacam, that if any one should break or infringe them, that he should cut him off without farther argument. But as to renewing the Capitulations, the Chimacam falling at the Grand Signiors feet, beseeched him, That that particular might be deferred until the arrival of the Great Vizier, whose proper power and act it was to make War and Peace; and therefore for him to intermeddle about Capitulations was to invade the Viziers, Authority, which he durst not do without put∣ting his life in danger, or at least rendring his Person obnoxious to his irreconcileable displea∣sure; with which the Grand Signior being sa∣tisfied, ordered that the renewing of the Ca∣pitulations should be deferred until the return of the Visiier, and so dismissed the Lord Ambas∣sadour from his Presence; but this work of re∣newing the Capitulations was reserved for the care and conduct of Sir John Finch, who suc∣ceeded in the Embassy after the death of Sir Danil Harvey.

The Grand Signior arising from his Throne mounted into his Saddle to follow his excessive delight in Hunting, which now he pursued e∣very day without respect of cold or wet, or Horses or Attendants; but like an impetuous Nimrod raged amongst the timorous Hares and flying Harts, over-spreading the Woods with vast numbers of poor Jews and Peasants, which he had commanded forth to drive for Game, not respecting the extreme rigour and Frosts of Winter, by which many of those poor Wretches lying abroad in the nights, were benumbed, and dyed. And so far did his humour transport him in this Recreation, that he was discouraged at no inconvenience or labours which attended it; for one day appointing his Hunting at a certain place, which to pass on Horse-back was a great circuit, but a near∣er cut over a Gulf or Arm of the Sea, he ordered his Horses round, whilst he in Person attended with the Chimacam and several of his Grandees, passed over to the other side in a Gally. But being impatient of his Sport, and not able to give time to his Horses to make their way, ascended his Gally, commanding them to row away with all speed; and arriving at the other side some hours before His Horses could come, would yet land: and being weary of expectation, resolved to meet them on foot through all the dirt and mire of a low and rich soil: where whilst he travelled heavily, and almost tried, by good fortune they espied a Miller driving his Horse laden with two Sacks of Meal; whom when they had called, and made him to lighten his burden, and take off the Pack-saddle, the Chimacam himself stripped off his own Sables Vest, and covered the Horse with it, on which the Grand Signior mounting in great state, rode like a Prince till he met his own Retinue, which passage served to fill the discourse at night of that days Hunting, and deserves to be chronicled with our English Dialogue between the Miller and the King: howsoever we make use of it here to demon∣strate the strange and passionate humour which possessed this Sultan in his Hunt∣ing.

Little other recreation did this Grand Signior take,* 21.47 unless it were in the Company of his chief Sultana, called the Hasaki Sultana, by whom having had a Son, which beginning now to play and speak, reconciled much of his affection to the Female Sex, but yet with that moderation and well regulated love, that he confined him∣self wholly to this one Woman, having sent for her to be his Companion in all journies and ad∣ventures of Errantry, whilst the other Ladies as incumbrances and impediments to the speedy motions of the wandring Court, were dispeeded to Constantinople under the Government of the Queen Mother, as we have before declared; of which priviledge this Sultana beginning to be

sensible, endeavoured to encrease and conserve the Affections of her Lord by all the arts and tricks of love imaginable; for she was really, or else feigned to be, so enamoured of him, that she pined and macerated away her self for his absence; and when he was indis∣posed in his health, or intended a long Journey from her, she would fall into Swoundings, and Paralytical Fits, or something else, which was an undoubted symptom of true affection, such as commonly intervenes amongst us in the chast embraces of single marriage; that the Grand Signior, whose love to Women were not naturally as vagrant as his delights after the chase of wild Beasts, was so much satisfied in her alone, that he could be no more with∣out her than she without him; so that, like Diana, or some Mountain Nymph, she became a Huntress after her Prince, as he a Ranger af∣ter his Game.

And now in this place it may be pertinent to add; that on the 30th. of December of this year 1669. Sir. Daniel Harvey his Majesties Ambassadour, being then on his departure from Salonica, Mr. Willam Hedges who was with him there, being the Treasurer to the Levant Company in Turk••, and Signior Antonio Perone, the Druggerman or Interpreter, having occa∣sion of business attended that day on the Keis-Efendi, or chief Secretary; who so soon, as they came into his presence he called out to them, I hope said he, that you are come to turn Musselmen, or believers; for your great Champion Serini Ogly, (for so they call Serini) is become Feudatary, having submitted, and put himself under protection of the Grand Sig∣nior. It was but the night before, that certain Messengers from Count Serini, and his ad∣herents arrived at this Court, proffering to ac∣cept the Standart from the Grand Signior, and pay him Tribute, so they might obtain the power and protection of the Ottoman Arms against the Emperour. This proposition though in appearance so advantagious, that it might seem to admit of no doubt in the accep∣tance; yet both the Grand Signior and the Chimacam were so ready after the late suc∣cess at Candia to joyn in their Complement to the Vizier, that they would neither con∣clude, nor give answer to these Messengers, un∣til first they had consulted his sence, and opini∣on on the proffer, wherefore to loose no time according to the usual expedition of the Turks, two gallies were the very same night dispatched with these Messengers to the Vizier at Candia, to give him notice of this tender, and to demand his counsel, and assent thereunto: with like speed the gallies were returned with the Viziers approbation, though afterwards on better con∣siderations the Turks touched this cause so ten∣derly, that Serini and his complices being de∣tected, the plot Miscarried and the Conspirators brought to condigne punishment, as shall hereafter be related; what suspition the Counsel at Vienna might have of this design is uncertain, yet this is out of all doubt, that they had no as∣sured knowledge thereof, until it was first brought them by Mr. Hedges; and yet so much time was taken up herein, as that he travailed from Salonica to Constantinople, where he arrived the 13th. of January, and there remaining some time for the better Setlement of his affairs be∣fore his journy thence for England, by Land he departed on the 14th. of Feburary, and on the 29th. of March following, was by Leiutenant General Esterhas received in to Raab, to whom giving this first Intelligence about Serini, and his adherents, was courteously treated, but yet detained, until advice was given hereof to Ge∣neral Montecuculi then at Vienna, and his li∣cense, and pass given to Mr. Hedges for his farther proceedings in his journy. Answer hereof being returned, he had licence given him to depart, and a guard to conduct him safe to Vienna, which is very necessary on those Frontiers. At Vienna Mr. Hedges being examined upon Oath by Count Capelliers to the truth of the foregoing Relation, Troops were immediately dispatched to the Castle of Serini, where they so seasonably arrived, as to take possession of it for the Emperour some few hours before the Turkish Forces, (having received a stop by cut∣ting of the bridge) came to seize it for the Grand Signior: (Count Serini perceiving by this Act, that his design, was discovered, fled with Frangipani his Father-in-law towards Transil∣vania, but being on his way thither over∣taken by the Emperours Edict, he was toge∣ther with Frangipani seized at Colonel Careis House, and thence brought to Vienna, and lodged at the Convent of Father Nicholas Donilard an Irish Frier in the Suburbs of that city; where Serini having seen, and discoursed personally with Mr. Hedges, he declared to him, That if the Turks had been, as good as their words, he had not been there a prisoner at that time. In this particular two things seem strange, and unusual. First on the Turks side, that a matter of this secrecy should be so openly divulged and dis∣coursed by them at Salonica: And secondly, on the Emperours part, that a business of this Impor∣tance commonly known at the Grand Signor's Court, should want a person to advice, and transfer it to Vienna; until it came acciden∣tally to be published by a stranger, who having taken a circuit with it by way of Constantinople, and his leisure there to accomodate his own affairs, vented it rather as a Subject of discourse, then a new discovery. 'Tis true, the Turks are very commonly open in their counsels, and have a qualitie to keep nothing secret though recommended to them under never so many Injunctions of privacy: yet that the Emperour who commonly maintains a Minister tending at the Ottoman Court, should have no other in∣telligence hereof, then such an accidental, and unexpected conveyance, is a matter which af∣fords occasion to upbraid the Negligence of the Germans, and at the same time to ad∣mire and praise the divine Providence and Justice.

Anno Christi 1670. Hegeira 1081.

THE Spring coming forward, the Great Vizier declared, That after St. George's day, which is the 23d day of April, (called by the Turks Cassim gheun) he resolved to depart from Candia; and therefore ordered, That all Ships, Saiks, Brigantines, and other Vessels, which were found in any Port of the Grand Signior's Dominions, should be sent to Candia,

to transport him and the remainder of his Army to Rhodesto in Romelia, from whence he designed his March to meet the Grand Signior at Adrianople.* 21.48 But before his depar∣ture he took a view of the Island, taking his progress through the whole circumference of it, and numbring all the Inhabitants which paid Harach, or Pole-mony, found them not to exceed two and twenty thousand persons. For though in the time of Dellee Mehmet Pasha, who was the first that brought the Ottoman Sword into that Country, there were listed fifty five thousand, who paid duties of Harach; yet now the Plague, the Sword, and other miseries of War had reduced them to that small number, of whom ten thousand (as is reported) perished in the Mines, and before the Walls of their own City; and great numbers of Olive-Trees being cut down and burned by the Souldiery in tiem of the War, is the reason that that Island yields not half the quantity of Oils as in former times.

The Ambassador of Venice Signior Alivisé Molino, before mentioned, was now at Candia, designing to accompany the Vizier in his Voy∣age to the Grand Signior; for adorning which Embassy the Republick had appointed a Ship to carry the Presents and several Persons of Quality for attendance of the Bailo (for so their Ambassador is called;) and in regard in that passage the ship was to touch at Zant, they laded on her a hundred thousand Ze∣chins for payment of that Souldiery, which with the Captain General were returned from Candia to that place, with Presents for the Grand Signior and his Court; but it pleased God, that this Ship failing down the Gulf, met with so furious a storm of Wind, that she suffered shipwrack on the Coast of Italy, where not only the ship and goods were lost, but every soul upon that ship perished; amonst which was Lorenzo Molino Son of the Am∣bassador, and Ottavio Labia, another noble Venetian.

The Great Vizier entertained himself so long in Candia that the month of May was well entered before he departed thence;* 21.49 and by the way touched at Scio, where he was met by all the Officers and Governors of the adjacent Jurisdictions, who came to made tender of their Presents and Services; but the Vizier in a plausible manner, accepted of their courteous Offers, but returned their Gifts, saying, That he was so sensible of the great oppressions and expences the neighbouring Countries had suffered by reason of the War, that he was resolved to superinduce no new Charge by Victory and Peace.

In like manner from all parts was a con∣fluence of poor oppressed people, who came to petition for justice and relief against the corrup∣tion and tyranny of their Governors in the respective Countries. But the Vizier admitted no Audience for Complaints, whether it were to maintain an apprehension of his clemency and gentleness, by acting nothing that was cruel or severe, or to enjoy himself after his cares and turmoils in the War; he almost for four∣teen days continuance entertained himself in private by the cool and crystalline Fountains of Scio. Some report, that he gave himself at that time so excessively to Wine, being over∣joyed at his success, and conclusion of the War, that he was never capable, during his abode there, of serious thoughts or counsels; so that his Kahya, or Secretary, could hever be ad¦mitted access, unless he were called, though on the most urgent occasion of business. Others interpreted his retirements to be in order to serious considerations about the management of Affairs at his return; as how to satisfie the expectations of the Grandees, who patiently at∣tended an amendment of abuses in the Govern∣ment; how he might pacifie the minds of the Souldiery, who were jealous of Couspiracies against the lives of the Royal Brothers, and how to steer in an even course at Court between the security of his Master, and satisfaction of the Vulgar; for all the World lived in hope that alteration of times would amend abuses, and that the last remedy of all was the return of the Viziers Authority. Howsoever, it is certainly reported, That the Vizier was become exceedingly intemperate in wine, and drowned much of his cares in the fumes and vapours of it, supposing himself, as Tiberius did in Caprea, exempt from the eyes of the World, whilst he remained in Scio, which the Sea had separated from the greater Continent.* 21.50 And yet the Vizier, is believed, never to have tasted Wine, or known whether it was bitter or sweet, till the pride of his success in Candia transported him to make his joy extravagant, to which the Officers about his Person invited him, as that which cheared the spirits, strengthened the Nerves, and induced a strange kind of delight and pleasure in the fancy, beyond any thing of Poppies, or Opiate Compositions, or Biram-Pasha's Pills, or Berse, or a thousand other inventions, fit only to confuse mens reason, and stupifie the brain, and benumb all the senses, in which some, as I have heard, had so practised themselves by degrees, that they could swallow five drams in twenty four hours, though I never knew any, unless one Turk, whom I saw eat above three; but then they could eat nothing else, nor were they fit after∣wards to receive or digest any other nourish∣ment, Nature being used to that poyson, re∣jected all other founder nutriment. But Wine (they said) cheared the heart in that manner, and comforted the stomach, that the Turks began now generally to drink it, unless he were some Pharisaical Hypocrite of the Ula∣mah, or some superstitious aged and ignorant Professor.* 21.51 So that the vice of drunkenness be∣came more common amongst the Turks, than a∣mongst the Germans, or our selves: I am sure more intolerable, and administred to more mis∣chiefs, by how much the Turks being unac∣customed to Wine, knew less how to com∣port the heats of Intemperance.

And here I shall make a little digression from my purpose in hand to acquaint my Reader of the effects which I have observed to be produced in those who accustom themselves to the use of Opium.* 21.52 In all the Country Vil∣lages amongst the Turks, the more aged sort of men who have most leisure, and least necessity to work, addict themselves to Opium for alleviation (as they say) of their cares, and to forget their sorrow, for pleasure in the taste there can be none, being very bitter to the palate; which being taken in a morning in a small quantity, about the bigness of a Tare, superinduces at first a strange chear∣fulness about the heart, and thence raises a more pleasing vapor to the head, than any

can proceed from the spirits of the best and the highest Wines: but afterwards as it begins to digest, the vapour becomes more gross, and consequently a kind of stupefaction is induced over the brain and nerves, which with drowsiness and sleep passes away like a drunken fit. The Youth amongst them which drink Wine abhor Opium, until growing into years, and to the care of a family (as a sign of which they suffer their beards to increase) they are taught by their Imaum, and more by example of others, that Wine being against their Law, is only dis∣pensable in wild and unbridled Youth, but in those of riper age is a vice to be reproached by all sober and well-governed men. In the place of which they take up the lawful and innocent Pill of Opium, which makes men serious and setled (as they say) because that it operates not like Wine, which makes men mad, and rash, and violent, but disposes them to be Sots, and to sit grave and quiet without doing hurt to any man, which is a qualification accounted very laudable amongst them, and is one of the greatest Vertues which they endeavour to ac∣quire in their Tekeés or Monasteries. This being the reason for which it is taken and allow∣ed, it is grown a common custom almost a∣mongst all the Country-people, who in the morning before they go to work take first their Opium, and upon it three or four dishes of Coffee; for it is observable, that none eats Opium but who accompanies it with great quantities of Coffee, which is doubtless a kind of Opiate in it self, and partakes very much of a Narcotick Quality; by this means and constant use some arrive to take strange quan∣tities; the most that ever I knew any man take was three drams in twenty four hours, viz. a dram and a half or thereabouts in the morning, and as much an hour afternoon: the which for more exactness I had the curiosity to see weighed. The same person offered for a small reward to take five drams in twenty four hours; but then he said, it required a long time to digest, and did not doubt but to over∣come it: but I was too scrupulous to put a man into a sleep, from whence I feared he might never awake. This person was of a thin and livid complexion, his skin shriveled, no more beard than a few hairs, his mouth commonly open, because his chap was fallen; his counte∣nance putting me often in mind of the Picture I have seen of the Gorgons head; for had it been incompassed with Snakes instead of his Turbant, it might have served for a perfect Original. He had arrived to the years of forty eight, and from the years thirty he had entred into Opium from great excess of Wine: in which condition he found that his stomach required littled other nourishment, being content with a small quantity of bread and water for his other Diet, Opium supplying him with all the other Delicacies he could de∣sire: he was the father notwithstanding of two or three children, which he confessed to have begot in the strength of his Opium, having no desire to accompany with his wife, until he was first invigorated with his usual Dose, being till then like a Trunk or Log, wanting spirits almost to turn his body. For his Opium was that only which could revive all, which about a quarter of an hour after it was taken began to operate, and then we discovered in his eyes, which before were dull and heavy, scarce opening, a certain quickness and sparkling, and then soon after he was fitted for the work of the day, and could labour as others, and take a journey on foot of seven or eight miles to Market, and return home at night: his body was always bound, or his belly constipated with the hardness of his excrement, and yet he was subject to no other sickness, unless his vitiated desire to this Poyson which can nourish no wholesome or healthful body. The Turks, as I have learned, make little other use of Opium than this; yet sometimes they will put it into their Camels ears, and the nostrils of their Horses, when faint and weary, wherewith they revive again, and soon recover their strength and force to travel.

The Vizier having thus passed some days of Entertainment at Scio, entred again his Gally, and passing through the Streights of the Hellespont arrived at Rodesto, where having landed many of his Janisaries and such of the Army as remained with him, after a few days continuance he marched to Adrianople, where he was received by the Grand Signior with all evidences of satisfaction, and entred the City triumphant after the manner of the Turkish Allai.

The Ceremonies and Complements being past, which usually intervene between Great Personages after a long absence, the grand Con∣sultation was, In what manner to prevent the seditious irruptions of the Souldiery, and how to reconcile the Jealousies between the Grand Signior and his Brothers. For the former, two things were concluded necessary. First, to divide the Militia of the Janisaries, which was immediately executed, and eight thousand of them, under pretence of Incursions, were sent through Moldavia to remain on the Fron∣tiers of Poland. Secondly, it being observed, that most of the Souldiery drank Wine, from whence in ancient times arose many Mutinies and Seditions of the Souldiery, dangerous to the Ottoman State, as namely in the time of Mahomet III. when the Janisaries in the heat of drunkenness entred the Seraglio by force, and demanded the Heads of the chief Favourites: And as then it was judged the best Expedient to cool the hot brains of the Janisaries, to pro∣claim a Prohibition of Wine at Constantinople, and to command upon pain of death, That those who had any Wine in their Houses should bring it forth, and stave it; so now the use of it was universally forbidden in all the parts of the Grand Signiors Dominions, and a special Command was sent to all places re∣spectively under the penalty of death, and a thousand maledictions, cursing Wine as come from Hell, and as a Liquor produced by the Devil to ensnare mens souls, and inebriate their heads, and confound States. And so generally was this Prohibition enjoyned, that his Ma∣jesties Ambassador at Constantinople with long solicitation and charge obtained licence for his Family, and the Merchants there to make Wine; but for the Merchants at Smyrna there was more difficulty, and this year Wine was not made in their Houses according to custom, and not without scruple permitted to be imported from the Greeks Islands, and other parts where the Command extended not its force; for the Prohibition was to all places where Moschs or Turks Inhabitants, the Villages or Isles where Christians only lived were not included. To

this Prohibition were added on every Friday Sermons to the People inveighing against Wine, and cursing the Drinkers of it, in which affair Vanni Efendi the Grand Signiors Preacher was much concerned, from whom the Original of this Counsel was judged to proceed. And now to please the Reader, who perhaps may be curious to know the stile of this Prohibition, I have here inserted the Command verbatim as translated out of the Original, and directed to the Kadi of Smyrna.

TO the most perfect of the Judges a∣mongst Musulmin (or Believers) the most worthy amongst those Powers which profess one God,* 22.1 the Mine of Vertue and Wisdom, the Exemplar of Justice to all People, the Inheritor of the Sciences of the Prophets and Apostles, the Ornament of his Office and (through the Grace of God assisting) our President in Smyrna, whose Vertues may they ever be augmented. At Receipt of this my Royal Command know, That Wine and Games at Dice, and figured Cards, and of Arrows without feathers; which are Lotteries, are the filthiness of Diabolical work (according to the testimony of the miraculous Revelation) are Fomenters of malice and wickedness, and are the fer∣ment of that Faction and Sedition which corrupt and seduce the Servants of God, which being prohibited by Authority, and yet used, provokes the anger and disdain of Almighty God against us: And whereas by this Mother of all wickedness (that is, Wine) the Musulmin Kingdoms are defiled, there appears an evident alteration of the Musulmin Law and Faith, and an inlet to actions of foul impression. Praised be the high and most great God, that in the days of my years abounding in Felicity, the ob∣servation of lawful Precepts hath been con∣firmed, and unlawful things have been pro∣hibited; and now I know that this is the sum of the most important Affair conducing to my Kingdoms and my own Felicities, and in general the principal and greatest care, and the best and most necessary Canon of my Empire: so that being desirous to satisfie the Creator of the World, my Royal and immutable Will resolves to cleanse and purifie the Musulmin Kingdoms of this pro∣hibited and filthy abomination; wherefore when this Royal Command comes to your hands, wheresoever there are Taverns of Wine, let them be rased and thrown down in all Cities and Towns ennobled with Musulmin Moschs, let the buying and selling thereof be prohibited, with all drinking and use of Wine; and likewise I command, That in Constanti∣nople, Brusa, and Adrianople the Imposi∣tion thereupon be wholly taken off. And that in all other Cities and Towns adorned with Musulmin Moschs, there be not a drop of Wine suffered or admitted in; and that Musulmins neither privately nor secretly drink Wine; and whosoever is or shall be Author of this sin, and to alter my Com∣mand in this particular, either now or here∣after, may he be punished by the Ʋniversal Lord of all the World. Likewise when this my Command of high Reputation ap∣pears, which is a Royal Writing, let it be annexed to the Decretal Rolls, and be put in execution according as it is obligatory. And when this Command comes to your hands, you are to have all due care of this injoyned particular, That it operate according to the Tenor of this Royal Injunction, partici∣pating of Prosperity and Majestick Power, by virtue of which you are to reprove, repre∣hend, hinder, and prohibit, according to the Law of God, the drinking of Wine; and that it may be wholly taken away, let the Tax and Revenue which proceeds from thence be taken off, and in all guarded and governed Cities and places of my Kingdoms, let the Taverns be ruined and overthrown. And therefore you are to make known and publish to all Citizens and Inhabitants the force of this my Royal Command, as well in the City of Smyrna, as in other Cities and Towns ennobled with Musulmin Moschs, and you are to ruine the Taverns which are found there. And you are to take away the Houses of Entertainment amongst the Franks which are in Smyrna that sell Wine, nor shall they sell Wine in their own houses, but you shall hinder and prohibit them: and if those Taverns shall be the Possessions of private men, you shall advise the Owners of them; or if they be bequeathed by Testament to the Deputies of the Muteveli, you shall admonish them with earnestness and threats, That in the place of Taverns they raise other more profitable and lawful Buildings, and that they re-edifie them in a different form from the first. And the Taverns being ruined and demolished ac∣cording to my Royal Command, and the Butts and other Ʋtensils thereof taken away, you shall make a publick Arz thereof, and send it to my Royal Stirrup; and you being admonished thereof by my Royal Admonition, you are to have a care that neither in the City nor Suburbs thereof, nor in Cities adorned with Royal Moschs any person whatsoever bring in Wine, or one drop thereof, or that the buying or selling thereof be admitted, and that no Musulman drink Wine. For if after this I come to understand, That any person have brought in Wine, though it be but one drop, I swear by the Holy Souls of my Grandfathers, and great Grandfathers that those who bring it in, or sell it, or drink it, shall be punished with such tortures, as were never inflicted on any before. In short, this being a business so important as to the Faith, as to my Empire, my strong intention and firm resolution is to cleanse and purifie in the highest degree as well the Frontiers, as the Royal Seats of my Empire from so foul a

sink of so much filthiness and dissention; and therefore do injoyn this Royal Writing of high felicity so far, that nothing shall be able to change or alter it, or rovoke this Command of Majestick Reputation. And for the fu∣ture, let him be who he will, that shall offer to oppose, or alter, or change this my Com∣mand declared by these Presents, or have in∣tention or design to the contrary, may the curse of God be upon him. In conformity here∣unto know you, that are Judges, that this being my Will and Pleasure, and ultimate Resolution, you are to register this noble Command in the Book of publick Acts and Decrees, that so it may be preserved; and for execution thereof, you are to use all your diligence and power, and therein to take due care; for if after these Admonitions, Con∣firmations, Menaces, and Rigors, Wine be either bought or sold in the Cities or Suburbs, or other places, as before; or that there re∣mains any Tavern not ruined, or if in any wise a drop of VVine be bought or sold, you shall receive due punishment, and your self suffer the same torments which are threatned against those who are publickly guilty of the transgression of this Law. Therefore know this, and knowing it, give credit to my noble Firme.

Dated in the Month Rabiul Evel, Hegeira 1081. in Adrianople.

And now one would imagine that this Com∣mand being a Hattesheriff signed with the Grand Signior's own hand, would have been of durable and perpetual Force and Authority. But experience hath shewed us the contrary, that in one Year after, Licence being first given to Franks, to make Wine in their own houses, and especially to all Christian Ministers; in one year more the indulgence became uni∣versal, and Taverns were again admitted, and still continue as common and free as in former times.

Anno Christi 1671. Hegeira 1082.

THE Ship which carried the Presents for the Turks and designed to trans∣port the Ambassadour, being cast away, new preparations were made, and the Gally Brazzana, commanded by Alexandro Zeno, a noble Venetian, was dispatched with them, being ordered to transport Signior Molino the Ambassadour to the Port, who was received with the usual honours due to his Quality and Character; all which Ceremonies and Offices being past, several matters occured which were not so well expressed in the Capitulations, but that they needed an explication; and new Orders and Models for redress of Affairs in Dalmatia: For the Morlacchs, who in the time of the War had submitted themselves to the obedience of the Venetians, began now to infest the Country, and to enter into those places, which in the first years of the War they had destroyed and abandoned; the Turks on the other side opposed them, and the Country be∣ing open, many skirmishes happened, and as many troubles ensued as in the time of the War. For adjusting these differences Mahomet Pasha of Bosna was dispatched into those Countries with Authority and Instructions; where on the other side he was met by Antonio Barbaro, Proveditor General of Dalmatia and Albania, appointed by the Senate to accord and settle the differences of the Confines; and the place designed for meeting of the Commissioners was appointed to be between Climno and Clissa; but such was the fury of the people, and the passion that both parties had to recover their ancient pos∣sessions, that the Turks in the Month of Novem∣ber by force of Armes made themselves Masters of Obronzo and Dernis, which were surrendred without much opposition, by reason of the small numbers of the Morlacchs, who neither having Garrison nor Fortifications were easily surprized, under the pretence of peace. But it succeeded otherwise at Scardona, where by the assistance of a Gally and some Brigantines, the Turks, who were the Aggressors, were repul∣sed; and in like manner at Risano they were beaten off, and put to flight with much confusion and slaughter, with the death also of Ʋsuff Bey, their chief Commander, and Author of all these troubles.

The Relation of these disturbances was car∣ried to the Port by the Bosnacs, who were con∣cerned in these Affairs, with all circumstances of aggravation which might incense the Grand Signior, and move the Vizier to take part in their Quarrel; But he being desirous to main∣tain that Peace which he himself had concluded, moved the Grand Signior to dispatch a Has∣acheé, or one of his Royal Officers, to render him an exact account of the true state of the Affairs of that Country. In which Interim Ma∣homet Pasha of Bosna, the Commissioner hap∣pening to dye, the Vizier moved, That the Morlacchs should surrender up those places which they had lately possessed, and that new Commissioners should be again sent for adjusting the Limits of the Confines, and the Possessions of the Inhabitants. The Senate of Venice accept∣ing this proposition, gave Orders to their Gene∣ral Barbaro to withdraw the people from the places in dispute, and in the Month of May 1671. made and constituted the Cavalier Nani Procurator of St. Mark, their Plenipotentiary, with full authority to compose all differences touching the Frontiers. On part of the Turks one Mamut, once Pasha of Buda, and late Chima∣cam of Constantinople, was nominated and impowred with like faculty; he was a person with whom I was well acquainted, and of whom we have had occasion to discourse, when he was Kahya to old Kuperlee. He was a Native of the Country of Bosna, who are reputed for men of much more affable and courteous dis∣position, and of more pleasing Conversation, than the common temper of the Turks who are for the most part of haughty, sullen, and satur∣nine Complexions.

These Commissioners, with Thomas Tarsia Interpreter, met about the end of July, in the plains of Island between Zara and Sebenico under Tents erected for that purpose: At this meet∣ing were present also the Mufti, and Treasurer of Bosna, and all the Kadi's and Military Officers of that Province, which might make a Body of four or five thousand men, ill armed, and badly accoutred: With Nani the Commissi∣oner

for Venice, were present, Alberto Magno Captain of Zara, Farsetti Proveditor of Clissa; divers military Officers, such as the Cavalier Varisano, Grimaldi Serjeant General, Count Rados, the Count Scorto, Vimercato, Cesarini, with divers other Colonels, and Persons of Qua∣lity, and Nobles of the Province, some of which were Representatives for their principal Cities, such as Zara, Sebenico, Spalato, and Trau. His Excellency the Comissioner Nani had three Troops of Horse, and as many Companies of Foot, for his Guard, and at Possidaria were two Gallies and four Brigantines to attend him: so that his Equipage appeared as well Martial, as agreeable to a place ordained for a Treaty of Peace.

On the 27th. of July the Commissioners had their first Conference in the Pasha's Tent, the Debate continued many hours with much heat; which did not only relate to the late Conquests, but new difficulties arose in regard that Ferat Aga, appointed Commissioner for the Port, had in the year 1573 assigned Bounds and Limits to the Confines, according to his pleasure and arbitrary will, which not being assented unto by the Ve∣netians, a new regulation was made by the said Ferat, together with Cavalier Soranzo in the year 1576. Time afterwards, and the turbu∣lent spirits of the Inhabitants had altered these Limits, and by reason of the long War the Land-Marks and Bounds of the Confines were re∣moved or wholly destroyed. The original Copies of the Writings of Agreement were rot∣ted, and much defaced, the names of the places and the scituations being wrote in divers Lan∣guages, were confused, and the reports of the peo∣ple were so different, proceeding from the diver∣sity of their Interests, that little of judgment could be founded on their relations. At length, as to the Confines of Zara, it was agreed, That they should be regulated according as they were limited by Soranzo and Ferat; for better set∣tlement of which, and to avoid all doubtfulness or mistake, the Commissioners took the pains to travel several days journey in person to erect the bounds and Limits of each people; in which though many contests and differences arose be∣tween particular persons, yet at length personal interests were forced to give way to publick de∣terminations.

In like manner the Confines of Sebenico were determined, being bounded by the River Checa, and being arrived at Scardona, the Pasha Ma∣mut desired that he might have the conveni∣ence of passing in the Gally, and accordingly he was received aboard, and treated with that ge∣nerous entertainment which is agreeable to the magnificence of the Republick; and landing at the River of Belulla on the Banks of the Vally Daniel, where the Pasha had placed his Tents, the Turks who with a greedy eye swallowed in their thoughts the possession and enjoyment of all these Plains, would have enlarged their Con∣fines to those marks which Ferat Aga had singly placed according to his own arbitrary pleasure, including also Verpogly within their Li∣mits.* 22.2 This Verpogly was a small Redoubt on the top of a Hill once belonging to the Veneti∣ans, which at the begining of the War they abandoned, as costing more to maintain and defend, than the value or consideration of it; the Turks afterwards possessed it, when they had a design to besiege Sebenico, but afterwards for∣sook it, and retired; upon this place Mamut much insisted, producing a Command from the Grand Signior, ordering that it be taken in, fortified, and garrisoned. But Nani with more force of Argument insisted on the contrary, pro∣ducing ancient Writings, and undeniable Testi∣monies to prove that this place did really, and of right belong to the Republick; by which though the Pasha was fully convinced in his own mind; yet being over-awed by the insolent im∣portunities of the Inhabitants, he was cautious and fearful of declaring his true sense in the case; but rather endeavoured to overcome the Ve∣netians sometimes with flatteries, and anon with menances, having to that purpose, besides his own Forces, ordered the Beglerbey of Greece to approach those Confines with an Army of about ten thousand men. But all this did not move the steddy Constancy of the Venetian Commissioner from his reason and right; for maintenance of which he appeared firm and re∣solute, and being necessitated for convenience of Water to remove his Quarters to the Lake Rebenich, gave some jealousie to the Pasha by this retirement of an intention to break the Peace; howsoever, Nani declared his meaning to the contrary, and that there might be no in∣terruption to their proceedings, proposed that these differences might be remitted to the Su∣preme Powers; and that in the mean time, un∣til answers came, they might proceed in the adjustment of other parts of the Confines. But the Pasha assented not hereunto, but desired rather the dispute should be referred to the Port, and that in the mean time he himself should retire to Cettina, and the other to Spal∣lato. Scarce were the Messages sent, and the Dispatches made (by Isaac Aga,* 22.3 a Person whom I well knew) before Mamut Pasha, after a short indisposition ended his days: he was a man of about ninety two years of age, at which years I have admired to see him ride abroad, and transact his affairs with great dexterity, with a strong memory, and a sound judgment. And here it is admirable to observe with what con∣stancy and patience the Turkish Officers do usually support their laborious employments; they contemn all difficulties and incommodious∣ness of living, as if they did not feel them, in∣uring themselves to colds and hearts, to watch∣ings and labours, being abstemious in their diet, and as occasions require, not indulging to sleep; and no question but this aged man travelling in the scalding heat of the Sun, and suffering much for want of plenty, as well as of good water, dried up that little radical moisture which remained, and caused this Autumn-fruit to fall, which perhaps might have continued a short time longer on the tree, had it not been desic∣cated by drought, and shaken too hard by the motion of travels and labour.

The News of Mamut Pasha's death being arrived at the Port, a Commission was imme∣diately granted to Chusaein Pasha Imbrahor, or Master of the Horse to the Grand Signior, to succeed in his government and business of Treaty concerning the Limits of the Confines; with which Authority and Instructions Chusaein posted away, and being well informed by Isaac Aga of the ill nature and rapacious disposition of those Borderers, arrived with intentions to agree, and with courteous and benign thoughts towards-Cavalier Nani, who had gained a great esteem and repute amongst the Turks of a generous and noble dispo∣sition.

On the 15/5 of October the Commissioners m••••

in the Valley of St. Daniel, shewing a courteous and kind aspect each towards other. Where∣fore laying all considerations concerning the Limits assigned by Forat Aga,* 22.4 and the Contests about Verpoglie, the Line drawn from the Mountain Tartarus was agreed, and determined to be the true and undoubted Confines of Sebe∣nico. The Valley of St. Daniel, for the pleasure and fruitfulness of it, administred more of diffi∣culty; but at length the Arguments of Nani pre∣vailed, and induced the Pasha to assent to those Bounds, which had been assigned by Soranco in the year 1576. giving, to avoid future mistakes, the true names to those places, which the Turks for their advantage, and to confuse things, had altered and disguised, that they might not be known. Thence proceeding to the Teritory of Trau, where was less of difficulty or trouble; for the Wars not having made much alteration in that place, the Lines were evidently described by Soranco, according to whose description the Fields, Plains, Rocks, and Mountains were mea∣sured out and, allowed.

Lastly, They came near to Spalato, where before the War there was little of any Terri∣tory assigned; but now by the Conquest of Clissa there was assigned unto it a spatious and fruitful Country, extending it self to the foot of the Mountains. As to Clissa there was no difference at all: howsoever the Turks would on no means admit, that the Venetians should keep Salona and Ʋragnizzo, because by that they would cut off all communication between Clissa and Spalato, and thereby render it a place useless, and of more charge than benefit; and because those two places of Salona and Ʋragnizza had been the Dowry of a Sultana Wife of Russen Pasha, and by her given to endow a Mosch, which therefore according to their Religion could not be given away, nor alienated. But Nani in∣sisting as vigorously on this, as on other points, shewed himself resolute to maintain this parti∣cular, as being that, which if not granted, would certainly in a short time be occasion of those quarrels and dissentions, which must necessarily break forth into an open War: for that there could be no security of Peace to the Inhabitants of Salona, whilst they lived amidst their Ene∣mies, and just on the Skirts of Clissa, Spalato, and Sasso. Chusaein having well comprehended this consideration, and being desirous to dispose matters towards a durable Peace, slighted the opinion and sense of the Borderers, and so con∣cluded all matters, and in presence of Nani subscribed the Agreement on the 24th. of October in open Divan held in the Campagne of Salona; the which was also mutually subscribed, and Copies interchangeably given. And in this man∣ner the difference about the Confines was con∣cluded, and the long War between Venice and the Turks had an end.

Whilst all things were reducing themselves into a posture of Peace, the Timariots disband∣ed, and the Janisaries retired to their Cham∣bers, in the month of October returned the Turks Envoyé from France, bringing with him an Ambassadour from that King called Mon∣sieur De Nointel, a Person of an excellent tem∣per, grave and serious in his Treaties and com∣portment; and to give this Embassy the greater reputation, he was attended with three Men of War and a Fire-ship, which sailing along the Hellespont and Propontick without opposition, came to an Anchor near seven Towers, from whence sending advice of their arrival to the Chimacam demanded to be resaluted by the Seraglio, they promising as they passed to shew the first demonstrations of courtesie; but that being denied, as no usual or customary, the French Ships passed the Seraglio silently without firing a Gun, or any significations on either side, whether of Friendship of Hostility: the Ships came to an Anchor at Fonduclé, where the Ambassadour remained aboard unsaluted and unacknowledged by the publick Ministers of the City; until the Great Vizier, who suppos∣ed that a breach with France ought to have bet∣ter foundation than a meer Punctilio of Ho∣nour, seemed more to despise than take notice of the affront. For he who knew so well to dissemble, after he had seen the French Troops ranged both in Hungary and Candia, against the Ottoman Forces, and yet politickly connived thereat, and acepted an excuse, did not esteem it prudence to ground a War for want of the smoke of a few Guns; but on the contrary or∣dered, That the Ambassadour should be received with the usual Form and Solemnity of Recep∣tion. The French having the advantage by this success, the Souldiers and Sea-men belonging to the Ships committed many insolencies in Pera and Calata, which never were revenged or ac∣counted for; and when the Ships departed, above an hundred Slaves escaped from the Gallies and parts of Constantinople, and gained Sanctuary aboard: amongst the rest one Mon∣sieur De Beau-jeu a Knight of Malta, who had for a long time been Prisoner in the seven Tow∣ers; but at length knocking off his Irons, and by help of a Cord letting himself down from one of the highest Towers in the night, recovered the Ships, and regained his liberty. Nor yet did this nor other affronts, whereby the French did really brave the Turks, administer sufficient subject of choler to the Vizier; for passing all by, as if nothing had been done, or nothing worthy his notice, frankly gave his Orders to let the Ships pass the Castles, which upon the foregoing causes and pretences had been before detained: adding, That it was natural, as well for men as for birds, to endeavour to procure their liberty, and therefore were not blameable but that those to whose care they were commit∣ted, wanting due circumspection and vigilance in their Office, should pay for the escape of their charge by the price of their own lives or liberties.

The French Ambassadour in the mean time proceeded in his Journey to Adrianople, where the Court resided; and having passed through the several degrees and Punctilio's of Visits and other Ceremonies, at length descending to mat∣ters of business, proposed the renovation of the Articles of Peace, with an addition of thirty two Particulars to be altered or adjoyn∣ed. The Vizier who all this time kept more in his heart than he evidenced in his counte∣nance, refused to condescend to a concession of the most easie and reasonable of their demands, offering only to renew the Capitulations ver∣batim according to the Tenour of the ancient Cannon, without other alteration than the Name of the present Sultan, and the Date of the Month and Year, and herein he was so con∣stant and fixed, that no arguments or colours of reason could seem to move him in the most minute and less important points of circum∣stances; and this perhaps lest the World

should imagine, that the Turks were affrighted into Terms and better Treatments of Friend∣ship, or that Immunities and Privileges in the Ottoman Court were acquired rather by rude usage adjoyned with menaces and neglects, than by more candid and fawning Addresses.

In this manner the French Affairs rather went back than forwards in the Ottoman Court, and it seemed that the Turks late Em∣bassy into France and of the French to the Port served to augment the differences more than allay them. For the new Ambassador falling short in his expectation, having obtained nothing of those many Particulars which he demanded, retired male-content from Adria∣nople to his usual Residence at Constantinople, where he resolved to attend what farther In∣structions should be given him from France; and supposing his Master would ill resent his usage so contrary to what was promised in general terms, did suppose, that his next Orders would be of revocation, and that those frequent disgusts and disrespects so often re∣ceived, and given on one side and the other, would at length burst out into an open defiance. The Turks apprehended so much themselves, and as their affairs and designs proved after∣wards with Poland, they were displeased that they had given the most Christian King so just an occasion of quarrel: for understanding to∣wards the latter end of the Year 1671. that great Preparations for War were making in France both by Sea and Land, they were con∣scious that their demerits had justly deserved the chastisement of the French Arms, in re∣venge of the many injuries they had offered that Nation, and therefore paused a while, and observed the motion of these Enemies, before they would engage themselves in a War with Poland. But at length the beginning of the Year 1672. having discovered the designs of France to be only intended against Holland, the Turks reassumed their purposes so long premeditated against Poland, with an arrogance natural to Turks, and with a scorn not only of France, but of all Christendom. For his most Christian Majesty judging perhaps, that the rude treatment of an Infidel Prince so far remote, intrenched not so much on his Honour and Interest, as the quarrel he had with the neighbouring States, seemed to contemn for the present, or rather to defer the revenge of former injuries until a more fit and commo∣dious season; wherefore in the mean time his Ambassador upon new Instructions from France brought purposely by a Man of War, repaired a second time to Adrianople, where he inti∣mated unto the chief Ministers the great desire his Master had to maintain that League and Friendship, which for above an hundred years had continued inviolate and uninterrutped: and therefore waving all other former Particulars of demand, declared himself satisfied, only to renew the Capitulations, with that single altera∣tion of their Customs from five to three in the hundred, according to that Priviledge which the English and all other Christian Merchants enjoyed, whose League and Friendship was subsequent to that of others. The Great Vizier being now freed of that suspicion and fear he apprehended of the French Fleet, and being assured that their Arms were not now probable to disturb him in his designs intended, he seriously smiled in his sleeve at these Addresses, and with a kind of scorning neglect bid the Ambassador welcome to the Court, saying, That he should have what he desired. Where∣fore the Capitulations were transcribed, and the alteration made in the value of their Customs; but the Vizier who meant nothing less than to yield them this Priviledge, defer∣red the signing thereof from day to day, paci∣fying the daily importunity of the Ambassa∣dor with dilatory excuses, until at length having protracted the time to the very day that the Grand Signior and he began their March towards Poland, without so much as granting the Ambassador a personal Audience, did then with soft and gentle words signifie to the Interpreters the grand pressures of his Affairs at present, that would not permit him time to perfect all matters with the Ambassadour, whom they should assure, that at his return with Glory and Victory from the Enterprizes in hand, those requests should be granted, and his promises performed; and in the mean time his Nation should remain secure in these Do∣minions, as in former times, and the League and Friendship continued and maintained. The Ambassador was strangely surprised at this last Farewel; but being a Gentleman of great Morality and Vertue, knew, no doubt, how to bear such a disappointment with an equality of mind agreeable to the greatness of his Soul; and therefore with a due resentment of the in∣jury received, he returned to Constantinople, whilst the Sultan and his Vizier proceeded in their March towards the Confines of Poland.

But before I enter into a relation of the mo∣tives of that War, and the success thereof, which is the Subject of the following Year, let us return to the place from whence we have digressed, and observe in this Year of Peace and repose of this Empire, what the Sultan con∣trived for security of himself by the death of his Brothers.

We acquainted you formerly in what man∣ner the Sultan was disappointed in his designs against his Brothers, by means of his Mother, to whom the Janisaries had committed the care of their safety, which she according to her promise had maintained, and tendered equally with her own. But now the Vizier being re∣turned from the Wars, and the most seditious amongst the Janisaries withdrawn from Con∣stantinople, it was thought fit to make a new attempt on the Princes still residing in the old Seraglio, which was performed with those duc preparations and secrecy, that it took effect on Sultan Orchan, the eldest of the two, who in the Month of September, 1671.* 22.5 dyed by a draught of poyson, which was ad∣ministred to him as a Present from his cour∣teous Brother; some say he was strangled, and that before he submitted his neck to the Bow∣string, he killed one of the Executioners with his Hanjarre. This Prince was reported by the people to be a comely Person, of a strong and robustious body, of large and black eyes like Sultan Morat: his death was lamented by all, and presaged as fatal to the Empire, in re∣gard that that very night that he was murthered the Moon suffered a greater Eclipse than it had done for many years before, which happening out in this conjuncture was interpreted as omi∣nous, and served to increase the maledictions and evil speeches, which the Turks in all places

cast out upon those who gave this counsel to the Sultan.

About this time the State of Genoua desirous to change their Officers in Turkie, sent a new Resident to Constantinople,* 22.6 and a Consul to Smyrna, which change was prinicipally obtained at the request of the old Ministers, who weary of an employment so tedious, without a benefit corresponding to their melancholy life, and perceiving their Trade decline before it was ar∣rived to any tolerable state or degree of reputa∣tion, by the assistance and mediation of friends sollicited their Letters of Revocation. For the Trade of Genoua being cheifly founded on hopes of those advantages which they expected from a coarse or base alloy of mony, did in∣stantly decay so soon as the Turks discovered themselves to be abused by the vast quantities of Temins imported, as we have before related: after which their profit failing, the Consulage consequently decayed, which is the only sub∣sistence and encouragement of such Officers as are necessary to reside for the continuance of that Peace, which but a few years before they unadvisedly made with the Turk. The new Resident had no sooner arrived at Constanti∣nople, and considered the poor and mean estate and ill foundation of their Trade, the grow∣ing charge of the Residency, and the great debts thereof that were to devolve upon him from his Predecessor; but he perceived into what a Labyrinth of troubles he had ingulfed himself, instead of being preferred according to his hopes into a place of Honour and happy retirement. In which confusion of thoughts arising one morning before day from his bed, and sitting on his Close-stool (as the servants of the house report) reached at a Towel, which being intangled within the Lock of a Carbine that hanged always charged near his bed, un∣fortunately drew the Trigger too hard, which with that gave fire, and shot the poor Gentle∣man into the belly with a brace of Bullets, of which being mortally wounded, after Con∣fession and some Prayers in a few hours he passed to another life: unhappy mischance, if it may be called a chance; for I have under∣stood from a sober person of that Nation, that the anguish of mind which he conceived at the evil condition of his Affairs, wrought in him a deepness of melancholy and despair, under which languishing some days, did at last most miserably lay violent hands upon him∣self.

And now it is time to recal to mind the Con∣spiracy of Count Serini,* 22.7 Marquess Frangipani, and Count Nadasti, Persons of Quality and of great Power in Croatia and Hungary, who (as we said before) had sent their Messengers to the Great Vizier then remaining in the Leagure of Candia, with overtures of submission to the Ottoman Power. It was strange News to the World to hear that the House of Serini should abandon the Christian Party, and those re∣nowned Defenders of their Country should apostatize, though not from Christianity, yet from that Cause and Liberty which their An∣cestors and themselves had defended with Blood, Treasure, Valour, and Constancy. But dissentions and animosities sown by Satan, the Enemy of the Christian Church, did strangely corrupt the minds of those famous Persons, and raise in them a Spirit resolved to avenge the neglect and injuries put upon them by the Ministers of the Imperial Court, though at the expence and hazard of their fortunes and lives, and ruine and shiprack of their Honour and Consciences: For the neglects and affronts undeservedly cast on Nicholas Serini during the late War (as before related) and the con∣tempt and scorn put on the Croatian and Hun∣garian Nobility, was supposed to have fired the hot and ambitious Spirit of these Persons, who could more easily endure the slavery of the Turkish yoke, than condescend to the Go∣vernment and prevalency of a contrary Party. Wherefore in prosecution of their design, the complices of Serini being resolved to submit to the Turk, dispatched two other Gentlemen to the Ottoman Court (besides those which were sent the year before to Salonica) who arrived at Adrianople the 11th of February 1670/1 de∣manding the protection of the Sultan, for which they promised a Tribute of thirty Purses, or fifteen thousand Dollars every year for those Lands they held in Croatia. To make Answer hereunto a Divan or Council was called, in which were weighed all the Arguments and Reasons on one side and the other. The Muftee opposed their receiving into protection, as being against the Capitulations and Agree∣ment so lately concluded with the Emperor, wherein the receiving or abetting of Rebels is expresly forbidden, and provided against by one side and the other; but Vanni Efendi the Preacher who used to be always of a different opinion to the Muftee, urged to have them re∣ceived, because that the advancement of the Mahometan Cause, and enlargement of their Empire was more sacred than the conservation of their League with an Infidel Prince. And that the Ottoman Court was no longer to be termed the Refuge of the World, if it could not yield that protection which oppressed King∣doms and distressed Princes petitioned to obtain. In this manner the matter being controverted without Agreement, it was in fine resolved to refer the matter to the determination of the Grand Vizier, who was now a few months past return'd triumphant from Candia. But by this time Intelligence being come by way of Bosna, that the Emperor had already entered Croatia with thirty thousand men, that he had taken Chiacheturno in Cotoriba, and that Serini and his Associates were taken already or fled, either to Vienna to beg pardon of the Em∣peror, or Transylvania, or to some other place, that the Marquess of Bada had fortified Sequas and other Castles of Serini with German Gar∣risons; the Turks esteemed it too late to ad∣minister help to this desperate cause, and there∣fore refused to own the Partronage of a People, to whom they could neither pretend by Rea∣son, nor defend by Arms. The Vizier also like the Fox, contemned those Grapes which he could not reach, and with an abhorrency as it were of the Revolt or the Rebellion, as a zealous Hater of all perfidiousness, refused to afford protection to any of the Complices in the late Confederacy, which he politickly de∣signed in reference to the Emperor, whose friendship he would seem to conserve most faithfully, lest he should interrupt him in the carrying on of that War, which he then medi∣tated against Poland. But what became after∣wards of these Conspirators is the subject mat∣ter of the German History, it is sufficient to acquaint the Reader here that their design be∣ing

seasonably discovered, they were interrup∣ted by the hand of Justice, and met that Fate which is due to Traitors and Rebels to their Country, having abused the goodness of their Prince, to whom clemency and mercy are connatural. We shall therefore leave these men to render the next account to the Judge of all things, and prosecute our Relation of the Wars of Poland, which now was the next prize held up to the Turkish Militia, and was that adventure which was to consummate the glories of the Great Vizier. Howsoever, this gave beginning to that Rebellion in Hungary, which to this Year 1679 hath been continued, without prospect how far it may proceed, and what may be the issue of such direful Effects.

Anno Christi 1672. Hegeira 1083.

WE have formerly acquainted you how coarsely the Chimacam of Adrianople had in the year 1667 treated the Ambassador of Poland, who came to complain of the in∣cursions made into their Country by the Tar∣tars; desiring that not only satisfaction might be made for the late spoils, but that that un∣ruly and savage people might be restrained from the like Attempt for the future. But the Vizier being now returned in person it was thought necessary, That to preserve this gross Body of Empire from corruption, it should be exercised with motion, and the vigorous agita∣tions of a new War.* 22.8 To what place they should now convert or employ their Arms, was the important subject of a grand Consul∣tation; they had lately made up a peace with the Venetians, so that on that side it was too early to make an irruption, the parts of Persia were too remote and distant to carry on a War with success and pleasure; the fields of Hungary had been lately traced, and they were satiated with the blood of Austria and Germany; some∣thing now of novelty must be proposed, and the forgotten ways of Poland must be again opened, there being something, it seems, of wantonness in prosperous Arms, which delight in variety, and abhor as much to fight often in the same Country, as Travellers do to see the same place twice. The Polanders had unto this day so preserved the Limits of their Country with honour and gallantry, that the Turks could never secure to themselves one palm of Land within their Territories, until the civil and most detestable Discords of that Country laid them open to the fury of their Enemies, who embraced this most grateful op∣portunity, which facilitated their Design, and made that easie which they had so long desired, and with care studied and contrived. But for the better understanding of these Affairs it is convenient for us to take the Thread of History at some distance off, that so we may with better light comprehend the Causes, O∣riginal, and Occasions of this War.

The hatred and jealousies which the Otto∣man Port hath always nourished and conserved against the Kingdom and Dominions of Po∣land, are ancient and inveterate, having their rise from the valiant opposition and successful repulses it always made against the various attempts of the Turks; whereby the Poles were animated to treat always at equals with them, and with terms agreeable to that vain glory and swelling pride, which are natural to their Nation.* 22.9 But that which renewed the memory of past actions, and raised an expectation in the Turks to avenge the injuries by subjugating the Cosacks, was one Bogdan Chimilniczki Ge∣neral of the Cosacks, who growing powerful in that Country, with the strength of a nume∣rous Army, abhorring the Pride of the Polish Nobility, denied obedience to their Kingdom, resolving to make himself the absolute Prince of that Province, from whence various fortunes of War succeeding, he was at length forced to join himself to the Tartars, and crave the pro∣tection of the Turkish Arms. In the mean time, Poland, invaded by the Swedes, Mosco∣vites, and Transilvanians, was dismembred of Livonia, and a great part of Lituania and Verania, the first possessed by the Swedes, and the latter by the Czar of Moscovy, and the Rebel Cosacks; which confusions rejoyced the Turks, and gave them the first hopes, not only to free themselves from the frequent Piracies the Cosacks committed on them in the Black Sea, but to impose upon them the Ottoman Yoke; to which end they maintained a secret correspondence with the Generals of that peo∣ple, promising them the assistance of Men, Mony, and Arms, but yet with that caution, that they would not seem unprovoked to quarrel with the Poles, or without just cause to violate the peace of Choccin, to which they pretended a most religious and reverend regard.

Wherefore, that they might not appear causeless Actors against that solemn League, they secretly encouraged those Incursions, which in the Years 1666 and 1667 we have already mentioned to have been made by the Tartars into Poland, as far as the Walls of Leopolis; which action, that the Tartars might not have occasion to abett and maintain, the Poles resolved to send a most splendid Embassy to the Turks, desiring that the Tartar Han might be deposed, for having unjustly violated the sacred peace of Choccin. For that as the Poles were obliged to restrain the Piracies and De∣predations of the Cosacks in the Black Sea, so the Turks were become security against the incursions of the Tartars. Scarce had the Am∣bassador Radiowski delivered this message, be∣fore he unhappily died at Adrianople (as we have before signified;) to whose Complaint and Demand, after many delays, no other answer was given, than that the Poles should first break their League which they had con∣tracted with Moscovy for thirteen years, without the consent, and against the pleasure of the Port, and then after that they might expect and promise themselves all due satis∣faction.

In this manner Affairs stood when King Casimir, weary of the Factions and Discords of the Nobility, resigned up his Crown to retire unto a private life. And now it being necessary to proceed to a new Election we may consequently expect various Commotions and Disturbances in this State, sufficient to artract the eyes of the Turks, and encourage the Cosacks in their intended Revolt. At length Prince Michael Korebut Wisnowieski being elected King, it seemed agreeable to reason, that all Verania should have returned to obedience of

him, to whom the best part of that Country did by right of patrimony, and natural inheri∣tance belong; but the success thereof fell out contrary to all expectation, for Dorosensko, then General, designing to usurp that Govern∣ment, proposed the project of uniting Verania to the Body of Poland, as a member of the Crown, by which means that Province would not only become free from its Vassalage to the Nobility, but obtain equal suffrages in the Diet, with all the other more free and priviledged Countries; and in this manner he might not only compel Poland to condescend to his designs, but confirm himself in the ab∣solute and supreme Authority of the Cosacks: This proposition therefore seemed so insolent, and favouring of Rebellion to the Polish Court, that a severe and menacing Message was dispatched to Dorosensko, threatning to take from him his Bulaua, or Truncheon of General, if ever he entertained any such ima∣gination so highly derogatory to the Majesty of the Polish State; he therefore thought it his time to cast himself wholly into the Pro∣tection of the Sultan, and accordingly dispatch'd Ambassadors to the Port to signifie their sub∣mission, begging to be received into the Arms of the Ottoman Power; and as an assurance thereof, that he might receive the (Tough) which is the Ensign of Authority, carried by Pashaws. The Vizier at the first motion hereof, reflecting on the evil consequences, in case the Grand Signior's honour should be foiled in this action, suspended a while a com∣pleat answer thereunto; but at length being instantly sollicited, and perceiving the Dis∣orders and Factions of Poland to encrease, the Cosacks were received for Subjects of the Empire, and obliged to wage War against all Enemies to the Ottoman Power.

Duke Michael being elected King, the first Act he performed was to send an Ambassador extraordinary to the Grand Signior, with no other Design than to acquaint him of his Electi∣on to the Crown, only in case an opportunity presented, then to move for a ratification of the Articles concluded at Choccin. This Am∣bassador, called Wisozki, being of a haughty and proud spirit, became the Author of all the mischief which ensued; for being of a temper which could not equally bear the honour of his important Office, lanched out into matters beyond his Commission, and in∣stead of imparting his Message, would become sole Arbitrator of all the differences between those two powerful Princes; for he being unac∣quainted with the Power or Affairs of the Turks, supposed nothing in this World com∣parable to the number, riches, and valour of his own Nation, and therefore gave himself that liberty of arrogant Language, that by way of Command and Menaces he rather seemed to act the part of a Governor or Um∣pire in the differences of State, than of an Orator or Suppliant for peace. In his conceit the Turks wanted both courage and power to invade Poland, and therefore supposed he might safely brave them into a ratification of former Articles, especially when he mentioned a hundred thousand Horse, which he under∣took before the Vizier to be able on his own account to conduct as far as the Walls of Adrianople. It was a strange humor of Rodo∣montado that inspired these two last Ambassa∣dors, and if from them we may take a pattern of the disposition of the rest of the Polish No∣bility, it will be no wonder to hear and read the Destractions that are amongst them, that they carry themselves with disrespect to their Prince, are emulous and factious amongst themselves, and that their pride and ignorance, which have flattered their humour, and triumphed amidst their Tenants and Vassals, should betray them to all those evils which we may fear may be the consequences there∣of.

The Great Vizier, considering the confi∣dence which this person used in his Discourse, imagined that the differences in his Country might be composed, and therefore in com∣pliance with his desire, offered in general terms to confirm the peace made at Choccin, without Addition of any new Article in reference to the Cosacks, being a business of that nature which admitted of no present determination; this, he said, was his ultimate resolution, which if the Ambassadour approved not, he might then advise it home, and expect a farther result of their Counsels. Wisozki being really possessed in his fancy of the Turks weakness, gave way to his passion, and with little judgment replied, That he approved not of the Proposition, nor needed he to transmit any such advice into Po∣land, he himself being a Plenipotentiary of as full a Power as the King and Council; for be∣ing a Nobleman, he was by consequence that necessary Member of the Republick, that nothing could pass without his Suffrage.

The Vizier amazed at this extravagant way of discourse, the which he supported with moderation and contempt, dispatched away a Chiaus into Poland with Letters, desiring that this Ambassadour should be recalled, as being a Person unable to manage matters of the least concernment; and if they supplied his place with an other, he should be received with due respect, and a plain way laid open to con∣clude his Negotiations to the satisfaction of both Parties.

Wisozki abounding in his own sense and humor, represented matters in a far different manner into Poland, alledging, That the Law of Nations was impeached by the violence offer∣ed to his Person, being imprisoned, and the usual Tain or Allowance of Ambassadours withheld from him; both which were not abso∣lutely true: for the maintenance he refused as too mean for his Quality and Office; and for his Imprisonment, it was no other than Con∣finement to the City of Constantinople, with a prohibition only from passing over unto Pera, where formerly in a house he had taken, he committed a thousand irregularities and disor∣ders, which caused the Vizier to recal him a∣gain over to Constantinople, denying him the liberty of passing more to the other side. These were the injuries which he complained of into Poland, still fancying, That if the Nobility were assembled to consider of these matters, the Turk would be so affrighted at it as to conde∣scend unto any terms he should propound. These reports of Wisozki took that impression with the Court, that esteeming all authentick which he said or wrote, without farther exami∣nation issued out Orders for a general Insurrecti∣on, and that all people should prepare for the War, rendring the Vizier no other answer, than that when their Ambassadour was set at liberty,

and had licence to depart, the like should be permitted unto theirs, and in the mean time the Chiaus was committed to safe custody, The Grand Signior highly angred at this obstinate misunderstanding, immediately ordered that Wisozki should depart, and at the same time commanded his whole Militia to rise and fol∣low him to the War; and so much the rather was he animated by the reports sent him from Dorosenzko, seconded by the Vayvods of Mol∣davia and Valachia, whose Letters declared the miserable confusions in Poland divided into divers Factions and Parties, their want of money, and the mutiny of the Souldiery inclined rather to betray than defend Verania. And now a Sword and other Presents usual in these cases, being sent to the Tartar Han, he was ordered to unite with the Cossacks, and to invade Poland, where being encountred near Batona, by a Bo∣dy of Horse under the Command of Luzecki Governour of Podolia, the Poles were defeated, and was the first bad Omen of the ill success of this unhappy War.

To second these beginnings, the Grand Sig∣nior having raised an Army of an hundred and fifty thousand men, marched towards Po∣land already sick and languishing with its own intestine distempers, and unable to contend with a Body united within it self, wanting nei∣ther internal vigour, nor nourishment to main∣tain its strength; the first Enterprise was the impregnable Fortress of Caminiecz, which had often in former times baffled the Ottoman Arms; but now being ill provided, destitute of Arms, Ammunition, Provisions, and but weakly manned, and what was worst, despair∣ing of any Relief, after eleven days Siege sur∣rendred it self to the pleasure of the Conque∣rour. Hence the Turks had an open passage through all Podolia and Volhinia to the very Walls of Leopolis, which they passed over like Travellers rather than Enemies, there not ap∣pearing one person in Arms to oppose them, delighting and sporting themselves in these most fruitful and delicious Countries of Europe: thus had private animosities and civil rancour posses∣sed the minds of the Poles one agaisnst the o∣ther, that they had rather yield themselves to the servitude of an Enemy, than condescend to the humor or counsel of a Citizen. Thus had the Turks passed all this Summer in the Plains and Cities of Poland, where it seemed rather Peace than War, all places submitting with∣out difficulty unto the Grand Signior as to their true and natural Lord and Soveragin, by which means the Inhabitants redeemed their Lives and Estates; for the Sultan willing to demonstrate his clemency, and to spare those who volun∣tarily yielded, and encourage others to submit to so gentle a yoke, forbad all the common out∣rages of Souldiers, not permitting Plunder or Booty to be brought into the Camp; nor grea∣ter Spoils to be committed, than if his Army had passed through his own Dominions; whether this obliging or winning manner of proceedings overcame the stout hearts of the Polanders more than blows, will be experienced in the sequel of this story; it is certain the Mili∣tia returned home poor and weary, and more broken by this years Expedition than by the long and tedious March to Persia, and hazar∣dous Battles during the Siege of Babylon; but the Sultan was desirous to return home, and give this first proof and testimony to the World of his war-like and invincible Spirit, of his clemency and of his success in Arms, that at his first appearing in the Field, all Armies and Fortresses submitted to his Power. The Poles on the other side being of an opinion and temper far different to that of their Ambasadour Wisozki, resolved to purchase the departure of their new Guests on any terms; so that these following Articles were agreed and conclud∣ed.

That the King of Poland should quit all Claim to Ʋkrain, Podolia, and Rusland.

That for Leopolis and the Country thereabouts should be paid a Tribute of seventy thousand Dollars a year; all other Capitulations for∣merly made were to stand in force and vir∣tue.

These Articles being signed, the Grand Sig∣nior committed the Government of Verama and Podolia to Dorosenzko, and the defence of Caminiecz to Chusaein Pasha with a Garrison of twelve thousand Janisaries; so that now being returned home, the Militia was permitted to repair to their several Countries and Dwellings, the following year being dedicated to the repose and ease of the Souldiery.

Towards the end of this Year, when the Ships of Barbary returned home, those of Tripoli con∣ceived a certain discontent against their Pasha named Osman for his covetous behaviour to∣wards his Souldiers; for having that Summer taken very rich Prizes from the Venetians and other Nations, the Souldiers expected at their return home to receive a division of their Spoils according to their just and equal shares. But the Pasha grown old and covetous, getting the whole into his hand, appropriated the greatest part to his own Coffers, distributing to the Soul∣diers an inconsiderable proportion of what they had gained the year before. Hereupon the chiefest Commanders amongst them becoming greatly enraged began to incense the Souldiery, which for interest or want of Pay, being always ready to mutiny, took fire immediately, and easily were blown into a Rebellion; so that first making Parties, and retiring into secret Junto's and Councils, they resolved to destroy the Pasha, and alter the Government, and thereby make themselves Masters of all the Treasure and Riches which Osman Pasha had in the space of thirty years amassed together. The Pasha having notice of all that passed, and apprehending the Conspiracies of this unbridled People to be dangerous, began to provide for his safety, and getting together so many as he supposed of his Party, and that were, or might be faithful to him, which joyned with his Slaves and Servants, made up a small Gar∣rison, wherewith to defend and preserve him∣self within his Castle, which being well provid∣ed of Ammunition and Victuals, he shut his Gates, denying access or admittance unto all persons upon pretence and account whatsoever. Hereupon the Mutiny appearing, the Souldiery drew into a Body in the open field, against whom several shot were made from the Castle; so that now the Civil War was begun, and the whole Force of Tripoli raised against the Pasha and his Castle, which being straitly be∣sieged the Defendants who were for the most part Servants and Slaves, failing in their cou∣rage, resolved to make Conditions for them∣selves to the best advantage; wherefore conspi∣ring against their Master, entred his Chamber

and strangled him in the night; and the next morning opening the Castle-gates, received the Enemy within the Walls, making manifest the death of their Master and their own Treachery. Osman Pasha being dead, every one acted for a time what the wildness of an unruly multitude could suggest, till such time as the Heads of the Rebellion could frame themselves into some form of Government, which for the present was resolved to be by a Dei, as most conve∣nient for commanding of the Souldiery, in∣tending for the future to take the Algier Govern∣ment by a Divan for their Pattern and Model of Rule, under which the people of that place had found and experienced the sweetness of li∣berty, riches, and success. These matters be∣ing agreed upon, some of their Men of War were sent to give advice unto the Grand Signior of the revolutions of their City, supplicating him to pardon the violence used against their Pasha Osman, whose Covetousness and Tyranny forced them for self-preservation to precipitate that Authority, which they knew on their com∣plaints, his Majesty would have granted them; and that he would be pleased to receive them into his protection and favour, as his faithful and humble Subjects and Slaves, and as an evi∣dence thereof would grant them a Pasha confirm∣ed by his Royal Signature. The Sultan, though at first shewed himself much displeased with this manner of proceeding against Osman Pasha; yet seeing that there was no remedy, suffered himself to be mollified by their Presents and submission, granting them a Pasha for their Governour, whose power proved as unsignifi∣cant as his doth, who bears that Title at Algier. Matters being thus reduced to some tolerable condition amongst them, they concluded, That the most beneficial course of life to render them considerable, as well as to amuse and divert the minds of their rude people from innovati∣ons against their Governours, was to grant free liberty to whomsoever pleased to arm out Ships of War; which Priviledge Osman Pasha reser∣ved to himself and his Confidents; and finding at present that they were able to set out six Sail from forty to fifty Guns, and four more from twelve to thirty, intending to accomplish in all the full number of fifteen Sail; those who trad∣ed in the Levant Seas began to apprehend, that this faithless and heady people would at a time, when they found their advantage and the temp∣tation of a rich Prize, break their Peace with his Majesty our King, the which Osman Pasha had notwithstanding conserved for several years without violation, moved perhaps thereunto out of an apprehension, that in such troubles which a War with England might bring upon them, he might lose or impair his riches, and bring the like confusion on his people, as he had late∣ly heard of in Algier on the like occasion: but how and in what manner these matters succeed∣ed, and how at length this people broke their Peace and Faith, we reserve to be recounted at the end of the Year 1674.

Towards the end of the month of August it pleased God to take out of this life unto a better Sir Daniel Harvey his Majesties Ambassadour at Constantinople: a man whose person being comely, was extremely grateful to the Turks; and for the experience he had at the Ottoman Court, was equal in the happy management of Affairs to any of his Predecessours.

Anno 1673. Hegeira 1084.

BUT it seems the Turks had made too much haste in their return to digest a Conquest of so large Extent; so that they were scarce well warmed by their Winter-fires, before they were alarmed again with Jea∣lousies of Poland, and the Seditions amongst the Cossacks, whom Dorosenzko wrote he could not keep in subjection, unless he had some Suc∣cours sent him from the Port. The rumors likewise that the Muscovite armed, and was resolved to Assist the Poles in recovery of their lost Country, increased the apprehensions of the Turks, who too late perceived the errour they had committed in so soon disbanding their Ar∣my, which before some were scarce got home, they were forced to recal. But now the year was well begun, and no grand preparations made; so that it was impossible to collect an Army in so short a time considerable enough to be honoured with the Conduct of the Sul∣tan; wherefore it was resolved, that all things this year should be disposed in a readiness against the next. But the Grand Signior had a project of his own to depart speedily with his Court, and to pass the heats of the Summer in the Moun∣tains of Zegna about five or six days Journey on his way towards Poland, which being reported to be a place well planted with Trees, watered with cool and fresh Springs, and abounding with all sorts of Game, made him impatient to take up his Summer-quarters in a Country so agree∣able to his humor; and that he might cover the design of pleasure with that of profit and policy, he pretended that the report of his pro∣ceeding so far would both hasten the Army, and give a terrour to the Enemy. But the Great Vi∣zier and his Council who weighed all things bet∣ter, were of another opinion, judging it neither honourable for the Court to be retired into Woods and Mountains, nor the advantage of such a surmise able to countervail the expence and inconveniences of that Journy; and there∣fore it was concluded to stand unto the first re∣solution, That the Grand Signior with the main Body of his Army should not move until the following year, but that in this interim all pre∣parations should be made for Provisions and Ammunition, in order unto which three thou∣sand Janisaries were already sent away to Kemi∣niecz under the Command of the Sampsongi∣bashee and six thousand more under the Zagar∣gibashee were to be landed on that Isthumus, which joyns the Crim Tartar unto the Main, from whence they had a short March to the assistance of Dorhsenzko. Chasaein Pasha lately come from Damascus, was nominated for General to be sent into Silistria, and there to command in Chief over the Militia of Dobriza, Bosna, and Rumelia in case of any alteration and disturbance in Poland: this Person was al∣ways accounted a stout and valiant Souldier, though seldom fortunate, and was the same that lost the Battel before Lewa in the last German Wars, as we have before intimated: he was about this time grown infirm by a hepatical Dysentery, which reduced him to a weak condition of body, with little hopes of reco∣very.

In the mean time arrived at Adrianople an Ambassadour from the great Czar of Muscovy,

bringing Letters dated in April of the preceding year, which was before the time that the Turks had entred Poland, the contents of which were, That the Grand Signior would do well to desist from his design against that Country;* 22.10 for that if he did proceed and invade those Dominions, he should find himself obliged to make War upon him, and with his mighty and puissant Power to drive him back to his own Jurisdiction. This Message appeared very unseasonable, and caused much laughter at first; for that the Turk had since the Date of that Letter invaded Po∣land, and possessed himself of vast Countries, and yet neither encountred any opposition from the Muscovite, nor so much as heard any ru∣mor of his Motion. Wherefore the Turks with scorn forbad the Ambassadour any far∣ther Addresses, and commanded him to be gone speedily, saying, That his Master had neither courage nor force to maintain his word of War, nor wisdom to manage a Treaty of Peace.

The Reports now from the parts of Poland spake matters to be in a quiet posture, and not likely to concern the Turks much for this year; wherefore the Grand Signior began again to renew his purposes of pastime and pleasure in the Mountains of Zegna; but because no true or perfect account could be given of the de∣lights, refreshments, and situation of that place, the Olack Celebi or chief Postmaster was sent to furvey the Country, and to return with a rela∣tion of all matters: but in the interim the design was altered; for the Grand Signior having be∣gun a Fabrick in which he had expended about eighty thousand Dollars, at a small Village about nine or ten miles from Adrianople; the place and novelty of the Building so well pleased him, that he found in himself an inclination to pass the whole Summer there; and becoming likewise enamoured of a young Lady in his Seraglio, notwithstanding his former tenderness to his Queen, and late aversion to all other Women, he judged it was possible to divertise his time well in those parts, and more to his contentment, than in wild woods and uninha∣bited mountains. Whereupon the intentions of Zegna were laid aside, and nothing thought of but the rest and quietness of the Court for this year.

But because it was reported, That the Czar of Muscovy made great Preparations for War, it was judged necessary to command the Crim Tartar to be watchful of his motion by Land, though the natural slothfulness of that people gave them no apprehension of their Arms for this year; howsoever it being probable, that they might prove more active and forward in the Black Sea, than they were capable to do by Land, by sending forth their small Boats down the Volga to take and pillage the Saiks and Ves∣sels belonging to Constantinople and other parts; the Captain-Pasha was ordered to pass into that Sea with thirty five or forty Sail of Gallies for de∣fence of the Coast, and for fortifying and repair∣ing Asac, and the Fortresses thereabouts but whilst these Preparations were making for the Euxine or Black Sea, the other Seas were neg∣lected and undefended; for the Alexandrian Fleet consisting in all of eight Sail,* 22.11 were encoun∣tred not far from Rhodes by some Maltese and Ligornese Corsaires: the Ships of the Turks were most of them very great and potent Ships, one of them was at least fifteen hundred Tuns, and was capable to carry an hundred Guns, the others of eight hundred or a thou∣sand Tuns, able to have resisted and overcome, had they been well armed, double the force that assaulted them; but being now engaged with an Enemy, though not so strong, yet better ex∣perienced in marine Affairs than themselves, they fought with them stoutly the first day; but the next day six Gallies coming to the Christians assistance, (which had been harbour∣ed in some Port not far distant, and led thither by the noise of the Cannon, to which also a calm giving the greater advantage) the Turks began to faint in their courage, so that four Gallions and two Saiks yielded to mercy, which was a Prize of so great value, that it was sup∣posed never to have been equalled since the time of Sultan Ibrahim, when the loss of the grand Sultana and other Ships gave the first occasion of War with Venice. This great Ship which was reported by those who saw her to be both longer and broader than the Soveraign, carried only sixty Guns, and was manned ac∣cordingly only with about an hundred Seamen, and about two hundred more which were Land∣men, wholly unacquainted with the Sea or with Naval Fights: the biggest Ship amongst the rest was belonging to the Queen-Mother, and the others to the Grand Signior, being freighted principally with Sugar, Coffee, Rice, and o∣ther Provisions for the proper maintenance of their Courts, which we may suppose will high∣ly inflame these grand Personages, with anger and disdain, when they reflect on their own proper losses which touch them so nearly as their peculiar Goods and the Furniture of their Kitchins.

The Turkish Court now angered with this loss, was more moved in the midst of May, when a Messenger from Poland arrived with Letters from the Grand Chancellour, declaring with modest-terms,* 22.12 That their Kingdom was unable or unwilling for many respects to pay the promised Tribute; so that if they did not judge fit to wave or lay aside those pretensions, they should be forced to take up Arms in defence of their Honour, Safety, and Priviledge of their Dominions. The Turks surprised with this un∣expected Message, too late perceived the errour of the last years proceedings, which were car∣ried on with a clemency and confidence not agreeable to the disposition and humor of such an Enemy, as is unacquainred with servitude, and so far from being able to support a Foreign Yoke, that they cannot endure subjection to their own Civil Government, every Nobleman (of which there are many in Poland) being am∣bitious to be a Prince, judges himself better than his elected King. Hence proceeded all those dis∣sentions which laid them open to the late inva∣sion of their powerful Enemy, the apprehension of whom having obducted for a while those sores of Faction which festered amongst them, and that principle of self-conservation, which by a forcible nature inclined them to Union, at length armed them with a resolution to avenge the Liberties of their Country, and assured them of the Truth of that Saying, That a Kingdom divided against it self cannot stand.

The Turks now wished that they had either made a true use of their Victory, and the op∣portune

Conjuncture of the last years Affairs to have setled and secured their Conquests, or that they had never begun the War; for now find∣ing themselves engaged in it,* 22.13 they were in ho∣nour obliged to proceed, and lose the fair oppor∣tunity which presented to make their advantage in Hungary; to which place they had been, and were still invited by the Rebles of that Country, who to revenge the Cause of Serini, Nadasti, and some other Discontents and Aggrievances of which they complained, and to defend the Protestant Religion, in which by the zeal of some Churchmen, they were disturbed, resolved to abandon their Allegiance to their natural Prince, and rather seek a protection for their Estates, and allowance for their Religion un∣der the Turks, than remain beholding for either to a prevailing party at the Imperial Court. The chief Authours of this Rebellion were Petrozy, Sepesi, Tende, Gabor, Sutrey, and other principal persons amongst the Hungarians, who having on their own strength opposed them∣selves against the Emperour the last year were defeated in divers engagements, and at length reduced to a very low and miserable condition. Wherefore they renew again their Petitions and Presents to the Sultan, sent by their Agents about the beginning of this Month of April, beg∣ging his assistance and protection, representing the easiness of the Conquest, and how large a Gate they were able to open to his Armies, and make a plain way for him into the most fertile and opulent Countries of the World, of which he seemed already half possessed by reason of those Discontents and Factions that were a∣mongst them.

The Turks though well satisfied of the rea∣sonableness of the design, yet being engaged in honour against Poland, knew not how to retract, and therefore dispatched away the Messengers for the present with fair hopes and secret pro∣mises, well treated in private, though they received rather a Denial than Encouragement in publick. For the expedition against Poland was that which employed solely the wisest heads of the Empire, who as it were in fury issued out immediate Orders,* 22.14 That all those who eat the Grand Signior's Bread, should without farther delay prepare themselves for the Wars against Poland; and that Provisions and Ammuniti∣on should be supplyed in all places according to the usual proportions; The Tugh, or Horse-Tail, (the Signal for departure) was set forth, the Tents ordered to be carried into the Field, and such haste made in all parts, as if the raising of an Army were the business, but of one day; resolving immediately to proceed against their Enemies, to whom the Sultan returned a most dreadful and menacing Letter, full of expres∣sions agreeable to the Turkish Style, which threatned Confusion, Sword, Famine, Fire, Destruction, and a thousand other more direful Judgments: but the Collection of this great Army, and the appendages belonging there∣unto, were not so suddenly provided as to ad∣mit of such a dispatch as the Sultan's fury pre∣tended; wherefore in cooler blood it was con∣cluded, That for this Summer they should not pass much beyond the other side of the Danube, that the Winter Quarters should be designed in Silistria, from whence they might more effectu∣ally threaten and affright their Enemies with their near approach.

About this time the French found an oppor∣tune season to accommodate all their Affairs with the Port, and to put a period to the several Articles and particulars they had for many years demanded. For now the French King not only appeared very formidable by reason of his success against Holland, but likewise instrumen∣tal to promote the designs of the Port, whilst he kept the Brandenburghers employed, and diverted the whole Armies of the Empire; and now also that they might engage him not to contribute assistance to the Poles, they judged it reasonable policy to evidence to that Ambassa∣dour more external demonstrations of kindness, and strain their courtesie beyond the terms which they could cordially, and in reality afford them. Wherefore, at length the Capitulati∣ons were renewed, and some Articles and Privi∣ledges superadded, which are these that fol∣low.

• FIrst, That all religious Persons and Bishops of the French Church shall remain and continue quiet and unmolested in their respective Habitations and Dwellings, with liberty to perform all their Ecclesiastical Rites and Ceremonies.
• Secondly, That the Religious of Jerusa∣lem and of Bethlem shall conserve those religious places which they have anciently possessed, and there may continue to cele∣brate their Worship of God, and all their Devotions, without any disturbance.
• Thirdly, That if these Religious of Jeru∣salem or Bethlem have any difference or dispute with the Officers thereof, it shall be remitted to the decision of the Port.
• Fourthly, All Frenchmen, and all under their Banner, shall safely at all times go to Jerusalem, and return without molesta∣tion.
• Fifthly, The two Churches in Galata be∣longing to the Jesuits and Capuchins, and anciently possessed by them, are now again con∣firmed by these Presents; one of which be∣longing to the Capuchins having been burnt, free liberty is given for the rebuilding thereof, and to remain as formerly in the hands of the French; and in the Hospital in Galata, if they will read the Gospel after their fashion, none shall give them disturbance or hinder them.
• Sixthly, Whereas the French Nation formerly paid 5 per. Cent. Custom, now in regard they have been ancient friends to the Port, and that they have renewed their Capi∣tulations, they shall pay no more than 3 per Cent. and accordingly let no more be de∣manded.
• Seventhly, All Portugueses, Sicilians, Catelans, Messineses of Ancona, &c. that have no Ambassadors at the Port, if they come under the French Banner, shall pay no more than 3 per Cent. according as the French pay.
• Eighthly, In payment of their Customs, they shall pay the Currant Mony such as passes in our Treasury, and the Farmers

• of the Customs shall not refuse the same.
• Ninthly, The Mesteria they shall pay ac∣cording to what the English Merchants pay, and no more.
• Tenthly, All the Merchandise they bring, or shall bring, shall be valued accord∣ing to the present estimation, and no more pretended of them, and if the Customers will notwithstanding raise the esteem of the Goods above the value, then if the Merchant will pay his Custom in specie, it shall not be re∣fused.
• Eleventhly, The Custom of Silk being paid — a new Custom ought not to be de∣manded.
• Twelfthly, The Custom being once paid, the Customer shall not refuse to give his Teschare, and the Merchant being willing to transport his Goods to another Scale, another Custom shall not be demanded.
• Thirteenthly, The Officers and Customers at Sidon, Birut, Aleppo, or Cairo shall not compel the Merchants to take Goods by Eorce, not under any pretence whatsoever take one Asper from them, nor demand mony to be lent unto them.
• Fourteenthly, The French Vessels may bring Goods from the Indies, by way of the Red Sea, unto the Port Suucis, and having paid their Custom once there, whatsoever Goods they cannot sell in that Country, they may have liberty to transport over land to Alexandria, and there relade them again on their own Vessels without paying another Custom, or receiving molestation from any person. Howsoever, this Capitulation is to be understood with this condition, that this point shall be signified to the chief Officers of Cairo, who having called a Council of the most knowing and experienced persons to con∣sider hereof, and they concluding that this point is in no wise prejudicial to that Country, nor to the Interest of the Believers then this Article to be of force, but if they advise the contrary, then this to be of no effect.
• Fifteenthly, If the Fryars, or Merchants, or Druggermen will make Wine, and transport it abroad, none shall hinder them.
• Sixteenthly, The French Consuls, and all under their Banner, having a difference with any of or above, four thousand Aspers, it shall be decided at our publick Divan.
• Seventeenthly, If any man slaughter shall happen in the street where French dwell, they shall not be liable to pay the price of the Bloud, unless it be proved before the Justice that a Frenchman was guilty there∣of.
• Eighteenthly, The Druggermen in service of the French Nation shall enjoy the same priviledges, as before specified.

Nor was the French interest only available at that time to obtain the foregoing Articles, and renew their Capitulations with such Addi∣tions: but likewise to procure Licence for the Ambassador to travel into the remotest parts of the Ottoman Dominions;* 22.15 for though it were a thing never practised before, and denied (as is well known) to other Christian Ambassa∣dors; yet it was granted to Monsieur de Nointel with so much freedom, that first in a Brigan∣tine he went to Scio, thence visited the chief Isles of the Archipelago, thence crossed to Rhodes, and so proceeded to Satalia, Cyprus, and Jerusalem: so much confidence had the Turks, contrary to their custom, in this Am∣bassador: for as they stile all Representatives from Foreign Princes their pawns or pledges of Peace, so had not the Turks in that con∣juncture thought the interest of France worth the obliging, they would never have deviated from their ancient Custom, and given an example for other Ministers to demand a pri∣viledge of the like nature.

But to return again to the designs against Poland,* 22.16 the Sultan about the end of July marched with such Forces as were then in a readiness towards the Confines of that Country; and though he had not with him above fifteen thousand men, yet it was concluded that the Fame and terror of the Grand Signior's mo∣tion would either abate and bring low the spirits of the Poles, and induce them to dis∣patch an Ambassador with terms of Peace, or at least this readiness of the Turkish Camp would be an early preparation for the designs of the next year, and put the whole Empire into a timely motion, and that uniting with the Forces of the Frontiers, they might make a Body sufficient to resist any sudden Incursion. This resolution being taken, the Great Vizier led the Van, and encamped on the Banks of the Danube near a place called Isacgee, where he with all diligence built a Bridge of Boats to pass his Forces with the greatest facility to the other side, on which lies the Country of Mol∣davia. The Sultan about a days journey short of the Vizier, fixed his Court and Camp at a place called Babadog; with intention after some days to cross the River, and proceed as far as Kemenitz, that by the influence of his powerful Presence he might encourage his Army there, and provide all things necessary for security of that Garrison. But in the mean time ad∣vices coming that the Polish Army, consisting of about twenty thousand men, was roving about the Confines of Leopolis, under the Command of General Sobieski, and that a re∣conciliation was passed between the King and him; and that Zircha, Commander of the Cosacks, joyned to considerable forces of the Moscovite and Calmuck Tartars, had made incursions into the parts about Osac, caused the Sultan to desist from his designed progress to Kemenitz, and to pass no farther than over the River into Moldavia for hunting or other pastimes. By these matters the Turks being fully convinced, that the Poles resolved not to pay their promised tribute, nor to send an Am∣bassador with propositions, which were con∣descending or supplicating for Peace; the Sultan himself dispatched away an Aga with Letters into Poland full of threats, menaces, and pro∣testations of bringing all that ruine, misery, and destruction on their Country, which always attends the most cruel and bloudy War, if they did not retrieve their error by a speedy

submission and compliance with those Articles which were the last year accorded. And this was the last motion the Turks made towards a Peace, which they were desirous to embrace on any terms honourable, that so they might have opportunity to divert their Arms to the more mild Climates of Hungary, where, be∣sids the entertainment they expected to re∣ceive from friends, who invited them, they should not be liable to half those inconve∣niences of Cold, Frosts, and Famine, as they were probable to meet in the parts of Po∣land.

But the Poles were so much in earnest, and so little esteemed the menaces of the Sultan, that they anticipated his threats by some acts of hostility, and showed that they so much scorned his anger that they were resolved to be the first Aggressors.* 22.17 For the great Mareschal Sobieski with his Lieutenant General Wisno∣witzki marched forward, and boldly passed the Niester with fifty thousand select Souldiers. The General of the Turkish Army, Chusaein Pasha, alarmed hereat, immediately issued forth such Orders for preparing and fitting his Camp as were agreeable to a speedy Battel; and that he might understand the state of his Camp, he called the Prince or Vayvord of Moldavia to examine him concerning the state and con∣dition of his Forces; the answer he gave proving not satisfactory to the expectation of the Turk, who was enraged at the approach of the Enemy, with high and proud words in∣sulted over the Prince, giving him no better terms than Dog and Infidel, and at length struck him over the head with his Pole-Axe; notwithstanding which, and the disgrace he put upon him, imprudently that night com∣mitted unto him, and to the Prince of Valachia, the care of the Guards, which consisted of three thousand Men. The Valachians as near Neighbours and Associates with the others,* 22.18 seemed at first more grievously to resent the affront, than did the Moldavians, and there∣fore that Night took their Prince by force and carried him to the Polish Army. The Prince, that he might make a Vertue of Ne∣cessity, complained of no force or violence offered unto him by his Souldiers, but as if he had voluntarily revolted, showed outwardly a fair and serene countenance towards the Poles, until such time as with forty of his Men, he found an opportunity to escape; but being by next morning at break of day overtaken by five Troops of Polonian Horse, his whole Retinue was slain by them, excepting five of his men, who with himself, saved themselves by the swiftness of their Horses; Howsoever, the Prince received a wound on his left hand with a Sword, with which presenting himself before the Great Vizier, and by that testimony boasting of his Faith and Loyalty to the Otto∣man House, was conducted by him to the pre∣sence of the Sultan, who, in reward of his fidelity and valour, vested him with a rich Coftan, and restored him again to his Princi∣pality with addition of three hundred Aspers a day pay. His Wife and Children which re∣mained as Hostages at Constantinople, being upon the News of the Princes Revolt clapt into the seven Towers, were again released, and conducted to their house with all imaginable honour and magnificence.

But the Moldavian Prince was more in earnest, and heartily disdained the affront of∣fered him by Chusaein Pasha, towards whom, and the other Turks, though he carried a serene and calm coutenance, yet he nourished a secret flame and storm within himself; to vent which, and revenge the affront, he maintained a correspondence with Sobieski, giving him in∣telligence of all matters in the Turkish Camp,* 22.19 how he might most easily surprize the Forces of the Pasha of Sivas, and the four Generals of the Spahees of Alchabolick.

The Christians made use of this intelligence accordingly, by making their assault on the Enemy on the weakest side, when the Prince having reserved his anger until an opportune Season, turned his face against the Turks, and with a courage agreeable to his spirit and com∣mand, he entered the Tabor, or Intrenchment of Chusaein Pasha, and wounded him with his own hand. The heat of the Fight continued fourteen hours, in which none behaved himself more valianlty than did Solyman Pasha the Beg∣lerbeg of Bosna, who though he was as brave and fought as stoutly as any man could having six Horses that day killed under him,* 22.20 he was at length forced to fly and abandon the field, following Chusaein Pasha, of Sivas and Ciddi∣ogla, who made better use, in saving them∣selves, of their horses heels, than their own Arms; But in this Flight his Horse pitching his foot into the hole of a wooden Bridge, which he was to pass, was there stopped until he was overtaken by a Souldier with a Hat, who shot him through the Body; so that con∣tinuing his flight more faintly than before, he was overtaken by a Palonian Hussar, who with a Lance bore him to the Ground, where he was trod under foot, and cut in pieces by the Enemy: The other three Pashaws were wounded; the Generals of the Green and Yellow Sangiacks of the Spahees were taken Prisoners, and two other principal Comman∣ders of the Spahees were killed. The Zagar∣geebashee, who commanded eighteen Cham∣bers of Janisaries, was taken prisoner, the Stan∣dard of the Janisaries taken, and they wholly cut in pieces and destroyed, consisting of eight thousand five hundred men; all the Troops and Attendants of those Pashaws, with four Sangiacks of Spahees, were slain upon the place, which in all were computed to be about twenty five thousand men. The booty taken was very considerable, for besides the ordinary Baggage they took two thousand purses of money, then newly brought for payment of the Souldiery, and twenty five thou∣sand Waggons of Provisions and Ammuni∣tion.

After this success and important Victory the Poles became Masters of the strong Fortress of Chotin, and other smaller Palanchas, on the Banks of the Niester, making their Incursi∣ons into Moldavia, as far as Jash, which is the principal City of that Country. And thus far was Kaplan Pasha proceeded with the Re∣cruits of about four thousand men, when the News came of the fatal Rout, and the fame thereof encreasing by the fearful Relations of such as fled from the Battel, alarmed the Turks with such frightful apprehensions, that they retreated back again to the other side of the Danube, and united themselves to the Forces of the Vizier. But Chusaein Pasha, though he saved his life, yet could not con∣serve

the Air of the Sultan's favour; for so soon as he arrived at the Court, he received an ill welcome; for according to the manner of Turks,* 22.21 who punish the ill success of a Ge∣neral equal to Crimes committed, he was im∣mediately put into Chains, deprived of his estate and honours, and sent prisoner with the attendance only of two servants unto the Castles of the Dardanelli, where the disturbance and unquietness of his mind reduced him to an infirmity of Body; so that being sick, and without Friends or Physicians, he sent to Sir John Finch, his Majesties Ambassador, as he passed up the Hellespont, to afford him the use and assistance of his Physician; but the Am∣bassador excused himself, letting him know, that his Retinue being passed before on ano∣ther Vessel, he was sorry it was not in his power to accommodate him in the manner he desired.

The Winter being now well entered, which is very wet and cold in those Coutries, caused the Armies on both sides to draw into their warmet Quatters, there to meditate and con∣trive their designs for the more active season. During these Affairs the King of Poland died; so that the Election of a new Prince,* 22.22 the manner of reconciling their intestine Diffe∣rences, and the means to defend their Coun∣tries, were Subjects of important Considera∣tion, and matters more than sufficient to em∣ploy the wisest heads of that Nation for a longer time than their common Enemy was resolved to afford them. The Turk on the other side though full of revenge and anger for their last misfortune, yet patiently took this loss as the paring only of his Nails, that his Claws might grow the longer, and was so rowsed with this blow, that he summoned all the Nations of his large Empire to come in to his assistance, towards which forty thousand Carts laden with Provisions were appointed to rendezvous on the Banks of the Danube to∣wards the end of the month of March. Yet in the mean time the Turks not having patience to see their perfidious Prince avail himself of his Revolt, and in Despight of the Ottoman Power to to seat himself in his Principality of Jash, were resolved to drive him thence; and in order thereunto not ex∣pecting a milder season, immediately dispeeded some Troops of Tartars, and two thousand Spahees under the Command of a new Prince, to drive him out of the Country. In the mean time the Poles, since their late Victory, kept the Fortress of Kemenitz straitly blocked up on all sides, and thereby reduced them to such a want of food and other provisions, as might probably cause them to surrender before the Summer could open a way to their relief.

But before I conclude this Year, I must not omit to acquaint the Reader, that in the month of September an English Factor at Smyrna descended of good Parents, and educated under a severe and religious Master, one who had a reasonable Estate of his own, and in good busi∣ness and employment, did notwithstanding in the absence of his Partner, with whom he was joyned in Commission, carry out of the house 215 ½ fine Cloths belonging to several Principals of England, with a considerable Sum of ready Mony, Jewels, and things of value: of which having possessed himself, he went before the Kadi, and there in presence of divers Officers of the City turned Turk, hoping by the Privi∣ledge of the Mahometan Law, whereby no Christian testimony can pass against a Turk, to appropriate unto himself that whole Estate, which he had thus treacherously got into his sole custody. And it being impossible for Turks to attest the Marks, Numbers, or know the Estates of Persons being in England, he judged himself out of the reach of any Power or Art to dispossess him of his unjust and wicked ac∣quests. Howsoever the Consul did so closely pursue him both at Smyrna and at the Turkish Court, that in the space of seven months he regained all the Cloth, and the best part of the Mony and Jewels out of his hands: and in fine reduced this Renegado to so low a condition, that he humbly supplicated the Consul to con∣trive a way for his passage into England: at which time His Majesties Frigate the Cen∣turion being then in Port, he was imbarked thereupon, and so returned into his own Country.

The Particulars of all which having been amply related in Writing and Letters to pri∣vate Friends, I purposely omit the same in this place, that so I might cast a veil over the nakedness and shame of our Nation in that City. Howsoever I judge it requisite to re∣count this Story in brief and in general heads, That men may know there is a God who rules above, who rejects impious and licen∣tious persons, confounding the designs of those who betraying their Trust, deviate from the common Rules of Morality and Honesty.

Anno 1647. Hegeira 1085.

THis Year began at Smyrna with the hap∣py Arrival of Sir John Finch, sent by His Majesty for Ambassador to the Grand Signior in the place of Sir Daniel Harvey, who dyed in August 1672. at his Country-house not far from Constantinople. His Excellency entred the City on the first day of January 1673/4 rejoycing the English Factory with the sight of their new Ambassador, (that Office having been now void for the space of sixteen months) who was welcome also to people of the Country, judging him fortunate for arriving at the Feast of their great Biram: nor less pleasing was the News thereof to the Court, especially to the late Pasha of Tunis, whose Goods and Monies taken by one Do∣minico Franceschi, out of an English Ship called the Mediterranean, in her passage from Tunis to Tripoli, this Ambassador had recovered from Ligorne and Malta; which being an acti∣on without example, was greatly admired and applauded by the Turks, and esteemed an evident demonstration of that great Interest and Power which the Glory of our King hath acquired in Foreign parts, and of the singular dexterity of such a Minister.

About the 18th of March, Sir John Finch arrived at Constantinople being transported to the Dardanelli on his Majesties Fregat the Cen∣turion; and thence on a Gally hired at Smyrna for that purpose. Some few days after his ar∣rival, the Grand Signior and Vizier being at Adrianople, the Lord Ambassador had audience of the Chimacam whom he saluted with this speech.

I am come Ambassadour from Charles the Second King of England, Scotland, France, and Ireland, sole Lord and Soveraign of all the Seas, that environ his Kingdoms, Lord and Soveraign of vast territories, and pos∣sessions in the East and West-Indies, Defen∣der of the Christian Faith against all those that Worship Idols or Images. To the most Powerful and mighty Emperor of the East, to maintain that peace, which hath been so useful, and that commerce which hath been so profitable to this Empire: For the continuance, and encrease whereof I promise you in my station to contribute what I can, and I promise to my self, that you in your will do the like.

But to proceed to the Wars. The Polan∣ders being thus prosperous, made use of their success, and the sharp cold of the Winter-season to make their Incursions, and Winter-quarters through all the Principalities of Moldavia; for they being born in cold Countries, and ac∣customed to the Snows and Frosts, were more patient and enduring of extremity of weather than were the Turks, who were brought forth from more mild and moderate Climates: so that neither could the Poles be driven out from those Countries, nor Keminitz be relieved by them, until such time, that the Sun getting high, and thawing the Snows, and warming the Earth, prepared a season fit for return of the Turks who marching according to their custom with an Army composed of great multitudes, quickly compelled the Poles to retire. For the Grand Signior and Vizier having both seated their Winter-quarters on the Banks of the Danube, were ready at the first opening of the Summer to enter their Arms in∣to the Enemies Countries; and having called the Tartars to their assistance, did according to the usual custom make Incursions for depredati∣on of Slaves, Cattel, and whatsoever else was portable in a running March.

The Chan or King of this People was at that time greatly indisposed in his health, of which he advised the Great Vizier, as if he intended thereby to obtain a release from his personal at∣tendance that year in the War: But the Vi∣zier, who either supposed this excuse to be only a pretence, or that he had a kindness for his Person, immediately dispatched away his own Physician called Signior Masselini, an Italian born, a worthy Learned man, a good Chri∣stian, and my intimate Friend: with whom maintaining a constant correspondence by Let∣ters, he wrote me,* 22.23 That from the Grand Sig∣niors Quarters which were at Batadog near the Banks of the Danube, he arrived after seventeen days Journey in Chrim, where (he said) he was received with singular honour and kindness by the Great Chan, whom he found to be a Prince of admirable prudence, gentleness, and generosity, but greatly afflicted with a Hypo∣chondriacal Melancholy; which being an in∣firmity of some years standing, was with the more difficulty removed; howsoever he was so far from being uncapable to follow his Army, that he advised him to divert his mind with the thoughts of War: which counsel having taken, after thirty days abode in the Camp, he found himself much more chearful than be∣fore, and greatly relieved of that pressure of Melancholy and caliginous Vapours which of∣fended his Brain.

We are now (said he) at Ʋssia at the Mouth of the Boristhenes, which we have passed from the other side unto this, where the River is nine miles broad, from hence we are marching towards Bender upon the Niester to pass into Moldavia, and there to joyn with the Ottoman Army. The Poles have sent to demand Peace, but with con∣dition, that Kemenitz be restored to them; which Proposition was with great disdain re∣jected, and will never be granted whilst this Emperour reigns. These people greatly de∣sired a Peace with Poland, which the Electi∣on of Sobieski for King may probably facili∣tate; for not only they, but the Turks also dread a March into Poland, and are so in∣veterately bent to take revenge on the Mus∣covites and Cosacks, who lately became their Subjects, that they could accept of any reasonable Terms of Accommodation with Poland. I for my part found Tartary a very pleasant Country, plentiful of all Provisi∣ons, and the people much more courteous and obliging to the Strangers and Christians, than those Turks with whom you and I have conversed.

Thus far Masselini writes in commendation of the Tartars, and in farther confirmation hereof, I have read in some Books, That as to their Morals, there are very few Nations to be found less vicious, they are ex∣tremely severe and faithful, they have no Thieves or false Witnesses amongst them, little Injustice or Violence, and live in union and great tranquillity: the marvellous fidelity of the Captive Tartars in Poland is every day to be observed, who never fail to return at the time appointed, when they are licensed upon their word to go and procure their Liberties by the exchange of Polish Prisoners, which they execute punctually, or return themselves, not failing a minute. And it is observed, That the Polish Gentlemen do rather trust the young Tartars, which are in their Service, with the keys of their Money and Jewels, than any of their Houshold.

The time for Armies to draw out of the Winter-quarters, and take the Field being now come, the Grand Signior and Vizier, with great numbers both of Horse and Foot passed the Danube, and prosecuting their March to the Confines of Poland,* 22.24 they relieved Kemenitz in the first place, the Poles at the News of their approach rasing the Siege. Thence they pro∣ceeded to Chuozim, a strong Fortress on the Niester, taken from them in the last year by the Christians, after the defeat given to Chusaein Pasha, as before related, the which was surren∣dred without much difficulty on Articles, which were ill observed, the whole Garrison being afterwards put to the Sword. Nor had they worse success against the Muscovites, who re∣treated backward as the Turk advanced, leav∣ing Asac, after it had been sacked and almost de∣stroyed, to be again rebuilt, which was speedily effected by the assistance of the Captain-Pasha, who was that year with thirty nine Gallies dis∣peeded into the Black Sea, and with great num∣bers of Slaves and Souldiers repaired the ruines which the Muscovites had made. In the mean time, whilst the chiefest strength of the marine Force was thus employed, a small Squa∣dron of about ten Gallies were ordered for the

Archipelago and the Levant, under the Com∣mand of one Mahomet Pasha, a Person that ma∣naged sundry great Employments; but his pro∣digality and profuse way of living was the cause that he could thrive in none, only he thereby gained so much interest and credit with the Grandees and Monied men of the Court, who are the Pages and Eunuchs, as served him to contract a debt of the thousand Dollars without any ability of his own to give them satisfaction: of which these Creditors being assured, made it their Petition to the Grand Signior to grant him the Command of that Squadron of Gallies, which was that year designed for the Archipelago,* 22.25 supposing that he in this Expedition being to pass unto many Islands and Conutries, knew how to make such use of his time, and the advantage of his Employment, as would gain him a suf∣ficient benefit whereby to satisfie and clear all scores and accounts with them. This Office being accordingly conferred, Mahomet Pasha prepared himself to depart, whilst the Creditors remained in ful expectation of a profitable Voy∣age and speedy returns; which to improve to the best advantage, the Pasha first visited the open and undefended Isles, from whence with the greatest severity and rapine imaginable he pillag∣ed and plundered what he was able, making some of them to ransom their whole Country with mony. Thence he proceeded to Scala No∣va, called by the Turks Koush-adasee, a place on the Coast of Asia, not far from Ephesus, where he demanded of the people (though all Turks) the Sum of five thousand Dollars, which they not finding to pay, were treated with all kind of force and violence, till at length paying down 1500, and engaging to pay the rest in a months time, the Pasha departed, leav∣ing an Aga, a Servant of his, to receive the money at the time agreed. In that interim, the Kadi coming to be changed, and another of more courage and spirit succeeding in his place, believed that the best service at his beginning and entrance into Office which he could perform towards the people, was to relieve them from the oppression of the Pasha, and perswade them positively to refuse the payment; who taking courage from their Chief, drove the Aga out of Town, with a thousand menaces and re∣proaches, Upon this News Mehmet Pasha re∣turned again full of anger and indignation, but found not that easie reception nor kind enter∣tainment, as before; but on the contrary, the Gates were shut against him, and the people abandoning their Habitations, with common consent resolved to make a Journey, to the Grand Signior: and to shew they were in ear∣nest, proceeded so far in their way as to Ephesus, which is about ten miles distant from thence: the prejudice and danger of which complaint Mahomet Pasha greatly fearing, sent Messen∣gers to pacifie them with good words and pro∣mises to relinquish his pretensions, in case they would return; but the uproar was so great, that they found as much difficulty to quiet it, as the Town-Clerk in ancient times had to appease the Tumult raised by the Silversmiths about Diana of the Ephesians. Being thus baffled at Koush-adasee, he vented his fury on some poor Islands which he could more easily master, and thence proceeded to Napoli di Romania, where the people being already alarmed with his behaviour, and violence of his actions in o∣ther places, and encouraged by the example of Koush-adasee, upon his arrival there, without farther ceremony shut their Gates, and appear∣ed armed against him upon the Walls; at which entertainment and unexpected opposition, the Pasha fearing some evil consequences, set sail from thence, and crossing again the Seas into Asia, made Rhodes his next Port. Thence he passed to Satalia, to Cyprus, and Scanderone, and so again returned for Constantinople, taking Smyrna in his way, committing most extreme rapine and violence on the people, whose com∣plaints having gone before him to the Court, he was immediately cut off at his arrival; but in the first place, his gains and ill gotten goods were seized on to satisfie the Grand Signior, and his Creditors of the Seraglio, who being sent to fish for Wealth, was served like the Cormorants in the Indies, which being made tame, and taught to fish for the benefit of their Masters, have a Ring clapped about their necks to prevent them from swallowing the prey they take.

But to return to the Actions at Land, which were matters of the greatest importance. The Turks had no sooner relieved Kemenitz, re∣covered Choczim, and caused the Muscovites to retreat, and draw their Forces into their Coun∣try;* 22.26 but being Masters of the Field, and hav∣ing the choice of acting according to their own pleasure, resolved to secure the places they already possessed, esteeming it more wisdom to make sure their late acquisitions, than to add thereunto new conquests, which they could not maintain. And therefore considering the in∣constancy of the Cosacks, who having abandon∣ed their subjection to Poland, had submitted themselves to their yoke; and also how unable Dorosenzko their Governour was either to keep them in obedience, or else to defend them from the Polonian Incursions; they resolved for pre∣vention of these inconveniences, and for a secure remedy against any sinister accidents of this na∣ture, to make seisure of that Party of the Co∣sacks, who had not submitted to them, and transport them into other parts, which they ac∣cordingly put into execution, and sweeping all the Countries as they passed, carried away men, women, and children into Captivity: part of which, such as belonged to the Grand Signior, had some Lands assigned them along the Coast near the Black Sea; the Armenians, who were a Trading people, and lived at Kemenitz, were transported to Philipopoli; of the Jews some were carried to Adrianople, and others to Con∣stantinople; but the younger sort of both Sexes were permitted to the Souldiery to carry them for Slaves to their own homes, and were in great numbers dispersed through all parts of the Em∣pire: a Policy anciently used by Pharaoh to his Egyptian Subjects, who having bought their Lands of them, did afterwards transport them from one end of the Land unto the other, that so he might keep them in the greater servi∣tude and subjection, Gen. 47.21. And as for the people, he moved them from one end of the bor∣ders of Egypt to the other. And in this manner the success concluding the year, without any great Enterprise or Feats of Arms, the Sultan returned to his Court at Adrianople about the end of November, licensing all the Asian Horse and Souldiers of remotest parts to return to their own Countries, with liberty to appropriate the the following year to their repose and care for their peculiar concernments.

To these Wars amongst secular Persons and men of Arms were added Differences, and never to be decided Controversies between the Reli∣gious of the Roman and Greek Churches at Jerusalem,* 22.27 who contending for the possession of the Holy Sepulchre of the King of Peace, rent that seamless Coat of Christ, and managed their Controversie with more malice and ran∣cour each against other, than Princes do, who invade one the other with Fire and Sword. For the Franks or Western Christians subjected to the Popes Dominion, had possessed for several Ages a right to the Holy Sepulchre, and enjoy∣ed the honour of the custody thereof, notwith∣standing the pretences of the Greeks thereunto, who for many years in vain attempted at the Ottoman Court to obtain that Priviledge; for the Franks being ever more powerful by chari∣table contributions brought from Christendom, besides large Sums of Money from the King of Spain, and always outbid the Market of the Greeks, and consequently made use of stronger arguments, than the adverse Party could produce in defence of their cause. Until such time, that one Panaioti, a Greek born in the Island of Scio, having by his parts and excellent address arrived to the honour of being Interpreter for the Western Tongues to the Great Vizier, at length obtained that favour with his Master, that he seldom refused whatsoever he with rea∣son and modesty requested; and being a great Zelot in his Religion, and esteemed the chief Patron and Support of the Greek Church, he secretly begged in behalf of his Country, the recovery of the Holy Sepulchre at Jerusalem out of the hands of the Franks; which the Vi∣zier would not deny him, both to reward him for some services already performed, and like∣wise because he knew that a concession of this nature would again raise the spirits and animo∣sities of Christians; the allaying and appeasing of which being an office solely in the power of himself, and the supreme Authority, would certainly prove beneficial to the Ottoman Court. Panaioti having obtained this Command, and considering that the defence thereof would be a trouble to him, for that thereby he should cre∣ate Enemies which were no less than Kings and Princes to contend with, and perhaps should live to see it reversed, wisely laid it by him, there to remain dormant until the time of his death; which happening the year past, the Command was produced and brought to light, and was before the Easter of this year set on foot at Jerusalem, and by virtue thereof the custody of the Sepulchre sentenced by the Pasha and Kadi of that place to belong unto the Greeks, the which was occasion of so great trouble and confusion, as disturbed the Holy Feast, and pol∣luted the Sacrifices with the blood of one or two persons, who most earnestly contended for the Priviledge of their Nation and Religion. Nor could this difference be decided here, but both sides appealed to the Court above; which being heard and debated in publick Divan, the possession of the Sepulchre was adjudged in fa∣vour of the Greeks; the Franks being only to in∣joy a precarious the thereof, as Pilgrims and Strangers to the Country. Howsoever the Fry∣ers of Jerusalem would not tamely yield up their Right, but again resolved to try their For∣tune at the Court, having by means of F. Cani∣saries their Commissario with expence of a great Sum of Money obtained a review of the case, but without success; for all these endeavours and charge proved fruitless, the former sen∣tence being confirmed in favour of the Greeks; and the Franks having no other Expedient, ap∣plied themselves to the assistance of the French Ambassadour, to whose protection the Holy places are assigned by Capitulations. But nei∣ther the power of the French Ambassadour, nor of any other Christian Representative was avail∣able; for the Vizier either mindful of his pro∣mise to Panaioti, or being resolute to maintain the Command he had given, would on no terms be perswaded to revoke it; the which intention of the Vizier being made known to the Greeks their Patriarch earnestly pressed a hearing of the case; but the Fryars not willing to abide the shock, retired to Constantinople, lest the Greeks forcing them to Justice, they should be con∣demned in Judicio contradictorio, and a Hoget or Sentence passing, they should be condemned in Law as well as by Authority of the Hatte∣sheriff. Which to put in execution, the Pa∣triarch took out a Command whereunto was added, That the Fryers in token of their sub∣jection, should pay a Drachm of Silver a head to the Patriarch, and hold all their places of them. This was the issue of the present contro∣versies, which is certainly determined for the time of the Vizier without revocation, yet per∣haps in the time of another, it may admit of a review for money, especially being received when as yet the new Minister hath not satiated his covetous desires; howsoever, the expence will always bechargeable, and the success un∣certain. Thus have I seen and observed in this particular the effect and experience of two things; viz. The covetousness and pride of Fryars, and the conclusion of their Law-suits before Infidels. The Franks, or the Western Christians, had until this time the custody of the Holy Sepulchre, and the Greeks that of the Chappel of Bethlem, but the use was free to both; but the Franks not being able to enjoy the Sepulchre with contentment, whilst with envious eyes they beheld the Greeks in possessi∣on of Bethlem, were always contriving designs by force of money, and power of Christian Mi∣nisters to eject them from that Right; until that now in these contentions they have lost both; be∣ing neither able to recover the one, nor con∣serve the other.

Before we end this year of 1674. and begin that of 1675; it will be necessary for us to discourse of the cause, and original of that War which England had with the Govern∣ment of Tripoli in Barbary, and the success and conclusion thereof.

In the year 1672.* 22.28 Old Mahomet boar at Scio and of the Greek race who for many years by Baratz or commission from the Grand Signior had boaren the Office, and Title of Pasha of Tripoli; and being grown very rich, and covetous by the Pyracies his Ships made on the Christians, and oppression of his people, not dividing amongst the Souldiery, that just proportion of the prey, which of right be∣longed to them, so incensed the minds of that people, that conspiring against him they murdered him in his Castle, and seized all his riches, to the use of the Publick. The Pasha being dead all his creatures, and persons that boar Office in his time were displaced, and others of more justice, and bravery (as they

imagined), put in their places, and a New Governor being set up, he began to make a through Reformation, and to alter and change every thing according, to his own humor, and pleasure. In the first place he gave leave to all people to Arm in Corso, or to set out Private Men of War, as every one pleased, and was able; different to the practise of the former Pasha, who reserved that benefit, and priviledge to himself; and next it was proposed to constitute a Divan after the manner of Algier in whom the supream power of all should be lodged. In order hereunto they immediately, set forth to Sea six Sail of Ships from forty to fifty Guns, excellent Saylors, and armed them with the best and stoutest of their Men, together with four more from twelve to thirty Guns; with these Ships they took many prizes belonging to French, Vene∣tians, and other Nations; and though they had long desired to taste also of the sweetness of English Estates; yet not encountring a prize worthy the trouble and evil consequences of such a breach; they for some time deferred the de∣sign which they had long meditated. Till at length about the Month of August 1674. they unhappily encountred the Martin, a rich Ship bound from Venice to Cadiz, which they carried to Tripoly; and on the 17th of September following, they seconded this outrage, by other of the like nature, committed on the Hunter Fregat, Thomas Parker Commander bound from Ligorne to Smyrna; whom the Tripolines meet∣ing with six Men of War at the entrance into the Arche-pelago, they brought her into the Port of Tripoly; where having plundered all the strangers goods laden upon her, to the import of forty thousand dollars, the par∣ticulars of all which were given under Oath of the Commander, the Ship was dismissed, and dispeeded on her Voyage to Smyrna with no other damage to the English, then the embezel∣ment of 726 dollars, robbed, or pilfered by the Souldiery, together which such charge, as the Consul of Tripoly challenged for his service therein. This news being advised into England, as a breach of Peace, his Majesty out of his usual and gratious care of the welfare of Trade, was pleased to order Sir John Narbrough his Commander in chief in the Mediterranean Seas, to demand satisfaction from that people; who accordingly Sailing thither, and requiring restitution of the goods injuriously taken, re∣ceived a denial, and denunciation of War. Whereupon Sir John Narbrough wrote to the Consul of Smyrna in this manner.

These are to advertise you, that the people of Tripoly have broken the peace with his Majesty; they are resolved to take all the English Ships they can meet, and overcome. I have been there with a Squadron of his Majesties Ships to demand restitution of the goods taken out of the Martin: and Hunter: they refuse to make any, so that now it is open War with those people: I am now at Malta taking in water, I intend to fit at Ligorne; I suppose his Majesty will have a Squadron of Ships to look after these people of Tripoly this Summer. Sir, I pray signify this to my Lord Ambassador at Constanti∣nople, and to all others his Majesties Sub∣jects where you converss, that they way pre∣vent falling into their hands; in hast I conclude, and kiss your hand, and I re∣main

On board his Ma∣jesties Ship Henrietta at Mal∣ta. March 15th 1674/5.

Your Humble Servant John Narbrough.

Sir John Narbrough having fitted himself at Ligorne, and recruited with an additional Squadron of six or seven Men of War he de∣parted for Tripoly, taking under his Convoy, the Vyner, Bristol Merchant, and Mediterranean for Smyrna; and now appearing before the Port of Tripoly in a formidable manner, the Pyrates began to repent of their late violation, know∣ing that they must now either disgorge their ill got goods, or prove the evil effects of War; their hearts began now to fail them, so that they unrigged all their Ships, laying them up close in the harbour, and with them for the present all thoughts of roving on the Seas; for supposing, that the English Ships could not lye alwaies in that Station, but that bad weather or want of provisions would enforce them some time to retire, they hoped in that interval to find an opportunity to lanch into the Seas, where being clear, and good Saylors, they might have room enough to escape. How∣soever Sir John Narbrough with his Squadron, continued with such diligence on the coast, plying them with continual allarms, standing off to sea at night, and towards the land in the day; that they found not the heart, nor op∣portunity to adventure abroad; until one of their Ships, which had formerly been their Rere-Admiral, bound with Negroes for the Morea; resolved to hazard an escape; but not being able to make her passage good, she was forced ashoar, and burnt by our Ship, most of the Negroes falling into the English hands; some few days after Sir John Narbrough fired three of their Galeots, burnt a Satee, took a fisher-boat and a Sambechin; with which success being encouraged, and the Enemy affrighted, their Ships were blocked up in Port for some months, whist ours found free pas∣sage on the Seas; until that at length growing weary of so long a demorage, necessity drove them to adventure abroad, which two of their best Men of War successfully effected on the 8th of September in despight of the English Squadron, being assisted with calm weather, and help of their Oares: four others observing the success of the former in a few days after at∣temted the like, and escaped in the same manner. And now the Commanders of Eng∣lish Ships in diverse Ports, taking false mea∣sures, on confidence that the Tripolines were blocked up in their Ports, trusted them∣selves with unadvised security into the Seas; amongst which none was so unfortunate, as a Ship called the Bristol Merchant one Plummer Commander, laden with eighty two Bales of Silk, besides other rich commodities bound from Smyrna to Ligorne, whereon were several Merchants, some of which having lived many years in Smyrna had acquired plentiful Estates:

namely Mr. John Foley, Mr. Thomas Laxton, Mr. Jacob Turner, Mr. Phillip Gell, and Mr. Tison Nephew to Mr. Foley; Persons who expected a prosperous Voyage, and a happy arrival in their own Country: But observe here the course of humane disappointments, for being imbarked on the Ship aforsaid they set Sail from Smyrna the 10th or 11th of September in company with the Vyner which hap∣pened to be about two or three days after the Tripolines had first broken out of their Port; these two Ships by bad weather, or want of due care lost company each with other in the Arche-pelago, which proved a happy fortune to the Vyner; for the Bristol Merchant, some few days after being off of Cape Sapientia en∣countred the two Tripolines which first came out of Port, and being Vessels of forty to fifty Gunds, soon made themselves Masters of a Merchant-ship laden, and of mean force. The Tri∣polines were greatly elevated with this rich prize which they immediately carried to a place called Derno; and there landing their goods, and men; for better security transported them over land to Tripoli. The Persons we men∣tioned before, were forced for the most part to walk all the way a foot, being thirty four days journey, unless some times, they were favoured to mount a Camel, which is such an unpleasant way of riding, that walking is much more easie; and travailing in a sandy, dry Country, water was very scarce, the days journies being commonly proportioned according to the distance of the Wells of Water; which they drank with tetter Appetites, and Pleasure, then they formerly rellished the most pleasant Wines. Being arrived at Tripoli they were ill wellcomed by the severe looks, and hard diet which they received from their Hests; and the Plague raging greatly in the City, added to the miseries, and dread of the place.

The Tripolines encouraged with this prize, and with the expectation of the farther success of their Ships abroad, hoped to weary out the English Squadron, which still continued to infest and trouble their coasts taking their Corn, Boats, and interrupting all Commerce which that Town had with the Sea. At length the Eng∣lish resolved to make an attempt on the Ships in Harbour which they resolutely performed in the night, and with great success according to this relation which Sir John Narbrough gave under his own hand.

Friday the 14th of January 1675/6.

I Being before Tripoli, in Barbary with his Majesties Ships under my command, namely these,

• Harwich Fregats
• Henrietta Fregats
• Portsmouth Fregats
• Anne and Christopher Fire ships.
• Holmes. Fire ships.
• Guinny Merchants Ships attending for Convoy.
• Martin Merchants Ships attending for Convoy.

And seeing four of the Tripoly Ships of War in the Port of considerable force pre∣paring to go out, and cruise, I fitted a fire∣boat out of the fireships; and commanded, that all theboats of my Squadron being twelve in number, should be manned, armed, and fitted with Fire-works also; I ordered a considerable Officer to be a Commander in every boat, and my Leiutenant Cloudisly Shovel to be Commander in chief of them all; for being resolved by Gods permission to attack the Enemy that night in Port, I gave instructions requisite for such a design. About twelve a clock in the night my boats resolvedly entred the Port, took and seized the guard boat, and killed the people in her, boarded the Ships, and fired them, and ut∣terly destroyed them all, some Turks and Moors slain, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fled to save them∣selves. These four Ships lay under the Dey's Castle Walls, which was all that were in Port, except a Tunis Merchant Ship, which I ordered should not be medled with and so escaped firing. This Action was per∣formed in less then an hours time without sustaining the least damage on our side, then the expence of some Ammunition, Fir∣works, and Fireboat, which were effectually bestowed, as designed, to the great astonish∣ment of the Turks, who endeavoured to impede our design, by plying several great and innumerable small shot at our boats, and men, which were within Pistol-shot of the Dey's own Castle, and Palace. Such was the wonderful mercy of God towards us, that not one man of ours, was killed, wounded or touched; nor a boat any way disabled, but all returned in safety, bringing the Guard boat, two Moors, and the Turkish Colours of the four Ships in triumph along with them to my Ship. Our men employed in the boats on this occasion were one hundred fifty and seven, they all behaving themselves, as be∣came Englishmen.

To God alone be the Glory.

Names of the Tripoly Ships of War that were burnt with their Guns.

	Guns
White crowned Eagle	50
Looking-Glass	34
Sta Chiara	24
French Petach	20

Guard boat brought off with one Peterero, and two Moors in her.

I verily believe that in case I had landed at that time with five hundred men only I might have carried the City, for the Turks were so amazed, that they fled out of

it, they fired several great and small shot all to random, without hurt to any of cur men, God being pleased so to direct it.

The 26th of January I fired about one hundred shot into the City of Tripoly a∣mongst the Inhabitants.

The first and third of February I took and destroyed five Corn boats twenty Leagues to the Eastward of Tripoly, and landed and burned a Stack of wood and Tinther, which was for building their new Ship, and some smal Masts, and Yards, and some bags of bread brought off, and two Guns spiked, which could not be got off; it beginning to blow, and likely to be bad weather; so I was constrained to leave them, and repair on board, and leave the coast, The tenth of this Month the Portsmouth took a Sambe∣chee in her ballast thirty Leagues to the East∣ward of Tripoly, she belonging to that Government, the Moors got all ashoar but the Sambechee was brought to Malta.

From aboard his Majesties Ship, Harwich March the 18th 1675/6.

John Narbrough.

The Tripolines being discouraged, and af∣frighted with this boldness and diligence of the English, and apprehending that they would always infest their coast, which would be an utter ruine, and destruction to them; and be∣ing touched in the most sensible parts of their interest, and wilfare; they generally concluded, that there was now no safety, but by making a peace with the English: To farther which, and to assist in the Office of Mediation; it happened, that there was at the same time at Tripoly, one Haffse bey, a great man of Tunis, who had been Dei of that Country; but be∣ing droven from thence by his Nephews, was come to Tripoly with an immense treasure, intending afterwards to Transport himself to Constantinople, to make his aggreivances known at the Grand Signiors Court. Of this person we shall discourse more at large hereafter; but in this place it is pertinent to relate, how in∣strumental he was to effect this peace in which he laboured with the greater zeal, that so by assistance of the English, he might find a speedy and safe conveyance on their Ships of his Person, Goods, and Servants into the Morea, from whence he designed by land to Constantinople. The Treaty being thus began; a peace was con∣cluded between his Majesties of Great Britain, &c. and Halil Pasha, Ibrahim Dey, Aga, Divan and Governors of the Noble City, and Kingdom of Tripoly, Dated the fifth of March 1675/6. Being the last day of the Moon Zel∣hedga, and Hegeira 1086. By this instrument all the former Articles were again confirmed with addition of two others.

First, that all Persons taken under Eng∣lish Colours should be delivered to Sir John Narbrough and set at liberty without pay∣ment of any ransom for them; under which notion, Mr. Foley, Mr. Laxton, Mr. Turner, Mr. Gell, and Mr. Tison, with the Captain and Sea-men taken on the Bristol Merchant were freed; whose ran∣som otherwise might have cost dear, and perhaps almost the value of their private Estates.

Secondly, That eighty thousand Dollars (which was the account made of the value of goods, and Mony taken on the Martin and Hunter) should be made good to Sir John Narbrough, in Mony, or Goods, and Slaves. To which was adjoyned such a submission, recantation, and acknowledgment for their late offence, and outrage, as testifyed the sorrow of their true repentance, as we shall see more at large in their following Ar∣ticles.

And now the peace being concluded; Sir John Narbrough returned to Malta; and soon after came back to Tripoly to receive the re∣mainder of the monies, and goods agreed for, the Slaves being delivered already. In this interim the six Ships which had formerly broken out of the harbour, and sailed to the Levant, hearing of the peace, returned to Tripoly; where great feuds and dissentions arose; the Souldiery accusing Ibrahim Dei, nick named Misser ogli as the beginner and Author of the War, and for continuing it so long with obstinacy, until they were reduced to their last extremity. In fine they threatned to cut him in Peices; but at length they were contented to cashier him only from his Office; after which he fled into the Morea and their Vice-Admiral Mustapha Grande was made Dei in his place; with whom, and with the Souldiers in general now returned; Sir John Narbrough renewed the Articles of Peace, and dated them the first of May 1676; which are these that follow, Articles of Peace and Commerce between, &c.

Articles of Peace, and Commerce Between the most Serene, and Mighty Prince Charles the Second by the Grace of God King of Great Britain, France and Ireland Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. And the Most Illustrious Lords Halil Bassa, Ibraim Dei, Aga Di∣van, and Governors of the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary concluded by Sir John Narbrough Knight, Ad∣miral of his Majesties Fleet, in the Mediterranean Seas.

1. IN the first place, It is Agreed, and Concluded, That from this day and for ever forward; There be a true, firm and Inviolable Peace, between the Most Serene

King of Great Britain France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. And the most Illustrious Lords, The Bassa, Dai, Aga Divan, and Governors of the City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary, And between all the Dominions and Subjects of either side; And that the Ships, or other Vessels, and the Subjects and People of both sides, shall not from henceforth, do to each other, any harm, offence, or Injury in word or Deed, But shall Treat one another with all possible respect and Friendship?

II. That any of the Ships, or other Vessels, belonging to the said King of Great Brit∣tain, or to any of his Majesties Subjects, may safely come to the Port of Tripoly, or to any other Port or Place of that Kingdom, or Dominions thereunto belonging; freely to buy, and sell without the least Disturbance; paying the usual Customs as in former times hath been payd, for such goods as they sell; And for the goods they sell not, they shall have free Liberty to carry on Board their own Ships without paying any Duties for the same; And when they please they shall freely Depart, from thence without any stop, hin∣drance or molestation whatsoever.

III. That all Ships and other Vessels, as well those belonging to the King of Great Brittain, or to any of his Majesties Sub∣jects, as also those belonging to the People and Kingdom of Tripoly, shall freely pass the Seas, and traffick where they please without any search, hinderance, or mo∣lestation from each other; And that all Persons and Passengers of what Country whatsoever; And all Monys, Goods, Mer∣chandize and Moveables, to whatsoever People or Nation belonging; being on board any of the said Ships or Vessels, shall be wholly free, and shall not be stopped taken or Plundred, nor receive any harm or Damage whatsoever from either Party.

IV. That the Tripoly Ships of War, or other Vessels thereunto belonging, meeting with any Merchant Ships, or other Vessels of the King of Great Brittains Subjects, not being in any of the Seas appertaining to his Majesties Dominions may send on board one single boat, with but two Sitters, besides the ordinary Crew of Rowers, and no more but the two Sitters to enter any of the said Mer∣chants Ships or any other Vessels; with∣out the Express from the Commander of every such Ship or Vessel; And then upon pro∣ducing them a Pass under the hand and Seal of the Lord High Admiral of England, the said Boat shall presently Depart; And if the Merchant, Ship or Ships, Vessel or Vessels produce no Pass from the Lord High Ad∣miral of England, yet if the Major part of the said Ships or Vessels Company, be Subjects to the said King of Great Britain, The said Boat shall presently Depart, And the Merchants Ship or Ships, Vessel or Vessels, shall proceed freely on her, or their Voyage, And if any of the said Ships of War, or other Vessels of his said Majesties meeting with any Ship or Ships, Vessel or Vessels be∣longing unto Tripoly; if the Commander or Commanders, of any such Ship or Ships, Vessel or Vessels, shall produce a Pass, Signed by the chief Governor of Tripoly and a Cer∣tificate from the English Consul, living there, Or if they have no such Pass or Certificate yet if the Major part of their Ships Company or Companies, be Turks, Moors, or Slaves belonging to Tripoly, Then the said Tripoly Ship or Ships, Vessel or Vessels shall proceed freely.

V. That no Commander, or other Person, of any Ship, or other Vessel of Tripoly, shall take out of any Ship or Vessel of his said Majesties Subjects, any Person or Persons whatsoever to carry them any where, to be examined, or upon any other pretence, nor shall use any Torture or Violence to any Person of what Nation or quality whatsoever, being on Board any Ship or Vessel, of his Majesties Subjects upon any pretence what∣soever.

VI. That no Ship-wrack belonging to the King of Great Brittain or any of his Ma∣jesties Subjects, upon any part of the coast belonging unto Tripoly shall be made or be∣come a Prize. And that neither the goods thereof shall be seized, nor the Men made Slaves; But that all the People of Tripoly, shall do their best endeavours to save the said Men and their Goods.

VII. That no Ship or any other Vessel of Tripoly shall have permission to be Delivered up, or to go to any place in Enmity with the said King of Great Brittain, to be made use of as Cosairs or Sea Rovers against his said Majesties Subjects.

VIII. That none of the Ships or other smaler Vessels of Tripoly shall remain Cruis∣ing, near his Majesties City and Garrison of Tangier or in sight of it, nor any other way Disturb the Peace and Commerce of that place.

IX. That if any Ship or Vessel of Tunis, Argier, Tittuan, or Salli, or any other place being in War with the said King of Great Brittain, bring any Ships or Vessels, Men or Goods belonging to any of his said Majesties Subjects to Tripoly, or to any Port or Place within that Kingdom; The Governors there shall not permit them

to be sold within the Territories of Tri∣poly.

X. That if any of the Ships of War, of the said King of Great Brittain do come to Tripoly or to any other Port or Place of that Kingdom, with any Prize, they may freely sell it, or otherwise dispose of it, at their own pleasure, without being molested by any; And that his Majesties said Ships of War, shall not be obliged to pay Cu∣stome in any sort; And that if they want Provisions, Victuals, or any other things they may freely buy them at the rate in the Market.

XI. That when any of his said Majesties Ships of War shall appear before Tripoly, upon Notice thereof given to the English Consul, or by the Commander of the said Ships, to the chief Governors of Tripoly; Publick Proclamation shall be immediately made, to secure the Christian Captives, And if after that any Christians whatsoever make their escape, on board any of the Ships of War; They shall not be required back again, Nor shall the said Consul, or Commander, or any other his Majesties Subjects, be obliged to pay any thing for the said Christians.

XII. That if any Subject of the King of Great Brittain, happen to dye in Tripoly, or its Territories, his Goods or Monys, shall not be seized by the Governors or any Ministers of Tripoly, but shall all re∣main with the English Consul.

XIII. That neither the English Consul, nor any other Subject of the said King of Great Brittains shall be bound to pay the Debts of any other of his Majesties Subjects; Except that they become surety for the same by a Publick Act.

XIV. That the Subjects of his said Ma∣jesty in Tripoly, or its Territories in matter of Controversie, shall be lyable to no other Jurisdictions but that of the Dai, or Divan, except they happen to be at Difference be∣tween themselves; In which case they shall be lyable to no other Determination, but that of the Consul only.

XV. That in case any Subject of his Ma∣jesty, being in any part of the Kingdom of Tripoly, happen to strike, wound or kill, a Turk or a Moor (if he be taken) he is to be punished in the same manner, and with no greater Severity, than a Turk ought to be (being guilty) of the same offence; But if he escape, Neither the said English Consul, nor any other of his said Majesties Subjects, shall be in any sort questioned or troubled therefore.

XVI. That the English Consul, now or at any time hereafter living in Tripoly shall be there at all times, with entire freedom, and safety of his Person and Estate, and shall be permitted to chuse his own Drugger∣man, and Broaker, And freely to go on board any Ship in the Road, as often, and when he pleases; And to have the Liberty of the Country; and that he shall be allowed a place to pray in; And that no Man shall do him any Injury in Word or Deed.

XVII. That not only during the Continu∣ance of this Peace and Friendship, but like∣wise (if any Breach or War) happen to be hereafter between the said King of Great Brittain, and the City and Kingdom of Tripoly, The said Consul and all other his said Majesties Subjects, shall always and at all times, both of Peace and War, have full and absolute Liberty to Depart and go to their own, or any other Country, upon any Ship or Vessel of what Nation soever, they shall think fit, and to Carry with them, all their Estates, Goods, Families, and Servants, (although born in the Country,) without any Interruption or hindrance.

XVIII. That no Subject of his said Ma∣jesty being a Passenger, from, or to any Port shall be any way molested or medled with, al∣though he be on Board, any Ship or Vessel in Enmity with Tripoly.

XIX. That whereas a War hath lately happened, between the most Serene King of Great Brittain, and the most Illustrious Lords Halil Bassa, Ibraim Dai, The Aga Divan, and Governors of the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary; by reason of the Injuries done unto the King of Great Brittain and his Subjects, by the Go∣vernment and People of Tripoly contrary to the Articles of Peace; We Halil Basla, Ibraim Dai, Aga Divan, and Governors of the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary, do acknowledge the Injuries done; And that the Breach of the Peace, between his most Excellent Majesty of Great Brittain, and Us of Tripoly was committed by our Subjects, for which some are banished and some fled from our Justice; And for further Satisfaction to his most Excellent Majesty for the Breach of Articles we are sorry for the same, and do by these engage to set at Liberty and Deliver unto the Right Honourable Sir John Narbrough Knight, Admiral of his Majesties Fleet, in the Mediterranian Sea; All English Captives, Residing in the City and Kingdom of Tripoly, and Dominions thereunto belonging, without paying any Ransom for them; And likewise by setting at Liberty and delivering unto the said Sir John Narbrough Knight,

all other Persons taken under English Colours without paying any Ransom for them, And by paying eighty thousand Dollars in Mony, Goods, and Slaves, to the aforesaid Sir John Narbrough Knight: And moreover we do engage our selves and successors, That if any Injuries for the future be done, contrary to these Articles, by the Government and People of Tripoly, to the King of Great Bri∣tain and his Subjects, if upon demand of satisfaction from the Government, and people of Tripoly; We, or they refuse, or deny to give satisfaction therefore, so that a War be occasioned thereby, between the King of Great Britain, and the Government and people of Tripoly; We do engage our selves and successors to make restitution for the Injuries done, and likewise to make satis∣faction to the King of Great Britain for the full charge and damage of that War.

XX. That no Subject of the King of Great Britain, &c. shall be permitted to turn Turk or Moor in the City and King∣dom of Tripoly, being induced thereunto by any surprizal whatsoever, unless he volun∣tarily appear before the Dei, or Governor with the English Consuls Druggerman three times in twenty four hours space, and every time Declare his Resolution, to turn Turk or Moor.

XXI. That at all times, when any Ship of War of the King of Great Britain, &c. carry∣ing his said Majesties Flag at the main-top-mast-head, appear before the City of Tripoly, and come to Anchor in the Road, That im∣mediately after notice thereof given, by his said Majesties Consul or Officer from the Ship, unto the Dei and Government of Tripoly; They shall in honour to his Ma∣jesty cause a Salute of one and twenty Can∣nons to be shot off, from the Castles and Forts of the City, and that the said Ship shall return an Answer by shooting of the same Number of Cannons.

XXII. That presently after the Signing and Sealing of these Articles, by us Halil Bassa, Ibraim Dei, Aga Divan, and Go∣vernors of the Noble Kingdoms and City of Tripoly, all Injuries, and Damages sustain∣ed on either part, shall be quiet taken away and forgotten, and this Peace shall be in full force and vertue, and continue for ever, And for all Depredations, and Damages, that shall hereafter be Committed, or done by either side, before Notice can be given of this Peace, full satisfaction be immediately made, And whatsoever remains in kind shall instantly be restored.

XXIII. That whatsoever shall happen here∣after, that any thing is done or committed, by the Ships or Subjects of either side con∣trary to any of these Articles (Satisfaction being Demanded therefore) shall be made to the full, and without any manner of Delay, and that it shall not be Lawful to break this Peace, unless such satisfaction be denyed, and our Faith shall be our Faith, and our word, our word, and whosoever shall be the Cause of the breaking of this Peace shall assuredly be punished with present Death.

Confirmed and Sealed in the Presents of Almighty God, the fifth day of March Old Stile, and in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, one thousand six hun∣dred seventy five, Being the last day of the Moon Zelheldga, and the year of the Hegeira on thousand and eighty six.

WHereas there were several Articles of Peace and Commerce, between the most Serene and Mighty Prince Charles the Second, by the Grace of God King of Great-Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Christian Faith, &c. And the most Illustrious Lords Halil Bassa, Ibraim Dei, Aga Divan, and Governors of the Noble City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary, lately made and concluded by the said Lords, on the one part; And by Sir John Narbrough Knight, Admiral of his said Serene Ma∣jesties Fleet in the Mediterranean Seas, on the other part, and by them confirmed and Sealed in the Presence of Almighty God, the fifth day of March, Old Stile, And in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ 1675/6 being the last day of the Moon Zelhedga, And the year of the Hegeira 1086.

Since which time of Confirming and Seal∣ing the aforesaid Articles of Peace, and Com∣merce, The aforesaid Lord Ibraim Dei, being fled away from the Government, of the City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary.

Now we Halil Bassa, Aga Divan Go∣vernors, Souldiers and People of the aforesaid City and Kingdom of Tripoly, have Choosen and Elected Vice Admiral Mustapha Grande to be Dei of the aforesaid City and King∣dom of Tripoly to succeed Ibraim Dei, in the aforesaid Government.

And now we Halil Bassa, Aga Divan, and Governors, Souldiers and People of Tripoly aforesaid, having seen the aforesaid

Articles of Peace and Commerce which were lately made and concluded as aforesaid; And having seriously perus'd and fully considered all particulars therein mentioned, Do fully approve of all and every the aforesaid Articles of Peace, and we and every one of us do now by these presents, consent and agree to and with Sir John Narbrough Knight aforesaid, for the just and exact keeping and performing of the said Articles; And do accept, approve, ratifie, and confirm all and every of them in the same manner and form as they are incerted and repeated in the preceding Articles aforesaid; hereby firmly engaging our selves, and successors, assuring on our faith sacredly to maintain and strictly to observe, perform, and keep inviolably all and every the aforesaid Article and Articles of Peace and Agreements for ever. And to cause and require all our Subjects and people of what degree or quality whatsoever, within the City or Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary; or Dominions thereunto belonging, both by Sea and Land punctually, inviolably, carefully and duly to observe, keep, and per∣form all and every the aforesaid Article, and Articles, thereof for ever: And our Faith shall be our Faith, and our word our word, and whosoever shall at any time violate and break any part of the said Article, or Ar∣ticles of Peace, they shall be assuredly punish∣ed, with greatest severity, and his or their heads shall be immediately cut off; and forth∣with be presented unto any Officer whom the most Serene King of Great Britain, &c. shall Authorize, to make Demand thereof.

It is further agreed that the Subjects be∣longing unto the most serene King of Great Britain &c. Trading unto the Port of the City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary aforesaid, or to any Port or Place of the Dominions thereunto belonging; in any Merchants Ship or other Vessel belonging to the said Serene Kings Subjects shall not pay so much Custom by one per Cent. for what∣soever Goods or Merchandize they sell or buy; as other Nations do for the Customs of the like Goods, or Merchandize, notwithstanding whatsoever is Specified in the Second Article aforesaid to the contrary.

And that the most Serene King of Great Britains Consul residing in Tripoly afore∣said, shall have Liberty at all times, when he pleaseth to put up his said Serene Majesties Flag, on the Flag-staff on the Top of his House, and thereto continue it spread as long time as he pleaseth; likewise the said Consul to have the same Liberty of putting up and spreading the said Flag in his Boat, when he passeth on the Water, and no Man whatsoever to Oppose, Molest, Disturb, or Injury him therein either by Word or Deed.

These and all other preceding Articles are to remain firm for ever, without any altera∣tion; and in all other particulars not men∣tioned in any of these Articles, the Regula∣tion shall be according to the Capitulation general with the Grand Signior.

Confirmed likewise and Sealed in the Presence of Almighty God, at our Castle in the noble City and Kingdom of Tripoly in Barbary, the first day of May Old Stile, and in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ 1676, being the twenty sixth day of the Moon Zaphire, and the year of the Hegeira 1080.

Halil Bassa's Seal, Mustapha Dei's Seal, Aga's Seal, Ally Admiral's Seal.

A True Coppy Examined out of Sir John Narbroughs.

Thomas Fowler.

HAving thus related the original cause, proceedings, and conclusion of our War with Tripoly. Let us Travel to Tunis; which though since the year 1655 hath ever main∣tained Peace with England, yet the civil dis∣sentions among themselves have administred unto us Subject of discourse, and more espe∣cially, since it hath some relation to Hoffse-bey, whom formerly we named, as Mediator of the Peace between Us, and Tripoly.

On the sixth of September 1675.* 26.1 Morat Bei General of all the Land Forces in the Kingdom of Tunis dyed, the most Politick, and Popular Person, that ever mannaged that Office, his Sons Ciddi Mehmet and Ciddi Ali by the gene∣ral approbation, and consent of the Souldiery joyntly succeeding him in that charge. But the ambition of these two young Gallants would admit no union in the Government; the Elder would know no equal, and the younger no superior, so that it was necessary for one to govern, or both to be laid aside: the decision of which was referred to a full Assembly of the Turks. In the mean time Hoffsey-bey Brother to Morat deceased, and Uncle to the two Com∣petitors, taking advantage of these divisions, offered himself a Candidate for the place; and so operated with the force of mony, and with assistance of the younger Nephew who would rather yield to an Uncle, then to a brother, that he clearly carried the election by the common suffrages of the people. The Elder Son Ciddi Mehmet not enduring the indignity to be thus degraded took the field and set up his standard; After him followed all his Fathers Old Spahees and the Moors abroad came into him, so that in a few days he became so formidable as to give Laws to the Dei and People of Tunis; obliging them immediately to banish his Uncle, and to re∣ceive him as sole, and absolute General of all the Land Souldiery in those Dominions Hoffse-bey not being able to resist this force,

posted away with such expedition that he ad∣ventured to embark himself, retinue and trea∣sure (which as was reported being modestly calculated, amounted to three millions of Dollars) on no better a Vessel, then a French Satte for Tripoli; where he was honourably received by that Government, and Letters sent from them to the young Bei at Tunis, mediating for the return of his Uncle, with promise, that he should live quietly, and give no inter∣ruption to the course of his Government; but Ciddi Mehmet resolving not to trust him, posi∣tively declared against his readmission, as not consistent with his Government, and Safety.

It happened at this time that the English had War with Tripoly, and blocked up the Port; and that afterwards a Peace ensuing; (Hoffse-bey) (as we said before,) showed himself very forward, and zealous in the Mediation; which taking effect; he was afterwards to∣gether with his retinue transported on the Bristol Fregat Commanded by Sir John Berry to Modon in the Morea, from whence he went by Land to carry his Complaints to Constanti∣nople; whilst the Bristol Fregat proceeded to Smyrna, to receive the Turky Companies Ships under Convoy for England.

Hoffs-bey being arrived at the Grand Signiors Court prepared an easie and ready access to the Grandees, by the great Presents, he sent them; which being the only means to mollify and make tender the hearts of Turks; he found upon all his addresses such resentments, and compassionate feelings of his aggreivances that if assurances in words, and promises would do his work, he might be ascertained of engaging the entire power, and puissance of the Empire for his re-establishment. The news of Hoffse-bey; being gone to address himself to the Turkish Court for relief much perplexed the Government at Tunis; and at the same time the plague desperately raging there, made them sick, and infirm both in body, and mind: wherefore after serious considerations and de∣bates hereupon; it was concluded necessary, to Fight Hoffse with his own Weapons; and im∣mediately to dispatch away four Ships for Con∣stantinople with Messengers, and Presents to the Grand Signior and his Officers being the only means to open the reasons and understandings of the Turks, and make them as well capable to comprehend the justice of their cause, as to reconcile their affections. The four Ships arriving at Constantinople, were seized on, at the instance of Hoffse-bey; and he declaring, that those Ships were belonging to him, and his own proper Estate, easily procured a judg∣ment in his favour; and the Captains of them being called to the Divan, were Commanded to own Hoffse-bey for their Master, and to obey him as their Pasha, and absolute Lord under the Grand Signior. It was too late, when at Tunis they apprehended the Error, they had Committed, in sending these four Ships to Con∣stantinople; which now upon more serious consideration then the former they expected to return freighted with armed Men, and Im∣perial Commands to re-establish Hoffse-bey in the Government of which, and of what was farther preparting at the Ottoman Court, that they might have good advice; they dispatched two Messengers for Constantinople on a French Satee, which they had freighted for that pur∣pose, to Land them at Smyrna; where being arrived they addressed themselves to me, then Consul there, bringing me Letters of recom∣mendation from friends at Tunis to assist and help them in all their occurences. I was well informed in all particulars concerning the suc∣cess, and motions of Hoffse-bey at Constanti∣nople, and I did not omit to relate all matters distinctly to them; for not long before, I had occasion to be acquainted with Hoffse-bey him∣self having at his earnest request found means to furnish him with the Sum of three thousand Dollars, upon a good Pawn of Gold, and Jewels; amongst which there was a Fetlock of Gold enameled, and set with Diamonds, just in the form and fashion of those, which we put on our horses, when they go to grass; and this, I understood, was one of the Ornaments, which they put on the Ancle of the Bride on the marriage day; I know not whether it were to grace her legs, as bracelets do our wrists, or to put her in mind of her servitude, so soon as she submits to Wedlock. I acquainted them, as I said, with all matters: That the Grand Signior, and his Officers, had greatly resent∣ed the sufferings of Hoffse-bey and that they own∣ed his cause, having stopt the four Ships of Tunis at Constantinople; and had promised to furnish him with a whole Chamber of Janisaries, with a Licence to raise such Voluntiers on the Sea∣coast of Asia, as would willingly, and of their own accord follow his Colours. I had not many days given them this intelligence, which others confirmed in like manner; before Hoffse-bey himself with his four men of War and two other hired Ships arrived in the Port of Smyrna: where having stayed some days to taken in provisions, and embark those who had listed themselves for his service in those Parts; they departed for Tunis, touching at Scio, Navarine, and Tripoly, in their Way, reinfor∣cing themselves with such, as voluntarily fol∣lowed their Standard. The Messengers posted back with all speed, on a Vessel hired at Smyrna; and arriving some time before Hoffse-bey; ren∣dered an account of the treatment which he had found at Constantinople, with the particulars of the forces he brought with him. The Tunesines being prepared with this intelligence, took courage to oppose a handful of men, to whom they refused License so much as to one man of them to land; only out of respect to the Grand Signior's Commands, they were willing to admit Hoffse-bey to a treaty; and to receive him ashoar with three or four Servants and COmpanions; They sleightly perused his Papers, rather to discover his strength, and the porgress of his negotiations, then with inten∣tions to condescend in the least to his desires; which having done, and given permission to see his house, and visit his wife, and children; they hastned him again aboard; and all the Country being in Arms, they threatned to treat him and his People, as Enemies, if they ad∣ventured to make a descent. Hoffse-bey being discouraged with this rude Treatment, and with the Union, and general Confederacy of the people against him contrary to his expecta∣tions; returned to Navarine; where he landed, discharged his Ships, and Souldiers, which lay too heavy upon a Private Purse, and retired himself for some time with much melancholy and discontent; at length he travelled again to Constantinople, where the Turkish Officers at∣tended

his coming with open mouths, expecting to share once more in the recruits he had brought with him from Tunis. But his stock being low, he was not able to dispense his mony, and presents so generously, and plentifully as before; which the Turks perceiving fell much in their respects for him, and strangly on a suddain lost wholly the zeal and compassion for his cause; suffering him to live at Constanti∣nople in the Condition of a private Aga. In the mean time the disturbances, and civil dis∣sentions ran high at Tunis: the two Brothers waging War with various and interchangeable success, caused such agitions in the State, that in three months time four Deys were cut off. At length the younger Brother Ciddi Ali gain∣ing the Victory, and always inclining towards his Uncle, consented that he should be recalled from Constantinople; whereupon four Ships were fitted at Porto Farina, to carry presents of atonement to Constantinople, and to bring Hoffse-bey from thence with Title of Pasha; whom the people now, expected with great impatience, as the only Person, whose Presence and Authority was able to settle, and restore them to their former quietness and union. This happened in the year 1677; when the Country was so harrassed with Civil Wars, that a miserable Famine ensued; so that a Cafficé of Wheat which was ten Bushels, was sold for twenty eight Dollars, and of Barly for fourteen: and the scarcity of this Country which is commonly the Granary of Italy, had such influence on those parts and Spain, in the years 1677 and 1678 that the Sate of the Grand Duke of Tuscany suffered much thereby; and had more, had not the State of Luca out of Friendship, and on the score of Neighbour∣hood relieved their necessities.

Anno 1675. Hegeira 1086.

PRopositions of peace not being so earnestly pressed, nor so advantageously proffered by the Poles, as the pride of the Turks did expect, the War still continued, but not prosecuted either on the one side or on the other with the same violence with which it began. For the Sultan designing this year to circumcise his Son, the young Prince, now about twelve years of Age, and to marry his Daughter of seven to his Mosayp, or Favourite, Pasha of Magnasia, commonly called by the Name of Kul-ogli, which signifies the Son of a Slave, he resolved todedicate this whole Year to quiet repose, mirth, and jollity at home, only two thousand Janisaries were sent to Ibrahim Pasha to recruit the Souldiers on the Frontiers of Poland, and the Tartars were reinforced with some Turkish Troops under Ʋsuff Pasha to assist Dorosensko a∣gainst the Poles, who were with a considerable Army fallen into Ʋkrania; And the Captain Pasha, with twenty eight Sail of Gallies, was dispeeded into the Black Sea for carrying of such Provisions and Ammunition for War as was necessary for supply of the Army: Besides which, no preparations of War were designed, these being judged sufficient, though not to conquer, yet at least to repress the Incursions, and amuse or keep the Armes of the Enemy em∣ployed.

For at the Cttoman Court the sace of all things was become serene and calm, no Sediti∣nos of great men, nor discontents of the people, nor balck and cruel designs of State disturbed, or clouded the splendour of the Solemnities,* 26.2 or the brows of the great Statists, but all matters ran in an uninterrupted course of Joy and Fe∣stivity. The Sultan, who in his action shewed himself a most benign Prince, sparing and com∣passionate of the blood and misery of his Sub∣jects, hath, since his arrival to a mature Age, exercised a wise manner of Government, se∣vere and just, and yet void of the cruelty and tyranny of his Ancestors; under whom the tra∣ding Christian enjoyed the privilege of their Capitulations with more justice, and less fre∣quent Avanias. The Vizier also, and other great Officers, being sensible of the benefit which Trade begat, treated Merchants with more gentleness and respect than in former times, their Ships not being forced on every occasion into the Grand Signior's service, but rather per∣swaded to it by rewards and fair promises, otherwise than in the times of former Viziers, and it is to be wished also that the like might be said under the Government of those which are to succeed; though if we look forward to the years 1678 and 1679 we shall find the Scene of things altered, and not only Merchants, but even Ambassadors, and the Representatives themselves, remain under sad discouragements, Amongst these joys and gentle ways of Govern∣ment; the manner of this Court was much al∣tered; the Divan had not for two months space been opened for business, to the great prejudice and interruption of Justice; Wine, that great abomination to the Turkish Law, which four years past was by the Imperial Decree forbid∣den under pain of Death and a thousand Ex∣ecrations and Curses, was now the common Drink, and divertisement in fashion, used im∣moderately by all, excepting the Grand Sig∣nior, the Mufti, and Reis Effendi; the Vizier himself having been excessively intemperate therein, had extinguished the natural heat of his stomach, which could be warmed by no less heat than what proceeds from Aqua Vitae; by which debauchery and indisposition all Busi∣nesses were slowly and negligently dispatched, and according to his example the Officer and Ministers acted in their Affairs, which in former times being always, dispatched by nine a Clock in the Morning, that became now the time and hour of rising.

The Grand Signior himself, though not taught by his Attendants to drink Wine, lest it should perhaps betray him to some actions dangerous to them, gave himself to Amours; for falling in love with a Polish Woman, lately captivated at Kemenitz, he made her his Second Hasakee or Sultaness; for having had the good fortune to bring him a Son, that honour was the re∣ward of her fruitfulness; and that he might give other testimonies of his favour, he cast his eyes on a poor Chinganee, or Gipsy Boy, who with singing and dancing so pleased him, that he gave him six purses of money containing three thousand Dollars, with Horses and Ser∣vants, and took him into the Seraglio. Amidst these Delights the Grand Signior gave order to the Vizier not to speak to him of three things: Neither of returning to Constantinople, nor against his Favourite, nor against his Hunt∣ing; in other matters he might use free∣dom.

Another alteration of a better nature, with reference to Learning and Knowledge, seems also remarkable in this Court; for the Grand Signior having been some years past presented by the Dutch Resident, with twelves large Volumes of the new Atlas, upon an accidental sight thereof was so pleased, that he commanded it should speedily be translated into Turkish; to which Work Dr. Alexandro Mauro Cordato, the Viziers Interpreter, who succeeded in the place of Panaioti deceased, was nominated; but he finding it too unweildy for him, desired the assistance of a French Jesuit, then at Scio, skil∣ful in the Turkish and Arabick Languages, who was immediately sent for, and therein employ∣ed; and though it is thought, that this business is above their Element, and that it will soon cool and be neglected, yet it seems to be the first step which the Turks have made unto Learning, and therefore is the more observable.

And now the Festivals beginning on the 16th. of May,* 26.3 we must for some days lay aside all business, and observe with what order and form these Solemnities were performed. In the first place. On this day the Grand Signior, with the young Prince his Son, went to their Tents, which were pitched very sumptuously in the Plain near the City, and indeed were truly stately and magnificent; all the great men, as the Vizier, Mufti, and others, having their Pa∣vilions erected; amongst which was raised a very stately Throne, with a Canopy of Cloth of Gold, extended under the shady leaviness of two tall Elms, which, set off with many Lamps, in the Night represented a very pleasant and glorious Scene. On this Seat of State the Sultan placed himself in the morning, being ac∣companied thither by all the Pashaws then pre∣sent, and by the Rrepresentatives of those who were absent; who according to their Degree, in order kissing his Vest, delivered in a Silk Purse, a Note or Schedule of their Presents, which were afterwards put into the Tefterdar's or Lord Treasurers hands to see and compare them with the particulars received; which were so great and considerable, that they far surpassed the Charges and Disbursments of the Solemnity. Opposite to the Tents were several poles fixed, between which at Night were hung Lamps of several shapes, which be∣ing varied every Night made a very pleasing and magnificent Object; by light of which in the Evening were exercised several tricks of Acti∣vity, as Wrestlings, Dancing, and Singing, and sometimes were acted Turkish Comedies, which consist only of Farces, and some ridi∣culous Dialogues, and at last the divertisements of the night concluded with Fire-works, which were so many, that (as reported) 240 men were employed for four months time in the ma∣in Christendom; only one seemed to excel the rest, being a sort of Rocket, which went up very high, without any tail of fire, like the common ones, carrying only a small com∣pacted Globe of red fire like a Star, and mak∣ing to noise in mounting, but raised to its height, breaks. These were the pastimes of the Night; in the day time all the several Arts and Trades, some one day, and some another, passed before the Tents, every one offering their Presents, as they passed, representing by some kind of Pa∣geant and Procession their diversities of Trade: this continued for fifteen days. On the 25th. of this instant May, was a solemn Cavalcade, in which marched the Janisaries with all their chief Officers, Chiauses, and Mutafaracas, &c. And of the Great Men, the Vizier, Mufti, and Kul-ogli the Favourite, the first on the right hand, and the second in the middle; after them followed the young Prince who was to be cir∣cumcised, extraodinary rich in the Furniture of his Horse, and the number and largeness of the Diamonds, which were on his Tulbant and Breast. In this Cavalcade were carried twenty four small Nachils, and two large ones, as high as the Mast of a Ship, which were carried by a hundred Slaves, and set before the Seraglio, which are in form of triumphant Pyramids, adorned with Tinsils in thirteen Divisions, according to this following Form or Des∣cription.

[illustration]

A Turkish Pageant

High 27 Menar Pikes Each Almost as Long as a yard. & 32 Spanns about att The Bottome

The forme of a Nachil

Vests of Cloth & Silke

On the 27th. being the day of Mahomet's Birth, the Grand Signior rode publickly to the Mosch of Sultan Selim, having no other atten∣dance than the Retinue of his own Court; his Pages were very rich in Cloth of Gold, each carrying a Feather studded with a rich Jewel on his Head; after the Grand Signior rode the young Prince, who that Night was circumcised. During this Festival, a vast number of people was fed at the charge of the Grand Signior, and about two thousand circumcised, every one of which had a Quilt given him, with a small pay of three Asper a day for his Life.* 26.4

This Solemnity for the Circumcision being ended, on the 10th. of June began the Feast for the Marriage. The Kuzlir Aga, who is the black Eunuch of the Women, was Bridegroom or Comparé to the young Princess, and the Tef∣terdar or Lord Treasurer to Kul-ogli, both which in the name of the Bride and Bridegroom went before the Lord Chief Justice called the Kadeles∣cher, and by him had the Articles of Marri∣age wrote, and passed into publick Act; which being done, the Presents were sent, and first those from the Bridegoom to the Bride, which were these, a great number of Beasts and Birds ill-favouredly made in Sugar, thirty Mules la∣den with two Chests of Sweet-meats a piece, and about their necks each carried a Vest of Sattin for the Muletiers, then were carried a great many Pots of Sherbet, then an hundred and twelve men carrying Vests of Silk, Cloth, Vel∣vet, and Cloth of Gold, some had three, some five or six at least wrapt up in Linen; then went five Horses, one with rich Furniture; then fol∣lowed a noble Vest of Cloth of Gold lined with Sables and nine Buttons and Loops on a side embroidered with large Pearl, on the top of which on the one side was a very large Dia∣mond, and on the other a Saphire, with Shoes, Boots, and Pattents for the Bagno, all covered with Pearl; likewise two Dressing-boxes, with Looking-glasses, and a Cap in form of a Crown, a little Cabinet embroidered all over with Pearl, eight Girdles set with Emeralds, Rubies, and Diamonds, a large Diamond-ring, a pair of Pendants of two great Emeralds, with many other particulars, which in passage were im∣possible to be remembred.

These Presents being thus performed on the part of the Bridegroom to his Bride, the next Presents concerned the Grand Signior to his Daughter, which were in place of her Dowry according to the custom of the Eastern Countries: wherefore the 19th. of this month the Presents were ushered with a most solemn Cavalcade of all the Grandees of the Court to the House of the Bridegroom, which were two Gardens made of Sugar, forty little Na∣chils, eighty six Mules laden with Houshold∣stusf, ten men with her Dressings, as Boots, Shoes, &c. embroidered with Pearl as the for∣mer; then were carried her Jewels set in Gir∣dles, Bracelets, &c. promiscuously together, not in that rule as those were which were sent her by the Bridegroom. The Houshold-stuff was made up with coverts, yet howsoever some parts were left open on the sides, to shew that the Cushions were embroidered with Pearl, and others were of Velvet embroiderded with Gold. At last came twelve Coaches with Slaves and thirty six black Eunuchs. The 23d. the Bride was conducted to her Bridegrooms Palace with a solemn Cavalcade, with two great Nachils of the same form and bigness as those carried at the Cavalcade of the Prince, with two smaller ones of Silver. The Bride was seated in a hand∣som Coach drawn with six Horses, and cover∣ed with Plates of Silver, and the sides adorned with long Streamers of Tinsel: before which went the Kuzlit Aga or chief black Eunuch of of the Women: after followed four Coaches, with Six Horses apiece, and twenty one more with four Horses, each carry∣ing two Eunuchs: than at some distance off came the Hasakee or Queen-Mother to the Bride in a Coach all covered with Plates of Silver, and attended with ten other Coaches more: the night following the Bride was con∣ducted to the Nuptial Chamber in ceremony only, she not being yet ripe for consummation of Marriage: all which Solemnity was attended at the Bridegrooms Court, with the same Sports and Fire-works which were made at the Tents, with an addition of dancing on the Ropes, and sliding down a Rope fastned to the top of the Steeple of the Mosch of Sultan Selim, which had like to have proved fatal to one who came down with a Boy at his back; for when he was about twenty yards from the ground, the Rope broke, but falling on a tree first, and then on a man, he was taken up with little hurt. The most re∣markable of all these Shows was a man that walked up a Rope as high asthe second Balcony of the Menareh or Steeple of Sultan Selion, which is as high as commonly our Spire-Steeples are in England: And another hanging on a Rope with his hands, with his body extended, turned himself twelve times round with his hands: at all which Sight the Grand Signior was a constant Spectator. In this manner these So∣lemities ended, the Mosayp or Favourite rich in the esteem of his Prince, and in high honour with all, had yet some allay to attemper and moderate his joy; for the Princess not yet fit for consummation, in case she dyed before that time, all her Jewels and Goods must return to the Grand Signior, notwithstanding which he would be obliged to pay her Dowry, which was said to be the Sum. of two years Revenue of Grand Cairo, but let it be what it will, he will be in∣solvent, being, as reported, three hundred Pur∣ses already in debt. And now to demonstrate the uncertainty of the Courts of Princes, as well as of all other places and conditions of the World, the Great Tefterdar or Treasurer, who had for the space of thirteen years managed this Office with singular industry and advan∣tage, was now removed from thence, and un∣der a specious shew of Preferment, was ad∣vanced to the Dignity of Pasha of Grand Cairo: this change was the more wondered at, because he was a Person so acute and so proper for the Office,* 26.5 that no man that held the place did ever manage it with greater reputation, nor with greater benefit to the Interest of his Prince; for besides his good husbandry in other mat∣ters, he was so skilful in knowing the price of Commodities, and so near in making his Bar∣gains, that the Merchant could scarce live by him, which in that consumption of Goods made in the Seraglio, will produce a considerable abatement when all things are bought at the best hand; considering which, many reasons were alledged, and conjectures made of his re∣moval: some said, That the Grand Signior having a liking to a young Man of his, to prevent his being taken into the Seraglio, the Tefter∣dar

gave him a Wife, and thereby greatly dis∣pleased the Grand Signior, as if he had purpose∣ly contrived it, to defeat his desires: others said, That the Grand Signior would have bor∣rowed money of him to pay the Arrears of the Spahees, which he refused to lend: but others talked, and that with best reason, That Kara Mustapha the old Chimacam, who is always with the Grand Signior, had found an oppor∣tunity to represent him amiss, suggesting, that the Tefterdar should say, That want of money in the Treasury was caused by the vast Sums consumed in the fooleries of the late Feasts:* 26.6 and the Vizier, though he entertained no per∣sonal animosity against him, yet was willing to sacrifice him to the friendship of Kara Mustapha. And so being dispossessed of his Office, there∣unto succeeded the Janisary Efendi or Judge-Advocate of the Janisaries, a great Drinker of Wine, and one not to hold any comparison with the parts and abilities of his Predecessour. Money now wanting greatly in the Treasury, several ways were sought to bring it in, and to save expences. The first of which was, that a review be made of all Otoraks, such as Milites emeriti, who are excused from the War, and yet receive their pay; from which number those were excluded who had bought it, or were not come legally by it, which would save the Grand Signior a vast Sum of Money yearly: and to help at this time of need, the late Treasurer must refund and ease himself of mo∣ney, before he enters on that rich and impor∣tant Office of Grand Cairo. And Chusaein Aga the chief Customer, who was a man that had inriched himself by many bad ways and arts, was displaced from his Office, and caused to disgorge great Sums of Money to add unto the Supplies of the Treasury. He was a Person of a subtle disposition, raised from the mean degree of a Shoemaker, and being well acquaint∣ed both with good and bad ways of gaining money, was a proper Instrument for the Tur∣kish Government, it being his fortune to fish riches rather for others than himself. And now being deprived of his Office and the best part of his Wealth, he resolved, like all other discon∣tented Ministers, to take a Pilgrimage to Mecha, and to that end made a solemn Visit to the Pasha of Cairo, then in his Tents near Scutari, acquainting him of his intentions to wait on him, and perform his Respects in his passage to the Holy Keblech or Mecha.

The Turks have not of late years been very prodigal of the blood of their Subjects, nor have those Executions been done of late on any Offi∣cer, unless his Tyranny and Oppression of the people did justly draw due punishment upon himself. And such was the case of the Kahya or Secretary of the Chimacam or Governour in the Viziers absence of Constantinople, who taking on himself the management of all the Affairs of his Master, acted every thing according to his own pleasure; for finding that whatsoever he did or propounded, was always confirmed and assented unto by his easie Lord, he assum∣ed a boldness to undertake any thing upon the proffers of mony, so the Sum was in any manner agreeable to the greatness of the matter required,* 26.7 or to the danger he incurred; by which means he involved his careless and unwary Master in such intrigues, as could have no excuse besides his own supineness, and the corruptness of his Servant. At this manner of administring Justice, the people being discontented, hastened the removal of the Chi∣macam: and now another entring on the Office, the Kahya remained exposed to the malice and complaints of all his Enemies, amongst which none was of greater force than an accusation laid against him, for having granted leave to the Armenian Christians at Constantinople for a Sum of Money to erect a Church; for which, though a Command was granted by the Great Vizier, obtained at a good price, to build one there of Timber, but of a low and mean Fabrick; yet the Kahya for a greater Sum of twenty Pur∣ses of Money, or ten thousand Dollars, im∣proved this Command, and changed their Materials from Timber to Stone and Mor∣tar: the which Building beginning to rise with some magnificence, offended the neighbouring Turks with so much scandal, that great num∣bers of them carried the Complaints thereof to the Grand Signior; who calling the Vizier, and examining the Case, the Vizier would own no other Command, than for repairing of an old Church, but not building one new. Where∣upon Sentence of Death being passed on the Kahya, an Officer was sent to execute it. And in his way to Constantinople, at a place called Selebrea, meeting with the Offender, he caused him to return again with him to Constantinople, where haveing strangled him, his Body was thrown into the Sea.

We have thus far discoursed of the Affairs at home, which consisted for the most part in jollities and divertisements; let us now look on the enterprizes and attempts abroad, and we shall find no great matter of action this year per∣formed against Poland, more than some incur∣sions made into Ʋkrania by the Turks and Tar∣tars under the Conduct of Ibrahim Pasha, in which we have no Battels, nor great Skirmishes to recount, only a seizure or surprize of those Cosacks, which were not under the jurisdiction of Dorosensko, who like sheep were driven from their pastures, and Men, Women, and Chil∣dren carried away into Captivity, and trans∣planted into Countries, where they might bet∣ter serve the purposes and designs of the Tur∣kish Empire; to which ends also vast numbers of Tartars with their Families, were called to in∣habit the circumjacent parts of Kemenitz, for better security of the Conquest, to which the Tartars most willingly concurred, esteeming it a happy Bargain to exchange the Soil of Tar∣tary for the fruitful Plains, and more gentle Air of Poland. And thus we may consider what the intestine Discord of the Poles hath brought upon themselves; that they, who in former days maintained their honour and reputation with the Turks, beyond any of the bordering Nations; not having every suffered them to con∣tinue in their Country, much less to sojourn or possess one palm of Ground therein; can now more easily see them before the Walls of Leo∣polis or Cracovia, and planted in the very Bow∣els of their Countrey, rather than a King of their own Countrey set over them not agree∣able to their own humour and fancy; or perhaps rather than behold the envied exaltation of some persons to dignity, or some little disorders in their Government; of which the Turk knows well to make use, it being no new Lesson for him, to profit himself of the Discord and Ani∣mosities of the Christians.

In like manner the Marine Affairs of the Turks this year afforded little worthy of obser∣vation, unless it were, That the Captain Pasha was employed with about thirty Sail of Gallies into the Black Sea, for transporting of Ammu∣nition and Provisions to those Forces in Ʋkra∣nia; but he returned not with an equal num∣ber of Gallies, with which he departed, hav∣ing lost five of them by storm, and then ar∣rived at Constantinople on the 26th. of October, called by the Greeks the Feast of St. Demetrius, and by the Turks Cassin-gheun, a day which is commonly remarkable for Storms at Sea; of which the Turks and Greeks are so aprehensive or superstitious, that on that day or near that time, either before or after, until the storm hath vented its fury, and taken its course, they will not adventure themselves unto the Sea, up∣on the most pressing occasion, or hopeful in∣ducement whatsoever.

And here I judge it requisite to conclude this Year with two matters very observable relating unto Trade: The first is with reference unto the Genoueses, who in the Year 1666. first sent their Ambassador Signior Durazzo, with many Presents and great Magnificence to conclude a Peace with the Ottoman Empire, with the sole de∣sign and intention of Trade; which having been established on no other foundation at the begin∣ning, than that of their Temins,* 26.8 and the Fabrick of their own Cloth, when the first failed, as it did in two years after, and that their Cloth turned not to account, but was out-sold by the English and Dutch, then their Trade began to decay, or rather never came to perfection, like the fruit of a young tree, which buds fairly, and produ∣ces fruit, but hath not strength to digest or bring it to maturity: Even so it was with the Genou∣eses, who having been at the charge of an Am∣bassadour Extraordinary, and setled a Resident at Constantinople, and a Consul at Smyrna, and all the other Formalities of Trade, wanted that nourishment thereof from their own soil, which produces the true and natural fruit of Commerce, which is gain and profit; and be∣ing out-done by other Nations in shipping, there could little or no benefit be expected from their own Navigation in the Levant. For these rea∣sons, their Trade failing, the Duties of Con∣sulage on Goods appointed to maintain the Officers, and defray the publick Expences, were consequently wanting; so that the Count Fieschi Resident for that Republick at Constan∣tinople, finding himself in great distresses and necessities, and unable to maintain himself and his Attendants agreeable to his Character and Quality, often advised his Prince and the Senate of the unhappy state of their Affairs, desiring from them either to provide a Supply agreeable to the occasions, or to recal him from that Office, where he could no longer live in that Honour required. This importunity produced the exchange of Officers, and the Mission of Signior Giustiniano to reside at Constantinople, and Signior Gentile at Smyrna; the first of which, some few days after his arrival, being unfor∣tunately killed with a Carabine in his Chamber at Constantinople, as before related, the Office of Resident came to be still continued in the person of Fieschi, who remaining without pro∣visions necessary to maintain his degree, and the annual Presents expected by the Turks, which they esteem as due as their Income, and as part of their Revenues, was forced to take up money on Pawns, and his own Credit at the Interest of 20, 25, or 30 per cent. according as his ne∣cessities increased; and the apprehensions men conceived of an insufficiency and hazard in their security, was the cause that the debt, which in the beginning was inconsiderable, in∣creasing with Interest upon Interest, came at length to the Sum of sixty or seventy thousand Dollars, which the Republick of Genoua, at∣tributing in a great measure to the ill Conduct of Fieschi, and judging the greatest part of this debt to be feigned, sent another Resident called Signior Spinola to succeed him in his Office, who arriving at Smyrna in the month of May of this present year, on a stout Ship hired of the Venetians, and under the notion of a Man of War accompanied with a Merchant Ship, and a new Consul (the old one dying the year before) setled there such Orders, as were judged necessary for the government of their Affairs. But before these Genoueses arrived, a report had fore-ran them from Ligorne and other parts, that their Ships brought great quantities of false Gold and false Pieces of Eight: the which com∣ing to the ears of the Turks, Commands were provided against their arrival to search their Ships, and try their Monies; to which the Genoueses not condescending, Arz or testimony was made thereof by the Kadi unto the Grand Signiors Court. In the interim whilst this Arz went up, and the answer expected, the Ge∣nouese Resident designing to proceed forward on his Voyage to Constantinople, demanded the Kadi's Moraselau or Ticket of Licence for the Man of War on which he came, to pass the Castle, (for that Ship had entred within the Port.) The Kadi judging it necessary, that both the Resident and Ship should attend the arrival of the answer from above, refused to grant this Licence; whereupon the Resident all in a rage imbarked himself, and immediately set sail, and having a fair Breez out of the Port, gently slided along by the side of the Castle without any stop or interruption.

This affront being put upon the Kadi, greatly displeased him; so that calling the Lieutenant and Gunner of the Castle into question, and not admitting of their Plea, that the Ship was a Man of War, and the person thereon a Resi∣dent, both which were privileged, and both going up to the Grand Signiors Court, were to answer there for what was laid against them; but this I say, not being admitted for reason, the Kadi committed them both to Prison, from whence with some charge afterwards they relea∣sed themselves.

The new Resident being arrived at Constan∣tinople, the Creditors of Count Fieschi demand∣ed payment of the debts owing to them, which was given in, to amout to sixty thousand Dol∣lars, and so much was to be paid before Fies∣chi should be permitted to depart, or at least that part thereof being satified in hand, the new Resident Spinola should give security for payment of the remainder: the which he re∣fusing to do, as not owning the accounts which Fieschi had given in, in regard he judged them to be composed of extravagant Interests, and to arise on charges not allowable by that Re∣publick, who after the death of Giu••tiniano disowned Fieschi for their Minister; hereupon great disturbances and commotions arose a∣mongst the Creditors, some of which being in great Power, as the Janisary-Aga and others,

Sequestration was laid on their Man of War; so that she was toaed away to the Arsenal, and there laid up, and attached for payment of the debt: which arising on the account of the Pub∣lick, the Goods of the Common-wealth was justly esteemed liable to the Sequestration: dur∣ing which time the Pestilence, the Epidemical disease of that season at Constantinople, affecting with its contagion the Ships company, about eighteen or twenty of them dyed thereof, and all their affairs reduced to a strange con∣sternation.

In this interim many and various were the disputes and contests between the two Resi∣dents; sometimes they proposed to refer their differences to the decision of the English, French, and Venetian Ministers; sometimes again, find∣ing the distance so wide and spatious between them, they resolved to have their matters deter∣mined by Turkish Sentence. At length the new Resident perceiving no end of this business, and that the Ship lay ingaged at a great charge, and as it were captivated to the great dishonour of the Republick, came to an agreement to pay thirty three thousand Dollars, one third where∣of was to be paid in hand, and the other two thirds by equal portions in the space of one year; the first payment to be made after six months, and the other six months after; to which not only the Resident, but their Mer∣chants also entred personally into obligation. In this manner the Ship being cleared, and taking such Lading as offered for Genoua at Constantinople sailed for Smyrna; where taking another Ship of the same Country into her company, departed with the Dutch Convoy for Christendom. But hav∣ing remained six months in Port, subjected to much charge and trouble, and not finding a Freight equal to the time and expence, was no great incouragement to the Genoueses to con∣tinue this Trade, which by good experience appears in no manner agreeable to their Coun∣try, nor yielding success answerable to the long expectation of ten years past.

In this Year it was, that the Grand Signior and Great Vizier at the instigation of Chusaein Aga the chief Customer (whom we have be∣fore mentioned) casting their eyes on Smyrna, and finding it a place of a great Trade, and a convenient Port, for which in ancient times it was always famous, and for the same cause was frequented by Merchants both from the Eastern and Western parts of the World; so that it was become the only great and considerable Mart or Scale within the Precincts of the Tur∣kish Empire: considering it (I say) in this manner with a benign eye, as bring∣ing great profit and advantage, they began to think it worthy the Ornament of some pub∣lick Edifices, founded with that Magnificence as might endure long, and renew the ancient Ho∣nour and Reputation of Smyrna:* 26.9 Hereupon they erected in the first place a Besasteen, which is in the nature of our Exchange, where several Shops are made, and variety of Goods sold; and to make the better Front towards the Sea, it was founded therein on vast Stones and Piles, fit to support a weighty Building.

The next Edifice erected was a Custom-house built into the Sea only on Piles of Timber, with a handsom Front towards the Sea; and this the Great Vizier judged to be a work not only necessary, but also agreeable to the Majesty of his Master; for until this time the Customer lived in a hired House not unlike the others which Merchants inhabit. And now this House being com∣pleated, a Hattesheriff or Royal decree came down from the Court, commanding that all Ships that came into that Port either to lade or unlade, should lay their sides to that Custom-house Scale, and thereon discharge their Goods, and receive others.

And now whereas the Merchants injoyed at all times in former days the convenience of ha∣ving their Goods landed on, and laden from their own Keys or Scales, they greatly resented this innovation; and as they unwillingly quit any Priviledge, so they judged this not un∣worthy to be contended for with singular con∣stancy and resolution: the commodiousness of which was thought so considerable, that it not only caused this place in former days to flou∣rish, and to be distinguished from all the Marts in the World; but also the injoyment thereof invited the Inhabitants from the more elevated parts of Smyrna (where was health and pleasure) to the lower Bogs and Marishes, exchang∣ing health and chearful air for profit and convenience of Commerce. Hereupon ap∣plications were made by all the Consuls of the Frank Nations to their Ambassadours and Ministers at the Grand Signiors Court. In the mean time Trade by common agreement was in∣terdicted, at least as to the lading or unlading of Ships, which continued for several days, and touched somewhat grievously the English and Dutch Nations: the first having two Ships, and the latter six Merchants-ships in Port. The English Ambassadour being then personally at Adrianople, was the first who without the assi∣stance of any other Minister, moved in this affair, but found great opposition in it from the Turkish Officers; who with some resent∣ment of the present reluctancy of the Mer∣chants, declared not without passion, the re∣solution the Grand Signior had to conform the honour of the Custom-house in some sem∣blance with those of Christian Princes; and therefore did wonder that the Christian Mer∣chants could so easily condescend to the rules of those Custom houses in their own Countries, where they were Natives, and yet could not support the same in these parts where they were Aliens and Strangers. And as a farther evidence of the Turks resolution to maintain this point, it was said by the Vizier's Kahya, that the Grand Signior was resolved to blow up both Port and Town, rather than not be obey∣ed in his own Dominions; with this Answer, Merchants despairing of the success, began to unlade their ships at the Custom house, or to give an account there of the Goods in their Boats; for the Customer was become sensible, there was not sufficient Water for ships to ride at the Key of the Custom house, and did also indulge unto the Merchants several other particulars herein, that so the innovation might sit the more lightly on them, which he per∣ceived was so ill resented and taken to heart. And this was the first beginning in the Months of August and September, when this priviledge was taken from the Merchants. And in this Year also the Great Chan next to the Besasteen was in Building, and the first Foundation thereof laid, and the great Aqua∣duct brought from the Plains of Bogiaw, and lit∣tle Harchi-bonar.

At the end of the year 1674, we have re∣lated the beginning proceedings, and conclusion

of the War, which our Gracious King was pleased in defence of his Subjects, and Com∣merce to make on Tripoly; which we brought down to this year 1676; when Sir John Narbrough Sailing home for England, touched in his way at Algiers, for better understanding of the State of all matters with that Govern∣ment. Things had for some time remained in a doubtful condition between England, and that people; who having lately proved the smart effects of War with us, were not very forward to make a breach. Howsoever it being that time, when by means of a General Peace, which we enjoyed with all the World, and of a War in which the rest of Christendom was involved, that our navigation flourish'd, and that few other Ships besides English passed the Seas; the Algerines grew weary of a Peace with us. And herein they seemed to have some more reason then usual, because that when it was their fortune to meet with strangers, they were so disguised with English Colours, and Passports surreptitiously, and fraudulently procured, that they could not distinguish their Friends from Enemies, whereof they made frequent Complaints, and addresses to his Ma∣jesty. The King out of a sence of Justice, and a tender care of his Subjects welfare, knowing that such indirect practises must necessarily pro∣duce a War was pleased by a Letter to that Peo∣ple, to signify his care in that particular, and re∣calling all Passports formerly given, promised a better regulation of them for the future; as appears by the Proclamation here following, which was inclosed, and sent in the Letter to Algiers.

By the King. A PROCLAMATION.

Relating to the Articles concluded between His MAJESTY, and the Government of Algiers.

CHARLES R.

WHereas by the late Articles of Peace concluded between His Majesty, and the Government of Algiers, His Majesty out of His Royal Care of the Persons and Estates of His Subjects, did agree and pro∣vide, That none of His Subjects employed or trading in any English Ship or Vessel, should for the future be taken and sold as Slaves, or his or their Goods made Prize by any of the Subjects of the said Govern∣ment of Algiers; And also, that any of His Majesties Subjects going in Foreign Ships, as Passengers only, and having Authentick Pass∣ports testifying the same, should have the like freedom for their Per∣sons and Goods aboard such Foreign Ships: And whereas His Majesty is informed, that divers of His Sub∣jects, contrary to the effect and true meaning of the said Treaty, do take upon them to colour and conceal the Ships of Foreigners, with whom the said Government of Algiers is in War, and to that end do either wholly Navigate the Ships of such Foreigners, or otherwise serve in the same as Mariners or Souldiers: Which way of proceeding, as it doth for the present administer just cause of Complaint from the said Govern∣ment of Algiers, so will it in a short time (if not prevented) indanger the Security intended by the said Ar∣ticles for the Ships, Persons and Estates of His Majesties Subjects: His Majesty doth therefore by this His Royal Proclamation, strictly forbid all His Subjects, that they do not for the future Navigate the Ships or Vessels of any foreigners in War with the said Government, nor presume to serve in the same either as Mariners or Souldiers. And His Majesty doth hereby further Declare, That if any Offenders contrary to this His Royal Procla∣mation, shall be taken, His Majesty will not require any release of their Persons or Estates from the said Government of Algiers; but that they must expect to be excluded (as they were intended) out of the bene∣fit of the said Articles; His Majesty also strictly charging such persons as shall hereafter go as Passengers in foreign Ships or Vessels, to take care that they have Passports with them signed by His Majesties proper Ministers in England, or His Mini∣sters or Consuls abroad, expressing the Names of their Persons, and the Contents and Qualities of their Goods, at their perils.

Given at our Court at Whitehall, this Two and twentieth day of December 1675. in the Seven and twentieth year of Our Reign.

God save the King.

This Care and just Expedient of his Maje∣sty to prevent Fraud and Abuses in this business, was otherwise construed by the Algerines, and made use of, in a contrary sence, then was in∣tended by his Majesty. For now whatsoever Ships they met with, without these new Passes, they began to send to Algier, and make prize of their goods; not considering that the mean∣ing of the King was by these Passes to deter∣mine doubtful cases about Ships; and not to make a snare to entrap Ships English built, manned with English Men, and freighted with the goods of his Subjects. But these Pyrates, and ungracious Villains would find a knot in a Bull-rush, and a scruple where none was; for now they seized most English Ships they met with; for few had been so cautious, as to procure the new Passport; so that by this pre∣tence having made themselves Masters of a considerable Estate belonging to English Mer∣chants; and denying to restore the same, a War was the necessary consequence of their refusal, which broak out in the year 1676, the success of which we may perchance have occasion to relate in the following years.

Anno Christi 1676. Hegeirae 1087.

THis Year began with joyful News to the whole Turkish Empire, all Places and Cities of less renown rejoycing to hear the intentions of the Sultan to refresh and adorn again his Capital Throne of Constantinople with the Imperial Presence; for that City (which is the most proper Scituation of the World, to be made the head of a great Empire) ha∣ving now almost for sixteen years wanted the Rays of Majesty, and the Countenance of the Sultan, became almost abandoned and for∣saken of its Inhabitants, so that the spacious Sera∣glios or Palaces of the chief Ministers and Offi∣cers of the Empire began to decay and run to ruine, and the Artisans and Shop-keepers to leave their dwellings, and to follow their Trade at Adrianople,* 27.1 or in the Camp. But now the News of the designed return of the Grand Sig∣nior to his ancient Seat, filled all places with joy and triumph, especialy at Constantinople, which was not more satisfied with the consideration of the benefit and advantage it was likely to re∣ceive by the Royal Presence, than that those suspicions and jealousies which formerly posses∣ed the mind of the Sultan with a prejudice a∣gainst this place, did seem now to vanish, and that he reassumed a confidence of his Roy∣al City equal to that love and esteem which his Ancestors had of it; so that the humour which then possessed Constantinople ap∣peared like that of London at our Kings Re∣stauration, all joy, even to transport, for this unexpected Return; the people in the streets congratulating their mutual happiness, thanked God, that they had lived to see that happy day and blessed hour.

The occasion of this unexpected and sudden resolution caused many roving guesses and opi∣nations of the reasons of it. Some said a Dream which the Grand Signior had, and which gave great disturbance to his thoughts, until he resol∣ved for Constantinople. Others said, the revolt and troubles at Cairo, of which we shall pre∣sently have occasion to discourse, and some added certain Commotions at Bagdat, or Baby∣lon; some reported, that Xeriff of Mecha wrote him a Letter, that he could not acknowledge him the Head and Protector of the Mussulmin Faith,* 27.2 so long as he had abandoned his Imperi∣al City, and lived in the mountains and un∣known places. Others said, that the Janisaries and Militia murmured, and that his Coming to Constantinople was forced and not to be avoid∣ed; and that the Sultan being now out of love with Adrianople, had cursed it, and sworn never more to set foot in it, having ordered the ma∣terials sent for the building of the Great Sera∣glio at Adrianople, to be stopped on the way, and returned back again. At this rate all the World talked and discoursed, joy and hopes made the people fancy every thing according to their wishes. The Grand Signior being approach∣ed near to Constantinople, fixed himself in his Camp in the Fields, near a small Seraglio of his own, called Daout Basha, from whence the people for many days expected, that he should, according to the Custom of his Ancestors, make a solemn Entry; instead whereof he made some Salies with a small Company through the Streets, as it were incognito, taking his pastime on the Water, and on the sides of the Bosphorus in his Gallies and Boats, but most commonly frequented his Place of Scutari on the Asian side, where with much delight and confidence he lodged and reposed his Court, but made no solemn Entry through the City, not frequented his great Seraglio; where though he might perhaps dine, and pass certain hours, yet he slept not one Night there; of which the people took especial notice, and thereby received con∣firmation of the jealousie their Soveraign had of them, to their extraordinary grief and dis∣satisfaction; however it was some contentment to the people, and renown unto the City to have their Emperour so near, though it was rumoured as if the Court towards the approach of Winter intended again to return unto Adri∣anople. In the mean time the Grand Signior took his chief delight and divertisement on the Water, passing in his Gallies and Pleasure-Boats up the Bosphorus to the mouth of the Black Sea; and thence returning, much frequented the Gar∣dens, and Houses of Delight upon the Banks of the River; and visiting all places, a Country House called Therapea, belonging to the Dutch Resident, received the honour of his Presence, which he liked so well, that he took it from the Proprietor, and conferred it without any consideration of money onone of his Courtiers, giving out a Proclamation, That no Christian Minister should possess any Seat or Habitation on the side of the Bosphorus, A strange thing, and what is not to be paralleled in any part of the World.

About the beginning of this Year the Captain Pasha died, and Zaid Ahmet Pash-ogli, then at the Camp, succeeded him; his Father was a famous Man, and in the same Charge, but cut off by old Kuperlee. Soon after Ibrahim Pasha, General of the Army at Keminitz, likewise died, and his Office was conferred on Ibrahim Pasha, that was Pasha of Candia, of whom we have had often occasion to speak, being a great friend to the English Nation. The Great Vizier also was not far remote from the Confines of Death, being now fallen, by reason of immoderate drinking of Wine, and chiefly of hot Cina∣mon Waters, into a formed Dropsie and Jaundice.

In the preceding year we touched on the re∣moval of the Tefterdar or Treasurer from his Office to the Government of Grand Cairo, and the reasons for it, which though it might be a preferment (being the richest and most im∣portant Charge of the Empire) to which the esteem the Sultan had of his parts and abilites, might probably advance him; yet the imploy∣ing of him at a distance so remote, was certain∣ly an effect of some displeasure, whereby he or his Favourites judged him a Person not fit to remain longer near the Royal Presence. Where∣fore having commenced his Journey (as before mentioned) he arrived at Grand Cairo, where he had not long continued before he began, ac∣cording to the natural acuteness of his mind and hugstering manner, to pierce with a narrow inspection into all Affairs of that Government, and particularly into the Revenue and Treasure of the Country, contriving with himself by what means the disorders might be corrected, and the Revenue and Tribute improved; for he had an excellent Genius or Spirit in the matters of Money, nothing in advantage of In∣terest could ever escape him; so that he began to lay a new foundation in all proceedings; he would not be contented with the old Taxes and Impositions, and where he found Lands im∣proved, or the Customs augmented, he would put in for a share of the Benefits, and would reform every thing wherein he judged his Ma∣ster to have been abused. But though he was acute and sharp-sighted in such matters as these, yet he wanted experience in the Government of Egypt; for these great Beghs of this Country being alarmed with the innovations, began to stand upon their Guard, and to enter into pri∣vate Consultations, in what manner to oppose themselves to this new way of Government, which looked like slavery, and designs of bringing them into servitude, and a subjection unknown to them and their Fore-fathers. For indeed the Government of Egypt, if well con∣sidered, is rather Aristocratical than Monar∣chical; for though they acknowledge the Sul∣tan to be their Head, and accept his Pasha for Ruler, and pay a yearly Tribute, yet the Beghs which are great Lords in their respective Coun∣tries, carry the sway and Dominion in all other matters, and will endure nothing with favours of oppression or innovation; so that these per∣sons grown jealous by the proceedings of the new Pasha, flew into open Sedition, and im∣mediately to Arms, with force of which they assaulted the Pasha's Palace, took him and threw him into Prison. The News whereof flying with all haste to the Ottoman Court, ap∣peared at the first apprehension or surprise as if all Egypt had revolted, and gave the World occasion to discourse, That the Wars were to be carried Eastward, and that the sudden reso∣lution of removing the Court to Constantinople, was in order to a farther March into those parts. But frequent Messages with time making the business to be better understood, caused the Grand Signior to dispeed with all haste another Pasha, with Commission to remove the former, and to continue all the ancient Customs and Priviledges from the beginning indulged to the Beghs of Egypt: with which Message and gentle words of grace and favour from the Sultan, all discontents being pacified, the former Pasha was released from his Imprisonment, and suf∣fered to depart, and thence proce••ed to the Island of Candia, where he entred on that Pa∣shaluck, succeeding Ibrahim Pasha in Charge, who (as before related) was sent to Kemenitz to be General of the Army, in place of the Pasha lately deceased.

But here I must not forget a story which hap∣pened during the time of this Summer, whilst the Grand Signior had his abode and injoyed his Recreations in the circumjacent parts of Con∣stantinople; there was a certain Sultana which had been a cast Wench of Sultan Ibrahim, who after his death, having been married to some Pasha, obtained her release from the old Serag∣lio, and being also a Widow by the death of this Husband, had liberty to take her habitation on the Banks of the Bosphorus, or where she thought fit. This Lady was called Soltana Sporcha, in Turkish Modar:* 27.3 how she came to be so nominated I cannot tell, perhaps some Italian Pages of the Court might in respect to her way of living impose this Name upon her, for she was no other than a Bawd, or something worse, making it her Profession to buy young Girls, and to educate them in singing, dancing and in all the ways which best accomplish Courtisans. Amongst this Train of Scholars, she had one more brisk and aery than the o∣thers, which could sing, and dance, and prate in∣comparably, and was so quick in her Repar∣ties, that she greatly delighted the Pasha's and Lords, whose pleasures she atended, bringing from them considerable Gifts and Presents to the enriching of her self and Mistress; and be∣came so much the talk of the Court, that at length the report of her arrived the cars of the Grand Signior, who being also desirous to injoy some divertisements by the pranks of this witty Girl, sent to the Sultana one of the black Eu∣nuchs for her: which Imperial Command she not daring to disobey, consigned her with great submission into the hands of the Messenger; but with this caution, that she humbly desired the Sultan not to make any attempt on her Chastity, in regard she was both a Virgin and Free-wo∣man. The grand Signior having pleased him∣self with the wantonness of this Wench, began to take a fancy to her, and resolved to take her into the Seraglio; but she shewing a kind of nicety and coiness, the Grand Signior, who per∣haps was better accommodated, sent her back a∣gain to her Mistress, reflecting (as was supposed) with some disgust on the caution which accom∣panied her. It happened not long after, that this Girl exercising her Art in the presence of some great Persons, one Chesmé Aga, a Bosnian by Nation, Captain of the Great Visiers Guard, a stout and valiant man, happening to be a Spectator one night, became unfortunately en∣amoured of her, and from that time not being able to remove the impression she had made in his heart, resolved, if possible, to make her his Wife, and to that end made his affections known and his intentions of Marriage, both to her and to her Mistress. The Girl was well enough pleased to become the Wife of so honourable a Person; but the Sultana unwilling to lose the profit and benefit she daily brought her in, re∣fused the Match, declaring, That she was a Slave, and not at her own disposal, and there∣fore in no capacity of bestowing her self any way without her consent. This impediment giving a stop to the Marriage, put the two Lovers on plots and contrivances in what manner to injoy each other, and Love being ingenious, quickly

found out a means to bring them together; for the Girl escaping from her Mistress, lodged her self in those Chambers which her Lover had found for her. And being now missed, none but Chesmé Aga was charged with her, of whom she complained to the Grand Signior, and cited him before his Master the Great Vizier to an∣swer for her; but he denying to know any thing of her, and no witness appearing against him, all farther proceedings were superseded for the present: But Soltana Sporcha keeping watchful spies upon all the motions of Chesmé Aga, at length found him and his Mistress to∣gether, and by the Authority of Officers brought them both before the Vizier: to whom the Sultana sent a rude message, That Chesme Aga should be punished, and that her Slave should be returned. The Visier hereof acquainted the Grand Signior, and gave him to understand the message which the Sultana had sent him, desi∣ring to know what punishment he was pleased should be inflicted on them. In which interrim Chesmé Aga told the Visier, That he ex∣pected no other than a sentence of death from the Grand Signior, only he desired that his be∣loved Mistress might be spared, for he was sure he should live in her. It was not long before the fatal Decree came for putting Chesmé Aga to death, and sending the Woman to the Seraglio, which was immediately executed; which act might seem to denote a natural cruelty in the Sultan, being in reality very severe, though the whole course of his Reign hath been more gentle and mild than of any of the Ottoman Emperours; only this fact proceeded rather from disdain than thirst of blood, being angry that this Girl should prefer the Love of one of his Vassals before the Ho∣nours of the Seraglio, and that her Mistress the Sultana should charm him with a lye of her being free, when she was no other than a slave, and not long before bought for an inconsiderable price.

Not long after this, and towards the 11th, or 12th, of September, when the Sun was come to the Equinoctial, the Grand Signior prepared to depart.* 27.4 The rumour of which displeasing and making sad the people hearts, as much as his presence before comforted them, it was given out, That the Grand Signior intended to return with the Spring, and divide the consolation, which his residence produced, between the two Regal Cities, and for an evidence thereof, he ordered a Platform to be laid for erecting a new Seraglio at Scutari, and the Visier designed a∣nother at Bezick-rash, and the Palaces of the Pasha's and great Men were all putting into a way of Reparation, which for some time amu∣sed and contented the minds of the Common∣alty.

About the beginning of October the Grand Signior set forward towards Adrianople, being accompanied with the Mosayp, which is his Favourite, and Kara Mustapha who was his Chimacam, taking his recreation by the way in Hunting; but the Great Vizier Achmet Pasha continuing still sick of his Dropsie and Jaundice, took his Journey by Water as far as Selebra for his better ease, and thence proceed∣ing in a Horse litter to Churlu, which is the half-way to Adrianople,* 27.5 on the twenty third of October expired his last; his Discase, though heightned by Wine and hot Spirits, yet was in some part hereditary, his father dying of the Dropsie. His Body was on the twenty fifth brought back again in a Coach to Con∣stantinople with a small Attendance, and buried in the same Sepulchre with his Father. He was a Person (for I have seen him often,* 27.6 and knew him well) of a midle stature, of a black beard, and brown complexion, something short-sighted, which caused him to knit his brows and pore very intently when any strange person entred to his presence: he was inclining to be fat, and grew corpulent towards his latter days. If we consider his age when he first took upon him this important Charge, the Enemies his Father had created him, the contentions he had with the Valede Sultana or the Queen-Mother, and the Arts he had used to reconcile the affections of these great Perso∣nages, and conserve himself in the unalterable esteem of his Soveraign to the last hour of his death, there is none but must judge him to have deserved the Character of a prudent and politick Person. If we consider how few were put to death, and what inconsiderable Muti∣nies or Rebellions happened in any part of the Empire during his Government, it will afford us a clear evidence and proof of his gentleness and moderation beyond the example of former times; for certainly he was not a Person who delighted in bloud, and in that respect of an humor far different from the temper of his Father; He was generous, and free from A∣varice, a rare Vertue in a Turk! He was educated in the Law, and therefore greatly ad∣dicted to all the Formalities of it, and in the Administration of that sort of Justice very pun∣ctual and severe; He was very observant of the Capitulations between our King and the Grand Signior, being ready to do Justice upon any corrupt Minister, who pertinaciously viola∣ted and transgressed them, of which I could give several instances, but these being improper for this place, are only in general to be men∣tioned with due gratitude in honour to his Me∣mory. As to his behaviour towards the neighbouring Princes, there may, I believe, be fewer examples of his breach of Faith, than what his Predecessors have given in a shorter time of Rule. In his Wars abroad he was successful, having upon every expedition enlarged the Bounds of the Empire; He over∣came Newhawsel or Oywar, and laid thereunto a considerable part of Hungary, which to this day continues subject, and pays contribution to the Turk.

He concluded the War with Venice after twenty seven years continuance, by an intire and total subjection of the Island of Candia, having subdued that impregnable Fortress, which by the rest of the World was esteemed invincible.

He won Kemenitz, the Key of Poland, where the Turks had been frequently baffled, and laid Ʋkrania to the Empire; reducing the Cosacks, those mortal Enemies, to subjection, and to a desire of taking on them the Otto∣man Yoke: and finally, he imposed a new Tribute on all Poland. After all which Glories he dyed in the 47th year of his Age, and 15th year and 8th day of his Government; a short time, if we consider it, for such great actions; howsoever, if we measure his triumphs, rather than count his years though he might seem to have lived but little to his Prince and People, yet certainly to himself he could not dye more seasonable, nor in a greater height and emi∣nency

of Glory. Ʋtcunque Principi, & Rei∣publicae parum, sibi certè satis suae{que} Gloriae vixisse videbitur.

The Great Vizier having in this manner ex∣pired his last breath, the Seal was immediately carried by his Brother to the Grand Signior, who upon Receipt thereof, according to com∣mon expectation, conferred the same on Kara Mustapha Pasha, who had for so many years formerly exercised the Office of Chimacam,* 27.7 which is as much as Deputy to the Great Vizier, of whom in other places we gave a Character of being a wise and experienced Person, of a smooth behaviour, and a great Courtier; agreeable to which temper of mind, so soon as he attained this promotion, he sent an obliging and courteous Message to the Ser∣vants of the deceased Vizier, condoling with them the death of their Master, promising to take them and their Concernments into his Care and Protection; according whereunto he advanced Solyman Kahya (who was the late Vizier's Substitute,) and for some years had managed all Affairs to the Office of Embra∣hore, which is chief Master of the Grand Sig∣niors horse, and is a place not only of honour, but of great security. He that was his own Kahya he made a Vizier of the Bench, and Chimacam in the same manner as he was to Achmet Vizier; by which point of policy he seemed to have strengthened himself against all Enemies, for having two Creatures of his own so well disposed; one near the Person of his Prince, who would be able to do him all good Offices; and the other (whensoever the Wars or other occasions should cause him to be absent from the Royal Presence) might supply his place without attempting to supplant him. The Kapisler-Kahyasee, or Master of the Ceremonies to the late Vizier, he made his own Kahya, and all the other Agas which de∣pended on that Court, he received into his own service; so that in effect there seemed, by this great chance of Mortality, to be little other al∣teration in the Court, than of the single person of the deceased Vizier; of whose Memory, that the Grand Signior might evidence the love and esteem that he retained, he did not inter∣meddle or appropriate unto himself any part of his Estate, or disanulled his Testament; but resigned all into the hands of his Relations, challenging no share or proportion thereof: And whereas the Vizier lest no Children, the Estate fell to his Brother and Sisters, who to evidence their Devotion to Religion, and good will to the Publick, and to please the eyes of the envious World, conferred on Mecha the Rent of the new Custom house, the Besasteen, and new Chan built at Smyrna, and finished in the year 1677.

At this first change there were rumors that the new Vizier had begun his Government in blood, having cut off several heads lately in Au∣thority; but all was false, and only grounded on a displeasure which he was known to have con∣ceived against certain persons. Only one act he performed rather of justice than severity, having cut off one of the Pay-masters of the Exchequer for false Money. The occasion was this: Certain Muletiers having received mony from the Exchequer in Venetian Ze∣chins, and finding several of them false, re∣turned them again, but could not previal to have them changed; whereupon having made their Memorial thereof, they carried them to the Vizier, and upon examination, the Pay∣master declared, That he received them from the Great Ibrahim Han-ogli, who being for that Cause sent for and accused, was put into a fear, which proved as dangerous to him as a Disease, the apprehensions of Death being worse than the reality; but the Great Tefterdar soon cleared him of this Accusation, having attested, That to his knowledge the mony re∣ceived from him was good, and disposed on other occasions; so that the whole blame ly∣ing now on the Pay-master, and upon farther search more of the same stamp being found in his hands, he deservedly suffered the punish∣ment of Death, the which had likewise been inflicted on another Officer of the same rank, but not being found so culpable as the other, he was permitted to redeem his life with forty Purses of Mony, or twenty thousand Dollars.

Thus far we have seen the gentle and smooth behaviour of the present Vizier towards the Friends, Relations, and Servants of the De∣ceased,* 27.8 and with what Acts of Justice he began his Government. But, behold, on a sudden the face of the whole Court was changed, every Officer thereof putting on a Countenance of fierceness, pride, and arrogance, beyond the manner and custom lately practised. For the Great Visier took on himself the State and Grandeur of the Sultan, (the access being as difficult to him as to his Master) his Kahya that of the Visier, and so every inferior Officer advanced himself into a fancy of possessing the next and immediate Degree above him. This haughty behaviour had a more particular in∣fluence on the Ministers and Representatives of Foreign Princes, whose Interpreters were not admitted, as formerly, to private Audiences or Conferences about their Affairs, but only at the Publick Divan, where their Arzes or Memorials were to be preferred in the same manner as was practised by the Subjects of the Country, and those of conquered Nations, who petition for Justice. The which abase∣ment was not only cast on the Interpreters, but on the Persons of the Representatives them∣selves: an example of which we have in the French Ambassador; who coming at the time appointed to receive his Audience of the Visier, was forced to expect a long time before he could have admittance, and then entering into the Chamber of Audience, was rudely crouded, and rushed upon by a Crew of unmannerly Chaouses, who no otherwise regarded the Per∣son of the Ambassador, than if he had been one of the Grooms or Lacquies. Being come to the Seat of Audience, the Ambaslador ob∣served, That the Stool for the Great Visier was set upon the Soffrá, and that for Him be∣low, or at the foot of it; the which being an unusual and unpractised diminution of the ancient honour given formerly to Ambassadors, he ordered one of his Servants, To set it again on the Soffrá equal with that of the Visier's; the which being done, was again brought down by one of the Visiers Pa∣ges, and placed as before; whereupon, the Ambassador seizing the Stool with his own hand, carried it on the Sofftá, and sate upon it; which being reported to the Visier, then in his retiring Chamber, he sent twice to him to re∣move, letting him know, That unless the Stool were returned into the Place appointed by him,

he would not appear in the Chamber of Au∣dience. Whereunto his Excellency returned this prudent Answer, That the Visier might dispose of his Chair as he pleased, but not of his Person. In which Interim the Chaous-Bashee came in, roaring out, Calder, Calder, which is, Take it away, Take it away, (mean∣ing the Stool) at which noise the Ambassador arising to see what the matter was, had the Stool taken from under him; whereat being greatly enraged, he threw out of the Room in a high passion, and causing the Presents which he brought to be again returned with him, he mounted his Horse, and de∣parted.

Afterwards it was intimated unto the Eng∣lish Ambassador, That he might, if he pleased, receive Audience of the Great Vifier; But his Excellency, uuderstanding in what manner the French Ambassador had been treated, ex∣cused his going, on pretence of an Indisposition of health. Howsoever, the Venetian Bailo, and the Residents of Holland and Genoua were con∣tented to be admitted unto Audience on those terms which the Visier was pleased to allow. And though during the time that he was Chi∣macam, and bore other inferior Offices, and Charges of Trust, his behaviour was gentle, affable, and civil; yet I fear, that now having changed his Office, he will have altered his humour, and that his Greatness will have en-creased his Pride, Avarice, and Fierceness: thus, no man knows what another will be, when he shall enter into power.

Dic mihi si fueris tu Leo, qualis eris.

And as Magistratus indicat Virum, so in the actions of his management the temper and con∣stitution of this great Person will be discovered. And thus having given a short Account and Character of this present Visier, his future Acts and Monuments must be the Subject of other Pens.

FINIS.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Lisbon.
• * 1.2

  Algier.
• * 1.3

  Halil killed by a Moor.
• * 1.4

  The Al∣gier Divan.
• * 1.5

  Jiaba∣shees are of another degree; it may be in good Turkish O∣dabashees, or Cap∣tains of the Cham∣bers of Ja∣nisaries.
• * 2.1

  The last Letter to the Divan.
• * 2.2

  Messina
• * 2.3

  Smyrna.
• * 2.4

  A miracu∣lous es∣cape from shipwrack
• * 2.5

  Rocks a∣bout Ipse∣ra.
• * 2.6

  Salutation of the Se∣raglio.
• * 2.7

  The Lord Ambassa∣dor land∣ing at Con∣stantino∣ple.
• * 2.8

  The Grand Signiors present to the Ambassa∣dor.
• * 2.9

  His first Audience with the Vizier.
• * 2.10

  Audience with the Grand Signior.
• * 2.11

  The histo∣ry of Prince Ro∣gotzki.
• * 2.12

  Ragotzki joins with the Swedes against Poland.
• * 2.13

  The diffi∣culty of Ragotski's Affairs.
• * 2.14

  Ragotski over∣thrown by the Poles.
• * 2.15

  The Turks threaten Ragotski.
• * 2.16

  He depo∣ses him∣self.
• * 2.17

  Redeius made Prince of Transilva∣nia.
• * 2.18

  Ragotzki again de∣clares himself Prince.
• * 2.19

  The Vizi∣er besieges Janoua.
• * 2.20

  Berclay made Prince of Transilva∣nia.
• * 2.21

  Ragotki makes new Troubles.
• * 2.22

  The death of Ragotz∣ki.
• * 2.23

  His Cha∣racter.
• * 2.24

  The Peo∣ple of Va∣radin crave aid of the Emperor.
• * 2.25

  The diffi∣culty of making War with the Turks.
• * 2.26

  Varadin besieged.
• * 2.27

  Two ill accidents to the Garison.
• * 2.28

  A Thra∣cian be∣trays the weakness of the Town.
• * 2.29

  Varadin surren∣dred.
• * 2.30

  Vienna troubled for the loss of Va∣radin.
• * 2.31

  Count Se∣rini de∣signs a∣gainst the Turks.
• * 2.32

  —is for∣bidden by the Em∣peror.
• * 2.33

  The Tran∣silvanians consult their safe∣ty.
• * 2.34

  They beg assistance of the Emperor.
• * 2.35

  Prince Gonzaga's Letter to the Pasha of Buda.
• * 2.36

  Count Se∣rini builds a Fortress on the Turks Do∣minions. 1661.
• * 2.37

  The just commen∣dation of Count Se∣rini.
• * 2.38

  The Em∣peror sends For∣ces to Transil∣vania.
• * 2.39

  The Turks Po∣licy.
• * 2.40

  Kemenius routed.
• * 2.41

  Kemenius a second put time to flight
• * 2.42

  Claudiopo∣lis besieg∣ed.
• * 2.43

  The Siege raised.
• * 2.44

  The Turks jealousy.
• * 2.45

  The Tur∣kish Court removes to Adria∣nople.
• * 2.46

  A great Plague at Constanti∣nople.
• * 2.47

  The G. Viziers ju∣stice to∣wards our Ambassa∣dor.
• * 2.48

  Kuperlee sends for his Son.
• * 2.49

  Procures Successi∣on for his Son.
• * 2.50

  Procures the Suc∣cession for his Son.
• * 2.51

  Rules gi∣ven to the Grand Signior.
• * 2.52

  Kuperlee dies.
• * 2.53

  Pasha of Magnasia cut off.
• * 2.54

  Solyman Pasha in disgrace.
• * 2.55

  Tac. Lib. 14. Ann.
• * 2.56

  He is sent away.
• * 2.57

  The Gr. Signior perswad∣ed to re∣turn to Constanti∣nople.
• * 2.58

  The Gr. Signiors extrava∣gant Hunt∣ing.
• * 2.59

  The Vizier endea∣vours to establish himself.
• * 2.60

  A notable Robber••.
• * 2.61

  The Queen Mothers Enmity to the Vizier.
• * 2.62

  Tacit. Lib. Hist. 3.
• * 2.63

  That is, of the Hazo∣da, or Royal Chamber.
• * 2.64

  The Gr. Signiors severe Prohibiti∣on of yel∣low shoes, and red Calpacks to Christi∣ans.
• * 2.65

  The Vi∣zier seeks to cut of Mortaza the Pasha of Baby∣lon.
• * 2.66

  Curdi.
• * 2.67

  The Pro∣vinces of Georgia in distur∣bance.
• * 2.68

  The Turks Strata∣gem a∣gainst the Curdi.
• * 2.69

  The sur∣render of Mortaza into the Turks hands, and his death.
• * 2.70

  The reso∣lution of War un∣certain.
• * 2.71

  The Rea∣son why the Turks deferred the War with the German.
• * 2.72

  The sad Condition of Transil∣vania.
• * 3.1

  The Prince of Transilva∣nia's Let∣ter to His Majesties Ambassa∣dor.
• * 4.1

  A History of Transil∣vanian Misery.
• * 4.2

  The Alex∣andrian Fleet en∣countred by the Ve∣netians.
• * 5.1

  The Vi∣zier de∣stroys the Christian Churches rebuilt af∣ter the Fire.
• * 5.2

  The Zeal of a Turkish Preacher.
• * 5.3

  The Vi∣ziers re∣venge on the Cape of the Builders.
• * 5.4

  Messen∣gers from France to introduce a new Am∣bassador.
• * 9.1

  The Vi∣zier stiles himself, The Poor, in respect to the Great∣ness of his Master.
• * 9.2

  The re∣turn of the Turk∣ish Arma∣ta to win∣ter at Con∣stanti∣nople.
• * 9.3

  The Slaves make an Insur∣rection in one of the Beghs Gallies.
• * 9.4

  The Soldiers at Sea ••al∣led by that name
• * 9.5

  The Pre∣parations for the German War.
• * 9.6

  An Acci∣dent di∣sposing the Chri∣stian Af∣fairs to a peace with the Turk.
• * 9.7

  The Ba∣ron of Gowez sent to Ali Pasha.
• * 9.8

  Soldiers belonging to the Sea. The Gar∣den Ava∣nia.
• * 9.9

  The Vi∣zier's Edict, against Dollars of six Drams.
• * 9.10

  Mer∣chants Aleppo.
• * 9.11

  Reflecti∣ons on the Premises.
• * 9.12

  The Turks with words de∣ceive the German Ministers.
• * 9.13

  The Gr. Signior impatient to leave Constanti∣nople.
• * 9.14

  March.
• * 9.15

  The Ca∣valcade which the Gr. Sig∣nior made when he departed from Con∣stantino∣ple.
• * 9.16

  The rich∣ness of Turkish Tents.
• * 9.17

  In Turk∣ish Per∣déh.
• * 9.18

  The Turks begin their March.
• * 9.19

  The Turks Feast.
• * 9.20

  The Cos∣sacks infest the Tartars.
• * 9.21

  The Tar∣tar unwil∣ling to go to the War.
• * 9.22

  The course of life a∣mongst the Tartars.
• * 9.23

  They are threatned again.
• * 9.24

  They send an Army into Ha∣gary.
• * 9.25

  Tacitus.
• * 9.26

  The Kuz∣lier Aga banished to Cairo.
• * 9.27

  As also the Baltagiba∣shee.
• * 9.28

  Govern∣ment of a Pasha.
• * 9.29

  Tripoli.
• * 9.30

  Tunis.
• * 9.31

  The un∣constancy of the po∣pular Go∣vernment at Algier.
• * 9.32

  The Vi∣zier de∣sires a Treaty to amuse the Christians.
• * 9.33

  This Tri∣bute was paid by the Em∣peror to Sultan So lyman.
• * 9.34

  Raab.
• * 9.35

  Komorra.
• * 9.36

  The Turks deliberate of the me∣thod to be used in War.
• * 9.37

  New∣hausel
• * 9.38

  Forcatz the Gover∣nour of Newhau∣sel, ill ad∣vises a Sally.
• * 9.39

  Fortcatz surprises the Turk∣ish Camp.
• * 9.40

  The Ger∣mans are routed, and fly.
• * 9.41

  The Vi∣zier deals not like a So••••dier with his Prisoners of War.
• * 9.42

  The Turks approach to New∣hausel.
• * 9.43

  The Turks Sum∣mons.
• * 9.44

  The Turks storm the Town.
• * 9.45

  The Turks enter Mo∣ravia and Austria.
• * 9.46

  The con∣fusion of the Ger∣man Councils.
• * 9.47

  The Em∣peror re∣moves to Lintz.
• * 9.48

  The Turks make a∣nother as∣sault on the Town.
• * 9.49

  New∣hausel yielded.
• * 9.50

  Possonium gari••oned.
• * 9.51

  Count Strozzi.
• * 9.52

  Leventz taken by the Turks.
• * 9.53

  Festivals for Victo∣ry a∣mongst the Turks.
• * 9.54

  The man∣ner of Corban.
• * 9.55

  The Vi∣zier as∣saults Schinta, but bea∣ten off.
• * 9.56

  Novigrade taken by the Turks.
• * 9.57

  The Vi∣zier re∣treats to his Winter Quarters.
• * 9.58

  Pasha of Temiswar.
• * 9.59

  Count Se∣rini over∣throws a Party of Turks and Tartars.
• * 9.60

  Zechlhyd revolts to Apafi.
• * 9.61

  Oseck.
• * 9.62

  The Bridge burned.
• * 9.63

  Quinq▪ Ec∣clesiae ta∣ken by Serini.
• * 9.64

  Sigeth Be∣sieged.
• * 9.65

  The Siege raised.
• * 9.66

  Claudiopo∣lis yields it self to Apafi.
• * 9.67

  Count Pe∣ter Serini defeats the Turks in the Streights of Mor∣lac.
• * 9.68

  The dan∣ger of Se∣rini.
• * 9.69

  Serini makes known to the Empe∣ror his de∣sign a∣gainst Ka∣nisia.
• * 9.70

  Kanisia besieged.
• * 9.71

  The Diet at Ratis∣bone
• * 9.72

  The strength of the Chri∣stian Ar∣my.
• * 9.73

  Italy.
• * 9.74

  England.
• * 9.75

  Poland.
• * 9.76

  France.
• * 9.77

  Count Strozzi's Speech to the French King.
• * 9.78

  Rebellion of the Beghs in Egypt.
• * 9.79

  Ibrahim Pasha fined.
• * 9.80

  and impri∣soned
• * 9.81

  A Dispute between the Mufti and a Shegh.
• * 9.82

  Predicti∣ons a∣mongst the Turks.
• * 9.83

  The Grand Signiors a∣version to Constanti∣nople.
• * 9.84

  A small Seraglio by that name near Constanti∣nople.
• * 9.85

  A Son born to the Grand Signior.
• * 9.86

  The Siege of Kanisia.
• * 9.87

  Fifteen English Miles.
• * 9.88

  The Siege of Kmisia raised.
• * 9.89

  The Turks pursue the Christian Army.
• * 9.90

  The Turks intr••heh 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Se∣rinswar.
• * 9.91

  Count Strozzi slain.
• * 9.92

  Serini's Reasons to fight with the Turks.
• * 9.93

  The Ger∣man Resi∣dents Let∣ter to Count Serini.
• * 9.94

  Montecu∣culi con∣trary to the opini∣on of Se∣rini de∣clines the Battel with the Turks.
• * 9.95

  Serini re∣tires from the Wars.
• * 9.96

  Serinswar taken.
• * 9.97

  Reflecti∣ons on the disgrace of Serini.
• * 9.98

  Nitra ta∣ken by the Christians.
• * 9.99

  The Turks assault Soise.
• * 9.100

  Lewa ta∣ken.
• * 9.101

  The Pope recals his Forces from assi∣stance of the Em∣peror.
• * 9.102

  The Pope supplies the, Em∣peror with Money, but not with men.
• * 9.103

  Count Soi∣se marches to raise the Siege of Leventz.
• * 9.104

  The Turks before Lewa.
• * 9.105

  The Chri∣stian Ar∣my put themselves into Bat∣talia.
• * 11.1

  Husaein Pasha •• routed and fled.
• * 11.2

  Refuge denied them at Strigoni∣um.
• * 11.3

  The Mol∣davians and Vala∣chians re∣turn home.
• * 11.4

  Soise as∣saults Barcan.
• * 11.5

  Barcan burnt.
• * 11.6

  The Turk, with part of their Army pass the Rab.
• * 11.7

  The Rab swells with im∣moderate Rains.
• * 11.8

  The Turks vain joy.
• * 11.9

  Signisies the Son of a Kul, or Slave.
• * 11.10

  The de∣feat given the Turk∣ish Army by the Ri∣ver Rab.
• * 11.11

  Tac. lib. 1.
• * 11.12

  The slain on the Turks side.
• * 11.13

  Reasons why the Services of Montecu∣culì were accepted better than those of Serini.
• * 11.14

  Sedition in the Turk∣ish Camp.
• * 11.15

  Tac in Vi∣ta Agrico∣l••.
• * 11.16

  The Grand Signiors hunting at Yamboli.
• * 11.17

  Vizier sends for the Prin∣ces of Mol∣davia and Valachia.
• * 11.18

  The Prin∣ces of Mol∣davia and Valachia recalled to the Wars.
• * 11.19

  Fides Grae∣ca, or the honesty of a Greek.
• * 11.20

  The rea∣sons which in∣clined both Par∣tles to Peace.
• * 11.21

  The Hun∣garians oppose the Peace.
• * 11.22

  The Em∣perors Reasons for a Peace.
• * 11.23

  The French Army march home∣ward.
• * 11.24

  Serini's Death.
• * 11.25

  The Cha∣racter of Sirini.
• * 11.26

  The Vi∣zier sends for his Mother to Belgrade.
• * 11.27

  The Bla∣zing Star.
• * 11.28

  The Sul∣tans ha∣tred to Constan∣tinople in∣creases.
• * 11.29

  The Sul∣tan seeks to destroy his Bro∣ther.
• * 11.30

  The Vizi∣er offers to depose the Tartar Chan.
• * 11.31

  The Tur∣kish Am∣bassadour departs.
• * 11.32

  Rumours of the People on occasion of stay of the Ger∣man Am∣bassadour.
• * 11.33

  Mustapha Pasha's affectati∣on and populari∣ty.
• * 11.34

  It is in the fashi∣on of a Mace, which the Turks wear at their Sad∣dles.
• * 11.35

  The Ger∣man Am∣bassadors Entrance.
• * 11.36

  Audience given to the Ger∣man Am∣bassador.
• * 11.37

  The Ge∣noese make Peace with the Turk.
• * 11.38

  The Ge∣noese re∣ceived.
• * 11.39

  The Turks resolve to prosecute the War in Candia.
• * 11.40

  The G. Signior passio∣nately loves his Queen.
• * 11.41

  The Se∣raglio at Constanti∣nople set on fire.
• * 11.42

  The Turks prepare for a War on Candia.
• * 11.43

  The G. Signior arrives at Constantinople.
• * 11.44

  Marquess Villa re∣ceived in∣to service of the Venetians.
• * 12.1

  The Speech of Marquis Villa to the Senate.
• * 12.2

  The Ger∣man Am∣bassadors last Audi∣ence with the Grand Signior
• * 12.3

  The Rea∣sons why the German Ambassa∣dour in∣terposed not in be∣half of Transyl∣vania.
• * 12.4

  The German Am∣bassador's Audience with the Vizier.
• * 12.5

  An Am∣bassadour arrives from France.
• * 12.6

  Reflexions of the Turks on the Em∣bassy of Monsieur De Vente∣lay
• * 12.7

  A strange accident befallen the French Captain of the Man of War.
• * 12.8

  The French Embassa∣dours second Audience.
• * 12.9

  The Grand Signiors Huntings.
• * 12.10

  The No∣gay Tar∣tar de∣sires Lands of the Grand Signior.
• * 12.11

  Marquess Villa sur∣veys the Forts in Dalmatia.
• * 12.12

  Spalato.
• * 12.13

  Curzola.
• * 12.14

  Cataro & Perasto.
• * 12.15

  Clissa.
• * 12.16

  Sebenico.
• * 12.17

  June.
• * 14.1

  Sabatai wrote a Letter to elect one man out of every Tribe.
• * 19.1

  The Jews scruple to say the head of Israel.
• * 19.2

  1666/7.
• * 20.1

  Arab. Prov.
• * 20.2

  Arab. Prov.
• * 20.3

  The course of life which Sabatai led after he turned Mahome∣tan.
• * 20.4

  The manner of ex∣change of the Em∣perors and Turks Am∣bassadour.
• * 20.5

  The Turks meditate a new War.
• * 20.6

  An En∣gagement near Co∣nea.
• * 20.7

  Marquess Villa lands at the City of Candia.
• * 20.8

  The Ventians in∣camp.
• * 20.9

  The Turks as∣sault them.
• * 20.10

  The Turks make a∣nother assault.
• * 20.11

  The Vene∣tian Camp raised.
• * 20.12

  The Great Vizier ar∣rives at Thebes.
• * 20.13

  Twelve Turkish Vessels ta∣ken.
• * 20.14

  The Vi∣zier passes over into Candia.
• * 20.15

  By the number of Coftans is to be esteemed the ho∣nour the Turks bear to one Prince above the other.
• * 20.16

  The Po∣lish Am∣bassadours Audience.
• * 20.17

  The Death of the Po∣lish Am∣bassadour.
• * 20.18

  The Re∣volt of the Pasha of Balsora.
• * 20.19

  The disposi∣tion of the Turks Camp.
• * 20.20

  The Bat∣teries rais∣ed by the Turks.
• * 20.21

  The first Mine blown up.
• * 20.22

  Two Sal∣lies made by the Christians.
• * 20.23

  The Cap∣tain-Gene∣ral disarms is Gallies.
• * 20.24

  Five Mines the Chri∣stians sprang.
• * 20.25

  Attempts of the Turks on the side of Panigra.
• * 20.26

  Arrival of Gallies from the Pope and Malta.
• * 20.27

  Chevalier d'Har∣court.
• * 20.28

  An Agent arrives at Candia to treat with the Vizier.
• * 20.29

  The Turks assault Pa∣nigra.
• * 20.30

  The Turks fire a dreadful. Mine.
• * 20.31

  The Turks spring ans∣ther Mine.
• * 20.32

  Two Mines of the Christians.
• * 20.33

  Four Mines and a Sally of the Christians.
• * 20.34

  Two Mines of the Christians.
• * 20.35

  One Mine of the Christians.
• * 20.36

  Which is their Triumph for Vi∣ctory.
• * 20.37

  The G. Sig∣nior sends a Messenger to bring him cer∣tain infor∣mation of the state of his Camp in Candia.
• * 20.38

  The Winter causes all Action to cease.
• * 20.39

  General Barbaro and Uvert∣miller de∣parted from the Army.
• * 20.40

  The deaths of Secre∣tary Gia∣varina and Padavino.
• * 20.41

  Formality in making Janisaries in these days:
• * 20.42

  A Fight at Sea.
• * 20.43

  The success of the Turks at Sea.
• * 20.44

  Captain Georgio taken by the Turks.
• * 20.45

  The Turks resolve to make their passage by St Andrea.
• * 20.46

  A Sally made by the Christians.
• * 20.47

  Another Sally.
• * 20.48

  Marquess Villa re∣turns into Italy.
• * 20.49

  Causes of Marquess Villa's de∣parture.
• * 21.1

  Marquess Villa's Speech.
• * 21.2

  Marquess St. An∣drea visits the Works.
• * 21.3

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 21.4

  Some French Gentlemen, Adventu∣rers for honour, ar••ive at Candia.
• * 21.5

  The Chri∣stians over∣throw a battery of the Turks.
• * 21.6

  A S••lly. ••ade by the French.
• * 21.7

  The Dukes of Bruns∣wick and Lunen∣burg sent Forces to relieve Candia.
• * 21.8

  Count Waldeck dyes of his ••ounds.
• * 21.9

  A Mine of an hundred and sixty Sacks of Powder fired by the Chri∣ans.
• * 21.10

  The Chri∣stians sally on the side of Sabio∣nera.
• * 21.11

  Katirgi-Oglé his original and life
• * 21.12

  The Turks storm three Bastions at once.
• * 21.13

  The Female Court sent to Constan∣tinople.
• * 21.14

  The Jani∣saries jea∣lous of the safety of the Sultans Brothers.
• * 21.15

  The Grand Signior displeased with To∣bacco.
• * 21.16

  An Ambas∣sador sent from Ve∣nice.
• * 21.17

  French Ships of W••r sail to Con∣stanti∣nople.
• * 21.18

  The Grand Signior sends a Mes∣senger to the French King.
• * 21.19

  Sir Daniel Harvey Ambassador from his Majesty.
• * 21.20

  A Relation of the state of Candia toward the end of this year.
• * 21.21

  The story of the false Reaux or Temins.
• * 21.22

  The Grand Signior de∣signs to cut off his Bro∣thers.
• * 21.23

  Tac. Lib. 6.
• * 21.24

  The Turks storm again the Fort of St. An∣drea.
• * 21.25

  Succours sent out of Christen∣dom.
• * 21.26

  The French Fleet loose from To∣lon.
• * 21.27

  They ar∣rive at Candia.
• * 21.28

  The French Forces landed.
• * 21.29

  A Council of War held in Candia.
• * 21.30

  The order of the Christian Army to make their Sally.
• * 21.31

  The Chri∣stians sally at the Gate St. George
• * 21.32

  The Chri∣stians fall upon the Turks.
• * 21.33

  The Chri∣stian Army in confu∣sion.
• * 21.34

  French Of∣ficers slain.
• * 21.35

  The French leave the Town.
• * 21.36

  The Turks make an assault.
• * 21.37

  A Council for to con∣sider of the state of Candia.
• * 21.38

  Result of the Coun∣cil.
• * 21.39

  The Con∣ditions of Peace.
• * 21.40

  The War began in April 1645.
• * 21.41

  Candia delivered.
• * 21.42

  The News brought to the Grand Signior at Negro∣pont.
• * 21.43

  The Vene∣tians at Suda.
• * 21.44

  Serini and the Nobles of Hunga∣ry offer themselves to the Turk.
• * 21.45

  The G. Signior returns to Salonica, and hunts.
• * 21.46

  Sir Daniel Harvey, his Maje∣sties Am∣bassadour, hath his Audience of the Grand Sig∣nior.
• * 21.47

  The G. Signior de∣lights solely in his Queen.
• * 21.48

  The Vizier takes a sur∣vey of the whole Isle of Candia.
• * 21.49

  The Vizier departs from Can∣dia, and arrives at Scio.
• * 21.50

  The Great Vizier per∣swaded to drink wine.
• * 21.51

  The Soul∣diers and other Turks drink Wine to excess.
• * 21.52

  A digressi∣on about Opium.
• * 22.1

  The Com∣mand a∣gainst Wine.
• * 22.2

  The diffe∣rence about Verpogly.
• * 22.3

  Mamut Pasha dye.
• * 22.4

  A new Conference of the Com missio∣ners.
• * 22.5

  Sultan Or∣chan put to death by his Bro∣ther.
• * 22.6

  A new Re∣sident sent from Ge∣noua.
• * 22.7

  The Con∣spiracy of Serini, Frangi∣pani, and Nadasti.
• * 22.8

  The Turks deliberate of a War.
• * 22.9

  The Causes of the War with Po∣land.
• * 22.10

  The unsea∣sonable Ad∣dress of the Mosco∣vite Am∣bassadour.
• * 22.11

  The Alex∣andrian Fleet taken by the Malteses.
• * 22.12

  The Poles refuse to pay their promised Tribute.
• * 22.13

  The Rebels in Hun∣gary re∣new their Petition to the Turks for assi∣stance.
• * 22.14

  The rage of the Turks a∣gainst Poland.
• * 22.15

  The French Ambassador obtains li∣cence to travel.
• * 22.16

  The Turks resolve on a war a∣gainst Po∣land.
• * 22.17

  The Poles pass the Neister.
• * 22.18

  The Prince of Valachia carried by his own Souldiers to the Poles.
• * 22.19

  The Prince of Molda∣via re∣volts.
• * 22.20

  The Turks overthrow.
• * 22.21

  Chusaein Pasha im∣prisoned.
• * 22.22

  The King of Poland dies.
• * 22.23

  A Journy into Tar∣tary.
• * 22.24

  Kemenitz relieved.
• * 22.25

  Mahomet Pasha sent with a Fleet of Gallies in∣to the Ar∣ches.
• * 22.26

  The Turks seclude their Conquest.
• * 22.27

  The diffe∣rence be∣tween the Latines and Greeks at Jerusalem.
• * 22.28

  War with Tripoli.
• * 26.1

  Civil War at Tunis in Bar∣bary.
• * 26.2

  The happy state of the Ottoman. Court.
• * 26.3

  The great Festivals in what manner celebrated at the Tur∣kish Court.
• * 26.4

  The man∣ner of the Marriage of the Grand Signior's Daughter.
• * 26.5

  The Tefter∣dar put out of his Office.
• * 26.6

  Ways for raising Money.
• * 26.7

  The Chi∣macam of Constan∣tinople his Steward cut off.
• * 26.8

  The Trade of Genoua.
• * 26.9

  A Besa∣steen and new Cu∣stom-house, and a Roy∣al Chan built at Smyrna.
• * 27.1

  The G. Sig∣nior returns ••o Constan∣tinople
• * 27.2

  Conjectures concerning the reasons of the Grand Sig∣niors re∣turn to Constan∣tinople.
• * 27.3

  The Hi∣story of Soltana Sporcha.
• * 27.4

  The Grand Signior re∣turns again to Adri∣anople.
• * 27.5

  The Death of the Vizier Achmet.
• * 27.6

  His Cha∣racter.
• * 27.7

  Kara Mu∣stapha made Vizi∣er.
• * 27.8

  Aherati∣ens with the new Vizier.